(rigging) Certex.pdf 3z733k

Product Catalog 2004

Lifting Products and Services www.certexusa.com

CERTEX Americas Locations CERTEX is your trusted local source for lifting products and services. Around the world or close to home, wherever people are at work building, producing and moving goods CERTEX means certainty.

ALABAMA

Bessemer CERTEX 1-800-225-2103 1-205-425-1614

Ft. Lauderdale CERTEX

New Orleans CERTEX

Tulsa CERTEX

1-800-827-4366 1-954-961-5533

1-504-734-5871

1-918-446-9805

West Monroe CERTEX

Woodard Stoehr Wire Rope

1-800-444-2612 1-318-325-3237

1-580-254-5737

MISSISSIPPI Pearl

TENNESSEE Chattanooga CERTEX

Jacksonville CERTEX

Decatur

1-800-342-6616 1-904-786-7700

CERTEX 1-888-475-4647 1-256-355-1102

Orlando CERTEX

Mobile

1-800-467-0137 1-601-936-7204

1-800-900-0336 1-407-850-0398

CERTEX 1-800-231-2052 1-251-432-5656

Phoenix

1-800-927-4366 1-561-833-0028

CERTEX

CALIFORNIA

Bakersfield

1-800-594-5600 1-432-333-6104

1-985-872-2434

1-800-259-6888 1-405-853-6888

Pampa Stoehr Wire Rope

Lafayette CERTEX

Lindsay Stoehr Wire Rope

1-337-839-9916

1-405-756-8738

Morgan City CERTEX

Oklahoma City CERTEX

1-985-384-1630

1-405-789-3065

LOUISIANA Houma CERTEX

1-800-730-8898 1-562-777-1007

Odessa Stoehr Wire Rope

OKLAHOMA Hennesey Stoehr Wire Rope

Santa Fe Springs CERTEX

1-800-258-5438 1-713-674-4500

1-800-591-0911 1-336-632-9949

1-800-782-9196 1-912-264-0301

1-661-327-3016

Universal Lifting Products

Greensboro CERTEX

Brunswick CERTEX

CERTEX

1-800-882-9118 1-713-674-3000

1-800-637-2339 1-704-334-5334

1-800-582-5438 1-404-351-6141

1-520-884-5846

Houston CERTEX

NORTH CAROLINA Charlotte CERTEX

GEORGIA Atlanta CERTEX

CERTEX

1-940-549-3757

1-505-392-2077

1-602-271-9048

Tucson

TEXAS Graham Stoehr Wire Rope

NEW MEXICO Hobbs Stoehr Wire Rope

West Palm Beach CERTEX

ARIZONA

1-423-867-1590

1-806-665-0229

Ventura CERTEX 1-805-643-2239

FLORIDA Clearwater CERTEX 1-800-282-7902 1-727-540-0720

CARIBBEAN PUERTO RICO San Juan CERTEX Caribbean 1-787-760-0303

Visit our Web site at www.certex.com

C

E

R

T

E

X

•

F

O

R

C

E

R

T

A

I

N

T

Y

TABLE OF CONTENTS Products Wire Rope 1 Wire Rope Slings 2 Wire Mesh Slings 3 Wire Rope Terminations 4 Wire Rope Accessories 5 Chain & Chain Fittings 6 Web Slings 7 Round Slings 8 Fiber Rope 9 Hardware 10 Hoists 11 Clamps 12 Blocks & Sheaves 13 Fall Protection & Miscellaneous 14 i

GENERAL CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS All products supplied and manufactured by CERTEX are sold with the express understanding that the purchaser is thoroughly familiar with the safe and proper use and application of the product.

Working Load Limits, or other stated limitations, the use of products for this purpose. The Working Load Limit, or Design Factor, or Efficiency Rating of each CERTEX-supplied product may be affected by wear, misuse, overloading, corrosion, deformation, intentional alteration, and other use conditions. Regular inspection must be conducted to determine whether use can be continued at the catalog assigned WLL, a reduced WLL, or whether the product must be withdrawn from service.

Responsibility for the use and application of the products rests with the . Failure of the product can occur due to misapplication, abuse, or improper maintenance. Product failure could allow the load to become out of control, resulting in possible property damage, personal injury or death.

CERTEX products generally are intended for tension or pull. Side loading must be avoided, as it exerts additional force or loading which the product is not designed to accommodate.

There are numerous government and industry standards that cover products sold by CERTEX.This catalog makes no attempt to reference all of them.We do reference the standards that are most frequently asked about.

Welding CERTEX-supplied load parts or products can be hazardous. Knowledge of materials, heat treatment, and welding procedures are necessary for proper welding. CERTEX should be consulted for information.

Ratings Shown in CERTEX literature are applicable only to new or “in as new” condition products. Load limit ratings indicate the greatest force or load a product can carry under usual environmental conditions. Shock loading and extraordinary conditions must be taken into when selecting products for use in a system.

The assigned Ultimate Load Rating of CERTEX-supplied products for the reeving of wire, manila, or synthetic ropes is based upon design; the catalog ultimate strength for the rope parts, when totaled, may exceed the assigned Ultimate Load Rating.

In general, the products displayed in CERTEX literature are used as parts of a system being employed to accomplish a task.Therefore, we can only recommend within the

The Working Load Limit of a sling must not exceed the lowest Working Load Limit of the components in the system.

LIMITED WARRANTY Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that CERTEX’s warranty with respect to sale of its products is LIMITED solely to CERTEX’s choice of repair, replacement or refund of the purchase price of any product or part thereof determined by CERTEX to be defective within the first 12 months following the transfer of title of the product from CERTEX to the purchaser. Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that upon termination of the aforementioned 12 month period,

the purchased product carries no warranty whatsoever. Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that the remedies provided in this section are the purchaser’s exclusive remedies in connection with the purchase or use of the product. Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that in no event shall CERTEX be liable for any incidental or consequential damages in connection with the purchase or use of the product.

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING EXPRESS WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. PURCHASER HEREBY WAIVES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ARISING BY LAW OR OTHERWISE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, EXPRESS WARRANTIES, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, AND IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ADDITIONALLY, CERTEX HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY OF ITS OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ARISING FROM STATUTE, WARRANTY, CONTRACT, TORT OR NEGLIGENCE. Complete Agreement: This Warranty between purchaser and CERTEX is complete. All prior or contemporaneous discussions, representations and/or understandings are merged into this Warranty. All prior or contemporaneous agreements between parties are superseded by this Warranty.

iii

GENERAL INFORMATION Bridon American Corporation Wire Rope Design and Construction Single Size

Seale

Filler Wire

The basic strand construction has wires of the same size wound around a center.

Large outer wires with the same number of smaller inner wires around a core wire. Provides excellent abrasion resistance but less fatigue resistance.When used with an IWRC, it offers excellent crush resistance over drums.

Small wires fill spaces between large wires to produce crush resistance and a good balance of strength, flexibility and resistance to abrasion.

Warrington

Seale Filler Wire

Filler Wire Seale

Outer layer of alternately large and small wires provides good flexibility and strength but low abrasion and crush resistance.

Many commonly used wire ropes use combinations of these basic constructions.


Warrington Seale

Seale Warrington Seale

Multiple Operation



One of the above strand designs may be covered with one or more layers of uniform-sized wires.

Wire ropes are composed of independent parts—wires, strands and cores—that continuously interact with each other during service. Wire rope engineers design those parts in differing steel grades, finishes and a variety of constructions to attain the best balance of strength, abrasion resistance, crush resistance, bending fatigue resistance and corrosion resistance for each application. To select the best wire rope for each application, one must know the required performance characteristics for the job and enough about wire rope design to select the optimum combination of wire rope properties. The following information is presented as a basic guide. Bridon American engineers and field service specialists are available to provide more specific recommendations. Strand Constructions Strands are designed with various combinations of wires and wire sizes to produce the desired resistance to fatigue and abrasion. Generally, a small number of large

wires will be more abrasion resistant and less fatigue resistant than a large number of small wires. Finish Bright finish is suitable for most applications. Galvanized finish is available for corrosive environments. Plastic jacketing and encapsulation is also available on some constructions. Wire Grades The most common steel wire grades are: IPS (Improved Plow Steel), EIP (Extra Improved Plow Steel) and EEIP (Extra Extra Improved Plow Steel). Stainless Steels and other special grades are provided for special applications. Most wire ropes are made with round wires. Both triangular and shaped wires are also used for special constructions. Generally, the higher the strength of the wire, the lower its ductility will be.

1-1

1

GENERAL INFORMATION Bridon American Corporation Wire Rope Design and Construction

1

Core

IWRC (Independent Wire Rope Core) provides good crush resistance and increased strength.

Fiber Core provides excellent flexibility.

Regular Lay

Lang Lay

Definition Most common lay in which the wires wind in one direction and the strands the opposite direction. (right lay shown) Characteristics Less likely to kink and untwist; easier to handle; more crush resistant than lang lay.

Definition Wires in strand and strands of rope wind the same direction. (right lay shown) Characteristics Increased resistance to abrasion; greater flexibility and fatigue resistance than regular lay; will kink and untwist.

Right Lay

Left Lay

Definition Strands wound to the right around the core; (regular lay shown) Characteristics The most common construction.

Definition Strands wound to the left around the core. (regular lay shown) Characteristics Used in a few special situations—cable tool drilling line, for example.

Alternate Lay

Definition Alternate strands of right regular lay and right lang lay. Characteristics Combines the best features of regular and lang lay for boom hoist or winch lines.

1-2

INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS Bridon American Corporation The primary factor in wire rope performance is selecting a wire rope with the best combination of properties for the job.The service life of that rope can be greatly extended by following a planned program of installation, operation, maintenance and inspection to avoid the most common causes of wire rope failure: KINKING will result in permanent rope deformation and localized wear. It is generally caused by allowing a loop to form in a slack line and then pulling the loop down to a tight permanent set. OVERLOADING results in accelerated wear, abrasion, rope crushing and distortion on drums and sheaves, and could result in complete rope failure. DRAGGING wire rope over a bank or some other object results in localized wear, which means shorter life. IMPROPER SPOOLING results in crushed and distorted ropes and comes from careless installation and operation of the rope. WHIPPING a line, which results in many squared off broken wires, comes from jerking or running the line loose. The following recommendations are general guides for getting the longest life from your wire rope. Bridon American engineers and field service specialists are available to provide advice in specific situations. Our technology and experience are as close as your telephone. Unloading, Unreeling and Uncoiling Suitable precautions should be taken to prevent dropping of reels or coils during unloading and moving. If the reel should collapse, it may be impossible to remove the rope without serious damage.

Special care should be taken in unreeling wire rope to avoid kinking, which can result in permanent damage to the rope.The reel should be mounted on jacks or a turntable so that it will move freely. It should be unreeled straight and under enough tension to keep it from starting a loop.

A coil should be unwound by rolling along the floor like a hoop. Coils should never be laid flat and the free end pulled out. Winding on a Drum

Proper practices for transferring rope from reel to drum: • The reel should be placed as far from the drum as possible in order to avoid putting any turn into the rope. • Rope should be wound from top-to-top or bottom-tobottom to avoid reverse bends, which tend to make a rope harder to handle. • Use enough tension to avoid kinking. There is usually only one way to install rope on a grooved drum.

On ungrooved drums, the “rule of thumb” guides installation.The fist represents the drum; the index finger the wire rope; and the thumb the direction of the proper dead end location. Use the right hand for right lay ropes, the left hand for left lay ropes. For overwinding, the palm is down; for underwinding, the palm is up. Most drum anchors are set for right lay rope since it is the most common specification.

1-3

1

INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS Bridon American Corporation

1

On installations where the rope es over a sheave onto the drum, the maximum fleet angle (angle between the center line of the sheave and the rope) should be not more than 1 1/2 degrees for a smooth-faced drum and 2 degrees for a grooved drum. A 1 1/2 degree fleet angle is equivalent to 38 feet of lead for each foot of rope travel on either side of the center line of the sheave. Smaller fleet angles may result in the rope piling up on the drum. Larger fleet angles may cause excessive wear from rubbing against the flanges of the sheave as well as excessive crushing and abrasion of the rope on the drum.

Break In A few trips through the working cycle at slow speed and light load will set the strands firmly in place for smooth, efficient operation. On applications using a wedge socket, such as drag and hoist ropes, it is also a good idea to cut off a short section of rope to allow twist to run out and to equalize the strands.

• Crane ropes will fatigue at an equalizer sheave. Careful inspection is required to identify fatigue points. • Hoist ropes will frequently fail from vibration fatigue at sockets, clips and dead end points. On most installations, wear and fatigue are more severe on one half of the rope than the other. Changing a rope end-for-end more evenly distributes wear and fatigue from repeated bending and vibration. Lubrication Factory lubrication is not always sufficient to last the useful life of wire rope. Periodic field lubrication may be required to minimize friction and provide corrosion protection. Important guides for field lubrication: • Ropes should be inspected frequently to determine the need for lubrication. • Clean the rope thoroughly with a wire brush, scraper or compressed air to remove foreign material and old lubricant from the valleys between the strands and the spaces between the outer wires. • The lubricant should be applied at a point where the rope is being bent in order to promote penetration within the strands. It may be applied by pouring, dripping or brushing. Used motor oil is not recommended as a wire rope lubricant. BriLube® is recommended for relubing ropes. Measuring Wire Rope Diameter

Operation Skillful operation is important to wire rope performance. Rapid acceleration, shock loading and excessive vibration can cause premature rope failure. Smooth, steady application of power by the equipment operator can add significantly to wire rope service life. Shifting Wear Points Some sections of most wire ropes get more wear than others. A regular inspection program will identify points of wear and lead to wear-shift practices that will extend wire rope life. In many common situations, cutting off short lengths of the rope will redistribute the points of maximum wear: • Rope on a drum with two or more layers will wear at the point where the rope starts each successive layer.

The diameter of a wire rope is the diameter of the smallest circle which will enclose all the strands. Measurements should be made to the outer wires.

1-4

INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS Bridon American Corporation Matching the Wire Rope with Sheaves and Drums

1

The ratio of the diameter of the wire rope to the diameter of operating sheaves and drums (D/d ratio) is particularly important to service life. A sheave or drum that is too small for the rope diameter will cause premature failure due to bending stresses.

Service life increases as the D/d ratio becomes larger.This curve, based on bending and tensile stresses only, illustrates the relative performance increase. Efficiency falls as the D/d ratio becomes smaller. This curve, based on static test data only, illustrates the decline of bending efficiency for 6 x 19 and 6 x 37 classification ropes as the D/d ratio is reduced.

Matching Grooves to the Wire Rope Grooves should be spaced so that one wrap of rope does not rub against the next wrap during operation. Grooves in sheaves and drums should be slightly larger than the wire rope to permit the rope to adjust itself to the groove.Tight grooves will cause excessive wear to outer wires; large grooves do not the rope properly. Wire ropes are manufactured slightly larger than nominal size. Maximum allowable oversize tolerances are shown in the following table.

Sheave Diameter Factors Suggested Minimum *D/d Ratios *D-Sheave Tread Diameter d-Nominal Rope Diameter Rope Construction Minimum 6x7 42 19 x 7 34 6 x 19 S 34 6 x 21 FW 30 6 x 25 FW 26 6 x 36 WS 23 8 x 25 FW 21 6 x 41 WS 21

Other values are permitted by various standards. For example ASME B 30.5 allows minimum hoist rope D/d ratio of 18 and boom hoist rope D/D ratio of 15. To calculate the recommended or minimum sheave diameter for any given rope, find the rope construction and multiply the rope diameter by the value shown. (Ex.: Recommended sheave diameter for a 6 x 19 classification wire rope of 3/4” diameter would be 51 x .75 = 38 1/4”) Rope speed also affects fatigue life. Higher operating rates require larger sheaves. Reverse bends from one sheave to another should be avoided. Other factors that affect bending fatigue life are load, number of cycles and condition of the sheaves and drums. Consult your local Branch for specific recommendations.

1-5

Nominal Rope Diameter inches up to 1/8 over 1/8 to 3/16 over 3/16 to 1/4 over 1/4

Tolerance Under Over -0 + 8% -0 + 7% -0 + 6% -0 + 5%

INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS Bridon American Corporation

1

Calculating Drum Capacity

As a rope is run through a groove, both become smaller. A used groove can be too small for a new rope; thus accelerating rope wear. A compromise between rope life and machining frequency must be made.

Grooves should have an arc of with the wire rope between 135 and 150 degrees.They should be tapered to permit the rope to enter and leave the groove smoothly. Field inspection groove guages are made to the nominal diameter of the rope plus 1/2 of the allowable rope oversize tolerance.When the field inspection guage fits perfectly, the groove is at the minimum permissible contour.

Rope Dia. 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 1/2" 9/16" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1 1/8" 1 1/4" 1 3/8"

The length of rope that can be wound on a drum or reel may be calculated as follows. L = the length of rope in feet. All other dimensions are in inches. L = (A + D) x A x B x K K = Constant obtained by dividing .2618 by the square of the actual rope diameter. H-D A = – Desired clearance, in inches. 2 B = Traverse in inches. D = Barrel Diameter in inches. H = Flange Diameter in inches. L = Rope length in feet.

Values of K Rope K Dia. 3.29 1 1/2" 2.21 1 5/8" 1.58 1 3/4" 1.19 1 7/8" .925 2" .741 2 1/8" .607 2 1/4" .428 2 3/8" .308 2 1/2" .239 2 5/8" 0.191 2 3/4" 0.152 2 7/8" 0.127 3"

1-6

K 0.107 0.0886 0.077 0.0675 0.0597 0.0532 0.0476 0.0421 0.038 0.0345 0.0314 0.0287 0.0264

INSPECTION OF WIRE ROPE AND STRUCTURAL STRAND Bridon American Corporation Wire Rope Carefully conducted inspections are necessary to ascertain the condition of wire rope at various stages of its useful life.The object of wire rope inspection is to allow for removal of the rope from service before the rope’s condition, as a result of usage, could pose a hazard to continued normal operations. The individual making the inspection should be familiar with the product and the operation as his judgment is a most critical factor.Various safety codes, regulations, and publications give inspection requirements for specific applications. The following inspection procedure, taken from the ASME B-30 series, serves as a model of typical inspection requirements. Frequent Inspection All running ropes and slings in service should be visually inspected once each working day. A visual inspection consists of observation of all rope and end connections which can reasonably be expected to be in use during daily operations.These visual observations should be concerned with discovering gross damage such as listed below, which may be an immediate hazard: • Distortion of the rope such as kinking, crushing, unstranding, birdcaging, main strand displacement or core protrusion. • General corrosion. • Broken or cut strands. • Number, distribution and type of visible broken wires. • Lubrication. Special care should be taken when inspecting portions subjected to rapid deterioration such as flange points, crossover points and repetitive pickup points on drums. Special care should also be taken when inspecting certain ropes such as: • Rotation-resistant ropes such as 19 x 7 and 8 x 19, because of their higher susceptibility to damage and increased deterioration when working on equipment with limited design parameters. • Boom hoist ropes because of the difficulties of inspection and important nature of these ropes. When damage is discovered, the rope should either be removed from service or given an inspection as detailed in the section below. Periodic Inspection The inspection frequency should be determined by a qualified person and should be based on such factors as: expected rope life as determined by experience on the

particular installation or similar installations, severity of environment, percentage of capacity lifts, frequency rates of operation, and exposure to shock loads. Periodic inspections with a signed report should be performed by an appointed or authorized person.This inspection should cover the entire length of rope.The individual wires in the strands of the rope should be visible to this person during the inspection. Any deterioration resulting in appreciable loss of original strength, such as described below, should be noted and determination made as to whether further use of the rope would constitute a hazard: • Distortion of the rope such as kinking, birdcaging, crushing, unstranding, main strand displacement, or core protrusion. • Reduction of rope diameter below normal diameter due to loss of core , internal or external corrosion, or wear of outside wires. • Severely corroded or broken wires at end connections. • Severely corroded, cracked, bent, worn, or improperly applied end connections. • Lubrication. Special care should be taken when inspecting portions subjected to rapid deterioration such as the following: • Portions in with saddles, equalizer sheaves, or other sheaves where rope travel is limited. • Portions of the rope at or near terminal ends where corroded or broken wires may protrude. Rope Replacement No precise rules can be given for determination of the exact time for replacement of rope, since many variable factors are involved. Continued use in this respect depends largely upon good judgment by an appointed or authorized person in evaluating remaining strength in a used rope, after allowance for deterioration disclosed by inspection. Continued rope operation depends upon this remaining strength. Conditions such as the following should be sufficient reason for questioning continued use of the rope or increasing the frequency of inspection: • In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires in one lay, or three broken wires in one strand in one lay. (The number of wire breaks beyond which concern should be shown varies with rope usage and construction. For general application 6 and 3 are satisfactory. Ropes used on overhead and gantry cranes, as defined in ASME B-30, 2-1983, can be inspected to 12 and 4. Rotation resistant ropes should be inspected to 4 in 30 rope diameters and 2 in 6 rope diameters)

1-7

1

INSPECTION OF WIRE ROPE AND STRUCTURAL STRAND Bridon American Corporation

1

Inspection Records Frequent Inspection—no records required. Periodic Inspection: In order to establish data as a basis for judging the proper time for replacement a signed report of rope condition at each periodic inspection should be kept on file.This report should include points of deterioration previously described. A long range inspection program should be established and include records of examination of ropes removed from service so a relationship can be established between visual observation and actual condition of the internal structure.

Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves are used, consult the sheave or equipment manufacturer. • One outer wire broken at the point with the core of the rope which has worked its way out of the rope structure and protrudes or loops out from the rope structure. • Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires. • Kinking, crushing, birdcaging, or any other damage resulting in distortion of the rope structure. • Evidence of any heat damage from any cause. • Valley breaks. • Reductions from nominal rope diameter of more than: Reduction of 1/64" 1/32" 3/64" 1/16" 3/32"

Galvanized Structural Wire Strand Carefully conducted inspections performed and recorded on a regular basis are necessary to ascertain the condition of structural strand at various stages of its useful life.The object of inspection is to allow for removal of the strand from service before its condition, as a result of usage, could pose a hazard to continued normal operations. The individual making the inspection should be familiar with the operation, as his judgment is a most critical factor. Special care should be taken at end terminations or at dampener devices, as these are generally the most critical areas. Conditions such as corrosion, number, type and distribution of broken wires, and diameter reduction should be evaluated and compared with previous inspection results. The actual condition of the strand and inspection history together can then be used to decide if continued use of the product is advisable.

Nominal Rope Diameters Up to & inc. 5/16" over 5/16" thru 1/2" over 1/2" thru 3/4" over 3/4" thru 1-1/8" over 1-1/8"

• In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay in section beyond end connections or more than one broken wire at an end connection. Replacement rope shall have a strength rating at least as great as the original rope furnished by the equipment manufacturer or as originally specified. Any deviation from the original size, grade, or construction shall be specified by the equipment manufacturer, original design engineer, or a qualified person. Ropes Not In Regular Use All rope which has been idle for a period of a month or more due to shutdown or storage of equipment on which it is installed should be given inspections as previously described before being placed in service.This inspection should be for all types of deterioration and should be performed by an appointed or authorized person.

NOTE: Special methods and techniques may be used by wire rope engineers or qualified persons to determine the possible existence of internal corrosion or broken wires in structural strand or similar conditions which may exist out of sight in terminal connections. EXAMPLE: Wire breaks may sometimes occur just inside the nose of the socket making visual inspection difficult. Judgments on wire integrity can be made by tapping or “sounding” the wire by a person experienced in this inspection technique. If you have doubt about the method to use for inspection, or the condition of the strand or fitting, your nearest CERTEX location.

For further information on wire rope inspection refer to the American Iron & Steel Institute’s Wire Rope s Manual.

1-8

WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION & PRESERVATION Bridon American Corporation INTRODUCTION Steel wire ropes are used in a wide variety of applications and environments. Many ropes are of complex construction and designed to meet specific engineering applications. The ultimate working life of a wire rope is dependent upon many factors, but effective in-service lubrication and corrosion protection are fundamental parts of planned maintenance. The selection of the correct lubricant designed to meet the requirements of the application, environment and rope design is vital if maximum benefit from in-service lubrication is to be obtained. Bridon gives advice on the specific rope lubricants best suited to any application. High pressure lubricators, which greatly assist both cleaning and re-lubrication are available and Bridon will advise on their suitability for any particular application. GENERAL OPERATIONAL CATEGORIES Most ropes have a lubricant incorporated during manufacture, to prevent corrosion during shipment and storage, and to provide internal lubrication during the early part of the rope’s working life. However, wire ropes are like any other machine and lubrication and corrosion protection must be maintained for optimum life to be achieved. Such service maintenance is termed re-lubrication. It is important that the lubricant used are formulated specifically for wire rope maintenance and are compatible with the manufacturing lubricant.The particular environment and application must be considered in order to select the most appropriate type of lubricant. For example, modern multi-strand ropes require a lubricant with good penetration properties which will fill the small interstrand spaces and penetrate as far into the rope as possible. A. Ropes working in industrial outdoor environments where corrosion is the predominant cause of deterioration. Internal corrosion leading to fatigue initiation is the major concern in these applications. B. Ropes working on friction hoists. Lubrication to combat corrosion and internal wear is necessary without risking the loss of frictional grip. C. Ropes working over sheaves but not subject to heavy surface abrasion or corrosion. D. Ropes working in conditions of heavy wear. Here abrasion is the predominant cause of failure. E. Standing ropes and working ropes subject to heavy loading in marine or other corrosive environments. In this case corrosion and abrasive wear combine to form the major causes of failure. These wide variations in working conditions call for fundamentally different types of lubricant. Specific properties are needed to achieve optimum rope performance. In some cases, a combination of a solvent based corrosion preventative, designed to achieve penetration and moisture displacement, followed by the application of a heavier protective coating can be used to achieve optimum corrosion protection combined with good lubrication.

GENERAL GUIDELINES ON LUBRICATING ROPES A. For maximum benefit, the lubricant should be applied as soon as the rope is put to work. B. The lubricant should be re-applied at regular intervals, preferably before the rope shows signs of corrosion or dryness. Frequency of application depends on the actual site conditions and the periods indicated in each section in this information sheet are for guidance only. C. If the existing lubricant on the rope is heavily loaded with foreign matter, (dirt, sand, grit etc.) the rope should be cleaned before fresh lubricant is applied. Pressure cleaning and relubricating systems are the most effective methods. D. The loose products of corrosion should be brushed off before fresh lubricant is applied. If the external wires in the rope are heavily corroded, or if there is reason to believe that there is severe internal corrosion, the rope must be examined by a qualified person and, if necessary, discarded. E. The lubricant and application should be such that a thin even adherent coat covers all the wires in the rope. It must be emphasized that these comments are general recommendations, applicable to round, triangular strand and multi-strand ropes used in similar applications to those indicated.They do not apply to certain specialized ropes such as locked coil ropes, where specific recommendations can be made on request. Extensive research has been carried out into lubrication of ropes under a wide variety of usages and environmental conditions and Bridon will be pleased to advise rope s on specific problems. SELECTION OF IN-SERVICE LUBRICANTS A. Ropes working in industrial or outdoor environments Typical examples are: • MOBILE AND TOWER CRANES • CONTAINER CRANES In such applications there is always the possibility of internal as well as external corrosion. Of the two the former is more serious because it is hidden.There is the possibility of moisture entrapment if an incorrect lubricant is used, as it is usually difficult to dry the rope prior to dressing. It should be noted that many apparent fatigue type failures in such applications are initiated by corrosion. The lubricant must:— • Penetrate inside the rope—the most difficult part of the rope to inspect • Displace moisture from internal and external surfaces • Give good corrosion protection, internally and externally • Be resistant to wash-off and emulsification • Not lead to build-up with repeated applications The best lubricant for such applications are solvent based, which after evaporation leave a semi-dry waxy film which is reasonably thick (0.01 mm typically).These lubricants must have specific anti-corrosion properties, they must be tenacious and the resulting film should be semi-dry to minimize pick-up of abrasive particles e.g. sand, which can combine with an oil lubricant to promote internal wear.

1-9

1

WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION & PRESERVATION Bridon American Corporation

1

Lubricants containing chlorinated hydrocarbon solvents such as trichlorethylene or carbon tetrachloride are NOT recommended. Lubricants containing ‘dry lubricants’ such as molybdenum disulphide and graphite are NOT recommended as these compounds tend to dry out leading to surface film breakdown and consequent exposure of wire surfaces to the atmosphere. Dressings should be applied by drip feed, spray or pressure application, usually at no more than monthly intervals. B. Ropes working on friction hoists Typical examples are:— • ELEVATORS • FRICTION HOISTS • CAPSTAN WINCHES These ropes are subject to corrosion and wear and yet application of conventional lubricants can lead to severe loss of traction resulting in slip. Traditionally these ropes are lubricated very little in service due to the conflicting problems of lubrication and slip. Lubricant applied during manufacture is kept to a minimum for this reason. The only lubricants satisfactory for this application are those designed to provide corrosion protection and internal lubrication while minimizing loss of frictional grip or actually increasing the coefficient of friction. A solvent based dressing which deposits a thin slip-resistant semi-dry film is the best solution. In addition, moisture displacement and the prevention of excessive lubricant build-up are important. Lubricants should be applied by brush, spray or automatic feed, at monthly intervals. Unless a specific anti-slip dressing is used, great care must be taken to ensure that slip is not generated by over application. C. Ropes working under conditions of low abrasive wear and corrosion Typical examples are:— • ELECTRIC OVERHEAD CRANES • WIRE ROPE HOISTS • INDOOR CRANES • SMALL EXCAVATORS • PILING, PERCUSSION AND DRILLING EQUIPMENT Such ropes are subject to internal wear, leading to fatigue failures of wires. For these applications the best lubricants provide maximum lubrication internally and externally. Lubricants using a mineral oil base, SAE 30, are generally accepted as the best. However basic oils provide very little corrosion protection and are subject to excessive runoff and fling-off. It is recommended, therefore, that a specific oil based rope lubricant with a tackiness additive and anti-corrosion properties be selected. Compounds containing ‘dry lubricants’ such as molybdenum disulphide and graphite have been shown to provide no increase in fatigue life in wire ropes over and above that provided by mineral oils. Application should be by brush, spray or drip feed whenever the rope appears dry.

D. Ropes working in conditions of heavy wear Typical examples are:— Onshore: • EXCAVATORS • WINCHES • HAULAGE APPLICATIONS Offshore • MOORING SYSTEMS • DREDGERS Under these conditions the primary requirements for rope lubricants are:— • Good adhesion to the rope to prevent fling-off and loss of coating. • Resistance to removal by mechanical forces.A lubricant that dries and cracks will scrape off or fall off in bending. Some bitumous compounds can ‘cement’ broken wires in place making inspection more difficult. • Good anti-wear properties. In addition the lubricant must be resistant to moisture, emulsification and ultra-violet degradation. Good corrosion protection is essential, particularly in offshore conditions. Further preferred properties are ease of application and a stable physical nature over a wide temperature range. The lubricants are petroleum-gel based, with thixotropic characteristics. Such compounds provide good lubrication over a wide range of temperatures and do not crack or craze in ultra-violet light.Their thixotropic properties enable good adherence and continuity on the side of the rope, combined with good lubricity under shearing stress. A further feature of thixotropic lubricants is the ease with which they penetrate the rope through the use of pressure lubricators. Such lubricants are designed for long working life and infrequent application. Relubricating should take place as required depending upon the intensity of usage and the severity of the environment. E. Standing ropes and working ropes subject to heavy loading in corrosive environments. Typical examples are:— Onshore: • GUY ROPES • PENDANT ROPES Offshore: • TOWING CABLES • CRANES AND DERRICKS • TRAWL WARPS Under these conditions ropes are subject to extended periods of corrosive attack in standing situations. In some applications, such as offshore cranes, the ropes are required to undertake heavy duty lifting work after extended periods at rest.

1-10

WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION & PRESERVATION Bridon American Corporation The primary requirements for rope lubricants in such applications are:— • High corrosion protection • Long term stability of the lubricant • Good adhesion to the rope, even when wet • Resistance to wash-off, emulsification and mechanical removal Only lubricants which provide high corrosion resistance should be used and the lubricants should remain stable over extended periods of time over wide temperature ranges. Resistance to cracking and ultra-violet degradation is necessary for long term protection. Lubricants with similar characteristics to those in section (d), but with high corrosion protection characteristics, are recommended. Traditional bituminous compounds are not recommended as service lubricants because they can trap moisture in the core, and may not act as lubricants when a rope is put to work after extended periods in a static situation, due to hardening. Such compounds are only effective as lubricants when applied during manufacture, usually heated and under pressure.

Thixotropic gels are the most suitable lubricants as they provide excellent protection against the environment, good lubrication under dynamic operation and operation and return to a semi-solid coherent lubricant at rest. Re-lubrication of a used rope can often be improved by an initial application of a solvent based corrosion preventative lubricant which penetrates and displaces moisture in the rope. LUBRICANTS AVAILABLE There is a wide range of compounds on the market. Some of these are specific to wire rope applications and others are multi-purpose products which can offer some benefits to wire ropes. Bridon’s own brand of wire rope lubricants, the BRILUBE range, has been developed especially for wire rope. Based upon extensive experience in wire rope usage, there is a BRILUBE product to meet most applications mentioned in this document. Detailed technical data, catalog and supplies of BRILUBE are available from authorized Bridon distributors.

GENERAL GUIDELINES

The New Standard In Lifting Products and Services. In the field of lifting, CERTEX means certainty. From simple, straight forward hardware and custom-made assemblies, to complete lifting management programs, the name CERTEX represents quality, safety, service and expertise. CERTEX companies are your trusted local source

for lifting products and services, backed by world-wide experience and expertise to solve any lifting problem. Wherever people are at work building, producing and moving the world’s goods, CERTEX means certainty.

1-11

1

WIRE ROPE SELECTION Bridon American Corporation

1

Strength Wire rope must have the strength required to handle the maximum load plus a design factor. The design factor is the ratio of the breaking strength of the rope to the maximum working load.To establish the proper design factor, several operating characteristics should be considered: • speed of operation • acceleration and deceleration • length of rope • number, size and location of sheaves and drums • rope attachments • conditions causing corrosion and abrasion • danger to human life and property. Fatigue Resistance Smaller wires are the key to bending performance when wire ropes are subjected to repeated bending over sheaves or drums.The more outer wires for a given size wire rope, the better the resistance to bending fatigue. The relative bending life factors of typical wire rope constructions are indicated in the following table. Ropes having a large number of small wires, however, should not be used where overwrapping on a drum takes place because they do not provide sufficient crush resistance.

Abrasion Resistance Lang lay and large outer wires provide resistance to abrasion.The relationship between abrasion resistance and fatigue resistance is illustrated below.

Crush Resistance An IWRC (Independent wire rope core) and large outer wires will provide best crush resistance. Bridon American’s Constructex rope provides the best crush resistance of any wire rope. Flexibility Fiber core, lang lay and smaller wires provide a more flexible wire rope.

Generally Accepted Design Factors Type of Service

Minimum Factor

Guy Ropes

3.5

Overhead and Gantry Cranes

5.0

Jib and Pillar Cranes

5.0

Derricks

3.5

Wire Rope Slings

5.0

Miscellaneous Hoisting Equipment

5.0

Ski Lift Ropes slopes under 3,000 feet

5.0

slopes over 3,000 feet

4.5

Haulage Ropes

5.0

Small Electric and Air Hoists

5.0

Rotation Resistant Ropes Minimum

5.0

Recommended

7.0

Hot Ladle Cranes

8.0

Elevator Hoist and Counterweight Ropes (enger) 500 FPM

10.25

750 FPM

11.15

1000 FPM

11.55

Relative bending life factors of typical ropes Rope Construction Factor 6x7 .57 19 x 7 .67 6 x 19 S .80 6 x 21 FW .92 Dyform-18 and 6 x 25 FW 1.00 6 x 31 WS 1.09 Dyform-6 and 6 x 36 WS 1.31 8 x 25 FW 1.39 6 x 41 WS 1.39 6 x 49 SWS 1.54

1-12

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation 6 x 7 Classification 6 x 7 Classification Wire Ropes give long service in operating conditions where ropes are dragged along the ground or over rollers. Larger sheaves and drums (than those used for more flexible constructions) are required to avoid breakage from fatigue. 6 x 7 Classification Ropes contain 6 strands with 3 through 14 wires, no more than 9 of which are outside wires.

6 x 7 Rope

Order Guide: 6 x 7 classification wire ropes may be ordered in diameters from 1/4” to 1 1/2”…bright or galvanized…EEIP, EIP and IPS grades…fiber core or IWRC…right or left lay, regular or lang lay. Fiber core shown; IWRC available Characteristics Excellent abrasion resistance; less bending fatigue resistance Typical Applications Dragging and haulage in mines, inclined planes and tramways, sand lines. 6 x 7 Classification Rope Nominal Strength,* Tons (Bright or Drawn Galvanized)†

Approximate Wt./Ft., lb.

EIP

Diameter, in. 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

CX01-0600 CX01-0601 CX01-0602 CX01-0603 CX01-0604 CX01-0605 CX01-0606 CX01-0607 CX01-0608 CX01-0609 CX01-0610 CX01-0611 CX01-0612 CX01-0613

IWRC

3.27 5.07 7.25 9.80 12.8 16.1 19.7 28.1 38.0 49.1 61.5 75.4 90.4 107.0


CX01-0614 CX01-0615 CX01-0616 CX01-0617 CX01-0618 CX01-0619 CX01-0620 CX01-0621 CX01-0622 CX01-0623 CX01-0624 CX01-0625 CX01-0626 CX01-0627

Fiber Core

IWRC

Fiber Core

2.90 4.51 6.45 8.72 11.3 14.3 17.5 25.0 33.8 43.7 54.8 67.1 80.4 94.8

0.10 0.16 0.23 0.32 0.42 0.53 0.65 0.92 1.27 1.65 2.09 2.57 3.12 3.72

0.094 0.15 0.21 0.29 0.38 0.48 0.59 0.84 1.15 1.50 1.90 2.34 2.84 3.38

*Acceptance strength is not less *Acceptance than 2 1/2% below theis nominal strengths listed. strength not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal strengths listed. †Galvanizing: For class A galvanized wire rope For (EIPclass andAIPS grades only), deduct 10% from nominal †Galvanizing: galvanized wire rope (EIP and IPS the grades only),strength deduct shown. 10% from the nominal strength shown.

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained. Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage, abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI Wire Rope s Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!

1-13

1

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation 6 x 19 Classification

1

6x19 Seale

Characteristics Resistant to abrasion and crushing; medium fatigue resistance Typical Applications Haulage rope, choker rope, rotary drilling line IWRC shown; fiber core available

6x21 Filler Wire

6x25 Filler Wire

6x26 Warrington Seale

Characteristics Less abrasion resistance; more bending fatigue resistance Typical Applications Pull Ropes, load lines, backhaul ropes, draglines; fiber core shown, IWRC available

Characteristics Most flexible rope in classification; best balance of abrasion and fatigue resistance Typical Applications Most widely used of all wire rope - cranes hoists, skip hoists, haulage, mooring lines, conveyors, etc. IWRC shown; fiber core available

Characteristics Good balance of abrasion and fatigue resistance Typical Applications Boom hoists, logging and tubing lines IWRC shown; fiber core available

6 x 19 Classification ropes provide an excellent balance between fatigue and wear resistance.They give excellent service with sheaves and drums of moderate size. 6 x 19 Classification ropes contain 6 strands with 15 through 26 wires per strand, no more than 12 of which are outside wires. 6 x 19 Classification Rope Approximate Wt./Ft., lb.

Nominal Strength,* Tons (Bright or Drawn Galvanized)†

Diameter, in. 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 3/8 2 1/2 2 5/8 2 3/4


CX01-0029 CX01-0030 CX01-0031 CX01-0032 CX01-0033 CX01-0034 CX01-0035 CX01-0036 CX01-0037 CX01-0038 CX01-0039 CX01-0040 CX01-0041 CX01-0042 CX01-0043

EEIP CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. IWRC

Fiber Core

11.2 14.6 18.5 22.7 32.4 43.8 57.5 71.5 87.9 106.0 125.00 145.0 168.0 191.0 218.0

9.90 12.9 16.2 20.0 28.6 38.6 50.0 63.0 77.5 93.0 111.0 129.0 149.0 169.0 192.0

CX01-0044 CX01-0045 CX01-0046 CX01-0047 CX01-0048 CX01-0049 CX01-0050 CX01-0051 CX01-0052 CX01-0053 CX01-0054 CX01-0055 CX01-0056 CX01-0057 CX01-0058

EIP CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX01-0059 CX01-0060 CX01-0061 CX01-0062 CX01-0063 CX01-0064 CX01-0065 CX01-0066 CX01-0067 CX01-0068 CX01-0069 CX01-0070 CX01-0071 CX01-0072 CX01-0073 CX01-0074 CX01-0075 CX01-0076 CX01-0628 CX01-0629 CX01-0630 CX01-0631 CX01-0632 CX01-0633

IWRC 3.40 5.27 7.55 10.2 13.3 16.8 20.6 29.4 39.8 51.7 65.0 79.9 96.0 114.0 132.0 153.0 174.0 198.0 221.0 247.0 274.0 302.0 331.0 361.0

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX01-0634 CX01-0635 CX01-0636 CX01-0637 CX01-0638 CX01-0639 CX01-0640 CX01-0641 CX01-0642 CX01-0643 CX01-0644 CX01-0645 CX01-0646 CX01-0647 CX01-0648 CX01-0649 CX01-0650 CX01-0651 CX01-0652 CX01-0653 CX01-0654 CX01-0655

* Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal strengths listed †Galvanizing For class A galvanized wire rope (EIP and IPS grades only), deduct 10% from the nominal strength shown WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained. Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage, abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI Wire Rope s Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!

1-14

Fiber Core 3.02 4.69 6.71 9.09 11.8 14.9 18.3 26.2 35.4 46.0 57.9 71.0 85.4 101.0 118.0 136.0 155.0 176.0 197.0 220.0 244.0 269.0

IWRC 0.116 0.18 0.26 0.35 0.46 0.59 0.72 1.04 1.42 1.85 2.34 2.89 3.50 4.16 4.88 5.67 6.50 7.39 8.35 9.36 10.4 11.6 12.8 14.0

Fiber Core 0.105 0.164 0.236 0.32 0.42 0.53 0.66 0.95 1.29 1.68 2.13 2.63 3.18 3.78 4.44 5.15 5.91 6.72 7.59 8.51 9.48 10.5 11.6 12.7

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation 6 x 37 Classification 6 x 31 Warrington Seale

6 x 36 Warrington Seale

Characteristics 12 outside wires. Slightly more flexible than 6 x 25 rope with the same abrasion resistance Typical Applications Overhead crane and mobile crane hoist ropes IWRC shown; fiber core available

Characteristics 14 outside wires. More fatigue resistance; but less abrasion resistance than 6 x 25 rope. Typical Applications Overhead crane and mobile crane hoist ropes; winch lines; large diameter towing lines IWRC shown; fiber core available

6 x 41 Warrington Seale

6 x 41 Seale Filler Wire

16 outside wires. Good combination of fatigue and abrasion resistance for operating ropes. Typical Applications Overhead crane and mobile crane hoist ropes; shovel and dragline hoist ropes

Same characteristics and applications as 6 x 41 Warrington Seale IWRC shown; fiber core available

IWRC shown; fiber core available

6 x 49 Seale Warrington Seale

16 outside wires. Best fatigue resistance and abrasion resistance in 6 x 37 classification Typical Applications Mooring, towing and anchor lines, shovel and dragline hoist ropes IWRC shown; fiber core available

More flexible but less abrasion resistant than the 6 x 19 classification. Each strand contains numerous small diameter wires.As the number of wires increases, flexibility increases. 6 x 37 classification ropes contain 6 strands with 27 through 49 wires, no more than 18 of which are outside wires.


1-15

1

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation 6 x 37 Classification

1

6 x 37 Classification Rope Nominal Strength,* Tons (Bright or Drawn Galvanized)† EEIP EIP Diameter, in.



Approximate Wt./Ft., lb.


IWRC


Fiber Core

IWRC

Fiber Core

1/4

CX01-0113

3.40

CX01-0155

3.02

0.116

0.105

5/16

CX01-0114

5.27

CX01-0156

4.69

0.180

0.164

3/8

CX01-0115

7.55

CX01-0157

6.71

0.260

0.236

7/16

CX01-0116

10.2

CX01-0158

9.09

0.35

0.32

IWRC

Fiber Core

1/2

CX01-0077

14.6

CX01-0095

12.9

CX01-0117

13.3

CX01-0159

11.8

0.46

0.42

9/16

CX01-0078

18.5

CX01-0096

16.2

CX01-0118

16.8

CX01-0160

14.9

0.59

0.53

5/8

CX01-0079

22.7

CX01-0097

20.0

CX01-0119

20.6

CX01-0656

18.3

0.72

0.66

3/4

CX01-0080

32.4

CX01-0098

28.6

CX01-0120

29.4

CX01-0657

26.2

1.04

0.95

7/8

CX01-0081

43.8

CX01-0099

38.6

CX01-0121

39.8

CX01-0658

35.4

1.42

1.29

1

CX01-0082

57.5

CX01-0100

50.0

CX01-0122

51.7

CX01-0659

46.0

1.85

1.68

1 1/8

CX01-0083

71.5

CX01-0101

63.0

CX01-0123

65.0

CX01-0660

57.9

2.34

2.13

1 1/4

CX01-0084

87.9

CX01-0102

77.5

CX01-0124

79.9

CX01-0661

71.0

2.89

2.63

1 3/8

CX01-0085

106.0

CX01-0103

93.0

CX01-0125

96.0

CX01-0662

85.4

3.50

3.18

1 1/2

CX01-0086

125.0

CX01-0104

111.0

CX01-0126

114.0

CX01-0663

101.0

4.16

3.78

1 5/8

CX01-0087

145.0

CX01-0105

129.0

CX01-0127

132.0

CX01-0664

118.0

4.88

4.44

1 3/4

CX01-0088

168.0

CX01-0106

149.0

CX01-0128

153.0

CX01-0665

136.0

5.67

5.15

1 7/8

CX01-0089

191.0

CX01-0107

169.0

CX01-0129

174.0

CX01-0666

155.0

6.50

5.91

2

CX01-0090

218.0

CX01-0108

192.0

CX01-0130

198.0

CX01-0667

176.0

7.39

6.72

2 1/8

CX01-0091

243.0

CX01-0109

215.0

CX01-0131

221.0

CX01-0668

197.0

8.35

7.59

2 1/4

CX01-0092

272.0

CX01-0110

240.0

CX01-0132

247.0

CX01-0669

220.0

9.36

8.51

2 3/8

CX01-0093

301.0

CX01-0111

266.0

CX01-0133

274.0

CX01-0670

244.0

10.4

9.48

2 1/2

CX01-0094

332.0

CX01-0112

293.0

CX01-0134

302.0

CX01-0671

269.0

11.6

10.5

2 5/8

CX01-0135

331.0

12.8

11.6

2 3/4

CX01-0136

361.0

14.0

12.7

2 7/8

CX01-0137

392.0

15.3

13.9

3

CX01-0138

425.0

16.6

15.1

3 1/8

CX01-0139

458.0

18.0

16.4

3 1/4

CX01-0140

492.0

19.5

17.7

3 3/8

CX01-0141

529.0

21.0

19.1

3 1/2

CX01-0142

564.0

22.7

20.6

3 5/8

CX01-0143

602.0

24.3

3 3/4

CX01-0144

641.0

26.0

3 7/8

CX01-0145

680.0

27.7

4

CX01-0146

720.0

29.6

4 1/8

CX01-0147

761.0

31.4

4 1/4

CX01-0148

803.0

33.4

4 3/8

CX01-0149

846.0

35.4

4 1/2

CX01-0150

889.0

37.4

4 5/8

CX01-0151

934.0

39.5

4 3/4

CX01-0152

979.0

41.7

4 7/8

CX01-0153

1024.0

43.9

5

CX01-0154

1070.0

46.2

*Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal strengths listed. †Galvanizing For class A galvanized wire rope (EIP and IPS grades only}, deduct 10% from the nominal strength shown.


1-16

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES Galvanized "Aircraft" Cable 7 x 7 Galvanized Aircraft Cable

7x7

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX01-0161 CX01-0162 CX01-0163 CX01-0164 CX01-0165 CX01-0166

1 Size 1/16" 3/32" 1/8" 5/32" 3/16" 1/4"

Approx. Weight per 1000 ft. 7.5 lbs. 16 28 43 62 106

Breaking Strength Pounds* 480 920 1,700 2,600 3,700 6,100

Size 3/32" 1/8" 5/32" 3/16" 7/32" 1/4" 5/16" 3/8"

Approx. Weight per 1000 ft. 17.4 lbs. 29 45 lbs. 65 86 lbs. 110 173 lbs. 243

Breaking Strength Pounds* 1,000 2,000 2,800 4,200 5,600 7,000 9,800 14,400

7 x 19 Galvanized Aircraft Cable

7 x 19

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX01-0167 CX01-0168 CX01-0169 CX01-0170 CX01-0171 CX01-0172 CX01-0173 CX01-0174

NOT FOR AIRCRAFT USE. (“Aircraft Cable” has become an accepted industry term for small diameter 7 x 7 and 7 x 19 construction wire rope intended for industrial and marine application.) Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.


1-17

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES Stainless Steel "Aircraft" Cable

1

7 x 7 Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable, Type 304

7x7


Size

CX01-0175 CX01-0176 CX01-0177

1/16"** 3/32"** 1/8"

Approx. Weight per 1000 ft. Pounds 7.5 16.0 28.0

Breaking Strength Pounds* 480 920 1,760

*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength. **According to MIL-W-83420D, with exceptions. Meeting Federal Specification RR-W-410D.


7 x 19


Size

CX01-0178 CX01-0179 CX01-0180 CX01-0181 CX01-0182 CX01-0183 CX01-0184

3/32"** 1/8"** 5/32"** 3/16"** 1/4"** 5/16"** 3/8"**

Approx. Weight per 1000 ft. Pounds 17 29 45 65 110 173 243

Breaking Strength Pounds* 920 1,760 2,400 3,700 6,400 9,000 12,000

*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog breaking strength. **According to MIL-W-83420D, with exceptions. Meeting Federal Specification RR-W-410D.


7 x 19


Size

CX01-0185 CX01-0186 CX01-0187 CX01-0188 CX01-0189

1/8" 3/16" 1/4" 5/16" 3/8"

Approx. Weight per 1000 ft. Pounds 29 65 110 173 243

Breaking Strength Pounds* 1,670 3,565 5,875 8,825 11,760

*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength.

NOT FOR AIRCRAFT USE. (“Aircraft Cable” has become an accepted industry term for small diameter 7x7 and 7x19 construction wire rope intended for industrial and marine application.) Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

1-18

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES

1

6 x 19 Stainless Steel Wire Rope, Type 304**

6 x 19 (1 + 6 + 12) WITH IWRC

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX01-0190 CX01-0191 CX01-0192 CX01-0193 CX01-0194

Diameter Inches

Approx. Weight per Foot, Pounds

Breaking Strength, Pounds*

7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4

.35 .46 .59 .72 1.04

16,300 22,800 28,500 35,000 49,600

*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength. **Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

6 x 36 Stainless Steel Wire Rope, Type 304**

6 x 36 WARRINGTON SEALE WITH IWRC


Diameter Inches

Approx. Weight per Foot, Pounds

Breaking Strength, Pounds*

3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1

.24 .35 .46 .59 .72 1.04 1.42 1.85

12,000 16,300 22,800 28,500 35,000 49,600 66,500 85,400


Cable-Laid Wire Rope** Galvanized, preformed.

7 x 7 x 7 CABLE-LAID


Diameter Inches 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4

Construction 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7 x 7 x 19 7 x 7 x 19 7 x 7 x 19 7 x 7 x 19 7 x 7 x 19

Approx. Weight per Foot, Pounds .21 .37 .58 .88 1.19 1.56 1.94 2.39

Breaking Strength, tons* 5.7 9.75 14.6 21.4 28.4 36.2 44.7 53.7


7 x 7 x 19 CABLE-LAID

1-19

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES Vinyl Coated Aircraft Cable

1

Clear Vinyl Coated Galvanized Aircraft Cable

7x7


Cable Diameter 1/16"** 3/32"** 3/32"** 1/8" 1/8"** 3/16"** 1/4"** 5/16"**

Coated to 1/8" 1/8" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 1/4" 5/16" 3/8"

Approx. Weight per 1000 ft. Pounds 11.8 18.5 25.8 35.2 36.2 77.5 123.0 197.0

Breaking Strength Pounds* 480 920 920 1,700 2,000 4,200 7,000 9,800

Construction 7x7 7x7 7x7 7x7 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19

Also available on special order: nylon and vinyl in various colors. Approx. 3 weeks delivery. * Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength. ** Uncoated cable according to MIL-W-83420D, with exceptions. Uncoated cable meets Federal Specification RR-W-410D.

7 x 19

Clear Vinyl Coated Stainless Aircraft Cable, Type 304

7 x 19


Cable Diameter 1/8"** 3/16"** 1/4"** 5/16"** 3/8"**

Coated to 3/16" 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16"

Approx. Weight per 1000 ft. Pounds 36.2 77.5 123.0 197.0 270.0

Breaking Strength Pounds* 1,760 3,700 6,400 9,000 12,000

Construction 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19

Also available on special order: nylon and vinyl in various colors. Approx. 3 weeks delivery. * Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength. ** Uncoated cable according to MIL-W-83420D, with exceptions. Uncoated cable meets Federal Specification RR-W-410D.

NOT FOR AIRCRAFT USE. (“Aircraft Cable” has become an accepted industry term for small diameter 7 x 7 and 7 x 19 construction wire rope intended for industrial and marine application.) When using wire rope clips with plastic coated cable, match clip size to uncoated cable diameter (3/16” cable coated to 1/4” takes 3/16” clip.) Strip plastic coating off cable where clips will be positioned for full holding power. Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

1-20

ROTATION RESISTANT WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation The accepted definition of rotation resistant rope as stated in the Wire Rope s Manual is:

1

DIAGRAMATIC ILLUSTRATION OF ROTATION VARIOUS ROPE CONSTRUCTIONS

ROTATION RESISTANT ROPE - a wire rope consisting of an inner layer of strands laid in one direction covered by a layer of strands laid in the opposite direction.This has the effect of counteracting torque by reducing the tendency of the finished rope to rotate. While this properly defines the ropes, it does not tell the complete story about a commonly misunderstood and often misused product. Over the years, this type of rope has been known by various names such as Non-Rotating and Spin-Resistant. Several years ago, in order to more accurately describe the ropes and avoid confusion, they were categorized as Rotation Resistant Ropes. Bridon American produces and markets three different types of Rotation Resistant Ropes that can be grouped as follows STANDARD ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES 19 x 7 18 x 7 FC 8 x 19 IWRC SPECIAL ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES Endurance Dyform® - 18 MULTIPLE STRAND ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES Endurance Dyform® - 34LR Endurance 35LS All these ropes have specific operating and performance characteristics and some have limitations. An overview of certain operating characteristics shows the following:

Multiple Part Reeving Single Part Reeving Swivels Strength Preformed Multiple Layer Winding Prevention of Block Spinning

19 x 7 18 x 7 FC

8 x 19 IWRC

DYF-18

34LR 35LS

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No Low Yes

No Low Yes

No High Partially

Yes Highest No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

N/A

Good

Much Better

Best

STANDARD APPLICATIONS • Mobile Cranes and Overhead Hoists 19 x 7, 18 x 7 FC, 8 x 19 IWRC • Mobile Cranes and Overhead Hoists Dyform-18 • Tower Cranes and various hoisting applications Dyform-34LR and Endurance 35LS All Rotation Resistant Ropes can be used in a variety of other applications, but the specific application and the operating requirements should be carefully reviewed by BAC Technical Services or a qualified person before a recommendation can be made. SEIZING AND CUTTING Because Rotation Resistant Ropes can be difficult to properly identify by sight, it is recommended that all Rotation Resistant Ropes be tightly seized with wire, strand or tape, or welded before cutting. It is important that all Rotation Resistant Ropes be prevented from unlaying when cut regardless of construction. General guidelines for seizing and welding are shown in the detail below. Endurance 35LS and Dyform-34LR should have welded ends and not seized ends. PREFORMED/NON-PREFORMED Rotation Resistant Ropes are special ropes and are produced with special manufacturing techniques to meet all of the required operating parameters of the ropes. To prevent confusion as to which are preformed, partially preformed and non-preformed. Bridon American attaches a warning tag on all Rotation Resistant Ropes to indicate that they should always be properly seized when cut.

NOTE:Two seizings are recommended for non-preformed rope and one seizing for preformed rope. Each seizing should be at least one rope diameter in length. A. 19 x 7; B. 8 x 19 IWRC; C. Dyform-18; D. Dyform-34LR; E. Endurance 35LS

1-24 1-21

1

ROTATION RESISTANT WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation

1

WELDED ENDS A welded rope end can facilitate the installation of a Rotation Resistant Rope in a wedge socket.A welded rope end combined with a tail of less than 20 rope diameters can cause rope distortion. If the proper tail length is used, a welded end is acceptable. Capped welded end.

are not shock loaded, and the ropes are frequently inspected by a qualified person. BAC recommends that each application requiring the use of a swivel with Standard or Special Rotation Resistant Ropes be reviewed and approved by a qualified person. There has been some confusion about swivels attached between the rope and the dead end attachment point and swivels below the traveling block (between the block and the load). For the purpose of the previous discussion, we are referring to the swivel attachment between the rope and the dead end attachment point. Most swivels below the traveling block are not anti-friction ball bearing swivels. MULTIPLE PART REEVING 19 x 7 and 18 x 7 FC ropes are not recommended for multiple part reeving. These ropes do not perform well and tend to become imbalanced when used in this manner. The 8 x 19 IWRC ropes, Dyform-18, Dyform-34LR, and Endurance 35LS are more stable constructions and can be used in multiple part reeving.

Tapered and welded end.

HANDLING INSTALLATION Rotation Resistant Ropes must have properly seized, or welded ends. They must be installed without inducing twist or turn. They must not be kinked, and they must have the proper tail length at the wedge socket. WEDGE SOCKETS All Rotation Resistant Ropes can be used with standard wedge sockets. Certain precautions must be taken. All Rotation Resistant Ropes should be tightly seized with wire, strand or tape, or welded to prevent loss of rope lay at the dead end. Loss of rope lay will change the operating characteristics of the ropes and can cause high strands and rope distortion. The dead end should be a minimum length of 20 rope diameters for all Rotation Resistant Ropes. A wire rope clip may be attached to the dead end.

SINGLE PART HOISTING All Rotation Resistant Ropes can be used in single part hoisting. However, the limitations of single part hoisting must be understood. Rotation Resistant Ropes will develop torque when a load is applied and rotation of the load can occur. The amount of rotation depends on many factors. If the loads being handled under all operating conditions are within the recommended design factors, the amount of rotation should not cause problems. If the rope is shock loaded or loaded beyond the recommended design factor, rotation of the rope will be a problem. As stated previously, when Rotation Resistant Ropes rotate, the strength of the rope is reduced. If the rotation is severe enough, the rope can fail or rapidly develop broken wires and wear in the inner rope where it can be difficult to detect.

SWIVELS BAC’s recommendation is that 19 x 7, 18 x 7 FC, 8 x 19 IWRC, and Dyform-18 should not be dead ended into a swivel.The multiple strand Rotation Resistant Ropes such as Dyform-34LR and Endurance 35LS may be used with a swivel in any application. The reason for this recommendation is that the standard Rotation Resistant Ropes and the Special Rotation Resistant Ropes will rotate under load. Excessive rotation will cause imbalance and reduction in strength. Under a shock load or overload condition, the strength of these ropes can be reduced as much as 50%. BAC does recognize that there are certain applications or operating requirements where a swivel must be used with Rotation Resistant Ropes. In these cases, it is mandatory that the design factor be strictly followed, the ropes

ODD PART REEVING Odd part reeving such as 3, 5 or 7 part can cause problems if the traveling block is not properly aligned.While a greater number of parts reeved in an even number will require slower hoisting speeds, it can prevent problems. If odd part reeving is necessary, the dead end at the traveling block should be attached to the center of the block rather than at the side of the block. (see below).An odd part reeving system can cause the traveling block to be suspended and hang at an angle.This misalignment will induce twist into the rope during operation by the rope climbing the flange or rolling into the sheaves of the traveling block during hoisting.

1-25 1-22

1

ROTATION RESISTANT WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation

1

1

FLEET ANGLES Because Rotation Resistant Ropes develop less torque under load than a standard 6 strand rope, there can be a problem with rope pileup and poor spooling unless a proper fleet angle is maintained. The fleet angle becomes even more important with the very low torque ropes such as Dyform-34LR and Endurance 35LS. A fleet angle of 1/2° to 1-1/2° is recommended for Rotation Resistant Ropes.

19 x 7 is shown in this band for information only Wire Rope Cabling Bands 19 x 7 is not recommended for multiple part reeving

RETIREMENT CRITERIA Recommended retirement criteria for all Rotation Resistant Ropes are 2 broken wires in 6 rope diameters or 4 broken wires in 30 rope diameters. (i.e. 6 rope diameters for a 1” diameter rope = 6”).

CABLING GRAPH Field research tly conducted by the Wire Rope Technical Board and the Power Crane and Shovel Association has shown that cabling of the rope parts in a multiple part reeved hoisting arrangement is controlled by several factors. The following calculations and graphs can be used to determine when and if cabling will occur on multiple part reeved hoisting arrangements. The graph illustrates two dimensional ratios. They are: 1. L/S = Length of fall per unit rope spacing 2. D/d = Average pitch diameter of traveling and crown block sheave per unit rope diameter. Various constructions of rope shown on the graph indicate the limited conditions for torsional stability with the angular displacement of the hoist block to a maximum of 90 degrees.When the operating conditions for a particular installation give a resultant above the appropriate band, then cabling of the falls will most likely occur. If the operating conditions give a resultant below any particular band, the cabling of the falls will most likely not occur. If the operating conditions for any particular installation fall within the band, cabling is unpredictable.

Distortion of Rotation Resistant Ropes, as shown above, can be caused by shock load/sudden load release and/or induced torque and is the reason for immediate removal from service. RECOMMENDED MINIMUM SHEAVE AND DRUM DIAMETERS The minimum D/d ratio allowed by applicable codes and standards covering equipment where Rotation Resistant Ropes are typically used is 18:1. RECOMMENDED MINIMUM DESIGN FACTOR The minimum design factor allowed by applicable codes and standards covering equipment where Rotation Resistant Ropes are typically used is 5.


1-26 1-23

ROTATION RESISTANT WIRE ROPES Bridon American Corporation 19 x 7 Rotation Resistant Rope

1

Blue Strand Rotation Resistant Ropes are available in a full range of sizes, grades and constructions: • Standard constructions for single part and multipart lifting. • Special wire rope constructions for increased service life in particularly demanding applications—DYFORM18, Dyform 34LR and 35LS.

Characteristics Inner strands are left lang lay; outer strands are right regular lay; the natural rotation tendency of one layer is balanced by the other. Not recommended for multiple part lifting.

NOTE: 1. Swivels are not recommended for use with rotation resistant ropes. 2.Although B30 standards permit rotation resistant ropes to be used under certain conditions at design factors of 3.5:1, we recommend a minimum design factor of 5:1 and a design factor of 7:1 for extended rope life. Order Guide: 19 x 7 is a bright, IWRC, right regular wire rope. It may be ordered in diameters from 3/16” to 1 5/8”…EIP or IPS grade. 8 x 19 is a bright, IWRC, right regular lay wire rope. It may be ordered in diameters from 7/16” to 1 1/2”…EIP or IPS. Dyform-18 is a bright, special grade, strand core, right regular lay wire rope. It may be ordered in diameters from 3/8” to 1 1/4”. Dyform 34LR and 34LS are specially constructed wire ropes. Inquire for details.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX01-0293 CX01-0294 CX01-0295 CX01-0296 CX01-0297 CX01-0298 CX01-0299 CX01-0300 CX01-0301 CX01-0302 CX01-0303 CX01-0304 CX01-0305 CX01-0306 CX01-0307

19 x 7 Rotation Resistant Rope Nominal Strength,* Diam., Tons EIP IPS in. 1/8 6.15 5.59 3/16 1.57 1.42 1/4 2.77 2.51 5/16 4.30 3.90 7/16 8.33 7.58 1/2 10.8 9.85 9/16 13.6 12.4 5/8 16.8 15.3 3/4 24.0 21.8 7/8 32.5 29.5 1 42.2 38.3 1 1/8 53.1 48.2 1 1/4 65.1 59.2 1 3/8 78.4 71.3 1 1/2 92.8 84.4

Approx. Wt./Ft., lb. 0.25 0.064 0.113 0.177 0.35 0.45 0.58 0.71 1.02 1.39 1.82 2.30 2.80 3.43 4.08

*Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal breaking strengths listed. Note: These strengths apply only when a test is conducted with both ends fixed. When in use, the strength of these ropes may be reduced if one end is free to rotate.

8 x 19 Rotation Resistant Ropes

Characteristics Inner and outer strands are laid in opposing directions to counter rotation. More easily damaged in service than other ropes. Can be used for multiple part lifting.

8 x 19 Rotation Resistant Rope Nominal Strength,* Approx. Diam., Tons Wt./Ft., CERTEX in. lb. Cat. Ref. No. EIP IPS CX01-0308 7/16 8.97 7.80 0.36 CX01-0309 1/2 11.7 10.2 0.47 CX01-0310 9/16 14.7 12.8 0.60 CX01-0311 5/8 18.1 15.7 0.73 CX01-0312 3/4 25.9 22.6 1.06 CX01-0313 7/8 35.0 30.5 1.44 CX01-0314 1 45.5 39.6 1.88 CX01-0315 1 1/8 57.3 49.8 2.39 CX01-0316 1 1/4 70.5 61.3 2.94 CX01-0317 1 3/8 84.9 73.8 3.56 CX01-0318 1 1/2 100.0 87.3 4.24 *Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal breaking strengths listed. Note: These strengths apply only when a test is conducted with both ends fixed. When in use, the strength of these ropes may be reduced if one end is free to rotate.


1-27 1-24

1

HIGH PERFORMANCE LOW ROTATION WIRE ROPES Dyform®-18 Rotation Resistant Ropes

1

Characteristics Compacted strands with outside and inside strands laid in opposite directions for superior rotation resistance. Can be used for multiple part lifting. Dyform-18 has up to 35% greater strength than conventional 19 x 7 EIP wire rope.

• High strength Rotation Resistant rope incorporating Dyform strands - confirmed by Bridon’s “Powercheck” testing of a smple from each production length. • Good resistance to rotaions - confirmed by Bridon’s unique “Twishcheck” type testing program. • Superior bending fatigue life when compared with conventional multistrand ropes - confirmed by laboratory testing and extensive field experience. • Excellent resistance to crushing and abrasion resulting from the overall compactness and robustness of the rope and the Dyform strands - recommended when multi-layer spooling is involved. • Reduced elongation results from increased steel content and the Dyform process. ® -34LR • Optional plastic Dyform coating of IWRC to further extend fatique life, improve structural stability and resistance to corrosion.

Characteristics Other sizes available on request *Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal breaking strengths listed. Note: These strengths apply only when a test is conducted with both ends fixed.When in use, the strength of these ropes may be reduced if one end is free to rotate.


1-25

LOW ROTATION WIRE ROPES Dyform®-34LR and 34XL

1 34 x 7

• Strongest of all ropes in the Rotation Resistant product range - confirmed by Bridon’s “Powercheck” testing of a sample from each production length. • Greatest resistance to rotation of all ropes in the Rotation Resistant product range - confirmed by Bridon’s unique “Twistcheck” type testing program. • Superior bending fatigue life when compared with conventional Rotation Resistant ropes - confirmed by laboratory testing and extensive field experience. • Excellent resistance to crushing and abrasion resulting from the overall compactness and robustness of the rope and the Dyform strands - recommended when multi-layer spooling is involved. • Reduced elongation results from increased steel content and the Dyform process. • Optional plastic coating of IWRC to further extend fatigue life, improve structural stability and resistance to corrosion.

Dyform®-34Max Diameter in 1

mm 26 28

1 1/8 1 1/4

32

Approx mass WSC lb.ft 2.26 2.39 2.76 2.86 3.74

kg/ft 0.99 1.09 1.25 1.25 1.64

Minimum breaking force Rope Grade 34MAX CERTEX Cat. Ref. No tons kN 76.9 684.0 78.2 696.0 89.7 798.0 91.5 814.0 122.0 1085.0

Dyform®-34LR Diameter

in 1/2

mm 13 14

9/16 5/8 3/4

16 18 19 20 22

7/8 24 25

1 26 28 1 1/8

1 1/4 1 1/2

29 30 32 38

Minimum breaking force Rope Grade

Approx mass WSC lb.ft 0.54 0.57 0.65 0.68 0.84 1.07 1.21 1.32 1.61 1.65 1.92 2.1 2.15 2.28 2.63 2.73 2.94 3.07 3.37 4.92

kg/ft 0.24 0.26 0.30 0.30 0.37 0.48 0.53 0.60 0.73 0.73 0.87 0.93 0.95 1.04 1.19 1.20 1.30 1.36 1.49 2.17

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No CX01-0352 CX01-0353 CX01-0354 CX01-0355 CX01-0357 CX01-0359 CX01-0360 CX01-0361 CX01-0363 CX01-0364 CX01-0366 CX01-0368 CX01-0369 CX01-0371 CX01-0372 CX01-0373 CX01-0374 -

34LR 1960 CERTEX Cat. Ref. No tons kN 16.5 147.0 CX01-0375 17.3 154.0 CX01-0376 20.1 179.0 CX01-0377 20.8 185.0 CX01-0378 26.1 232.0 CX01-0380 33.5 298.0 CX01-0382 37 329.0 CX01-0383 41.6 370.0 CX01-0384 49.7 442.0 CX01-0386 50.4 448.0 CX01-0387 59.3 528.0 CX01-0389 62.4 555.0 CX01-0391 69.5 618.0 CX01-0392 76 676.0 CX01-0394 79.5 689.0 CX01-0395 92.2 820.0 CX01-0396 98.2 874.0 CX01-0397 -

2160 tons kN 18.0 160.0 18.7 166.0 21.5 191.0 22.7 201.0 28.2 251.0 35.9 319.0 40.0 356.0 44.6 397.0 54.2 482.0 54.8 487.0 64.0 569.0 71.7 638.0 74.0 658.0 82.6 735.0 83.6 744.0 94.0 836.0 110.2 980.0 -


1-26

34XL 2160 CERTEX Cat. Ref. No tons kN CX01-0674 28.2 251.0 CX01-0677 40.0 356.0 CX01-0680 54.2 482.0 CX01-0681 54.8 487.0 CX01-0683 64.0 569.0 CX01-0684 69.7 620.0 CX01-0685 71.7 638.0 CX01-0686 74.0 658.0 CX01-0688 82.6 735.0 CX01-0689 83.6 744.0 CX01-0690 93.2 829.0 CX01-0691 110.2 980.0 CX01-0692 165.4 1472.0

LOW ROTATION WIRE ROPES Dyform®-35LS

1

35 x 7

• Highest breaking force of all conventional Rotation Resistant ropes - confirmed by Bridon’s “Powercheck” testing of a sample from each production length. • Greatest resistance to rotation of all ropes in the Rotation Resistant product range - confirmed by Bridon’s unique “Twistcheck” type testing program. • Most flexible construction in the Rotation Resistant product range.

Characteristics Same rotation resistance as Dyform-34LR; used for demanding applications whe e highest strength is not mandatory.

35LS


1-27

HIGH HIGHPERFORMANCE PERFORMANCEWIRE WIREROPE ROPE Bridon International Riser Tensioner Rope

11

Round Strand

Dyform Strand

A Riser Tensioner rope needs to be of a suitable material and construction to withstand the adverse working conditions of this specific application, extreme conditions of corrosion, fatique and internal wire pressures. The common mode of failure of these ropes is from the internal corrosion of the small wires of the core and the subsequent lack of to the strands resulting in reduction in diameter, wire breaks and reduced tensile strength. To address this mode of failure, Bridon has designed and produced a rope which incorporates the unique Bristar Core.The core of the rope is fully impregnated with a high density polymer and is precisely shaped during manufacturing to accurately produce its final shape in the completed rope. So, by accurately defining the core shape, the ulti-

mate dimensions and performance of the working rope are controlled, resulting in the following operating benefits. • Corrosion protection Of the independant Wire rope core • Reduced Internal Wire Stresses Due to the improved to the strands and a cushion effect between strand and small core wires • Improved Fatigue life Achieved by control and maintenance of a consisitent strand gap • Reduced Sheave Wear Dyformed Strand with additional area Rope Diameter (ins.) 1 3/4 2 2 1/8 2 1/4

Round Strand MBL lbs. 306,000 396,000 442,000 494,000

Dyform Strand MBL lbs. 360,000 462,000 502,650 584,000

Available in 6 and 8 strand constructions

Diamond Blue High Strength Anchor Lines • Improved Process Techniques • Strict Quality Control

The strength to weight ratio of Diamond Blue is much higher than most other similar products on the market and has been achieved through: • Precise Material Specifications

The benefits this high strength rope offers are: a) by maintaining the Breaking Load Smaller Rope Diameter Reduced Piece Weights Increased Rope Lengths Down Size Handling Equipment or, b) by maintaining the rope diameter Additional Breaking Loads Lower Percentage Working Stresses Improved Working Life Minimum Breaking Loads

Rope Diameter mm 52 58 64 71 77 83 90 96 103 109 115 122 128

inches 2 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 3/4 3 3 1/4 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 4 1/4 4 1/2 4 3/4 5

Weight Kg/100m 1100 1250 1660 1990 2340 2790 3210 3740 4340 4832 5624 6036 6879

Ungalvanised CERTEX API Cat. Ref. No. Tonnes CX01-0401 180 CX01-0402 224 CX01-0403 274 CX01-0404 333 CX01-0405 389 CX01-0406 420 CX01-0407 519 CX01-0408 585 CX01-0409 665 CX01-0410 728 CX01-0411 805 CX01-0412 896 CX01-0413 978

Diamond Tonnes 224 274 335 405 490 520 659 710 795 840 935 1025 1135

Galvanised CERTEX API Cat. Ref. No. Tonnes CX01-0414 162 CX01-0415 202 CX01-0416 247 CX01-0417 295 CX01-0418 347 CX01-0419 402 CX01-0420 460 CX01-0421 516 CX01-0422 582 CX01-0423 652 CX01-0424 725 CX01-0425 801 CX01-0426 880


1-28 1-30

Diamond Tonnes 224 274 335 405 490 555 659 710 795 840 935 1025 1135

HIGH HIGHPERFORMANCE PERFORMANCEWIRE WIREROPE ROPE Bridon American Corporation Dyform - 6 Wire Rope strength provides greater lifting capacity while prolonging rope life. Increased Flexibility: The manufacturing process of Dyform-6 ropes provides increased flexibility which makes rope installation much easier. Lower internal stresses of Dyform-6 ropes offer longer bending fatigue life than standard six-strand ropes. APPLICATIONS Dyform-6 ropes should be used wherever increased strength or longer service life is desired. It is especially beneficial in those applications where the rope is subjected to heavy use. It has proven superior in such applications as boom hoist ropes, clam shell ropes, load hoist ropes, ore bridges and winch lines. Rugged Dyform-6 provides performance superior to standard six-strand ropes in all applications, especially those which are extremely abusive. CHARACTERISTICS Greater Strength: The superior strength of Dyform-6 is a direct result of the Dyform process which increases the amount of steel and reduces the amount of voids in the strands.The exceptional strength of Dyform-6 allows this product to meet or exceed the strength requirements of the Extra Extra Improved Plow Steel grade of wire rope.This increased

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX01-0427 CX01-0428 CX01-0429 CX01-0430 CX01-0431 CX01-0432 CX01-0433 CX01-0434 CX01-0435 CX01-0436 CX01-0437 CX01-0438

Improved Crush Resistance: The compact strand construction of Dyform-6 ropes provides for much higher resistance to crushing.This improves the service life of the rope, especially in those applications which have multiple layers on the drum. Superior Lubrication: Dyform-6 ropes are thoroughly lubricated at stranding and closing with an exclusive Bridon American product, which provides excellent lubrication throughout the life of the rope. Each wire is completely coated at the time of manufacture to ensure that the friction between all wires is reduced to an absolute minimum. Longer Rope Life: The smooth periphery of Dyform-6 reduces bearing pressures which gives longer rope life and less downtime.The Dyform process increases the steel surface area by 100%. This increased surface area gives higher abrasion resistance, thus reducing rope and sheave wear.

STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TABLE DIAMETER* APPROX. WEIGHT INCHES POUNDS PER FOOT 3/8 .31 7/16 .39 1/2 .49 9/16 .63 5/8 .78 3/4 1.13 7/8 1.54 1 2.00 1 1/8 2.54 1 1/4 3.14 1 3/8 3.80 1 1/2 4.50

NOMINAL STRENGTH TONS 8.8 11.9 15.3 19.3 22.7 32.3 43.8 57.5 71.5 87.9 106.0 125.0

*OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE ON REQUEST


1-31 1-29

11

HIGH HIGHPERFORMANCE PERFORMANCEWIRE WIREROPE ROPE Bridon American Corporation Constructex® Wire Rope

11

CHARACTERISTICS Greater Strength: The design of Constructex compacts more steel per diameter which provides for higher strength.This allows s to lift heavier loads while maintaining the same rope diameter. APPLICATIONS Constructex is recommended as a tubing line where longer service life is desired. Superior abrasion resistance makes Constructex the ideal wire rope for use on scrapyard cranes. Constructex can be recommended with confidence wherever abusive applications exist. Constructex can be recommended with confidence wherever abrasion and crush resistance are a major concern. In the conventional crane market, this rope has increased life on scrap cranes, clam shell holding and closing lines and boom hoist lines. Constructex also has a long history of superior performance as a tubing line in the well servicing industry. Most recently, Constructex has entered the rotary drill line industry and is outperforming standard 6x19s EIP IRWC RRL lines with up to twice the ton-miles and increased strength. For example, a rig using 1-3/8” Constructex will have a higher rope strength and achieve more ton-miles per foot than a rig using 1-1/2” 6x19s EIP IWRC RRL.

Increased Crush Resistance: The unique design of Constructex with its reduction of internal voids makes it better to withstand crushing.This makes Constructex the ideal rope for abusive applications. Longer Rope Life: The smooth outside surface of Constructex is a direct result of the swaging process.This smooth surface of greatly increased steel area enhances resistance to damage from abrasion.

STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TABLE

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX01-0439 CX01-0440 CX01-0441 CX01-0442 CX01-0443 CX01-0444 CX01-0445 CX01-0446 CX01-0447 CX01-0448

DIAMETER* INCH 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4

APPROX. WEIGHT POUNDS PER FOOT 0.86 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.6 3.2 3.8 4.6 5.3 6.2

NOMINAL STRENGTH TONS 25.5 36.5 48.5 62.5 79.5 97.6 118.0 139.0 162.0 185.0

*OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE ON REQUEST


1-30 1-32

WIRE ROPE SLINGS GENERAL INFORMATION

Figure 1.

NOMINAL SLING STRENGTH is based upon the nominal (catalog) rope strength of the wire rope used in the sling and other factors which affect the overall strength of the sling. These other factors include splicing efficiency, number of parts of rope in the sling, type of hitch (e.g., straight pull, choker hitch, basket hitch, etc.), diameter around which the body of the sling is bent (D/d) and the diameter of pin used in the eye of the sling (Figure 1).

TABLE 1 CHOKER HITCH RATED CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT RATED CAPACITY ANGLE OF CHOKE IWRC AND FC ROPE IN DEGREES PERCENT** OVER 120 100 90-120 87 60- 89 74 30- 59 62 0 - 29 49 **Percent of sling rated capacity in a choker hitch.

Figure 4.

Figure 2.

SLING ANGLE is the angle measured between a horizontal line and the sling leg or body. This angle is very important and can have a dramatic effect on the rated capacity of the sling. As illustrated (Figure 2), when this angle decreases, the load on each leg increases. This principle applies whether one sling is used to pull at an angle, in a basket hitch or for multi-legged bridle slings. Sling angles of less than 30 degrees are not recommended.

Figure 3. Choker hitch rated capacity adjustment. For wire rope slings in choker hitch when angle is less than 135°.

CHOKER HITCH configurations affect the rated capacity of a sling. This is because the sling leg or body is ed around the load, through one end attachment or eye and is suspended by the other end attachment or eye. The of the sling body with the end attachment or eye causes a loss of sling strength at this point. If a load is hanging free, the normal choke angle is approximately 135 degrees. When the angle is less than 135 degrees an adjustment in the sling rated capacity must be made (Figure 3).

As can be seen, the decrease in rated capacity is dramatic. Choker hitches at angles greater than 135 degrees are not recommended since they are unstable. Extreme care should be taken to determine the angle of choke as accurately as possible. NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCY is the efficiency of the sling splice. Any time wire rope is disturbed such as in splicing an eye, the strength of the rope is reduced. This reduction must be taken into when determining the nominal sling strength and in calculating the rated capacity. Each type of splice has a different efficiency, thus the difference in rated capacities for different types of slings. Nominal splice efficiencies have been established after many hundreds of tests over years of testing. D/d ratio is the ratio of the diameter around which the sling is bent divided by the body diameter of the sling (Figure 4). This ratio has an effect on the rated capacity of the sling only when the sling is used in a basket hitch. Tests have shown that whenever wire rope is bent around a diameter, the strength of the rope is decreased. Figure 5 illustrates the percentage of decrease to be expected. This D/d ratio is applied to wire rope slings to assure that the strength in the body of the sling is at least equal to the splice efficiency. When D/d ratios smaller than those listed in the rated capacity tables are necessary, the rated capacity of the sling must be decreased. RATED CAPACITY is the maximum static load a sling is designed to lift. The tables give rated capacities in tons of 2000 pounds. Rated capacities contained in all the tables were calculated by computer. Each value was calculated starting wth the nominal component rope strength and working up from there. Due to computer rounding of numeric values, rated capacity values for 2, 3 or 4 leg slings may not be even multiples of single leg values and may differ by a small amount. This represents the state-of-the-art technology and tables found in other publications which differ by this small amount should not be construed to be in error. The difference is generally no more than one unit for any sling diameter.

2-1

2

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

2

Figure 5. When a wire rope is bent around any sheave or other circular object there is a loss of strength due to this bending action. As the D/d ratio becomes smaller this loss of strength becomes greater and the rope becomes less efficient. This curve, derived from actual test data, relates the efficiency of a rope to different D/d ratios.This curve is based on static loads only and applies to 6x19 and 6x37 class ropes.

damaged during the proof load. EYE DIMENSIONS are generally eight (8) sling body diameters wide by sixteen (16) body diameters long. Whenever possible thimbles are recommended to protect the rope in the sling eye. Eye dimensions for thimbles are contained in table 2. Table 2 contains only dimensions for thimbles used in standard single part slings. Other specialized thimbles are available. Consult your sling manufacturer for details. PIN DIAMETER should not be any greater than the natural width of the sling eye. For any sized eye and type of sling body, the maximum allowable pin diameter may be calculated as follows: Maximum pin diameter = (2L + W) x 0.2 Where L = length of eye W = width of eye The minimum pin diameter should never be smaller than the nominal sling diameter. GRADE & CONSTRUCTION of wire rope for slings is generally accepted to be bright Improved Plow Steel or Extra Improved Plow Steel grade 6x19 or 6x37 classification regular lay. IWRC rope has a higher rated capacity than Fiber Core rope for mechanically spliced slings, but the same rated capacity for hand tucked slings. This is because when making a hand tucked splice, the core (IWRC) of the rope is cut in the splice area and doesn’t add to the overall strength of the sling. Rated capacities of slings using galvanized rope depend on the method of galvanizing. The sling manufacturer should be consulted regarding rated capacities for these types of slings.

Figure 6.

Figure 7. For bridle slings with legs of unequal length, use the smallest horizontal angle for rated capacity calculations.

PROOF LOAD is a specific load applied to a sling or assembly in a non-destructive test to the workmanship of the sling. All swaged socket or poured socket assemblies should be proof loaded. The proof load is generally two (2) times the vertical rated capacity for mechanical splice slings. The maximum proof load for hand tucked slings is 1.25 times the vertical rated capacity. Care should be taken to assure that sling eyes are not

MINIMUM SLING BODY LENGTH is the minimum length of wire rope between splices, sleeves or fittings. Generally the minimum body length is equal to ten (10) times the sling body diameter. This allows approximately one and one half (1 1/2) rope lays between splices. For multi-part slings the minimum body length between splices is equal to forty (40) times the component rope diameter. LENGTH TOLERANCE is generally plus or minus two (2) body diameters, or plus or minus 0.5% of the sling length, whichever is greater. The legs of bridle slings, or matched slings are normally held to within one (1) body diameter. Tolerances on poured or swaged socket assemblies are generally much closer. Tolerances should always be specified to the sling manufacturer before the order is placed. This eliminates a lot of frustration and confusion later.

2-2

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

HAND TUCKED SPLICE A HAND TUCKED splice is made by ing the wire rope around a thimble or forming an eye and splicing the dead end (short end) into the live end (long end) of the rope. Normally, each dead end strand is given one forming tuck and three full tucks around the same strand in the body of the rope. One additional full tuck is made when splicing more pliable wire ropes such as 6x37 classification. A “forming tuck” is made by prying two adjacent strands apart, inserting a dead end strand into the opening and ing the strand under one, two, or three adjacent strands in the body of the rope. The dead end strand is set or locked tightly. A “full tuck” is made by inserting a dead end strand under and rotating it one full 360 degrees turn around a strand in the body of the wire rope. The tucked strand is set or locked tightly. Each subsequent full turn of the dead end strand around the live end strand constitutes an additional full tuck. “Setting” or “locking” of a dead end strand is accomplished by pulling the strand end in under considerable force. A marlin spike is inserted in the same opening in the body of the rope ahead of the tucked strand and is rotated about the axis of the rope back to the start of the splice or toward the previous tuck. This helps set the tuck.

Certain end usages may indicate the desirability of special splices such as the Navy iralty Splice or logging splice. Splices made by these special methods may also attain the efficiencies used in calculating the rated capacity tables where the rope quality and number of tucks are equivalent to that outlined above. Development of such efficiencies should be confirmed by the sling fabricators making such splices. Serving or wrapping of wire rope sling splices does not affect the spicing efficiencies nor rated capacities. Such servings are optional, although unserved splices are preferred because they permit visual inspection of the spliced area. NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES are measured in of efficiency (where efficiency = actual breaking strength of spliced termination divided by actual breaking strength of rope). This efficiency will change from splice to splice because of the many variable factors involved in producing the splice. Splice efficiencies given in table 3 were established so that these normal variations are accommodated. The design factor used in establishing the rated capacities further assures that the sling will lift the load even in those rare instances when the splice efficiency falls slightly below the values given in the tables. Rated capacities shown in this manual have met with the most exacting test, that of the test of time and use in over fifty years of actual field experience.

TABLE 3 NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES HAND TUCKED SPLICE IPS AND EIPS IMPROVED PLOW STEEL AND EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL 6x19 & 6x37 CLASS ROPES Rope Nominal Rope Nominal Dia. Eff. Factor Dia. Eff. Factor 1/4 .90 1 1/4 .80 5/16 .89 1 3/8 .80 3/8 .88 1 1/2 .80 7/16 .87 1 5/8 .80 1/2 .86 1 3/4 .80 9/16 .85 1 7/8 .80 5/8 .84 2 .80 3/4 .82 2 1/8 .80 7/8 .80 2 1/4 .80 1 .80 2 3/8 .80 1 1/8 .80 2 1/2 .80

2-3

2

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

2

GENERAL PRECAUTIONS for hand tucked slings are about the same as for any other type of sling. The use of a swivel on single leg lifts as well as free hanging loads which may rotate is not recommended. A tag line should always be used to prevent rotation of the sling body. When the sling body of a hand tucked splice is allowed to rotate, the splice could unlay and pull out, thus causing the load to drop.

Flemish eye splice.

MECHANICAL SPLICE MECHANICAL SPLICE slings come in two basic types. One being the Returned Loop and the other the Flemish

Eye or farmers splice. In either case, the splice is completed by pressing (swaging) one or more metal sleeves over the rope juncture. The returned loop is fabricated by forming a loop at the end of the rope, sliding one or more metal sleeves over the short end of the loop eye and pressing these sleeves to secure the end of the rope to the sling body. This makes an economical sling and in most cases one that will give satisfactory service. A drawback to this type of sling is that the lifting capacity of the sling depends 100% upon the integrity of the pressed or swaged t. Should the metal sleeve(s) fail, the entire eye will also fail. The flemish eye splice is fabricated by opening or unlaying the rope body into two parts, one having three strands and the other having the remaining three strands and the core. The rope is unlayed far enough back to allow the loop or eye to be formed by looping one part in one direction and the other part in the other direction and laying the rope back together. The strands are rolled back around the rope body. A metal sleeve is then slipped over the ends of the splice and pressed (swaged) to secure the ends to the body of the sling. Nominal splice efficiencies expressed in table 4 and in the rated capacity tables are based on this splicing method. Splice efficiencies for other splicing methods should be confirmed by the sling manufacturer.

TABLE 4 NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES MECHANICAL SPLICED SLINGS IMPROVED PLOW STEEL: Diameter IWRC FIBER CORES 1/4 through 1" .95 .925 1 1/16 through 2" .925 .90 2 1/16 & larger .90 Not Established EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL: 1/4 through 1" .95 1 1/16 through 2" .925 2 1/16 & larger .90 STAINLESS STEEL, 302 & 304 GRADE: 1/4 through 1" .95 1 1/16 through 2" .925 2 1/16 & larger .90

2-4

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

Notice that the splice efficiency factor plays no role in the calculation of the Choker Hitch rated capacity. This is because as the rope es through the eye of the sling in a choke, the weakest part of the sling is in the body of the sling at the choke point. Thus the splice being higher in efficiency, has no effect on the rated capacity, because the efficiency factors are not additive. Rated capacities for single part, choker and basket hitches are calculated exactly the same as for hand tucked slings except for the nominal splice efficiencies. The rated capacities adjustment table 1 for choker hitches also applies for mechanical splice slings. Minimum D/d ratio for basket hitches is 25. This larger D/d ratio is required because the Nominal Splice Efficiency is higher. GENERAL PRECAUTIONS are no different from other slings except care should be taken not to deform or damage the sleeve. Stainless Steel slings which have sleeves made of a different grade or type metal than the rope body may experience accelerated deterioration due to an electro chemical reaction between the two metals.This is particularly evident in salt water or brackish conditions. ZINC OR RESIN POURED SOCKET TYPE TERMINATIONS While some people may debate whether zinc or resin poured sockets are truly slings, they are generally included in the sling category. This type of termination has traditionally been the method for determining the rope’s actual breaking strength.All other types of end terminations have been compared to poured sockets. Their efficiency is therefore established to be 100% for all grades and constructions of rope. Choker hitches are not used as much with poured sockets as with the other more general types of slings. When such slings are used in a choker hitch, the rated capacity adjustment table 1 applies. Rope assemblies with poured attachments are generally used as a straight tension member where the rope body does not the load and is otherwise kept free from distortion or physical abuse. In such cases the minimum recommended design factor is 3.0. If the assembly is used as a sling then a design factor of 5.0 should be used to calculate the rated capacity. Rated capacities for these slings used in basket hitches are the same as mechanical spliced slings and use the same D/d ratio factors. Length tolerances for poured attachments can be somewhat more stringent than other types of slings. The manufacturer should be ed and agreement reached before the order is placed. Tolerance as small as plus or minus 1/8” is not out of the ordinary for this type of assembly. Specifications such as type of fitting, pin orientation, whether zinc or resin is to be used and type of application should also be supplied to the manufacturer when ordering these types of assemblies. Those inexperienced in the socketing process should not try to fabricate assemblies without first getting expert training. It is far better to leave fabrication of this type of assembly to the experts. The following socketing methods are general in nature and have withstood the test of time. Slight variations to these methods will produce equal results.

The two procedures, while achieving the same end result, differ significantly. It is highly recommended that all poured sockets whether they be zinc or resin, be proofloaded. CABLE-LAID WIRE ROPE SLINGS Cable-Laid Slings are fabricated from a machine made rope comprised of seven small wire ropes. The cable-laid body is typically 7x7x7, 7x7x19, or 7x6x19 Classification IWRC. This construction makes for a pliable rope and sling. These slings are used where flexibility and resistance to kinking and setting are more important than resistance to abrasion. Since the rope is made up of many smaller wire ropes, the slings can bend around smaller diameters without taking a permanent set or a kink. The many small wires are susceptible to abrasion. The rated capacity adjustment Table 1 for choker hitches applies to cable-laid slings as well. Note the difference in the efficiency factor for calculating vertical choker hitch rated capacities. Rated capacity for a basket hitch is based on a D/d ratio of 10, where “d” is the diameter of the cable-laid fabric. Tolerances and minimum sling lengths are also figured using the cable-laid fabric diameter. BRAIDED MULTI-PART SLINGS Multi-part braided slings or Multi-Parts as they are known, are generally hand fabricated slings which are “braided” from 2, 3, 4 and up to as many as 48 pieces or parts of rope. Generally 4, 6, 8 & 9 parts are the more common.They can be either flat or round and offer the ultimate in flexibility and versatility. These are truly the heavy weights of the lifting industry. This book covers only the round type slings. They snug up tightly to the load in a choker hitch and resist kinking and setting. Loads in excess of 4000 tons have been lifted with multi-part slings. Nominal Splice Efficiency for multi-part slings is 0.70 for component ropes 3/32” through 2” diameters. For larger component rope slings, consult the sling manufacturer for splice efficiencies. Because of the multi-rope component construction, multipart slings react differently than standard wire rope slings in a choker hitch therefore the nominal splice efficiency is present in the equation. The adjustment Table 1 applies to multi-part slings also. Rated Capacity for a basket hitch is based on a minimum D/d ratio of 25, where “d” = component rope diameter. Length tolerances for component ropes of 3/8” diameter and smaller are plus or minus 10 component rope diameters, or plus or minus 1.5% of the sling length whichever is greater. The legs of matched slings shall be within 5 component rope diameters of each other. For component rope diameters 7/16” and larger, the tolerance is plus or minus 6 component rope diameters, or plus or minus 1% of the sling length whichever is the greater. Legs of matched slings shall be within 3 component rope diameters of each other. Minimum Sling Length between loops, sockets or sleeves is recommended to be 40 times the component rope diameter of the braided body.

2-5

2

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

2

GROMMETS Grommets are a unique type of sling. They form a complete circle and automatically double the number of lifting legs. Several types are available, such as strand laid hand tucked, strand laid mechanical, cable laid hand tucked and cable laid mechanical. Grommets work well in basket and choker hitches and general applications will find them used in this manner. Another unique advantage to grommets is that the load points may be rotated or moved around the sling to even out the wear points. The only area that should not come into with the load is the splice area. The sling manufacturer will usually mark the area of hand tucked grommets with paint to help the more easily identify the splice area. Tolerances for grommets are generally plus or minus 1% of the circumferential length or 6 body diameters whichever is greater. A minimum circumference of 96 body diameters is recommended. This measurement is normally an inside circumferential measurement. The requirement for a minimum circumference of 96 times the body diameter for grommets and endless slings was based on the require-

Rope Dia. 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4

ment to have at least three free rope lays on either side of the tuck of a hand spliced endless grommet prior to being bent around a hook or pin five times the body diameter. To eliminate the possibility of confusion, this requirement was adopted for mechanically spliced endless grommets as well. Consult the sling manufacturer for smaller circumferences. The same general precautions apply to grommets as apply to all other types of slings. However, it should be noted that since a grommet is a continuous circle, the D/d ratio becomes a very important consideration. The D/d ratio must be applied to the lifting pins as well as to the load. Normally the lifting pins will be the smallest diameter in the system other than the diameter of the grommet. No loads should be handled on D/d smaller than 5 times the sling body diameter. If they must, consult the sling manufacturer. Rated capacities covered in this section are based on a D/d ratio of 5. STRAND LAID HAND TUCKED GROMMET A Strand Laid Hand Tucked Grommet is made from one continuous length of strand. No sleeves are used to make the t. This results in a very smooth circular sling.

TABLE 6 NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES STRAND LAID TUCKED GROMMETS Nominal Rope Eff. Factor Dia. .78 1 3/8 .78 1 1/2 .78 1 5/8 .78 1 3/4 .78 1 7/8 .78 2 .78 2 1/8 .78 2 1/4 .78 2 3/8 .775 2 1/2 .765 2 3/4 .755 3

2-6

Nominal Eff. Factor .745 .735 .730 .725 .720 .715 .710 .705 .700 .695 .690 .685

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

Because of the sling body construction, grommet slings react differently than standard wire rope slings in a choker type hitch therefore the presence of the nominal splice efficiency factor in the equation. Rated capacity adjustment Table 1 applies. STRAND LAID MECHANICAL SPLICE GROMMET Strand Laid Mechanical Splice grommets are made from one continuous length of wire rope ed by pressing or swaging one or more sleeves over the rope juncture.This type of grommet is not as smooth as the hand tucked, but offers economy and ease of manufacture. An advantage is that the swaged sleeves give clear indication of the splice area.

Rope Dia. 3/8 9/16 5/8 3/4 15/16 1 1/8 1 1/2

CABLE LAID HAND TUCKED GROMMET Cable Laid Hand Tucked Grommets are fabricated in the same manner as strand laid hand tucked grommets except one continuous length of wire rope is used. This makes for a flexible smooth sling. The body diameters are somewhat odd sized because the grommet body is built up from a standard diameter component rope. CABLE LAID MECHANICAL SPLICE (See Rated Capacity Tables Section) Cable Laid Mechanical Splice Grommets are fabricated from one continuous length of cable laid wire rope fabric with the ends ed by one or more mechanical sleeves. They are similar to strand laid mechanical splice grommets, but offer greater flexibility.

TABLE 7 NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES CABLE LAID HAND TUCKED GROMMETS Nominal Rope Nominal Eff. Factor Dia. Eff. Factor .78 1 11/16 .750 .78 1 7/8 .745 .78 2 1/4 .735 .775 2 5/8 .725 .770 3 .715 .765 3 3/8 .705 .755

Dependability In LiftingEverywhere, Every Time.

You’re in a tough lifting situation. Valuable equipment and the lives of your workers are on the line. You have to meet deadlines, observe regulations and stay within a budget. The slightest overlooked detail can put employees and valuable equipment in harm’s way. Are you sure you have every detail covered? When you’re taking on the weight of the world, turn to CERTEX, the lifting experts, for the

2-7

experience and resources to make your most complex lifting challenge like just another day at the office. CERTEX puts its world-wide network into the hands of local companies who know your needs and are close at hand to serve you.

Lifting Products and Services

2

WIRE ROPE SLINGS GUIDELINES FOR THE RIGGER

2

Some Useful Guidelines For the Rigger On the following pages are some useful tips to help the rigger do his job more efficiently and safely. Prevailing work rules and government regulations place full responsibility for proper performance upon the rigger, so it is his duty to be familiar with the condition and capability of all tools and equipment used, as well as techniques employed. One basic rule always applies: Always know…never guess. Each lift may be divided into three parts, providing a convenient plan for proceeding: 1. The Lifting Device—Know its capability and limitations, and its condition. When was it last inspected? If in doubt about capacity, check the placard. 2. The Hitch—Here is where the rigger can exercise ingenuity…but it’s also the easiest place to make a mistake. 3. The Load—The weight must be known. But you must also protect the load from possible damage by the slings…and protect the slings from damage by the load.

Type of Hitch Determines Choice of Sling

Is the lifting device adequate? Check the placard on the crane or hoist, and then answer three questions: 1. Is capacity adequate for this lift? 2. Will it lift high enough? 3. Is horizontal reach adequate?

Before you select a sling for a specific lift, determine the most effective hitch to do the job, protect the load, and protect the sling. One of three basic hitches will usually do the job. The type of hitch you select may determine the type of sling body that will best do the job, as well as the length of sling that will be needed. Lifting height, overhead clearance and hook travel will affect choice of hitch and length of sling. Choose a sling body type which will best the load while providing adequate rated capacity. The proper choice will provide: 1. Lifting capacity needed. 2. Proper D/d Ratio. 3. Handling characteristics needed for rigging. 4. Minimal damage to the sling. 5. Minimal damage to the load.

Check the hook and reeving. 1. Are sheaves properly rigged? If multi-part reeving, will it the load? 2. Is the hook the right size so sling eye won’t be distorted when put over the hook? 3. Check for cracks in bowl of the hook, and for evidence of point loading or bending to one side of 15% or more.

2-8

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

Protect the sling during the lift with blocking or padding at sharp corners or where the sling body would be bent severely.

Use blocking or padding to protect hollow vessels, loose bundles and fragile items from scuffing and bending. that blocking becomes part of the lift, and must be added to total weight on the sling.

2

Use a spreader bar between legs of a sling to prevent excessive side pressure on the load by the sling during the lift.

When lifting crates or wooden boxes with a basket hitch, be sure load can withstand side pressure as tension is applied to sling. Use spreader bars and corner protectors to prevent damage to contents.

When attaching a sling to eye bolts, always pull on line with the bolt axis.When hitching to bolts screwed into or attached to a load, a side pull may break the bolts. When lifting a bundled load with a single sling near the center of gravity, a choke is more effective than a basket hitch to prevent unbalance and slipping of the load in the sling.

Use a shackle in the sling eye during a choke to protect sling body against excessive distortion. Always put shackle pin through sling eye, rather than against the sling body—since sliding movement of sling body could rotate pin, causing it to come loose.

Some riggers will use a double wrap around the load, for 360° gripping of the load, to prevent slippage during the lift.

A sliding hook choker is superior to a shackle or unprotected eye, since it provides a greater bending radius for the sling body.

2-9

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

You can reduce the angle of a choke with a wooden block, or blocks, between the hitch and the load This also increases the angle between the two legs to improve sling efficiency.

Anytime a load is lifted beyond arm’s reach with a singlepart load line or straight eye-and-eye sling, use a tagline to prevent load rotation. If a wire rope is permitted to rotate, the strands may unlay and the rope’s capacity will be reduced.

2

When rigging two or more straight slings as a bridle, select identical sling constructions of identical length— with identical previous loading experience. Normal stretch must be the same for paired slings to avoid overloading individual legs and unbalancing the load during the lift.

Single-part hand-spliced slings must not be permitted to rotate when rigged in a straight, vertical hitch. Rotation can cause the splice to unlay and pull out, resulting in dropping of the load.

Two basket hitches can be rigged with two slings to provide better balance for long loads. Be sure that slings cannot slide toward one another along the load when the lift is made.

Use an equalizing bar with double basket hitches to reduce tendency of slings to slide together, and to keep loads level. By adjusting the hook point and using a comealong or chain block to the heavy end, the load can be kept level during the lift.

WARNING Hand-spliced slings should not be used in lifts where the sling may rotate and cause the wire rope to unlay.

Proper Use of Cribbing

Incorrect

2-10

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

To turn from side (A) to (B) in 1 & 2 above, attach on side (B) above the Center of Gravity and on side (D) at the Center of Gravity, then lift both hoists equally until load is suspended. Lower auxiliary until turn is completed; detach sling at (B) before lowering load completely.

Proper Use of Cribbing

2

Correct

To turn or reposition a load, either one or two lifting devices may be employed. Always use a choker hitch or a single-leg direct attachment. Never attempt to turn a load with a basket, since the load will slide in the hitch, against the sling body—resulting in damage to both the sling and the load, and possibly a dropped load.

One Hook Load Turning To turn a load with one hook, attach the sling directly to the load ABOVE the Center of Gravity. The lifting hook must be able to move, or travel, in the direction of the turn to prevent sliding of the pivot edge of the load just as the load leaves the ground. It may be necessary to lift the load clear to reposition it after the turn is completed, and irregular shapes sometimes will require blocking for during and after the turn.

To turn from side (B) to (C) in 3 & 4 above, lift balanced load at (D) directly above the Center of Gravity; then attach auxiliary at (B) and lift to desired position. Lower both hooks simultaneously until side (C) is in desired position.

Turning with double choker gives good control, with weight always applied against a tight sling body and no movement between sling and load. To rig, place both eyes on top of load, pointing opposite direction of turn. Body of sling is then ed under load, through both eyes and over lifting hook. Blocking should be used under load to protect sling and facilitate removal. Lifting unbalanced loads when exact length slings are not available can be accomplished by rigging a choke on the heavy end, as right. Length can be adjusted before weight applies, but once the load comes onto the sling, the hitch is locked in position for the lift.

Two-hook turning is employed when it is desired to turn the load freely in the air. Main and auxiliary hoists of a crane can often be used, or two cranes can be used. Center of Gravity of a rectangular object with homogenious characteristics will usually be below the junction of lines drawn diagonally from opposite corners. When a rectangular object has weight concentrated at one end, Center of Gravity will be situated toward that end—away from the intersection of diagonal lines. To avoid an unbalanced lift, the lifting hook must be rigged directly above the Center of Gravity.

2-11

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

Kink

Eye Deformation

2

Dogleg

To locate the approximate Center of Gravity of an irregularly shaped article, visualize it enclosed by a rectangle. Where diagonals from opposite corners intersect will usually provide a lift point near the Center of Gravity.

Overturning a heavy object onto cribbing, using one lifting hook and chainblock. To upend the object, chainblock “A” and the sling “B” should exchange positions.

Doglegs, Sets and Kinks When a loop is “pulled through,” it forms a kink which permanently deforms a wire rope by freezing or locking wires and strands. This prevents them from sliding and adjusting, and reduces rope strength. A dogleg is a “set” which occurs when a wire rope sling is pulled down snug against a load. A dogleg usually can be “rolled back” or turned inside out, and usefulness of the sling restored, since strands can still adjust. Eye deformation is ordinarily not deterimental to sling strength as long as there are no broken wires or gross distortion of the lay of strands.An eye has two legs, so has adequate strength for the load the body can carry. A sling should be retired when distortion locks the strands or flattens the rope in the eye so strands cannot move and adjust. Rigger’s Check List 1. Analyze and Measure—Determine the total weight to be moved as well as exactly how far it is to move and how high it must be lifted. 2. Determine the Hitch—Decide how the load is to be connected to the lifting hook and how the sling will grip, or be attached to, the load. 3. Select the Sling—In addition to adequate Rated Capacity for the angles and hitch involved, the sling body should be of the type and style best suited to handling this specific load. Select a sling with proper end attachments or eye protection, as well as attachment hardware such as clevises. 4. Inspect the Sling—Make a good visual check of the sling you select to determine if it is in good condition and capable of making the lift. Refer to prevailing OSHA and ANSI regulations for inspection criteria. 5. Rig Up, Not Down—Always attach the sling to the load first, then attach it to the hook. 6. Check Everything—Before attempting a lift, take a light strain on the rigging, checking to see that blocking, sling and load protection and all safety devices are in place. 7. Stand Clear and Lift—Let the lifting device and rigging do the job—don’t use brute strength to prevent swinging or movement. Use a tagline, or tether, to control any movement. Keep all hands and toes out from under the load when it is suspended. 8. Don’t Jerk!—Lift slowly and with a steady application of power. 9. Put It Away!—After you’ve completed the job, check the sling for any damage (If it’s damaged, red tag it immediately or advise the sling inspector.), then return it to the sling storage rack for safekeeping until next usage.

2-12

WIRE ROPE SLINGS USA Standard Crane Hand Signals

2

Use Main Hoist.Tap fist on head; then use regular signals.

Use Whipline (Auxiliary Hoist). Tap elbow with one hand, then use regular signals.

Hoist.With forearm vertical, forefinger pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circle.

Lower.With arm extended downward, forefinger pointing down, move hand in small horizontal circles.

Travel. Arm extended forward, hand open and slightly raised, make pushing motion in direction of travel.

Swing. Arm extended, point with finger in direction of swing of boom.

Travel. (One Track). Lock the track on side indicated by raised fist.Travel opposite track in direction indicated by circular motion of other fist, rotated vertically in front of body. (For crawler cranes only).

Travel (Both Tracks). Use both fists in front of body, making a circular motion about each other, indicating direction of travel; forward or backward. (For crawler cranes only.)

Raise Boom. Arm extended, fingers closed, thumb pointing upward.

Raise the Boom and Lower the Load.With arm extended, thumb pointing up, flex fingers in and out as long as load movement is desired.

Lower Boom. Arm extended, fingers closed, thumb pointing downward.

Lower the Boom and Raise the Load.With arm extended, thumb pointing down, flex fingers in and out as long as load movement is desired.

Extend Boom (Telescoping Booms). Both fists in front of body with thumbs pointing outward.

Extend Boom (Telescoping Boom). One Hand Signal. One fist in front of chest with thumb tapping chest.

2-13

Retract Boom (Telescoping Booms). Both fists in front of body with thumbs pointing toward each other.

Retract Boom (Telescoping Boom). One Hand Signal. One fist in front of chest, thumb pointing outward and heel of fist tapping chest.

WIRE ROPE SLINGS Additional Signals for Bridge Cranes

2

Stop. Arm extended, palm down, hold position rigidly.

Move Slowly. Use one hand to give any motion signal and place other hand motionless in front of hand giving the motion signal. (Hoist slowly shown as example.)

Trolley Travel. Palm up, fingers Bridge Travel. Arm extended forward, hand open and slightly closed, thumb pointing in raised, make pushing motion in direction of motion, jerk hand horizontally. direction of travel.

Emergency Stop. Arm extended, palm down, move hand rapidly right and left.

Dog Everything. Clasp hands in front of body.

Multiple Trolleys. Hold up one finger for block marked “1” and two fingers for block marked “2”. Regular signals follow.

Temperature, Lubrication, Moisture Are Factors In Proper Storage Care of Slings The amount of care and proper maintenance a sling receives will go a long way in determining its service life. Following are guidelines which experience has shown helpful. Storage: Proper storage requires that slings be kept in an area where they will not be exposed to water, extreme heat, or corrosive fumes, liquids, and sprays, of being run over or kinked. Slings should never be left beneath loads or lying around where they may be damaged. All slings, when not in use, should be kept on a rack. Use of a rack minimizes accidental damage and allows easier monitoring of condition

Magnet is Disconnected. Crane Operator spreads both hands apart palms up.

between regular inspections. A rack will also save time by allowing larger slings to be picked up and returned by crane, thereby reducing manhandling. Effects of Temperature All wire rope should be protected from extremes of temperature.The accepted rules are: Fiber core slings should never be exposed to temperature in excess of 200°F. Steel cored slings should never be used at temperatures above 400°F, or below minus 60°F. It is not always easy to detect when wire rope has been damaged by heat.The most common visual signs are loss of lubrication and discoloration of wires. The best practice to follow is that if there is the slightest suspicion that a sling was subjected to high temperatures, it should be taken out of service immediately. If it is absolutely necessary to use slings outside of the above temperature range, the sling manufacturer should be consulted. Lubrication Like any other machine, wire rope is thoroughly lubricated at time of manufacture. Normally, for sling use under ordinary conditions, no additional lubrication is required. However, if a sling is stored outside or in an environment which would cause corrosion, lubrication should be applied during the service life to prevent rusting or corroding. If relubrication is indicated, the same type lubricant applied during manufacture should be used.Your sling manufacturer can provide information on the type of lubricant to be used and best method of application.

2-14

WIRE ROPE SLINGS WIRE ROPE SLING INSPECTION & REMOVAL CRITERIA Basic Inspection Criteria For Wire Rope Slings The goal of a sling inspection is to evaluate remaining strength in a sling which has been used previously to determine if it is suitable for continued use. Specific inspection intervals and procedures are required by the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and by ANSI B30.9 Regulations, and the responsibility for performance of inspections is placed squarely upon the sling by Federal Legislation. As a starting point, the same work practices which apply to all “working” wire ropes apply to wire rope which has been fabricated into a sling.Therefore, a good working knowledge of wire rope design and construction will be not only useful but essential in conducting a wire rope sling inspection. But because wire rope is a rather complex machine, no precise rules can be given to determine exactly when a wire rope sling should be replaced. There are many variables, and all must be considered. OSHA specifies that a wire rope sling shall be removed from service immediately if ANY of the following conditions are present: 1. Broken Wires: For single-part slings, 10 randomly distributed broken wires in one rope lay, or five broken wires in one strand of one rope lay. For multi-part slings these same criteria apply to each of the component ropes. For this inspection, a broken wire shall only be counted once; that is, each break should have two ends. 2. Metal Loss:Wear or scraping of one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires.This is quite difficult to determine on slings and experience should be gained by the inspector by taking apart old slings and actually measuring wire diameters. 3. Distortion: Kinking, crushing, birdcaging or other damage which distorts the rope structure.The main thing to look for is wires or strands that are pushed out of their original positions in the rope. Slight bends in a rope where wires or strands are still relatively in their original positions would not be considered serious damage. But good judgment is indicated. 4. Heat Damage: Any metallic discoloration or loss of internal lubricant caused by exposure to heat. 5. Bad End Attachments: Cracked, bent or broken end fittings caused by abuse, wear or accident. 6. Bent Hooks: No more than 15 percent over the normal throat openings, measured at the narrowest point, or twisting of more than 10 degrees is permissable. 7. Metal Corrosion: Severe corrosion of the rope or end attachments which has caused pitting or binding of wires should be cause for replacing the sling. Light rusting usually does not affect strength of a sling, however. In addition to these seven conditions specified by OSHA, the following are also important: 8. Pulled Eye Splices: Any evidence that eye splices have slipped, tucked strands have moved, or pressed sleeves show serious damage may be sufficient cause to reject a sling. 9. Unbalance: A very common cause of damage is the kink which results from pulling through a loop while using a sling, thus causing wires and strands to be deformed and pushed out of their original position.This unbalances the sling, reducing its strength. Disposition of Retired Slings: the best inspection program available is of no value if slings which are worn out and have been retired are not disposed of properly.When it is determined by the inspector that a sling is worn out or damaged beyond use, it should be tagged immediately DO NOT USE.

This sling should then be destroyed as soon as possible by cutting the eye and fittings from the rope with a torch. This will help assure that an employee will not mistakenly use a sling which has been retired from service. It should also be obvious that a good inspection program will not only provide safer lifting conditions, but will also extend the life of slings and thereby reduce lifting costs. Federal Work Rules Require Specific Inspection Intervals Government regulations are also specific on WHEN to inspect. Both ANSI Standard B30.9 and OSHA require that wire rope slings receive two types of inspections: a DAILY visual inspection, and additional inspections where service conditions warrant. Daily visual inspections are intended to detect serious damage or deterioration which would weaken the sling.This inspection is usually performed by the person using the sling in a day-to-day job. He should look for obvious things, such as broken wires, kinks, crushing, broken attachments, severe corrosion, etc. Additional inspections should be performed at regular intervals based on, (1) frequency of sling use, (2) severity of service conditions, (3) nature of lifts, and (4) prior experience based on service life of slings used in similar circumstances. It is required that these additional inspections be carried out by a designated person who must have good knowledge of wire rope. An accurate WRITTEN and dated record of all conditions observed should be kept. Any deterioration of the sling which could result in appreciable loss of original strength should be carefully noted, and determination made on whether further use would constitute a safety hazard. How to Inspect Precisely how to make proper, adequate inspections is not detailed by OSHA—yet it is in the HOW of inspection that the big difference between a good inspection and something less become apparent. Inspection should follow a systematic procedure: (1) First, it is necessary that all parts of the sling are readily visible. The sling should be laid out so every part is accessible. (2) Next, the sling should be sufficiently cleaned of dirt and grease so wires and fittings are easily seen.This can usually be accomplished with a wire brush or rags. (3) The sling should then be given a thorough, systematic examination throughout its entire length, paying particular attention to sections showing the most wear. (4) Special attention should also be paid to fittings and end attachments, and areas of the sling adjacent to these fittings. (5) When the worst section of a sling has been located, this area should then be carefully checked against the OSHA criteria. (6) Label or identify slings that are inspected. (7) Keep records of inspections that include dates and corresponding conditions of slings. (8) Dispose immediately of slings that are rejected. A knowledgeable inspector will also insist on proper storage for out-of-use slings—to make his job easier if not for the good of the slings. Inspections are much easier—and probably more thorough—when slings are available for inspection in an orderly arrangement, out of the weather, away from heat and dirt.

2-15

2

WIRE ROPE SLINGS Sling Leg Options Standard End Fitting Combinations To order sling legs, follow the criteria listed in pages 2-1 to 2-15. Choose the correct size from the tables on the following pages. Determine the length needed and specify the end fittings required from the list of combinations shown below.

2 Eye & Eye

Eye and Screw Pin Anchor Shackle

Eye & Thimble

Thimble & Slip-Thru Thimble

Eye & Hook

Eye and Open Swage Socket

Eye & Thimble with Sliding Choker Hook

Eye & Crescent Thimble

Eye and Closed Swage Socket

Eye & Slip-Thru Thimble

Slip-Thru Thimble & Hook Eye & Eye with Sliding Choker Hook

Thimble & Thimble

Slip-Thru Thimble & Slip-Thru Thimble

Thimble & Hook

2-16

WIRE ROPE SLINGS 1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE Single Leg Slings

2 EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC RATED CAPACITY IN TONS

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX02-0001 CX02-0002 CX02-0003 CX02-0004 CX02-0005 CX02-0006 CX02-0007 CX02-0008 CX02-0009 CX02-0010 CX02-0011 CX02-0012 CX02-0013 CX02-0014 CX02-0015 CX02-0016 CX02-0017 CX02-0018 CX02-0019 CX02-0020 CX02-0021 CX02-0022 CX02-0023 CX02-0024 CX02-0025 CX02-0026 CX02-0027 CX02-0028 CX02-0029 CX02-0030 CX02-0031 CX02-0032

ROPE DIAMETER (INCHES) 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 3/8 2 1/2 2 5/8 2 3/4 2 7/8 3 3 1/8 3 1/4 3 3/8 3 1/2 4 4 1/2

VERTICAL 0.65 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.5 3.2 3.9 5.6 7.6 9.8 12 15 18 21 24 28 32 37 40 44 49 54 60 65 71 77 82 89 95 102 130 160

CHOKER 0.48 0.74 1.1 1.4 1.9 2.4 2.9 4.1 5.6 7.2 9.1 11 13 16 18 21 24 28 31 35 38 42 46 51 55 60 64 69 74 79 101 124

VERTICAL BASKET 1.3 2.0 2.9 3.9 5.1 6.4 7.8 11 15 20 24 30 36 42 49 57 64 73 80 89 99 109 119 130 141 153 165 177 190 203 260 320

BASKET AT DEGREES 30 45 DEGREE DEGREE 0.65 0.91 1.0 1.4 1.4 2.0 1.9 2.7 2.5 3.6 3.2 4.5 3.9 5.5 5.6 7.9 7.6 11 9.8 14 12 17 15 21 18 25 21 30 24 35 28 40 32 46 37 52 40 56 44 63 49 70 54 77 60 84 65 92 71 100 77 108 82 117 89 125 95 135 102 144 130 183 160 225

.RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 .RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER .RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5 .HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED .Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-17

60 DEGREE 1.1 1.7 2.5 3.4 4.4 5.5 6.8 9.7 13 17 21 26 31 37 42 49 56 63 69 77 85 94 103 113 122 132 143 153 165 176 224 276

WIRE ROPE SLINGS 1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE 2-Leg Bridle Slings EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC RATED CAPACITY IN TONS

TH NG LE

2

Standard Style

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX02-0033 CX02-0034 CX02-0035 CX02-0036 CX02-0037 CX02-0038 CX02-0039 CX02-0040 CX02-0041 CX02-0042 CX02-0043 CX02-0044 CX02-0045 CX02-0046 CX02-0047 CX02-0048 CX02-0049 CX02-0050

ROPE DIAMETER (INCHES) 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 1 7/8 2

VERTICAL 1.3 2.0 2.9 3.9 5.1 6.4 7.8 11 15 20 24 30 36 42 49 57 64 73

30 DEGREE 0.65 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.5 3.2 3.9 5.6 7.6 9.8 12 15 18 21 24 28 32 37

2 LEG BRIDLE 45 DEGREE 0.91 1.4 2.0 2.7 3.6 4.5 5.5 7.9 11 14 17 21 25 30 35 40 46 52

60 DEGREE 1.1 1.7 2.5 3.4 4.4 5.5 6.8 9.7 13 17 21 26 31 37 42 49 56 63

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5 HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-18

WIRE ROPE SLINGS 1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE 3-Leg Bridle Slings EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC RATED CAPACITY IN TONS

TH NG LE

2

Standard Style

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX02-0051 CX02-0052 CX02-0053 CX02-0054 CX02-0055 CX02-0056 CX02-0057 CX02-0058 CX02-0059 CX02-0060 CX02-0061 CX02-0062 CX02-0063 CX02-0064 CX02-0065 CX02-0066 CX02-0067 CX02-0068 CX02-0600 CX02-0601 CX02-0602 CX02-0603 CX02-0604 CX02-0605 CX02-0606 CX02-0607 CX02-0608 CX02-0609 CX02-0610 CX02-0611

ROPE DIAMETER (INCHES) 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 3/8 2 1/2 2 5/8 2 3/4 2 7/8 3 3 1/8 3 1/4 3 3/8 3 1/2

3 LEG BRIDLE VERTICAL 1.9 3.0 4.3 5.8 7.6 9.6 12 17 23 29 36 44 53 63 73 85 97 110 119 133 148 163 179 195 212 230 247 266 286 305

30˚ 0.97 1.5 2.2 2.9 3.8 4.8 5.9 8.4 11 15 18 22 27 32 37 42 48 55 60 67 74 82 89 97 106 115 124 133 143 152

45˚ 1.4 2.1 3.0 4.1 5.4 6.8 8.3 12 16 21 26 31 38 45 52 60 68 78 84 94 105 115 126 138 150 162 175 188 202 215


2-19

60˚ 1.7 2.6 3.7 5.0 6.6 8.3 10 15 20 26 31 38 46 55 63 74 84 95 103 116 128 141 155 169 183 199 214 230 247 264

WIRE ROPE SLINGS 1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE 4-Leg Bridle Slings TH NG LE

EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC RATED CAPACITY IN TONS

2

Standard Style


ROPE DIAMETER (INCHES) 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 3/8 2 1/2 2 5/8 2 3/4 2 7/8 3 3 1/8 3 1/4 3 3/8 3 1/2

4 LEG BRIDLE VERTICAL 2.6 4.0 5.7 7.8 10 13 16 22 30 39 48 59 71 84 98 113 129 147 159 178 197 217 238 260 282 306 330 354 381 406

30˚ 1.3 2.0 2.9 3.9 5.1 6.4 7.8 11 15 20 24 30 36 42 49 57 64 73 80 89 99 109 119 130 141 153 165 177 190 203

45˚ 1.8 2.8 4.1 5.5 7.1 9.0 11 16 21 28 34 42 50 60 69 80 91 104 112 126 139 154 168 184 200 216 233 250 269 287


2-20

60˚ 2.2 3.5 5.0 6.7 8.8 11 14 19 26 34 42 51 62 73 85 98 112 127 138 154 171 188 206 225 244 265 286 307 330 352

WIRE ROPE SLINGS 1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE Single Leg Slings

2

Stainless Steel Type 302 or 304 IWRC Rated Capacity in Tons Rated Capacities Shown Apply Only tp 6X19 and 6X36 Classification Wire Rope

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. Type 302 CX02-0087 CX02-0088 CX02-0089 CX02-0090 CX02-0091 CX02-0092 CX02-0093 CX02-0094 CX02-0095 CX02-0096 CX02-0097 CX02-0098 CX02-0099 CX02-0100 CX02-0101 CX02-0102 CX02-0103 CX02-0104 CX02-0105 CX02-0106

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. Type 304 CX02-0107 CX02-0108 CX02-0109 CX02-0110 CX02-0111 CX02-0112 CX02-0113 CX02-0114 CX02-0115 CX02-0116 CX02-0117 CX02-0118 CX02-0119 CX02-0120 CX02-0121 CX02-0122 CX02-0123 CX02-0124 CX02-0125 CX02-0126

ROPE DIAMETER (INCHES) 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 2 1/8 2 1/4

VERTICAL 0.61 0.86 1.1 1.5 2.2 2.7 3.3 4.7 6.3 8.1 10 12 14 17 20 22 25 28 32 35

CHOKER 0.38 0.58 0.82 1.1 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.5 4.7 6.0 7.4 9.1 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5 HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6 x 19 and 6 x 37 classification wire rope.

2-21

VERTICAL BASKET 1.0 1.6 2.2 3.1 4.3 5.4 6.7 9.4 13 16 20 24 28 33 40 45 51 57 63 69

WIRE ROPE SLINGS CABLE LAID SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE

2

MECHANICAL TYPE SPLICE RATED CAPACITIES IN TONS

SLING BODY DIAMETER (INCHES)



SINGLE PART SLING VERTICAL BASKET VERTICAL CHOKER



7 x 7 x 7 CONSTRUCTION

7 x 7 x 7 CONSTRUCTION 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1

CX02-0127 CX02-0128 CX02-0129 CX02-0130 CX02-0131 CX02-0132 CX02-0133

— — — — — — —

0.50 1.1

0.34 0.74

1.9 2.8

1.3 1.9

3.8 5.0

2.6 3.4

6.4

4.4

1.0 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.6 10.0 13

CX02-0157 CX02-0158 CX02-0159 CX02-0160 CX02-0161 CX02-0162 CX02-0163

— — — — — — —

7 x 7 x 19 CONSTRUCTION 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4

CX02-0134 CX02-0135 CX02-0136 CX02-0137 CX02-0138 CX02-0139 CX02-0140 7 x 6 x 19

3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 5/8

CX02-0141 CX02-0142 CX02-0143 CX02-0144 CX02-0145 CX02-0146 CX02-0147 CX02-0148

— — — — — — — OR

7 x 6 x 37 CX02-0149 CX02-0150 CX02-0151 CX02-0152 CX02-0153 CX02-0154 CX02-0155 CX02-0156

TWO LEG BRIDLE OR BASKET 30˚ 45˚ 60˚ DEGREE DEGREE DEGREE

0.50 1.1 1.9 2.8 3.8 5.0 6.4

0.71 1.5 2.6 3.9 5.4 7.1 9.1

0.87 1.9 3.2 4.8 6.6 8.7 11

2.7 4.1 5.8 7.6 9.7 12 14

3.3 5.0 7.0 9.4 12 14 17

5.4 7.1 9.1 11 13 15 18 21

6.6 8.7 11 13 16 19 22 26

7 x 7 x 19 CONSTRUCTION

1.9 2.9

1.3 2.0

4.1 5.4

2.8 3.7

6.9 8.3

4.7 5.8

9.9

7.0

3.8 5.8 8.1 11 14 17 20

CX02-0164 CX02-0165 CX02-0166 CX02-0167 CX02-0168 CX02-0169 CX02-0170

CONSTRUCTION

7 x 6 x 19

3.8 5.0

2.6 3.4

6.4 7.7

4.4 5.4

9.3 11

6.5 7.7

13 15

9.0 10

7.6 10 13 15 19 22 26 30


— — — — — — — OR

7 x 6 x 37 CX02-0179 CX02-0180 CX02-0181 CX02-0182 CX02-0183 CX02-0184 CX02-0185 CX02-0186

1.9 2.9 4.1 5.4 6.9 8.3 9.9 CONSTRUCTION 3.8 5.0 6.4 7.7 9.3 11 13 15

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d OF 10 OR GREATER RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER. RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5 HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED

2-22

WIRE ROPE SLINGS 4-PART BRAIDED SLINGS

2 Length of Sling (SL)

Length of Sling (SL)

Length of Sling (SL)

EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 TIMES THE COMPONENT ROPE DIAMETER RATED CAPACITY IN TONS RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5 HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19, 7x19, and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-23


Length

Length

2

Length


ROPE DIAMETER (INCHES) 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 1 7/8 2

SINGLE LEG CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX02-0206 CX02-0207 CX02-0208 CX02-0209 CX02-0210 CX02-0211 CX02-0212 CX02-0213 CX02-0214 CX02-0215 CX02-0216 CX02-0217 CX02-0218 CX02-0219 CX02-0220 CX02-0221 CX02-0222 CX02-0223 CX02-0224

VERTICAL 1.6 2.9 4.4 6.3 8.6 11 14 17 25 33 43 55 67 81 96 111 128 146 166

CHOKER 1.4 2.5 3.9 5.5 7.5 9.8 12 15 22 29 38 48 59 71 84 97 112 128 145

VERTICAL BASKET 3.2 5.7 8.8 13 17 22 28 35 49 67 87 109 134 161 191 222 257 292 332

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 TIMES THE COMPONENT ROPE DIAMETER RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5 HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19, 7x19, and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-24



RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 TIMES THE COMPONENT ROPE DIAMETER RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5 HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED Rated Capacities shown for 1/8" through 3/8" apply only to 7x19 galvanized wire rope. Rated Capacities shown for 3/8" apply only to 6x19, and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-25

2

WIRE ROPE SLINGS 1-PART SLINGS/POURED SOCKETS RATED CAPACITIES IN TONS

2

Open-Open ROPE DIAMETER (INCHES) 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 3/8 2 1/2 2 5/8 2 3/4 2 7/8 3 3 1/4 3 1/2 3 3/4 4


Closed-Closed Open-Closed CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX02-0422 CX02-0423 CX02-0424 CX02-0425 CX02-0426 CX02-0427 CX02-0428 CX02-0429 CX02-0430 CX02-0431 CX02-0432 CX02-0433 CX02-0434 CX02-0435 CX02-0436 CX02-0437 CX02-0438 CX02-0439 CX02-0440 CX02-0441 CX02-0442 CX02-0443 CX02-0444 CX02-0445 CX02-0446 CX02-0447 CX02-0448 CX02-0449 CX02-0450 CX02-0451



2-26

EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC VERTICAL 0.68 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.7 3.4 4.1 5.9 8.0 10 13 16 19 23 26 31 35 40 44 49 55 60 66 72 78 85 98 113 128 144

WIRE ROPE SLINGS 1-PART SLINGS/SWAGE SOCKETS Open-Open

Open-Closed

Closed-Closed

2 SINGLE ROPE LEGS AND OPEN SWAGED SOCKETS

SINGLE ROPE LEGS AND OPEN/CLOSED SWAGED SOCKETS

SINGLE ROPE LEGS AND CLOSED SWAGED SOCKETS BOOM PENDENTS WITH SWAGED FITTINGS

Length of Pendant is measured as indicated on sketches. Note:When ordering, customer should specify parallel or right angle (90°) socket pins.

Rated Capacity in Tons of 2,000 lbs Rated Capacities Shown Apply Only To 6x19 and 6x36 Classification Wire Rope

Open-Open

Open-Closed

Closed-Closed

Open-Open

FIBER CORE VERTICAL ROPE DIA. (IN) 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 3/8 2 1/2



Open-Closed

Closed-Closed

IWRC VERTICAL CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX02-0540 CX02-0541 CX02-0542 CX02-0543 CX02-0544 CX02-0545 CX02-0546 CX02-0547 CX02-0548 CX02-0549 CX02-0550 CX02-0551 CX02-0552 CX02-0553 CX02-0554 CX02-0555 CX02-0556 CX02-0557 CX02-0558 CX02-0559 CX02-0560 CX02-0561

EIPS 0.60 0.94 1.3 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.7 5.2 7.1 9.2 12 14 17 20 24 27 31 35 39 44 49 54




EIPS 0.68 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.7 3.4 4.1 5.9 8.0 10 13 16 19 23 26 31 35 40 44 49 55 60

EEIPS 0.74 1.2 1.7 2.2 2.9 3.7 4.5 6.5 8.8 11 14 18 21 25 29 34 38 43 49 54 60 66

* Values given apply when pendants are used as slings or sling assemblies.When used in a Boom suspension system, other values apply; consult rope manufacturer.

2-27

WIRE MESH SLINGS Cambridge, Inc. Sling Length Selection

3

To find overall sling length for CHOKE HITCH — in Column A find sling width selected.Then read across and find dimensions B & C. Minimum overall sling length equals B plus C plus circumference of load in inches. Example: You wish to use a 10” wide sling on an 84” circumference. Minimum overall sling length equals 10212⁄ ". (734⁄ + 1034⁄ + 84") To find overall sling length for BASKET HITCH — in Column A find sling width selected.Then read across and find dimension E. Multiply dimension E by 2 and add circumference of load in inches to determine minimum overall sling length. Example: You wish to use a 10” wide sling on an 84” circumference. Minimum overall sling length equals 86". (1" + 1" + 84") INCHES


CX03-0001 CX03-0002 CX03-0003 CX03-0004 CX03-0005 CX03-0006 CX03-0007 CX03-0008 CX03-0009 CX03-0010 CX03-0011

A WIDTH (NOM.)

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

DD

HOOK SIZE

WT. 36" SLING

FABRIC LBS./FT. OF LENGTH 10 12 14 GA. GA. GA.

2

4

6

2

1/2

2 3/4

1 3/4

4

3 3/4

5 TON

5

1 1/4

1 1/8

3/4

3

5 1/4

7 1/2

3

3/4

3 1/2

2 1/2

5 1/4

5

10 TON

8

1 7/8

1 3/4

1 1/8

4

5 1/2

7 3/4

4

3/4

3 1/2

2 1/2

6 1/4

5

10 TON

10

2 1/2

2 1/4

1 1/2

6

6 1/2

9

6

1

4

2 3/4

8 1/2

6

15 TON

15

3 7/8

3 3/8

2 1/4

12

8

1 1/4

5 1/2

4

11 1/4

8 1/2

25 TON

20

5 1/8

4 1/2

3

1

5

3 1/2

12 3/4

7 1/2

25 TON

26

6 3/8

5 5/8

3 3/4

8

8 3/4

10

7 3/4

10 3/4 10 1/4

12

8

11 1/4 12 1/4

14

8 1/4

16 18 20

1

5

3 1/2

14 3/4

7 1/2

30 TON

33

7 5/8

6 3/4

4 1/2

14 1/4

1 1/4

5

3 1/2

17

7 3/4

30 TON

37

8 7/8

7 7/8

5 1/4

8 1/4

12 1/2 16 1/4

1 1/4

5

3 1/2

19

7 3/4

30 TON

44

10 1/8

9

8 1/2

13 1/4

18

2

5

4

21 1/4

11

30 TON

51

11 3/8 10 1/8

6 3/4

8 1/2

14

20

2

5

4

23 1/4 11 1/4

30 TON

58

12 3/4 11 1/4

7 1/2

12

*Accommodates Most Hooks To Listed Size **Standard Tolerance ± 1/2" Ref. No. 4667

3-1

6

WIRE MESH SLINGS Cambridge, Inc. Sling Width Selection How to select sling width according to Capacity, Hitch and Specification: First, determine the hitch you will use for the gauge selected.Then read down the column under the selected hitch and gauge to the load weight you wish to lift.Then read across to the first column at left to find sling width required. Example: You wish to use a G-43 sling in a choke hitch to lift 6,400 pounds. Sling width required is 8".

NOMINAL WIDTH OF

3

G-35 HEAVY DUTY

G-48 MEDIUM DUTY

G-59 LIGHT DUTY

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX03-0012 CX03-0013 CX03-0014 CX03-0015 CX03-0016 CX03-0017 CX03-0018 CX03-0019 CX03-0020 CX03-0021 CX03-0022 CX03-0023 CX03-0024 CX03-0025 CX03-0026 CX03-0027 CX03-0028 CX03-0029 CX03-0030 CX03-0031 CX03-0032 CX03-0033 CX03-0034 CX03-0035 CX03-0036 CX03-0037 CX03-0038 CX03-0039 CX03-0040 CX03-0041 CX03-0042 CX03-0043 CX03-0044

SLING (INCHES) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

EFFECT OF ANGLE ON RATED CAPACITIES IN BASKET HITCH CHOKER 1,600 3,000 4,400 6,600 8,800 11,000 13,200 15,400 17,600 19,800 22,000 1,450 2,175 2,900 4,800 6,400 8,000 9,600 11,200 12,800 13,500 15,000 900 1,400 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000

VERTICAL BASKET

60¡

45¡

30¡

3,200 6,000 8,800 13,200 17,600 22,000 26,400 30,800 35,200 39,600 44,000 2,900 4,350 5,800 9,600 12,800 16,000 19,200 22,400 25,600 27,000 30,000 1,800 2,800 4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 14,000 16,000 18,000 20,000

2,700 5,100 7,480 11,225 15,000 18,700 22,440 26,180 29,920 33,660 37,400 2,320 3,700 4,900 8,150 10,880 13,600 16,300 19,000 21,700 22,900 25,500 1,600 2,400 3,500 5,200 6,900 8,600 10,400 12,100 13,900 15,600 17,300

2,000 3,800 5,600 8,400 11,250 14,000 16,800 19,600 22,400 25,200 28,000 1,740 2,700 3,670 6,100 8,100 10,200 12,000 14,000 16,200 17,000 19,000 1,300 2,000 2,800 4,200 5,700 7,100 8,500 9,900 11,300 12,700 14,100

1,600 2,800 4,400 6,600 8,800 11,000 13,200 15,400 17,600 19,800 22,000 1,450 2,175 2,900 4,800 6,400 8,000 9,600 11,200 12,800 13,500 15,000 900 1,400 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000

CAUTION! Do not exceed rated capacities.

3-2

WIRE ROPE CLIPS Warnings and Application Instructions For U-Bolt Clips Efficiency ratings for wire rope end terminations are based upon the catalog breaking strength of wire rope.The efficiency rating of a properly prepared loop or thimble-eye termination for clip sizes 1/8˝ through 7/8˝ is 80%, and for sizes 1˝ through 3-1/2˝ is 90%. The number of clips shown (see Table 1) is based upon using RRL or RLL wire rope, 6 x 19 or 6 x 37 Class, FC or IWRC; IPS or XIP. If Seale construction or similar large outer wire type construction in the 6 x 19 Class is to be used for sizes 1˝ and larger, add one additional clip. If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add one additional clip. The number of clips shown also applies to rotationresistant RRL wire rope, 8 x 19 Class, IPS, XIP, sizes 1-1/2˝ and smaller; and to rotation-resistant RRL wire rope, 19 x 7 Class, IPS, XIP, sizes 1-3/4 inch and smaller. For other classes of wire rope not mentioned above, we recommend ing Crosby Engineering at the address or telephone number on the back cover to ensure the desired efficiency rating. For elevator, personnel hoist, and scaffold applications, refer to ANSI A17.1 and ANSI A10.4. These standards do not recommend U-Bolt style wire rope clip terminations. The style wire rope termination used for any application is the obligation of the . For OSHA (Construction) applications, see OSHA 1926.251. Figure 1 1. Refer to Table 1 in following these instructions. Turn back specified amount of rope from thimble or loop. Apply first clip one base width from dead end of rope. Apply U-Bolt over dead end of wire rope—live end rests in saddle (Never saddle a dead horse!). Tighten nuts evenly, alternate from one nut to the other until reaching the recommended torque.

Figure 5

Figure 6

5. WIRE ROPE SPLICING PROCEDURES: The preferred method of splicing two wire ropes together is to use interlocking turnback eyes with thimbles, using the recommended number of clips on each eye (See Figure 5). An alternate method is to use twice the number of clips as used for a turnback termination. The rope ends are placed parallel to each other, overlapping by twice the turnback amount shown in the application instructions. The minimum number of clips should be installed on each dead end (See Figure 6). Spacing, installation torque, and other instructions still apply. 6. IMPORTANT Apply first load to test the assembly. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. Next, check and retighten nuts to recommended torque. In accordance with good rigging and maintenance practices, the wire rope end termination should be inspected periodically for wear, abuse, and general adequacy. Table 1 Clip Size (Inches) 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-3/4 3 3-1/2

Figure 2 2. When two clips are required, apply the second clip as near the loop or thimble as possible. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating until reaching the recommended torque. When more than two clips are required, apply the second clip as near the loop or thimble as possible, turn nuts on second clip firmly, but do not tighten. Proceed to Step 3. Figure 3 3. When three or more clips are required, space additional clips equally between first two—take up rope slack—tighten nuts on each U-Bolt evenly, alternating from one nut to the other until reaching recommended torque. Figure 4

4. If a pulley (sheave) is used, in place of a thimble add one additional clip. Clip spacing should be as shown.

Rope Size (Inches) 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-3/4 3 3-1/2

Minimum No. of Clips 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 9 10 10 12

Amount of Rope to Turn Back in Inches 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 5-1/4 6-1/2 7 11-1/2 12 12 18 19 26 34 44 44 54 58 61 71 73 84 100 106 149

* Torque in Ft. Lbs. 4.5 7.5 15 30 45 65 65 95 95 130 225 225 225 360 360 360 430 590 750 750 750 750 1200 1200

If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add one additional clip. See Figure 4. If a greater number of clips are used than shown in the table, the amount of turnback should be increased proportionately. *The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean, dry, and free of lubrication.

WARNING • Failure to read, understand, and follow these instructions may cause death or serious injury. • Read and understand these instructions before using clips. • Match the same size clip to the same size wire rope. • Prepare wire rope end termination only as instructed. • Do not use with plastic coated wire rope. • Apply first load to test the assembly. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. Next, check and retighten nuts to recommended torque (See Table 1, this page).

4-1

4

WIRE ROPE CLIPS The Crosby Group, Inc. CROSBY® Clips • Each base has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability, the name CROSBY or “CG,” and a size forged into it. • Sizes 1/8˝ through 2-1/2˝ have forged bases. • Entire Clip—Galvanized to resist corrosive and rusting action. • All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper application instructions and warning information. • Clip sizes up through 1-1/2˝ have rolled threads. Crosby Clips, all sizes 1/4˝ and larger, meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification FF-C-450 TYPE 1 CLASS 1, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

4

G-450 Dimensions (in.)

Rope Size (in)


Crosby Stock No. Galv.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

*1/8

CX04-0001

1010015

.22

.72

.44

.47

.41

.38

.81

.94

*3/16

CX04-0002

1010033

.25

.97

.56

.59

.50

.44

.94

1.16

1/4

CX04-0003

1010051

.31

1.03

.50

.75

.66

.56

1.19

1.44

5/16

CX04-0004

1010079

.38

1.38

.75

.88

.72

.69

1.31

1.69

3/8

CX04-0005

1010097

.44

1.50

.75

1.00

.91

.75

1.63

1.94

7/16

CX04-0006

1010113

.50

1.88

1.00

1.19

1.03

.88

1.81

2.28

1/2

CX04-0007

1010131

.50

1.88

1.00

1.19

1.13

.88

1.91

2.28

9/16

CX04-0008

1010159

.56

2.25

1.25

1.31

1.22

.94

2.06

2.50

5/8

CX04-0009

1010177

.56

2.38

1.25

1.31

1.34

.94

2.06

2.50

3/4

CX04-0010

1010195

.62

2.75

1.44

1.50

1.41

1.06

2.25

2.84

7/8

CX04-0011

1010211

.75

3.12

1.62

1.75

1.59

1.25

2.44

3.16

1

CX04-0012

1010239

.75

3.50

1.81

1.88

1.78

1.25

2.63

3.47

1-1/8

CX04-0013

1010257

.75

3.88

2.00

2.00

1.91

1.25

2.81

3.59

1-1/4

CX04-0014

1010275

.88

4.25

2.13

2.31

2.19

1.44

3.13

4.13

1-3/8

CX04-0015

1010293

.88

4.63

2.31

2.38

2.31

1.44

3.13

4.19

1-1/2

CX04-0016

1010319

.88

4.94

2.38

2.59

2.44

1.44

3.41

4.44

1-5/8

CX04-0017

1010337

1.00

5.31

2.62

2.75

2.66

1.63

3.63

4.75

1-3/4

CX04-0018

1010355

1.13

5.75

2.75

3.06

2.94

1.81

3.81

5.28

2

CX04-0019

1010373

1.25

6.44

3.00

3.38

3.28

2.00

4.44

5.88

2-1/4

CX04-0020

1010391

1.25

7.13

3.19

3.88

3.19

2.00

4.50

6.38

2-1/2

CX04-0021

1010417

1.25

7.69

3.44

4.13

3.69

2.00

4.05

6.63

2-3/4

CX04-0022

1010435

1.25

8.31

3.56

4.38

4.88

2.00

5.00

6.88

3

CX04-0023

1010453

1.50

9.19

3.88

4.75

4.69

2.38

5.88

7.63

3-1/2

CX04-0024

1010426

1.50

10.75

4.50

5.50

6.00

2.38

6.19

8.38

*Electro-plated U-Bolt and Nuts † 2-3/4˝ and 3-1/2˝ base is made of cast steel

SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION In the beginning of the chapter

4-2

WIRE ROPE CLIPS The Crosby Group, Inc. The SS-450 “316” Stainless Steel Wire Rope Clips • Each base has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability, the name CROSBY or “CG,” and a size forged into it. • Available in sizes 1/8˝ through 5/8˝. • Entire clip is made from 316 Stainless Steel to resist corrosive and rusting action. • All components are Electro-Polished. All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper application instructions and warning information.

SS-450

4 Dimensions (in.)

Rope Size (in.)


Crosby Stock No.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1/8

CX04-0025

1011250

.22

.72

.44

.47

.41

.38

.81

.94

3/16

CX04-0026

1011261

.25

.97

.56

.59

.50

.44

.94

1.16

1/4

CX04-0027

1011272

.31

1.03

.50

.75

.66

.56

1.19

1.44

3/8

CX04-0028

1011283

.44

1.50

.75

1.00

.91

.75

1.63

1.94

1/2

CX04-0029

1011305

.50

1.88

1.00

1.19

1.13

.88

1.91

2.28

5/8

CX04-0030

1011327

.56

2.38

1.25

1.31

1.34

.94

2.06

2.50

Putting Certainty Into Everything We Make.

CERTEX provides the rope slings, rope terminations and other tailor-made assemblies that allow our customers to tackle their lifting challenges with confidence. At CERTEX, every custom operation from cutting rope to applying hooks and shackles to making the most demanding sling, carries out the same assurance of safety. Safety is built into our products at every stage of our fabricating process. A CERTEX-made product can be trusted because it starts with components that meet the highest possible standards of safety and reliability.

4-3

Using these quality components, the CERTEX expertise in lifting is applied in our own rigging shops: the result is customized lifting equipment that will perform in the most critical applications where lives and property depend on it. With experienced people and machinery to produce the lifting equipment that our customers specify, CERTEX companies everywhere are committed to the complete reliability of every product that we make.


WIRE ROPE CLIPS Warnings and Application Instructions For Fistgrip Clips

4

Efficiency ratings for wire rope end terminations are based upon the catalog breaking strength of wire rope.The efficiency rating of a properly prepared loop or thimble-eye termination for clip sizes 1/8˝ through 7/8˝ is 80%, and for sizes 1˝ through 3-1/2˝ is 90%. The number of clips shown (see Table 1) is based upon using RRL or RLL wire rope, 6 x 19 or 6 x 37 Class, FC or IWRC; IPS or XIP. If Seale construction or similar large outer wire type construction in the 6 x 19 Class is to be used for sizes 1˝ and larger, add one additional clip. If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add one additional clip. The number of clips shown also applies to rotation-resistant RRL wire rope, 8 x 19 Class, IPS, XIP, sizes 1-1/2˝ and smaller; and to rotation-resistant RRL wire rope, 19 x 7 Class, IPS, XIP, sizes 1-1/2˝ and smaller. For other classes of wire rope not mentioned above, we recommend ing Crosby Engineering at the address or telephone number on the back cover to ensure the desired efficiency rating. The style of wire rope termination used for any application is the obligation of the . For OSHA (Construction) applications, see OSHA 1926.251. Figure 1 1. Refer to Table 1 in following these instructions. Turn back specified amount of rope from thimble or loop. Apply first clip one base width from dead end of rope. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating from one nut to the other until reaching the recommended torque.

Figure 5

Figure 6

5. WIRE ROPE SPLICING PROCEDURES: The preferred method of splicing two wire ropes together is to use interlocking turnback eyes with thimbles, using the recommended number of clips on each eye (See Figure 5). An alternate method is to use twice the number of clips as used for a turnback termination. The rope ends are placed parallel to each other, overlapping by twice the turnback amount shown in the application instructions. The minimum number of clips should be installed on each dead end (See Figure 6). Spacing, installation torque, and other instructions still apply. 6. IMPORTANT Apply first load to test the assembly. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. Next, check and retighten nuts to recommended torque. In accordance with good rigging and maintenance practices, the wire rope end termination should be inspected periodically for wear, abuse, and general adequacy. Table 1

Figure 2 2. When two clips are required, apply the second clip as near the loop or thimble as possible. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating until reaching the recommended torque. When more than two clips are required, apply the second clip as near the loop or thimble as possible, turn nuts on second clip firmly, but do not tighten. Proceed to Step 3.

Figure 3 3. When three or more clips are required, space additional clips equally between first two—take up rope slack—tighten nuts on all clips, alternating from one nut to the other until reaching recommended torque. Figure 4

Clip Size (Inches)

Rope Size (Inches)

Minimum No. of Clips

Amount of Rope to Turn Back in Inches

*Torque in Ft. Lbs.

3/16

3/16

2

4

30

1/4

1/4

2

4

30

5/16

5/16

2

5

30

3/8

3/8

2

5-1/4

45

7/16

7/16

2

6-1/2

65

1/2

1/2

3

11

65

9/16

9/16

3

12-3/4

130

5/8

5/8

3

13-1/2

130

3/4

3/4

3

16

225

7/8

7/8

4

26

225

1

1

5

37

225

1-1/8

1-1/8

5

41

360

1-1/4

1-1/4

6

55

360

1-3/8

1-3/8

6

62

500

1-1/2

1-1/2

7

78

500

If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add one additional clip. See Figure 4. If a greater number of clips are used than show in the table, the amount of turnback should be increased proportionately. *The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean, dry, and free of lubrication.

4. If a pulley (sheave) is used, in place of a thimble add one additional Fist Grip. Fist Grip spacing should be as shown.

WARNING • Failure to read, understand, and follow these instructions may cause death or serious injury. • Read and understand these instructions before using clips. • Match the same size clip to the same size wire rope. • Prepare wire rope end termination only as instructed. • Do not use with plastic coated wire rope. • Apply first load to test the assembly.This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. Next, check and retighten nuts to recommended torque (See Table 1, this page).

4-4

WIRE ROPE CLIPS The Crosby Group, Inc. Fist Grip® Clips • Bolts are an integral part of the saddle. Nuts can be installed in such a way as to enable the operator to swing the wrench in a full arc for fast installation. • All sizes have forged steel saddles. • Entire clip is Galvanized to resist corrosive and rusting action. • All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper application instructions and warning information. • Assembled with standard heavy hex nuts.

G-429

Fist Grip wire clips meet or exceed the performance requirements of Federal Specification FF-C-450 Type III, Class 1, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

4

G-429

Rope Size (in.)

Dimensions (in.) CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.


3 /16 — 1/4

CX04-0031

5/16 3/8

1010471

A .25

B 1.25

C .34

D .94

E .38

G 1.28

CX04-0032

1010499

.31

1.34

.44

1.06

.38

CX04-0033

1010514

.38

1.59

.50

1.06

.44

7/16 —˚1/2

CX04-0034

1010532

.50

1.88

.56

1.25

9/16 — 5/8

CX04-0035

1010550

.63

2.28

.69

3/4

CX04-0036

1010578

.75

2.69

.88

7/8

CX04-0037

1010596

.88

2.97

1

CX04-0038

1010612

1.00

1 1/8

CX04-0039

1010630

1 1/4

CX04-0040

1-3/8 — 1-1/2

CX04-0041

Approx L 1.63

M .69

N 1.47

1.47

1.94

.69

1.56

1.81

2.38

.75

1.88

.50

2.19

2.75

.88

2.19

1.50

.63

2.69

3.50

1.06

2.63

1.81

.75

2.94

3.75

1.25

3.06

.97

2.13

.75

3.31

4.13

1.25

3.14

3.06

1.19

2.25

.75

3.72

4.63

1.25

3.53

1.13

3.44

1.28

2.38

.88

4.19

5.25

1.44

3.91

1010658

1.25

3.56

1.34

2.50

.88

4.25

5.25

1.44

4.03

1010676

1.50

4.13

1.56

3.00

1.00

5.56

7.00

1.63

4.66

SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION on previous page

4-5

WEDGE SOCKETS The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions

Wrong

Right Figure 1

4

Wrong Figure 2

* Tail Length Standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope A minimum of 6 rope diameters, but not less than 6.˝ (i.e.—For 1˝ rope: Tail Length = 1˝x 6 = 6˝) Rotation Resistant Wire Rope A minimum of 20 rope diameters, but not less than 6.˝ (i.e.—For 1˝ rope: Tail Length = 1˝ x 20 = 20˝)

Important Safety Information — Read and Follow Inspection/Maintenance Safety • Always inspect socket, wedge and pin before using. • Do not use part showing cracks. • Do not use modified or substitute parts. • Repair minor nicks or gouges to socket or pin by lightly grinding until surfaces are smooth. Do not reduce original dimension more than 10%. Do not repair by welding. • Inspect permanent assemblies annually, or more often in severe operating conditions. Assembly Safety • Use only with standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope of designated size. For intermediate size rope, use next larger size socket. For example: When using 9/16˝ diameter wire rope use a 5/8˝size Wedge Socket Assembly. Welding of the tail on standard wire rope is not recommended. The tail length of the dead end should be a minimum of 6 rope diameters but not less than 6.˝ • Align live end of rope, with center line of pin. (See Figure 1)

• Secure dead end section of rope. (See Figure 1) • DO NOT ATTACH DEAD END TO LIVE END. (See Figure 2) • Use a hammer to seat Wedge and Rope as deep into socket as possible before applying first load. • To use with Rotation Resistant wire rope (special wire rope constructions with 8 or more outer strands) ensure that the dead end is welded, brazed or seized before inserting the wire rope into the wedge socket to prevent core slippage or loss of rope lay. The tail length of the dead end should be a minimum of 20 rope diameters but not less than 6˝ (See Figure 1). Operating Safety • Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in the socket. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. • Efficiency rating of the Wedge Socket termination is based upon the catalog breaking strength of Wire Rope. The efficiency of a properly assembled Wedge Socket is 80%. • During use, do not strike the dead end section with any other elements of the rigging (Called two-blocking).

WARNING • Loads may slip or fall if the Wedge Socket is not properly installed. • A falling load can seriously injure or kill. • Read and understand these instructions before installing the Wedge Socket. • Do not side load the Wedge Socket. • Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in the socket. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use.

4-6

WEDGE SOCKETS The Crosby Group, Inc.

NOTE: Existing Crosby S-421 Wedge Sockets can be retrofitted with the New Terminator Wedge. New QUIC CHECK™ “Go” and “No-Go” features cast into wedge.The proper size wire rope is determined when the following criteria are met: 1. The wire rope shall thru the “Go” hole in the wedge. 2.The wire rope shall NOT thru the “No-Go” hole in the wedge.

TABLE 1 Rope Size Clip Size *Torque Ft./Lbs.

3/8 3/8 45

1/2 1/2 65

5/8 5/8 95

3/4 3/4 130

7/8 7/8 225

1 1 225

1-1/8 1-1/8 225

• Repair minor nicks or gouges to socket or pin by lightly grinding until surfaces are smooth. Do not reduce original dimension more than 10%. Do not repair by welding. • Inspect permanent assemblies annually, or more often in severe operating conditions. Assembly Safety • Use only with standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope of designated size. For intermediate size rope, use next larger size socket. For example: When using 9/16˝ diameter wire rope use a 5/8˝size Wedge Socket Assembly. Welding of the tail on standard wire rope is not recommended. The tail length of the dead end should be a minimum of 6 rope diameters but not less than 6.˝ (See Figure 1) • To use with Rotation Resistant wire rope (special wire rope constructions with 8 or more outer strands) ensure that the dead end is welded, brazed or seized before inserting the wire rope into the wedge socket to prevent core slippage or loss of rope lay. The tail length of the dead end should be a minimum of 20 rope diameters, but not less than 6.˝ (See Figure 1) • Properly match socket, wedge and clip (See Table 1) to wire rope size. • Align live end of rope, with center line of pin. (See Figure 1) • Secure dead end section of rope. (See Figure 1) • Tighten nuts on clip to recommended torque. (Table 1) • Do not attach dead end to live end or install wedge backwards. (See Figure 2) • Use a hammer to seat Wedge and Rope as deep into socket as possible before applying first load. Operating Safety • Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in the socket. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. • Efficiency rating of the Wedge Socket termination is based upon the catalog breaking strength of Wire Rope. The efficiency of a properly assembled Wedge Socket is 80%. • During use, do not strike the dead end section with any other elements of the rigging (Called two-blocking).

*The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean, dry and free of lubrication.

Important Safety Information — Read and Follow Inspection/Maintenance Safety • Always inspect socket, wedge and pin before using. • Do not use part showing cracks. • Do not use modified or substitute parts.

FIGURE 2

SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION on previous page

4-7

4

WEDGE SOCKETS The Crosby Group, Inc. THE TERMINATOR ™ Crosby’s “New & Improved”Wedge Socket

4

S-421T U.S. patent 5,553,360 and foreign equivalents

• Basket is cast steel. • Individually magnetic particle inspected. • Pin diameter and jaw opening allows wedge and socket to be used in conjunction with open swage and spelter sockets. • Secures the tail or “dead end” of the wire rope to the wedge, thus eliminates loss or “Punch out” of the wedge. • Eliminates the need for an extra piece of rope, and is easily installed. • The TERMINATOR ™ wedge eliminates the potential breaking off of the tail due to fatigue. • The tail, which is secured by the base of the clip and the wedge, is left undeformed and available for reuse.

• Incorporates Crosby’s patented QUIC-CHECK™ “Go” and “No-Go” feature cast into the wedge.The proper size rope is determined when the following criteria are met: 1. The wire rope should through the “Go” hole in the wedge. 2. The wire rope should NOT through the “NoGo” hole in the wedge. • Utilizes standard Crosby Red-U-Bolt® wire rope clip. • Generates a minimum efficiency of 80% based on the catalog breaking strength of wire rope. • Standard S-421 wedge sockets can be retrofitted with the new style TERMINATOR ™ wedge. • Available with Bolt, Nut, and Cotter Pin.

Dimensions (In.)


Crosby Stock No. Wedge Only

S-421T Weight Each* (lbs.)

A

B

C

D

G

H

J

K

L

P

R

S

T

U

V

CX04-0050

1035555

.50

5.63

2.77

.81

.81

1.38

3.12

7.38

1.60

.88

1.56

.44

2.13

.44

1.25

1.38

6.15

CX04-0051

1035564

1.05

6.81

3.55

1.00

1.00

1.62

3.85

8.75

1.21

1.06

1.94

.50

2.44

.53

1.75

1.88

9.70

CX04-0052

1035573

1.79

8.16

4.36

1.25

1.19

2.12

4.58 10.34

1.64

1.22

2.25

.56

3.13

.69

2.00

2.19

1035027

14.50

CX04-0053

1035582

2.60

9.78

4.81

1.50

1.38

2.44

5.37 12.03

2.17

1.40

2.62

.66

3.63

.78

2.34

2.56

CX04-0046

1035036

21.50

CX04-0054

1035591

4.02

11.16

4.65

1.75

1.63

2.69

6.28 14.00

2.22

1.66

3.12

.75

4.19

.88

2.69

2.94

1

CX04-0047

1035045

30.75

CX04-0055

1035600

5.37

12.75

5.08

2.00

2.00

2.56

7.02 15.86

2.71

2.00

3.75

.88

4.63

1.03

2.88

3.28

1-1/8

CX04-0048

1035054

45.30

CX04-0056

1035609

7.84

14.38

5.51

2.25

2.25

3.31

7.76 17.70

2.50

2.25

4.25

1.00

5.38

1.19

3.13

3.56

**1-1/4

CX04-0049

1040448

57.50

CX04-0057

1040607

6.81

16.00

7.94

2.50

2.50

3.56

N/A

3.39

2.50

4.75

1.12

5.81

1.31

3.38

3.81

Wire Rope Dia. (In.) 3/8


Crosby Stock No. Complete Assembly*

S-421T Weight Each (lbs.)

CX04-0042

1035000

3.18

1/2

CX04-0043

1035009

5/8

CX04-0044

1035018

3/4

CX04-0045

7/8

N/A

* Terminator Assembly includes Socket, Wedge, Pin, and Wire Rope Clip. ** 1-1/4 not available inTERMINATOR™ style. † Nominal. †† Weight of socket, wedge, and pin. Wedge socket meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-S-550D Type C, except those provisions required of the contractor. ‡ For intermediate wire rope sizes use next larger size socket.

WARNING • Loads may slip or fall if the Wedge Socket is not properly installed. • A falling load can seriously injure or kill. • Read and understand these instructions before installing the Wedge Socket. • Do not side load the Wedge Socket. • Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in the socket. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use.

4-8

SPELTER SOCKETS General Guidelines

4

Figure 8.

Figure 9.

ZINC-POURED SPELTER SOCKETING 1. Measure the Rope Ends to be Socketed The rope end should be of sufficient length so that the ends of the unlaid wires (from the strands) will be at the top of the socket basket. (Fig. 8) 2. Apply Serving at Base of Socket Apply a tight wire serving band, at the point where the socket base will be, for a length of two rope diameters. (Figs. 9 & 10) 3. Broom Out Strand Wires Unlay and Straighten the individual rope strands and spread them evenly so that they form an included angle of approximately 60 degrees. Unlay the wires of each individual strand for the full length of the rope end— being careful not to disturb or change the lay of the wires and strands under the serving band. Unlay the wires of the independent wire rope core (IWRC) in the same manner. A fiber core should be cut out and removed as close to the serving band as possible. (Fig. 9) 4. Clean the Broomed-Out Ends A suggested cleaning solvent for this step is SC-5 Methyl Chloroform or equivalent solvent. These are known under the names Chlorothane VG, 1-1-1 Trichlorethane, Perchloroethane, and Perchloroethylene.

CAUTION: Breathing the vapor of this solvent is harmful; it should only be used in a well-ventilated area. Be sure to follow the solvent manufacturer’s instructions, and carefully observe all instructions printed on the label. Swish the broomed-out rope end in the solvent, then brush vigorously to remove all grease and dirt—making certain that the wires are clean to the very bottom of the broom up the serving band (Fig. 11). Additionally, a solution of muriatic acid may also be used. If acid is used, the broomed-out ends should be rinsed in a solution of bicarbonate of soda so as to neutralize any acid that may remain on the rope. Care should be exercised to prevent acid from entering the core; this is particularly important if the rope has a fiber core. Where it is feasible, the best and preferred cleaning method for rope ends prior to socketing is ultrasonic cleaning. After this cleaning step, place the broomed-out end pointing downward, allowing it to remain until all solvent has evaporated and the wires are dry. Solvent should never be permitted to remain on the rope or on the serving band since it will run down the wires when the rope is turned upright.

4-9


4 Figure 11.

Figure 10.

Figure 12.

Figure 13.

Figure 14.

5. Dip the Broomed-Out Rope Ends in Flux Prepare a hot solution of zinc-ammonium chloride flux comparable to Zaclon K. Use a concentration of 1 lb. of zinc-ammonium chloride to 1 gallon of water; maintain the solution at a temperature of 180 degrees to 200 degrees F. Swish the broomed-out end in the flux solution, then point the rope end downward until such time as the wires have dried thoroughly (Fig. 12). 6. Close Rope Ends and Place Socket Use clean seizing wire to compress the broomed-end into a tight bundle which will permit the socket to be slipped easily over the wires (Fig. 13). Before placing the socket on the rope, make certain the socket is clean and no moisture is present inside the bowl of the socket. Heating the socket will dispel any residual moisture and will also prevent the zinc from freezing or cooling prematurely. A word of caution: Never heat a socket after it is placed on the rope. To do so may cause damage to the rope. After the socket is on the rope, the wires should be distributed evenly in the socket basket so the zinc can surround each wire. Use extreme care in aligning the socket with the rope’s centerline, and in making certain there is a minimum vertical length of rope extending from the socket equal to about 30 rope diameters. This vertical length is necessary for rope balance. Premature wire breaks at the socket can occur if the rope is not balanced at pouring.

Seal the socket base with fire clay or putty but make certain the material does not penetrate into the socket base. Should this occur, it could prevent the zinc from penetrating the full length of the socket basket thereby creating a void that would collect moisture after the socket is placed in service (Fig. 14). 7. Pour the Zinc The zinc used should meet ASTM Specification designation B6-49 Grade (1) Prime Western or better, and Federal Specification QQ-Z-351-a Amendment 1, interim Amendment 2. Pour the zinc at a temperature of 950 degrees to 1000 degrees F (Fig. 15). A word of caution: Overheating of the zinc may affect its bonding properties. The zinc temperature may be measured with a portable pyrometer or a Tempilstik. Remove all dross from the top of the zinc pool before pouring. Pour the zinc in one continuous stream until it reaches the top of the basket and all wire ends are covered; there should be no “capping” of the socket. 8. Remove Serving After the zinc and socket have cooled remove the serving band from the socket base and check to make certain that the zinc has penetrated to the socket base (Fig. 16). 9. Lubricate the Rope Apply wire rope lubricant to the rope at the base of the socket and on any rope section where the original lubricant may have been removed.

4-10


4 Figure 15.

Figure 16.

Thermo-Set Resin Socketing Before proceeding with a thermo-set resin socketing procedure, check the resin manufacturer’s instructions carefully. Each resin system has specific procedures and steps which must be followed in the order specified for the system to give the desired results. Since any thermo-set resin system depends upon chemical reaction, the procedure becomes critically important. Give particular attention to selecting sockets designed for resin socketing. The following steps give a general outline to follow for resin socketing, they should not be used as a substitute for detailed instructions supplied by the resin manufacturer. 1. Measure the Rope Ends to be Socketed The rope end should be of sufficient length so the ends of the unlaid wires (from the strands) will be at the top of the socket basket. (Fig. 8) 2. Apply Serving at Base of Socket Apply a tight wire serving band, at the point where the socket base will be, for a length of two rope diameters. (Figs. 9 & 10) 3. Broom Out Strand Wires Unlay and straighten the individual rope strands and spread them evenly so that they form an included angle of approximately 60 degrees. Unlay the wires of each individual strand for the full length of the rope end— being careful not to disturb or change the lay of the wires and strands under the serving band. Unlay the wires of the independent wire rope core (IWRC) in the same manner. A fiber core should be cut out and removed as close to the serving band as possible. (Fig. 9) 4. Clean the Broomed-Out Ends A suggested cleaning solvent for this step is SC-5 Methyl Chloroform or equivalent solvent. It is also known under the names Chlorothane VG, 1-1-1 Trichlorethane, Perchlorothane, and Perchloroethylene. CAUTION: Breathing the vapor of this solvent is harmful; it should only be used in a well-ventilated area. Be sure to follow the solvent manufacturer’s instructions, and carefully observe all instructions printed on the label.

Swish the broomed-out rope end in the solvent, then brush vigorously to remove all grease and dirt—making certain that the wires are clean to the very bottom of the broom up to the serving band (Fig. 11). The use of acid to etch the wires before resin socketing is unnecessary and not recommended. Also, the use of flux on the wires before pouring resin should be avoided since this adversely affects resin bonding to the steel wires. Where it is feasible, the best and preferred cleaning method for rope ends prior to socketing is ultrasonic cleaning. After this cleaning step, place the broomed-out end pointing downward allowing it to remain until all solvent has evaporated and the wires are dry. Solvent should never be permitted to remain on the rope or on the serving band since it will run down the wires when the rope is turned upright. 5. Close Rope Ends and Place Socket Place rope in a vertical position with the broom end up. Close and compact the broom to permit insertion of the broomed end into the base of the socketing. Slip the socket on, removing any temporary banding or seizing as required. Make certain the broomed wires are uniformly spaced in the basket, with the wire ends slightly below the top edge of the basket, and the axis of the rope and the fitting are aligned. Seal the annular space between the base of the socket and the rope to prevent leakage of the resin from the basket. In addition to normal sealing materials, non-hardening butyl rubber-base sealant or latex glazing compounds are satisfactory for this purpose. Make sure the sealant does not enter the base of the socket so the resin will be able to fill the complete depth of the socket basket. 6. Pouring the Resin Mix and pour the resin in strict accordance with the resin manufacturer’s instructions. 7. Lubrication After Socket Attachment After the resin has cured, re-lubricate the wire rope at the base of the socket to replace any lubricant that may have been removed during the cleaning operation.

4-11


4

8.Acceptable Resin Types Properties of commerically available resins vary considerably. It is next to impossible to establish general rules to cover all available resins. It is extremely important to refer to the individual resin manufacturer’s instructions before using any one type. If the resin manufacturer has no data as to how his resin system preforms with wire rope socketing, tests should be conducted before the system is used for field applications. When properly formulated, most thermoset resins are acceptable for socketing. These formulations, when mixed, form a pourable material which will harden at ambient temperature, or upon the application of moderate heat. No open flame or molten metal hazards exist with resin socketing since heat-curing when necessary, requires a relatively low temperature (250-300 degrees F) obtainable by electric resistance heating. Since resin socketing is so much simpler than zinc socketing, care must be taken not to become lax in following the recommended procedures. Tests have demonstrated that satisfactory wire rope socketing performance can be obtained with resins having characteristics and properties as follows: The resin shall be a liquid thermoset material that will harden after being mixed with the correct proportion of catalyst or curing agent. (Hardener) A. Properties of Liquid (Uncured) Material Resin and catalyst are normally supplied in two separate containers. After thoroughly mixing the two components together, the liquid can be poured into the socket basket. For ease of handling, liquid resins and catalysts should have the following properties: 1) Viscosity of the resin-catalyst mixture should be 3040,000 S at 75 degrees F immediately after mixing. The viscosity will increase at lower ambient temperature and the resin may require warming prior to mixing with the catalyst if ambient temperatures are too low. 2) Flash Point Both resin and catalyst should have a minimum flash point of 100 degrees F. 3) Shelf Life Unmixed resin and catalyst should have a maximum shelf life specified by the resin manufacturer.

4) Pot Life and Cure Time After mixing, the resin-catalyst blend should be pourable for approximately eight minutes and should harden within 30 minutes. Heating the blend in the socket should be permissible to obtain the cure. B. Properties of the Cured Resin 1) Socket Performance The resin shall exhibit sufficient bonding to the solvent-washed wires in a wire rope end socket to develop the breaking strength of all types, constructions and grades of wire rope. No slippage of individual wires is permissible when testing resin socketed rope assemblies in tension. After testing, however, some “seating” of the resin cone may be apparent and is acceptable. The resin/wire bond within the cone or basket must be capable of withstanding tensile-shock loading encountered in normal field usage. 2) Compressive Strength The minimum allowable compressive strength for fully cured resin is 12000 psi. 3) Shrinkage Maximum allowable shrinkage is 2%. To control shrinkage, an inert filler may be used in the resin provided that the viscosity requirements are met. This filler material should always be formulated into the resin system by the resin manufacturer, not field mixed by the . 4) Hardness The desired hardness of the cured resin system is in the range of Barcol 40-55. C. Performance of Resin Socketed Assemblies Resin socketed assemblies may be moved after the resin has hardened. If the resin manufacturer’s directions are followed, resin sockets should develop the breaking strength of the rope, and have the capability to withstand shock loading to a degree sufficient to break the rope, without the resin cone cracking or breaking. One final note: resin technology is changing almost daily. Characteristics of these products vary significantly and each must be handled differently. The resin manufacturer should supply specific data as to fitness of their system for wire rope socketing.

4-12

SPELTER SOCKETS The Crosby Group, Inc. Grooved Open Spelter Sockets

G-416

• Forged Steel Sockets thru 1-1/2,˝ cast alloy steel 1-5/8˝ thru 4.˝ • Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog strength of wire rope. Ratings are based on recommended use with 6 x 7, 6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or EIP, EEIP, RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.

Note: Above drawing illustrates one groove used on sockets 1/4˝ thru 3/4.˝ Sizes 7/8˝ thru 1-1/2˝ use 2 grooves. Sizes 15/8˝ and larger use 3 grooves.

Open Grooved Sockets meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-S-550D, Type A, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Structural Strand Dia. (in.)

Dimensions (in.)


Crosby Stock No. G-416 Galv.


Crosby Stock No. S-416 S.C.

Weight Each (lbs.)

1/4 5/16 —˚3/8 7/16 —˚1/2 9/16 — 5/8 1/2 3/4 9/16 — 5/8 7/8 11/16 — 3/4 1 13/16 — 7/8 1-1/8 15/16 — 1 1-1/4 — 1-3/8 1-1/16 — 1-1/8 1-1/2 1-13/16 — 1-1/4

CX04-0058 CX04-0059 CX04-0060 CX04-0061 CX04-0062 CX04-0063 CX04-0064 CX04-0065 CX04-0066 CX04-0067

1039619 1039637 1039655 1039673 1039691 1039717 1039735 1039753 1039771 1039799


1039628 1039646 1039664 1039682 1039708 1039726 1039744 1039762 1039780 1039806

1.10 1.30 2.25 3.60 5.83 9.65 15.50 21.50 31.00 47.25

A 4.56 4.84 5.56 6.75 7.94 9.25 10.56 11.81 13.19 15.12

C .75 .81 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 3.00

D .69 .81 1.00 1.19 1.38 1.63 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75

F .38 .50 .56 .69 .81 .94 1.13 1.25 1.50 1.63

G .69 .81 .94 1.13 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.75

H 1.56 1.69 1.88 2.25 2.62 3.25 3.75 4.12 4.75 5.25

J 2.25 2.25 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00 5.50 6.00

L 1.56 1.75 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.62 5.00 6.00

M 1.31 1.50 1.88 2.25 2.62 3.13 3.75 4.12 4.75 5.38

N .31 .44 .50 .56 .62 .80 .88 1.00 1.13 1.19

1-5/8 1-3/4 — 1-7/8 2 — 2-1/8 2-1/4 — 2-3/8 2-1/2 — 2-5/8 2-3/4 — 2-7/8 3 — 3-1/8

1-5/16 — 1-3/8 1-7/16 — 1-5/8 1-11/16 — 1-3/4 1-13/16 — 1-7/8 1-15/16 — 2-1/8 2-3/16 — 2-7/16 2-1/2 — 2-5/8

CX04-0068 CX04-0069 CX04-0070 CX04-0071 CX04-0072 CX04-0073 CX04-0074

1039815 1039833 1039851 1039879 1041633 1041651 1041679

CX04-0088 CX04-0089 CX04-0090 CX04-0091 CX04-0092 CX04-0093 CX04-0094

1039824 1039842 1039860 1039888 1041642 1041660 1041688

55.00 82.00 129.00 167.00 252.00 315.00 380.00

16.25 18.25 21.50 23.50 25.50 27.25 29.00

3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00 5.25 5.75

3.00 3.50 3.75 4.25 4.75 5.00 5.25

1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.88 3.12 3.38

3.00 3.13 3.75 4.00 4.50 4.88 5.25

5.50 6.38 7.38 8.25 9.25 10.50 11.12

6.50 7.50 8.50 9.00 9.75 11.00 12.00

6.50 7.00 9.00 10.00 10.75 11.00 11.25

5.75 6.50 7.00 7.75 8.50 9.00 9.50

1.31 1.56 1.81 2.13 2.38 2.88 3.00

3-1/4 — 3-3/8 3-1/2 — 3-5/8

2-3/4 — 2-7/8 3 — 3-1/8

CX04-0075 CX04-0076

1041697 1041713

CX04-0095 CX04-0096

1041704 1041722

434.00 563.00

30.88 33.25

6.25 6.75

5.50 6.00

3.62 3.88

5.75 6.50

11.88 12.38

13.00 14.00

11.75 12.50

10.00 10.75

3.12 3.25

CX04-0077

1041731

CX04-0097

1041740

783.00

36.25

7.50

7.00

4.25

7.25

13.62

15.00

13.50

12.50

3.50

Rope Dia. (in.)

3-3/4 — 4

4-13

4

SPELTER SOCKETS The Crosby Group, Inc. Grooved Closed Spelter Sockets

G-417

4

• Forged Steel Sockets thru 1-1/2,˝ cast alloy steel 1-5/8˝ thru 4.˝ • Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog strength of wire rope. Ratings are based on the recommended use with 6 x 7, 6 x 19 or 6 x 37, IPS or EIP, EEIP, RRL, FC or IWRC wire rope. Closed grooved Sockets meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-S-550D,Type B, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Rope Dia. (in.) 1/4 5/16 — 3/8 7/16 — 1/2 9/16 — 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 — 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 — 1-7/8 2 — 2-1/8 2-1/4 — 2-3/8 2-1/2 — 2-5/8 2-3/4 — 2-7/8 3 — 3-1/8 3-1/4 — 3-3/8 3-1/2 — 3-5/8 3-3/4 — 4

Structural Strand Dia. (in.)

1/2 9/16 — 5/8 11/16 — 3/4 13/16 — 7/8 15/16 — 1 1-1/16 — 1-1/8 1-3/16 — 1-1/4 1-5/16 — 1-3/8 1-7/16 — 1-5/8 1-11/16 — 1-3/4 1-13/16 — 1-7/8 1-15/16 — 2-1/8 2-3/16 — 2-7/16 2-1/2 — 2-5/8 2-3/4 — 2-7/8 3 — 3-1/8

Note: Above drawing illustrates one groove used on sockets 1/4˝ thru 3/4.˝ Sizes 7/8˝ thru 1-1/2˝ use 2 grooves. Sizes 1-5/8˝ and larger use 3 grooves.


Crosby Stock No. G-417 Galv.


Crosby Stock No. S-417 S.C.

Weight Each (lbs.)

CX04-0098 CX04-0099 CX04-0100 CX04-0101 CX04-0102 CX04-0103 CX04-0104 CX04-0105 CX04-0106 CX04-0107 CX04-0108 CX04-0109 CX04-0110 CX04-0111 CX04-0112 CX04-0113 CX04-0114 CX04-0115 CX04-0116 CX04-0117

1039897 1039913 1039931 1039959 1039977 1039995 1040019 1040037 1040055 1040073 1040091 1040117 1040135 1040153 1041759 1041777 1041795 1041811 1041839 1041857

CX04-0118 CX04-0119 CX04-0120 CX04-0121 CX04-0122 CX04-0123 CX04-0124 CX04-0125 CX04-0126 CX04-0127 CX04-0128 CX04-0129 CX04-0130 CX04-0131 CX04-0132 CX04-0133 CX04-0134 CX04-0135 CX04-0136 CX04-0137

1039904 1039922 1039940 1039968 1039986 1040000 1040028 1040046 1040064 1040082 1040108 1040126 1040144 1040162 1041768 1041786 1041802 1041820 1041848 1041866

.50 .75 1.50 2.50 4.25 7.25 10.50 14.25 19.75 29.20 36.00 57.25 79.00 105.00 140.00 220.00 276.00 313.00 400.00 542.00

4-14

Dimensions (in.) A 4.50 4.88 5.44 6.31 7.56 8.75 9.88 11.00 12.12 13.94 15.13 17.25 19.50 21.13 23.50 25.38 27.00 29.25 31.00 33.25

B .50 .62 .69 .81 1.06 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.63 1.94 2.13 2.19 2.44 2.63 3.12 3.12 3.25 4.00 4.00 4.25

C 1.50 1.69 2.00 2.63 3.00 3.63 4.13 4.50 5.30 5.33 5.75 6.75 7.63 8.50 9.50 10.75 11.50 12.25 13.00 14.25

D .88 .97 1.16 1.41 1.66 1.88 2.30 2.56 2.81 3.19 3.25 3.75 4.38 5.00 5.50 6.25 6.75 7.25 7.75 8.50

F .38 .50 .56 .69 .81 .94 1.13 1.25 1.50 1.63 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.88 3.12 3.38 3.62 3.88 4.25

G .69 .81 .94 1.12 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.75 3.00 3.13 3.75 4.00 4.50 4.88 5.25 5.75 6.50 7.25

H 1.56 1.69 1.88 2.38 2.75 3.25 3.75 4.13 4.75 5.25 5.50 6.38 7.38 8.25 9.25 10.19 11.50 12.25 13.00 14.25

J 2.25 2.25 2.50 3.00 3.56 4.00 4.44 5.00 5.50 6.00 6.50 7.50 8.50 9.00 9.75 11.00 12.00 13.00 14.00 15.00

K .50 .69 .88 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.63 4.00 4.88 5.25 5.75 6.25 7.00

L 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00 6.00 6.50 7.56 8.56 9.50 10.62 11.25 11.75 12.25 13.00 14.00

RESIN FOR SPELTER SOCKETS The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions Wirelock® STEP 3 – BROOMING 1. Unlay the strands of the wire rope and IWRC as far as the seizing. 2. Cut out any fiber core. 3. Unlay the individual wires from each strand, including the IWRC, completely, down to the seizing. 4. Remove any plastic material from broomed area.

4

Strand Wire Rope * = 5D or 50d (d= Diameter of the largest wire) WHICHEVER IS GREATER.

The following simplified, step-by-step instructions should be used only as a guide for experienced s. For full information, consult our document WIRELOCK® TECHNICAL DATA MANUAL, WIRE ROPE MANUAL by AISI and WIRE ROPE MANUFACTURERS CATALOGS. STEP 1 – SOCKET SELECTION 1. WIRELOCK® is recommended for use with Crosby 416 - 417 Spelter Sockets. 2. For use with sockets other than Crosby 416 - 417 consult the socket manufacturer or Crosby Engineering. 3. Sockets used with WIRELOCK® shall comply with Federal or International (CEN, ISO) Standards. 4. WIRELOCK®, as with all socketing media, depends upon the wedging action of the cone within the socket basket to develop full efficiency. A rough finish inside the socket may increase the load at which seating will occur. Seating is required to develop the wedging action. STEP 2 – SEIZING Seize the wire rope or strand as shown using soft annealed iron wire.

Strand

Wire Rope

STEP 4 – CLEANING 1. The method of cleaning will depend on the lubricant and/ or coating on the wire. 2. The methods and materials used for cleaning should comply with the current EPA regulations. 3. Consult the Wire Rope Technical Board, your Wire Rope supplier or the Wire Rope Manufacturer for recommended materials and methods. 4 The currently recommended Trichlorethane does not comply with the “Clean Air Act of 1990, Section 611, Ozone Depletion Substances.”

WARNING • Incorrect use of WIRELOCK® can result in an unsafe termination which may lead to serious injury, death, or property damage. • Do not use WIRELOCK® with stainless steel rope in salt water environment applications. • Use only soft annealed iron wire for seizing. • Do not use any other wire (copper, brass, stainless, etc.) for seizing. • Never use an assembly until the WIRELOCK® has gelled and cured. • Remove any non-metallic coating from the broomed area.e • Sockets with large grooves need to have those grooves filled before use with WIRELOCK®. • Read, understand, and follow these instructions and those on product containers before using WIRELOCK®.

4-15

RESIN FOR SPELTER SOCKETS The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions Wirelock® STEP 5 – POSITIONING OF SOCKET 1. Position socket over the broom until the wires are LEVEL with the top of the socket basket or to a minimum embedded length as shown. 2. Clamp rope and socket vertically ensuring alignment of their axes. 3. CAUTION: DO NOT USE OVERSIZED SOCKETS FOR WIRE ROPE.

STEP 8 – MIXING AND POURING 1. Mix and pour WIRELOCK® within the temperature range of 48 degrees to 110 degrees F. Booster kits are available for reduced temperatures. 2. Pour all the resin into a container containing all the granular compound and mix thoroughly for two (2) minutes with a flat paddle. 3. Immediately after mixing, slowly pour the mixture down one side of the socket until the socket basket is full.

4

Wire Rope Strand * = 5D or 50d (d = Diameter of the largest wire) WHICHEVER IS GREATER.

STEP 9 – CURING 1. WIRELOCK® will gel in approximately 15 minutes, in a temperature range 65 degrees F. to 75 degrees F. 2. The socket must remain in the vertical position for an additional ten (10) minutes after gel is complete. 3 The socket will be ready for service 60 minutes after gelling. 4. Never heat sockets to accelerate gel or curing.

STEP 6 – SEAL SOCKET Seal the base of the socket with putty or plasticine to prevent leakage of the WIRELOCK®.

STEP 7 – WIRELOCK® KITS 1. WIRELOCK® kits are pre-measured and consist of two (2) containers – one (1) with resin and one (1) with granular compound. 2. Use the complete kit – NEVER MIX LESS THAN THE TOTAL CONTENTS OF BOTH CONTAINERS. 3. Each kit has a shelf life clearly marked on each container and this must be observed. NEVER USE OUT OF DATE KITS.

STEP 10 – RE-LUBRICATION Re-lubricate wire rope as required. STEP 11 – PROOF LOADING Whenever possible, the assembly should be proof loaded. All slings with poured sockets, in accordance with ASME B30.9, shall be Proof Loaded.

CAUTION • WIRELOCK® resin, in liquid state, is flammable. • Chemicals used in this product can give off toxic fumes and can burn eyes and skin. • Never use out-of-date material. • Use only in well-ventilated work areas. • Never breathe fumes directly or for extended time. • Always wear safety glasses to protect eyes. • Always wear gloves to protect hands. • Avoid direct with skin anywhere.

4-16

RESIN FOR SPELTER SOCKETS The Crosby Group, Inc.

WIRELOCK® W416-7 Socket Compound

• • • • • •

100% termination efficiency. Temperature operating range is -65° F to +240° F. Ideal for on site applications. No hazardous molten metal. Improved fatigue life. Pouring temperature without booster pack is 48° F to 110° F. • One booster pack if pouring temperature is 35° F to 48° F. • Two booster packs if pouring temperature is 27° F to 35° F. • Refer to Wirelock® Technical Manual for more information. Note: For use on 416 & 417 spelter sockets only.

Approvals • Lloyds of Shipping • Det Norske Veritas (DNV) • United States Coast Guard • Registro Italiano Navale • Gemanischer Lloyd NATO Numbers: 100cc 8030-21-902-1823 250cc 8030-21-902-1824 500cc 8030-21-902-1825 1000cc 8030-21-902-1826 Witnessed and tested by American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) Approximate U.S. Measurements: 250cc’s Kit 1 Cup 500cc’s Kit 1 Pint 1000cc’s Kit 1 Quart Guide to amount of WIRELOCK® Required

Booster Pack

W416-7 Kits Kit Size

Kits Per Case


Crosby Stock No.

100 cc

20

CX04-0138

250 cc

12

CX04-0139

500 cc

12

1000 cc 2000 cc

4

Weight Each (lbs.)

Stock No.

1039602

.62

1039603

1039604

1.25

1039605

CX04-0140

1039606

2.54

1039607

12

CX04-0141

1039608

4.59

1039609

3/8

6

CX04-0142

1039610

9.00

1039611

7/16

Wire Rope Size (in.)

WIRELOCK® Required (cc)


WIRELOCK® Required (cc)

1/4

9

1-3/4

700

5/16

17 17

1-7/8

700

2

1265

1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8

SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION

4-17

35 35

2-1/8

1265

2-1/4

1410

52 52

2-3/8

1410

2-1/2

1830

86 125

2-5/8

1830

2-3/4

2250

160 210

3

3160

3-1/4

3795

350 350 420 495

3-1/2

4920

3-3/4

5980

4

7730

SWAGE SOCKETS The Crosby Group, Inc. S-501 Open Swage Socket

4

• Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for cold forming. • Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing. • Swage Socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100% based on the catalog strength of wire rope. • Stamp for identification after swaging without concern for fractures (as per directions in National Swaging Brochure).

Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of the shank which is equivalent to the proper after Swage dimension. Before swaging, this provides for an obvious visual difference in the shank diameter. After swaging, a uniform shank diameter is created allowing for a QUIC CHECK™ and permanent visual inspection opportunity. Designed to quickly determine whether the socket has been through the swaging operation and assist in field inspections, it does not eliminate the need to perform standard production inspections which include gauging for the proper after swage dimensions or proof loading.

NOTE: S-501 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19 or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL, FC or IWRC wire rope. In accordance with ANSI B30.9, all slings terminated with swage sockets shall be proof loaded.*

U.S. Patent 5,152,630 and foreign equivalents. S-501 Open Socket Specifications

Before Swage Dimensions CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby Stock No.

Rope Size (in.)

Weight Each (lbs.)

A

B

C

D

E

F

H

L

M

N

Max. After Swage Dim. (in.)

CX04-0143

1039021

1/4

.52

4.81

.50

1.38

.69

.27

2.13

.69

4.00

.38

1.50

.46

CX04-0144

1039049

5/16

1.12

6.25

.77

1.62

.81

.34

3.19

.81

5.31

.47

1.75

.71

CX04-0145

1039067

3/8

1.30

6.25

.77

1.62

.81

.41

3.19

.81

5.31

.47

1.75

.71

CX04-0146

1039085

7/16

2.08

7.81

.98

2.00

1.00

.48

4.25

1.00

6.69

.56

2.00

.91

CX04-0147

1039101

1/2

2.08

7.81

.98

2.00

1.00

.55

4.25

1.00

6.69

.56

2.00

.9

CX04-0148

1039129

9/16

4.67

9.50

1.25

2.38

1.19

.61

5.31

1.25

8.13

.66

2.25

1.16

CX04-0149

1039147

5/8

4.51

9.50

1.25

2.38

1.19

.67

5.31

1.25

8.13

.66

2.25

1.16

CX04-0150

1039165

3/4

7.97

11.56

1.55

2.75

1.38

.80

6.38

1.50

10.00

.68

2.75

1.42

CX04-0151

1039183

7/8

11.52

13.41

1.70

3.13

1.62

.94

7.44

1.75

11.63

.75

3.25

1.55

CX04-0152

1039209

1

17.80

15.47

1.98

3.69

2.00

1.06

8.50

2.00

13.38

.88

3.75

1.80

CX04-0153

1039227

1-1/8

25.25

17.31

2.25

4.06

2.25

1.19

9.56

2.25

15.00

1.00

4.25

2.05

CX04-0154

1039245

1-1/4

35.56

19.06

2.53

4.50

2.50

1.33

10.63

2.50

16.50

1.13

4.75

2.30

CX04-0155

1039263

1-3/8

43.75

20.94

2.80

5.00

2.50

1.45

11.69

2.50

18.13

1.13

5.25

2.56

CX04-0156

1039281

1-1/2

58.50

22.88

3.08

5.50

2.75

1.58

12.75

3.00

19.75

1.19

5.75

2.81

CX04-0157

1039307

1-3/4

88.75

26.63

3.39

6.69

3.50

1.86

14.88

3.50

23.00

1.56

6.75

3.06

CX04-0158

1042767

2

146.25

31.44

3.94

8.00

3.75

2.11

17.00

4.00

26.88

1.56

8.00

3.56

* Maximum Proof Load shall not exceed 40% of XXIP rope catalog breaking strength.

4-18

SWAGE SOCKETS The Crosby Group, Inc. S-502 Closed Swage Socket

Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of the shank which is equivalent to the proper after Swage dimension. Before swaging, this provides for an obvious visual difference in the shank diameter. After swaging, a uniform shank diameter is created allowing for a QUIC CHECK™ and permanent visual inspection opportunity. Designed to quickly determine whether the socket has been through the swaging operation and assist in field inspections, it does not eliminate the need to perform standard production inspections which include gauging for the proper after swage dimensions or proof loading.

• Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for cold forming. • Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing. • Swage Socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100% based on the catalog strength of wire rope. • Stamp for identification after swaging without concern for fractures (as per directions in National Swaging Brochure). NOTE: S-502 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19 or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL, FC or IWRC wire rope. In accordance with ANSI B30.9, all slings terminated with swage sockets shall be proof loaded.*

U.S. Patent 5,152,630 and foreign equivalents.

S-502 Closed Socket Specifications

Before Swage Dimensions

Max. After Swage Dim. (in.)


Crosby Stock No.

Rope Size (in.)

Weight Each (lbs.)

A

B

C

D

E

F

H

L

CX04-0184

1039325

1/4

.33

4.31

.50

1.38

.75

.27

2.12

.50

3.50

.46

CX04-0185

1039343

5/16

.75

5.44

.77

1.62

.88

.34

3.19

.67

4.50

.71

CX04-0186

1039361

3/8

.72

5.44

.77

1.62

.88

.41

3.19

.67

4.50

.71

CX04-0187

1039389

7/16

1.42

6.91

.98

2.00

1.06

.48

4.25

.86

5.75

.91

CX04-0188

1039405

1/2

1.42

6.91

.98

2.00

1.06

.55

4.25

.86

5.75

.91

CX04-0189

1039423

9/16

2.92

8.66

1.25

2.38

1.25

.61

5.31

1.13

7.25

1.16

CX04-0190

1039441

5/8

2.85

8.66

1.25

2.38

1.25

.67

5.31

1.13

7.25

1.16

CX04-0191

1039469

3/4

5.00

10.28

1.55

2.88

1.44

.80

6.38

1.31

8.63

1.42

CX04-0192

1039487

7/8

6.80

11.94

1.70

3.12

1.69

.94

7.44

1.50

10.13

1.55

CX04-0193

1039502

1

10.40

13.56

1.98

3.63

2.06

1.06

8.50

1.75

11.50

1.80

CX04-0194

1039520

1-1/8

14.82

15.03

2.25

4.00

2.31

1.19

9.56

2.00

12.75

2.05

CX04-0195

1039548

1-1/4

21.57

16.94

2.53

4.50

2.56

1.33

10.63

2.25

14.38

2.30

CX04-0196

1039566

1-3/8

28.54

18.63

2.80

5.00

2.56

1.45

11.69

2.25

15.75

2.56

CX04-0197

1039584

1-1/2

38.06

20.12

3.08

5.50

2.81

1.58

12.75

2.50

17.00

2.81

CX04-0198

1039600

1-3/4

51.00

23.56

3.39

6.25

3.56

1.86

14.88

3.00

20.00

3.06

CX04-0199

1042589

2

89.25

27.62

3.94

7.25

3.81

2.11

17.00

3.25

23.00

3.56

* Maximun Proof Load shall not exceed 40% of XXIP rope catalog breaking strength.

4-19

4

FIELD INSTALLABLE TERMINATIONS Esmet, Inc. General Information Electroline fittings are the first real advance in connecting practices since the development of wire rope.These fittings are remarkably compact assemblies of three basic units: 1. The sleeve, which slips over the end of the rope. 2. The plug, (see inset photo) which is inserted to separate and hold the rope strands in the sleeve. 3. The covering socket. The combination of these three units literally locks the rope into a strong, solid assembly.

TYPICAL ASSEMBLY

4

Strand ed through sleeve.

Wire rope ed through sleeve and strands fanned out for inspection of fluted plug.

SLEEVE SLEEVE Plug driven in and strands closed to apply socket.

SLEEVE

PLUG

PLUG Socket applied showing twisted strands and completed assembly. Inspection Hole

SOCKET CUTAWAY ASSEMBLY

Working loads Electroline terminations, when properly assembled, will hold the “normal” or “rated” breaking strength of the IPS wire rope. They are certified by the “Underwriters Laboratory, Inc.” (Safety Appliance No. 799) to hold no less than 85% of the rated breaking strength of the rope. Fittings are designed for linear loads only. Electroline terminations are NOT marked with a safe working load (SWL) as the termination is a component of an assembly which includes the wire rope. Due to the

many different types of ropes with which our termination may be used, the safe working load is dependent upon the type of rope and the usage. Electroline terminations are designed to have a breaking strength greater than 6x19 IPS IWRC wire rope of the corresponding size. Our safety factor is 1.3 for the machined fittings and 2.0 for the forged types. However, the rope is the weakest component of the assembly, and these safety factors cannot be used to determine the SWL of the assembly.

4-20

FIELD INSTALLABLE TERMINATIONS Esmet, Inc. Clevis Assemblies Forged Series: Clevis Socket Assembly Self-Colored Steel

Dimensions (inches)

Galvanized Steel

Rope Size


Esmet Cat. No.


Esmet Cat. No.

A

B

C

D

E

F

1/4

CX04-0480

GD-125-N

CX04-0492

GD-125-X

11/16

1-1/4

4-1/2

1-23/32

17/32

1/2

5/16

CX04-0481

GD-131-N

CX04-0493

GD-131-X

13/16

1-1/2

5-3/8

2-1/32

11/16

9/16

3/8

CX04-0482

GD-137-N

CX04-0494

GD-137-X

13/16

1-1/2

5-1/2

2-5/32

11/16

5/8

7/16

CX04-0483

GD-143-N

CX04-0495

GD-143-X

1-1/16

2

7-3/16

2-29/32

1

3/4

1/2

CX04-0484

GD-150-N

CX04-0496

GD-150-X

1-1/16

2

7-3/16

2-31/32

1

7/8

9/16

CX04-0485

GD-156-N

CX04-0497

GD-156-X

1-1/4

2-1/2

8-5/8

3-7/16

1-1/4

1

5/8

CX04-0486

GD-162-N

CX04-0498

GD-162-X

1-1/4

2-1/2

8-5/8

3-7/16

1-1/4

1

3/4

CX04-0487

GD-175-N

CX04-0499

GD-175-X

1-7/16

3

10-3/16

4

1-1/2

1-1/8

7/8

CX04-0488

GD-187-N

CX04-0500

GD-187-X

1-5/8

2-5/8

11

4-3/8

1-9/16

1-1/4

1

CX04-0489

GD-199-N

CX04-0501

GD-199-X

1-15/16

2-7/8

12-11/16

4-7/8

1-7/8

1-1/2

1-1/8

CX04-0490

GD-1112-N

CX04-0502

GD-1112-X

2-3/16

3-5/16

16-1/4

5-1/2

1-15/16

1-3/4

1-1/4

CX04-0491

GD-1125-N

CX04-0503

GD-1125-X

2-3/16

3-5/16

17

5-5/8

1-15/16

1-13/16

4

Machined Series: Clevis Socket Assembly Self-Colored Steel

Cad. Plated Steel

Stainless Steel

Bronze CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Dimensions (inches)

Esmet Cat. No.


Esmet Cat. No.


A

B

C

D

E

F

G

CX04-0504

ID-106-N

CX04-0521

ID-106-V

CX04-0538

IS-106

CX04-0555

IZ-106

17/64

3/8

2-1/16

43/64

3/16

3/16

1/2

3/32

CX04-0505

ID-109-N

CX04-0522

ID-109-V

CX04-0539

IS-109

CX04-0556

IZ-109

5/16

1/2

2-7/16

13/16

1/4

1/4

5/8

1/8

CX04-0506

ID-112-N

CX04-0523

ID-112-V

CX04-0540

IS-112

CX04-0557

IZ-112

5/16

1/2

2-7/16

13/16

1/4

1/4

5/8

5/32

CX04-0507

ID-115-N

CX04-0524

ID-115-V

CX04-0541

IS-115

CX04-0558

IZ-115

3/8

5/8

2-31/32

63/64

5/16

5/16

3/16

CX04-0508

ID-118-N

CX04-0525

ID-118-V

CX04-0542

IS-118

CX04-0559

IZ-118

3/8

5/8

2-31/32

63/64

5/16

5/16

3/4

7/32

CX04-0509

ID-121-N

CX04-0526

ID-121-V

CX04-0543

IS-121

CX04-0560

IZ-121

15/32

3/4

3-23/32

1-9/64

3/8

3/8

15/16


1/16

Rope Size

Esmet Cat. No.

Esmet Cat. No.

3/4

1/4

CX04-0510

ID-125-N

CX04-0527

ID-125-V

CX04-0544

IS-125

CX04-0561

IZ-125

15/32

3/4

3-23/32

1-9/64

3/8

3/8

15/16

9/32

CX04-0511

ID-128-N

CX04-0528

ID-128-V

CX04-0545

IS-128

CX04-0562

IZ-128

17/32

7/8

4-1/4

1-19/64

3/8

7/16

1-1/16

5/16

CX04-0512

ID-131-N

CX04-0529

ID-131-V

CX04-0546

IS-131

CX04-0563

IZ-131

17/32

7/8

4-1/4

1-19/64

3/8

7/16

1-1/16

3/8

CX04-0513

ID-137-N

CX04-0530

ID-137-V

CX04-0547

IS-137

CX04-0564

IZ-137

5/8

1

4-27/32

1-31/64

7/16

1/2

1-3/16

7/16

CX04-0514

ID-143-N

CX04-0531

ID-143-V

CX04-0548

IS-143

CX04-0565

IZ-143

23/32

1-1/4

5-5/8

1-11/16

7/16

5/8

1-3/8

1/2

CX04-0515

ID-150-N

CX04-0532

ID-150-V

CX04-0549

IS-150

CX04-0566

IZ-150

51/64

1-3/8

6-11/32

1-59/64

1/2

11/16

1-9/16

9/16

CX04-0516

ID-156-N

CX04-0533

ID-156-V

CX04-0550

IS-156

CX04-0567

IZ-156

1-3/64

1-17/32

7-19/32

2-5/32

11/16

15/16

5/8

CX04-0517

ID-162-N

CX04-0534

ID-162-V

CX04-0551

IS-162

CX04-0568

IZ-162

1-3/64

1-17/32

7-19/32

2-5/32

11/16

15/16

2

3/4

CX04-0518

ID-175-N

CX04-0535

ID-175-V

CX04-0552

IS-175

CX04-0569

IZ-175

1-15/64

1-27/32

8-29/32

2-7/16

3/4

1-1/8

2-5/16

7/8

CX04-0519

ID-187-N

CX04-0536

ID-187-V

CX04-0553

IS-187

CX04-0570

IZ-187

1-7/16

1-7/8

10-3/16

2-47/64

13/16

1-1/4

2-5/8

1

CX04-0520

ID-199-N

CX04-0537

ID-199-V

CX04-0554

IS-199

CX04-0571

IZ-199

1-3/4

2-1/4

12

3-7/64

15/16

1-1/2

3

2

Extra Strength Series: Clevis Socket with Pin and Cotter Pin Self-Colored Steel

Galvanized Steel

Dimensions (inches)

Rope Size


Esmet Cat. No.


Esmet Cat. No.

A

B

C

D

E

F

7/16

CX04-0572

PD-143-N

CX04-0579

PD-143-X

1-1/16

2

7-3/16

2-19/32

1

1

1/2

CX04-0573

PD-150-N

CX04-0580

PD-150-X

1-1/16

2

7-3/16

2-19/32

1

1

9/16

CX04-0574

PD-156-N

CX04-0581

PD-156-X

1-1/4

2-1/2

8-5/8

3-11/64

1-1/4

1-3/16

5/8

CX04-0575

PD-162-N

CX04-0582

PD-162-X

1-1/4

2-1/2

8-5/8

3-11/64

1-1/4

1-3/16

3/4

CX04-0576

PD-175-N

CX04-0583

PD-175-X

1-7/16

3

10-3/16

3-11/16

1-1/2

1-3/8

7/8

CX04-0577

PD-187-N

CX04-0584

PD-187-X

1-15/16

2-7/8

12-5/8

4-7/8

1-7/8

1-1/2

1

CX04-0578

PD-199-N

CX04-0585

PD-199-X

2-3/16

3-5/16

15-1/2

5-5/8

1-7/8

1-13/16

NOTE: Extra Strength Fittings rated at 100% RBS of Extra-Improved Plow Steel Wire Rope. Larger sizes available.

4-21

HAND SWAGING TOOLS Nicopress® CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1100 No. 000-WCI Hand Swager Small, compact, can be carried in your pocket. Swages 1/32”, 3/64”, and 1/16” oval and stop sleeves. Has built in cable cutter. Packaged in plastic pouch. 9” long, wt. 12 oz.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1101 00-2-3SC Hand Swager, ECONOMY MODEL.

4

5-function tool, swages 1/16” and 3/32” oval and stop sleeves, plus 1/8” stop sleeves. 14” long, wt. 2 lbs. Also available in three hole tool No. 000-1.5-3, swages sizes listed above plus 3/64” oval and stop sleeves.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1102 No. 0-SC Hand Swagers. Single compression die for oval and stop sleeve swaging. No. 0-3/64SC—swages 3/64” oval and stop sleeves, plus 3/64” and 1/16” stainless steel oval sleeves. No. 0-1/16SC—swages 1/16” oval and stop sleeves, plus 3/32” stainless steel oval sleeves. No. 0-3/32SC—swages 3/32” oval and 3/32”, 1/8” stop sleeves, plus 1/8” stainless steel oval sleeves. No. 0-1/8SC—swages 1/8” oval and 5/32”, 3/16”, 7/32” stop sleeves. No. 0-5/32SC—swages 5/32” oval sleeves. No. 03-16SC—swages 3/16” oval sleeves. All No. 0-SC tools—20” long, wt. 4.2 lbs.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1103 No. 0 Hand Swagers. Single compression die for oval and stop sleeve swaging. No. 0-7/32 — swages 7/32” oval sleeves. No. 0-1/4 — swages 1/4” oval and 1/4”, 9/32”, 5/16” stop sleeves. No. 0-9/32 — swages 9/32” oval sleeves. No. 0-5/16 — swages 5/16” oval sleeves. All No. 0 tools — 28” long, wt. 5 lbs.

4-22

HAND SWAGING TOOLS Nicopress® CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1104 No. 32-VC: VG Tool

Tool Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 1/2˝ Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . .2-1/2 pounds A small hand tool with two sleeves pressing grooves in the head. It is used for splicing with Nicopress Oval and Stop Sleeves having “C” or “G” letters in their Stock Numbers.

4

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1105 No. 51 Tool

Tool Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1/4˝ Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . .5-1/4 pounds Each tool has a single sleeve pressing groove for the size of cable. Range accommodated—3/64˝ through 7/32.˝

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1106 and CX04-1107 Types Nos. 63 and 64 Tools

Tool Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20˝ Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . . . . .6 pounds These are multiple sleeve-pressing groove hand tools. The No. 63V-XPM has three grooves and is used only with Oval Sleeves. For cable sizes 1/8,˝ 5/32˝ and 3/16.˝ The No. 64-CGMP has four grooves and is used for Oval Sleeves in the range of cable sizes from 1/16” through 5/32.˝ The “C” groove is also used for the No. 871-1-C Stop Sleeve.

4-23

HAND SWAGING TOOLS Nicopress® Copper Oval Sleeves

Nicopress Oval Sleeve

Finished Eye Splice

Oval Sleeve Stock No. Plain Copper Zinc-Plated Copper

4

Cable CERTEX Size Cat. Ref. No. 1/32" CX04-0796 3/64" CX04-0797 1/16" CX04-0798 3/32" CX04-0799 1/8" CX04-0800 5/32" CX04-0801 3/16" CX04-0802 7/32" CX04-0803 1/4" CX04-0804 5/16" CX04-0805 3/8" 7/16" 1/2" 9/16" 5/8"

Nicopress Stock No. 17-1-B 18-11-B4 18-1-C 18-2-G 18-3-M 18-4-P 18-6-X 18-8-F2 18-10-F6 18-13-G9


18-23-H5 18-24-J8 18-25-K8 18-27-M1 18-28-N5

CX04-0821 CX04-0822 CX04-0823 CX04-0824 CX04-0825

CX04-0806 CX04-0807 CX04-0808 CX04-0809 CX04-0810

Hand Tool

Nicopress CERTEX Nicopress Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. 27-1-B CX04-0826 *17-BA 28-11-B4 CX04-0827 51-B4-887 28-1-C CX04-0828 51-C-887 28-2-G CX04-0829 51-G-887 28-3-M CX04-0830 51-M-850 28-4-P CX04-0831 51-P-850 28-6-X CX04-0832 51-X-850 28-8-F2 CX04-0833 51-F2-850 28-10-F6 CX04-0834 3-F6-950 28-13-G9 CX04-0835 3-G9-950 NO. 635 Hydraulic Tool Dies 28-23-H5 28-24-J8 28-25-K8 28-27-M1 28-28-N5

CX04-0836 CX04-0837 CX04-0838 CX04-0839 CX04-0840

Approx. Weight per 1000 Sleeves Lbs. 0.6 2 3 5 17 23 49 56 80 114

Sleeve Length Before Compressed Approx. 1/4" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 9/16" 5/8" 15/16" 7/8" 1-1/8" 1-1/16"

Sleeve Length After Compressed Approx. 5/16" 7/16" 7/16" 7/16" 3/4" 7/8" 1-3/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/2" 1-3/8"

153 302 410 551 802

1-1/4" 1-3/4" 1-7/8" 2" 2-3/8"

1-5/8" 2-5/16" 2-1/12" 2-5/8" 3-1/8"

Oval H5 Oval J8 Oval K8 Oval M1 Oval N5

*Formerly 17:1 Tool

Copper Stop Sleeves

Nicopress Stop Sleeve

Cable Size 1/32" 3/64" 1/16" 1/16"

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-0841 CX04-0842 CX04-0843 CX04-0844

3/32"

CX04-0845

3/32"

CX04-0846

1/8"

CX04-0847

5/32"

CX04-0848

3/16"

CX04-0849

7/32" 1/4" 5/16"

CX04-0850 CX04-0851 CX04-0852

Nicopress Stop Sleeve Stock No. 871-32-B 871-12-B4 871-1-C ***871-1-Q 871-17-J (Yellow) ***871-3-Q 871-18-J (Red) 871-19-M 871-20-M (Black) 871-22-M 871-23-F6 871-26-F6

Finished Stop

Nicopress CERTEX Hand Tool Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. CX04-0853 *17-BA CX04-0854 51-B4-887 CX04-0855 51-C-887 CX04-0856 51-Q-929

Outside Diameter of Sleeve 1/8" 11/64" 13/64" 1/4"

Approx. Weight per 1000 Sleeves Lbs. 3/4 1-1/2 2 2

Sleeve Length Before Compressed Approx. 1/4" 7/32" 7/32" 5/32"

**Typical Holding Strength of Stop Sleeve Lbs. 120 240 430 425

CX04-0857

51-MJ

21/64"

8

5/16"

600

CX04-0858

51-Q-929

1/4"

2

5/32"

550

CX04-0859

51-MJ

21/64"

8

5/16"

900

CX04-0860

51-MJ

27/64"

13

5/16"

1,200

CX04-0861

51-MJ

27/64"

12

5/16"

1,600

CX04-0862 CX04-0863 CX04-0864

51-MJ 3-F6-950 3-F6-950

7/16" 21/32" 21/32"

20 60 60

5/8" 11/16" 11/16"

2,500 3,500 4,000

*Formerly 17:1 Tool. **Holding strengths shown are based on use of galvanized aircraft cable. ***Electro Galvanized Steel Sleeves.

4-24

SWAGING SLEEVES Nicopress® Tin Plated Copper Oval Sleeves for Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable *NICOPRESS TOOLS

Cable Size


Nicopress Oval Sleeve Stock Number

3/64"

CX04-0865

428-1.5-VB4


Nicopress Single Groove Hand Tool Stock No.

CX04-0879


Nicopress Number 635 Hydraulic Tool Die

Weight (lbs.) per 1000 Sleeves Approx.

Sleeve Length Before Compression Approx.

Sleeve Length After Compression Approx.

33V-CGB4

CX04-0898

OVAL B4

2

3/8"

7/16"

33V-CGB4 64-CGMP 33V-CGB4 64-CGMP 64-CGMP 63-XPM 64-CGMP 63-XPM

CX04-0899

OVAL C

3

3/8"

7/16"

CX04-0900

OVAL G

6

3/8"

7/16"

CX04-0901

OVAL M

17

9/16"

3/4"

CX04-0902

OVAL P

23

5/8"

7/8"


Nicopress Multi-Groove Hand Tool Stock No.

51-B4-887

CX04-0888 CX04-0888 CX04-0890 CX04-0888 CX04-0890 CX04-0890 CX04-0894 CX04-0890 CX04-0894

CX04-0894

63-XPM

1/16"

CX04-0866

428-2-VC

CX04-0880

51-C-887

3/32"

CX04-0867

428-3-VG

CX04-0881

51-G-887

1/8"

CX04-0868

428-4-VM

CX04-0882

51-M-850

5/32"

CX04-0869

428-5-VP

CX04-0883

51-P-850

3/16"

CX04-0870

428-6-VX

CX04-0884

51-X-850

CX04-0903

OVAL X

49

15/16"

1-3/16"

7/32"

CX04-0871

428-7-VF2

CX04-0885

51-F2-850

CX04-0904

OVAL F2

59

7/8"

1-1/16"

1/4"

CX04-0872

428-8-VF6

CX04-0886

3-F6-950

CX04-0905

OVAL F6

81

1"

1-3/8"

5/16"

CX04-0873

428-10-VG9

CX04-0887

3-G9-950

CX04-0906

OVAL G9

120

1-1/16"

1-3/8"

3/8"

CX04-0874

428-12-VH5

CX04-0907

OVAL H5

155

1-3/16"

1-1/2"

7/16"

CX04-0875

428-14-VJ8

CX04-0908

OVAL J8

310

1-3/4"

2-5/16"

1/2"

CX04-0876

428-16-VK8

CX04-0909

OVAL K8

420

1-7/8"

2-9/16"

9/16"

CX04-0877

428-18-VM1

CX04-0910

OVAL M1

565

2"

2-13/16"

5/8"

CX04-0878

428-20-VN5

CX04-0911

OVAL N5

822

2-3/8"

3-1/4"

The 428 Series oval sleeves are made from special materials and are specifically designed for use with stainless steel aircraft cable. The tin plating gives this Nicopress sleeve a distinctive appearance.

Stainless Steel Oval Sleeves NICOPRESS OVAL SLEEVES

CABLE SIZE 1/32" 3/64" 1/16" 3/32" 1/8" 5/32" 3/16" 7/32" 1/4"

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-0912 CX04-0913 CX04-0914 CX04-0915 CX04-0916 CX04-0917 CX04-0918 CX04-0919 CX04-0920

Nicopress SLEEVE STOCK NUMBER 168-1-VB 168-1.5-VB4 168-2-VB4 168-3-VC 168-4-VG 168-5-VM 168-6-VP 168-7-VX 168-8-VF2

APPROX. WEIGHT (LBS) PER 1000 SLEEVES 1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 2-1/4 3-3/4 14 17 31 44

APPROX. LENGTH BEFORE COMPRESSION 1/4" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 23/32" 3/4" 7/8" 1-1/8"

Conform to military standard (MS-51844) *Information on power press dies for high speed production will be furnished upon request.

4-25

NICOPRESS TOOL SELECTION

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-0921 CX04-0922 CX04-0923 CX04-0924 CX04-0925 CX04-0926 CX04-0927

Nicopress HAND TOOL STOCK NO. 31-B 51-B4-887 51-B4-887 51-C-887 51-G-887 51-M-850 51-P-850


Nicopress NUMBER 635 HYDRAULIC TOOL DIE


OVAL B4 OVAL B4 OVAL C OVAL G OVAL M OVAL P OVAL X OVAL F2

4

SWAGING SLEEVES ESCO® Corporation Stainless Steel Swage Sleeves High initial ductility allows ESCO stainless steel to flow evenly around the wire rope during swaging, for total gripping strength plus extremely high crack and fracture resistance. During swaging, ESCO stainless steel work-hardens more than any other swaging steel to provide toughness and on-the-job durability. Plus, stainless steel is corrosion-resistant.

Duplex sleeves ESCO Stainless Steel Duplex Sleeves allow for easy adjustment of eye size. Make grommets, plain eyes, and tight thumbled eyes quickly and precisely every time. No splicing. No die changes. All ESCO Stainless Steel Sleeves swage in two to three pressings, each sleeve in open-channel dies. • Use one-piece sleeves for 1/8˝ to 1˝ wire rope • Use two-piece sleeves for 1/2˝ to 2-1/2˝ wire rope.

WARNING! All ESCO swage sleeves are designed for use with 6x19 class or 6x37 class, right regular lay, E.I.P., I.W.R.C. wire rope manufactured to U.S. specifications. If other constructions of wire rope are used with these fittings, the fabricator should make up and test sample assemblies to make sure they will perform adequately in the entended application. For complete instructions on how to install and swage ESCO Sleeves, refer to ESCO Swage Instructions, Manual No. 219.

4

One-piece Duplex Sleeves

Rope Size


Weight Each

Length (L)

Before Swage Width (A)

After Swage Height (B)

Length

Diameter

Die Description

1/8"

CX04-1108

1/2 oz.

7/16"

1/4"

3/8"

1/2"

0.25"

1/8" OC

3/16"

CX04-1109

1/2 oz.

1/2"

3/8"

9/16"

9/16"

0.38"

3/16" OC

1/4"

CX04-1110

1/2 oz.

7/8"

9/16"

3/4"

1"

0.52"

1/4" OC

5/16"

CX04-1111

0.15 lb.

1-3/8"

3/4"

1-1/8"

1-9/16"

0.75"

3/8" OC

3/8"

CX04-1112

0.15 lb.

1-1/2"

3/4"

1-1/8"

1-7/8"

0.75"

3/8" OC

7/16"

CX04-1113

0.30 lb.

1-3/4"

1"

1-7/16"

1-15/16"

1.00"

1/2" OC

1/2"

CX04-1114

0.32 lb.

2"

1"

1-7/16"

2-1/4"

1.00"

1/2" OC

9/16"

CX04-1115

0.60 lb.

2-1/4"

1-3/16"

1-3/4"

2-1/2"

1.26"

5/8" OC

5/8"

CX04-1116

0.50 lb.

2-3/8"

1-1/4"

1-13/16"

2-5/8"

1.26"

5/8" OC

3/4"

CX04-1117

1.00 lb.

3-1/16"

1-7/16"

2-1/8"

3-3/8"

1.52"

3/4" OC

7/8"

CX04-1118

1.50 lbs.

3-5/16"

1-5/8"

2-1/2"

3-3/4"

1.75"

7/8" OC

1"

CX04-1119

2.10 lbs.

3-3/8"

1-7/8"

2-7/8"

3-13/16"

2.03"

1" OC

OC = Open Channel Die

WARNING Never exceed the Working Load Limit stated by the wire rope manufacturer.

4-26

SWAGING SLEEVES ESCO® Corporation Stainless Steel Sleeves for Duplex Eyes Two-piece Duplex Sleeves

Rope Size


Weight Each

Before Swage Length (L)

Width (A)

After Swage Height (B)

Length

Diameter

Die Description 1/2" OC

1/2"

CX04-1120

0.14 lb.

1"

15/16"

1-3/8"

1-1/8"

1.00"

9/16"

CX04-1121

0.32 lb.

1-1/4"

1-3/16"

1-11/16"

1-7/16"

1.26"

5/8" OC

5/8"

CX04-1122

0.28 lb.

1"

1-5/16"

1-13/16"

1-3/16"

1.26"

5/8" OC

3/4"

CX04-1123

0.44 lb.

1-3/16"

1-3/8"

2-1/8"

1-7/16"

1.52"

3/4" OC

7/8"

CX04-1124

0.68 lb.

1-3/8"

1-11/16"

2-1/2"

1-5/8"

1.75"

7/8" OC

1"

CX04-1125

0.96 lb.

1-9/16"

1-3/4"

2-3/4"

1-13/16"

2.03"

1" OC

1-1/8"

CX04-1126

1.5 lbs.

1-7/8"

2"

3-3/16"

2-1/8"

2.25"

1-1/8" OC

1-1/4"

CX04-1127

2 lbs.

2-1/8"

2-3/8"

3-5/16"

2-1/2"

2.50"

1-1/4" OC

1-3/8"

CX04-1128

2 lbs.

2-1/8"

2-5/16"

3-9/16"

2-1/2"

2.50"

1-1/4" OC

1-1/2"

CX04-1129

2 lbs.

2-1/4"

2-1/2"

3-7/8"

2-5/8"

2.69"

1-1/2" OC

1-5/8"

CX04-1130

3 lbs.

2-3/8"

2-13/16"

4-5/16"

2-3/4"

3.06"

1-3/4" OC

1-3/4"

CX04-1131

3 lbs.

2-1/2"

2-13/16"

4-7/16"

2-7/8"

3.06"

1-3/4" OC

2"

CX04-1132

4.3 lbs.

2-7/8"

3-3/16"

5"

3-1/4"

3.50"

2" OC

2-1/4"

CX04-1133

6.5 lbs.

3-1/8"

3-3/4"

5-11/16"

3-5/8"

4.00"

2-1/4" OC

2-1/2"

CX04-1134

7.5 lbs.

3-1/8"

4"

6-3/8"

3-5/8"

4.38"

2-1/2" OC

OC = Open Channel Die

WARNING Never exceed the Working Load Limit stated by the wire rope manufacturer.

4-27

4

WIRE ROPE CUTTERS Loos & Co.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1135 Type C-108

Type C-108 — Simple construction, all parts protected against rust and salt water. Designed as an indispensable part of boat equipment. Especially suited for quick easy cutting of shrouds, stays, halyards, and other rigging of hi-tensile wire rope or cable up to 5/16˝ diameter. Inexpensive insurance for that rare time when a mast breaks. The C-108 will cut virtually any material including steel rods up to 5/16˝ diameter and tempered steel spring wires up to 1/4˝ diameter. Weight: 4.5 lbs. Length: 22˝

4

IMPORTANT: It is possible to cut larger diameter than those mentioned above by separating the individual strands of the rope by using the triangular cutting action to nip these out.Types C-108 and C-112 are particularly recommended for this kind of work.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1136 Type C-108Type C-112

Type C-112 — Like the C-108, this cutter also has maximum force transmission which applies the maximum leverage just at the right moment. This coupled with Swiss precision blades make the C-112 and the C-108 amazingly easy to use. The C-112 will handle a maximum capacity of 1/2˝ hi-tensile strands. Weight: 8.25 lbs. Length: 29˝ IMPORTANT: It is possible to cut larger diameter than those mentioned above by separating the individual strands of the rope by using the triangular cutting action to nip these out.Types C-108 and C-112 are particularly recommended for this kind of work.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1137 / Type C-108Type C-12 CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1138 / Type C-108Type C-16 CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1139 / Type C-108Type C-16E

Type C-12 — Capacity: 3/8˝ diameter and smaller. Length: 19.˝ Weight: 3 lbs. Type C-16 — Capacity: 5/8˝ diameter and smaller. Length: 23.˝ Weight: 5 lbs. Type C-16E Electrical Cable Cutter — Cuts ACSR cable up to 3/4.˝ Length: 23.˝ Weight: 5 lbs. IMPORTANT: It is possible to cut larger diameter than those mentioned above by separating the individual strands of the rope by using the triangular cutting action to nip these out.Types C-108 and C-112 are particularly recommended for this kind of work.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1140 Type C-108CB Base

CB Base for Bench Mounting C-12 and C-16 Cutters — Simply remove one handle from your C-12 or C-16 Cutter, bolt on our base and your portable cutter has been converted to a stationary bench mounted cutter. IMPORTANT: It is possible to cut larger diameter than those mentioned above by separating the individual strands of the rope by using the triangular cutting action to nip these out.Types C-108 and C-112 are particularly recommended for this kind of work.

4-28

WIRE ROPE CUTTERS Morse-Starrett Products Co. Impact Type (Hammer Action)

4

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1143 Model 2

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1142 Model 1A SPECIFICATIONS:All are portable. Firm base required for operation.

Actuated by striking with a hammer, they are simple to operate, and do a superior cutting job with only a few blows. These cutters are precision engineered to deliver a cut without affecting the original roundness of the wire rope. The blades and dies are made of the best tool steel available, heat treated and ground to close tolerances.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1141 CX04-1142 CX04-1143

Model 1 1A 2

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1141 Model 1

For Cutting Wire Rope: Up to 3/4˝ — Model 1 designed for occasional on-thejob-cutting. Up to 1-1/16˝ — use Model 1A. Up to 1-1/2˝ — use Model 2.

Capacity 3/4" 1-1/16" 1-1/2"

4-29

Height 6" 7" 9"

Base 3-1/2" 6-1/4" 7-3/4"

Weight 7 lbs. 15 lbs. 28 lbs.

WIRE ROPE CUTTERS Morse-Starrett Products Co. Impact Type (Hammer Action)

4

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1141 / Model No. 1

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1142 / Model No. 1A

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1143 / Model No. 2

WARNING Wear safety goggles, use cable bands and read instruction sheet before using this tool.

4-30

WIRE ROPE CUTTERS Morse-Starrett Products Co. Impact Type (Hammer Action) Model No. 1 (Light Duty)

Model No. 1A (Heavy Duty) CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Morse Part No.


Morse Part No.

Packed Weight

Cutter Complete

CX04-0936

101

8 lbs.

Cutter Complete

CX04-0945

121

17 lbs.

Casting Base

CX04-0937

102

4 lbs.

Casting Base

CX04-0946

122

12 lbs.

Plunger

CX04-0938

103

3 lbs.

Plunger

CX04-0947

123

4 lbs.

Die (Set)

CX04-0939

104

4 oz.

Die (Set)

CX04-0948

124

7 oz.

Blade (With Pin)

CX04-0940

105

2 oz.

Blade (With Pin)

CX04-0949

125

2 oz.

Blade Pin Only

CX04-0941

106

1 oz.

Blade Pin Only

CX04-0950

126

1 oz.

Plunger Guide Pin

CX04-0942

107

1 oz.

Plunger Guide Pin

CX04-0951

127

1 oz.

Guard

CX04-0943

108

1 oz.

Guard

CX04-0952

128

2 oz.

Warning Decals

CX04-0944

109

Warning Decals

CX04-0953

129

Description

Description

Packed Weight

4

Model No. 2 (Extra Heavy Duty)

Description Cutter Complete Casting Base Plunger Die (Set) Blade (With Pin) Blade Pin Only Plunger Guide Pin Guard Warning Decals


Morse Part No.


131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139

Packed Weight 28 lbs. 21 lbs. 7 lbs. 10 oz. 5 oz. 1 oz. 1 oz. 3 oz.

Designed for use with the Morse-Starrett cutter. The band is a sheet of pliable but very tough steel indented with a groove and lock seam at one edge and is made in lengths and sizes to fit various sized cable up to 1-1/2 inches in diameter. Application of the band is simple, requires no special tools; and may be made in 20 seconds with an ordinary pair of pliers. Note: Each size rope requires a band of corresponding size. All bands packed and sold in boxes of 50 of a single size only.

Morse-Starrett Cable Bands

CABLE BANDS: Steel, Galvanized CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1144 CX04-1145 CX04-1146

3/16" 9/16" 15/16"


1/4" 5/8" 1"


5/16" 11/16" 1-1/8"


4-31

3/8" 3/4" 1-1/4"


7/16" 13/16" 1-3/8"


1/2" 7/8" 1-1/2"

WIRE ROPE CUTTERS Morse-Starrett Products Co. Hydraulic Type (Manually Operated)

4

Lift latch to open.

Insert wire rope. Close latch. Pump handle This efficient, portable Hydrashear is a self-contained hydraulic cable cutter recommended by wire rope manufacturers, and used by industries throughout the world. This tool is precision engineered to give a good, clean cut with minimum effort. Just pump the handle {78} no outside power needed. It can be easily carried to the job, and placed anywhere to do its work. The blades and shear blades are made of the finest tool steel available, heat treated and ground to close tolerances, which means long life, as well as superior performance. Three models available. Hydrashears are used by earth-moving and construction contractors, factory warehouses, rigging lofts, elevator repairmen. All models will operate underwater.


Model W P C

Capacity 3/4" 1-1/8" 1-3/4"

Dimensions 12" x 3-5/8" x 6" high 14" x 4-1/8" x 7" high 18-1/2" x 5" x 8" high

4-32

Weight 21 lbs. 34 lbs. 66 lbs.

WIRE ROPE CUTTERS Morse-Starrett Products Co. Hydraulic Type (Manually Operated) Model W P C

4

HYDRASHEAR REPLACEMENT PARTS PART NO. DESCRIPTION 1. Die Set 4. Blade 5. Blade Pin 6. Hinge Pin 7. Ram 8. Ram Collar 10. Ram Retracting Spring 11. Cover Plate 15. Ram Cup Leather Retainer 33. Latch 36. Pump Handle 38. Latch Pin 43. Shear Blade Holder 60. By Valve 61. Standard Repair Kit 62. Overhaul Kit


MODEL W W1 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 W10 W11 W15 W33 W36 W38 W43 N/A W61 W62

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-0978 CX04-0979 CX04-0980 CX04-0981 CX04-0982 CX04-0983 CX04-0984 CX04-0985 CX04-0986 CX04-0987 CX04-0988 CX04-0989 CX04-0990 CX04-0991 CX04-0992 CX04-0993

MODEL P P1 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P10 P11 P15 P33 P36 P38 P43 P60 P61 P62


Items listed in the Standard Repair Kit and Overhaul Kit must be purchased in kit form only.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1165 #61 STANDARD REPAIR KIT includes:

14. Ram Cup Leather 17. Check Valve Gasket 18. Check Valve Spring 19. Ball Check Valve 20. Packing Nut

21. Ball Suction Valve 22. Suction Valve Spring 23. Suction Valve Gasket 24. Plunger Packing Screw 26. Plunger End Packing

27. Plunger 28. Plunger Packing Set 32. Release Valve 44. Cover Gasket 47. Packing Nut Wrench

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1166 #62 OVERHAUL KIT includes #61 Standard Repair Kit and all parts listed below:

12. Cover Plate Screws (3) 13. Ram Retainer Screw 16. Check Valve Plug 24. Suction Valve Plug 30. Handle Hinge Bolt

31. Release Valve Retainer 34. Handle Grip 35. Ram Collar Screws (3) 37. Bail 39. Snap Rings (4)

4-33

40. Guard Screws (2) 42. Guard Plate 46. Lock Nut 50. Air Vent Valve 61. Standard Repair Kit

MODEL C C1 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C10 C11 C15 C33 C36 C38 C43 C60 C61 C62

HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions

Zone A: Repair Not Required Zone B: 10% of Original Dimension Zone C: 5% of Original Dimension Zone D: See Minimum Thread Size Chart Figure 1

Side Load

Back Load Wrong Figure 2

Tip Load

5 Right Figure 3

Wrong Figure 4

Important Safety Information— Read and Follow • A visual periodic inspection for cracks, nicks, wear, gouges and deformation as part of a comprehensive documented inspection program, should be conducted by trained personnel in compliance with the schedule in ANSI B30. 10. • For hooks used in frequent load cycles or pulsating loads, the hook and threads should be periodically inspected by Magnetic Particle or Dye Penetrant. (Note: Some disassembly may be required.) • Never use a hook whose throat opening has been increased, or whose tip has been bent more than 10 degrees out of plane from the hook body, or is in any other way distorted or bent. Note: A latch will not work properly on a hook with a bent or worn tip. • Never use a hook that is worn beyond the limits shown in Figure 1. • Remove from service any hook with a crack, nick, or gouge. Hooks with a crack, nick, or gouge shall be repaired by grinding lengthwise, following the contour of the hook, provided that the reduced dimension is within the limits shown in Figure 1. • Never repair, alter, rework, or reshape a hook by welding, heating, burning, or bending.

Figure 5

• Never side load, back load, or tip load a hook. (See Figure 2.) • Eye hooks, shank hooks and swivel hooks are designed to be used with wire rope or chain. Efficiency of assembly may be reduced when used with synthetic material. • Do not swivel the S-322 swivel hook while it is ing a load. • The use of a latch may be mandatory by regulations or safety codes; e.g., OSHA, MSHA, ANSI/ASME B30, Insurance, etc. (Note: When using latches, see instructions in “Understanding: The Crosby Group Warnings” for further information.) • Always make sure the hook s the load. (See Figure 3). The latch must never the load (See Figure 4). • When placing two (2) sling legs in hook, make sure the angle from the vertical to the outermost leg is not greater than 45 degrees, and the included angle between the legs does not exceed 90 degrees* (See Figure 5). • See ANSI/ASME B30.10 “Hooks” for additional information. * For angles greater than 90 degrees, or more than (2) legs, a master link or bolt type anchor shackle should be used to attach the legs of the sling to the hook.

WARNING • Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not followed. • A falling load may cause serious injury or death. • See OSHA Rule 1926.550(g) for personnel hoisting by cranes or derricks. A Crosby 319, 320, or 322 hook with a PL Latch attached (when secured with bolt, nut and pin) may be used for lifting personnel. A Crosby S-320N Hook with a S-4320 Latch attached (when secured with cotter pin or bolt, nut and pin) may be used for lifting personnel. • Threads may corrode and/or strip and drop the load. • Hook must always the load. The load must never be ed by the latch. • Never apply more force than the hook’s assigned Working Load Limit (WLL) rating. • Read and understand these instructions before using hook.

5-1

HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Basic Machining and Thread Information Minimum Thread Size

Maximum Shank Diameter

5

• Wrong thread and/or shank size can cause stripping and loss of load. • The maximum diameter is the largest diameter, after cleanup, that could be expected after allowing for straightness, pits, etc. • All threads must be Class 2 or better. • The minimum thread length engaged in the nut should not be less than (1) thread diameter. • Hook shanks are not intended to be swaged on wire rope or rod. • Hook shanks are not intended to be drilled and internally threaded. • Crosby cannot assume responsibility for, (A) the quality of machining, (B) the type of application, or (C) the means of attachment to the power source or load. • Consult the Crosby Hook Identification & Working Load Limit Chart (See below) for the minimum thread size for assigned Working Load Limits (WLL).† • Remove from service any Hook which has threads corroded more than 20% of the nut engaged length.

Crosby Hook Identification & Working Load Limit Chart† Working Load Limit (tons)

Hook Identification 319-C 320-CN 320-C 322-C

319-A 320-AN 320-A 322-A

DC FC GC HC IC JC KC LC NC OC PC SC TC UC — — — —

DA FA GA HA IA JA KA LA NA OA PA SA TA UA WA XA YA ZA

319-B DB FB GB HB IB JB KB LB NB OB — — — — — — — —

319-C 320-CN 320-C 322-C

319-A 320-AN 320-A 322-A

.75 1 1.5 2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 — — — —

1 1.5 2 3 *4.5/5 7 11 15 22 30 37 45 60 75 100 150 200 300

319-B .5 .6 1 1.4 2.0 3.5 5.0 6.5 10 13 — — — — — — — —

Maximum Shank Diameter after Machining (in.)

319-C (Carbon)

319-A (Alloy) 319-B (Bronze)

.53 .62 .66 .81 1.03 1.27 1.52 1.75 2.00 2.50 3.50 3.50 4.00 4.50 6.12 6.38 7.00 8.62

1/2-13 unc 5/8-11 unc 5/8-11 unc 3/4-10 unc 7/8-9 unc 1 1/8-7 unc 1 1/4-7 unc 1 5/8-8 un 2-8 un 2 1/4-8 un 2 3/4-8 un 3-8 un 3 1/4-8 un 3 3/4-8 un — — — —

1/2-13 unc 5/8-11 unc 5/8-11 unc 3/4-10 unc 7/8-9 unc 1 1/8-7 unc 1 3/8-6 unc 1 5/8-8 un 2-8 un 2 1/4-8 un 2 3/4-8 un 3-8 un 3 1/2-8 un 4-4 unc 4 1/2-8 un 5 1/2-8 un 6 1/4-8 un 7 1/2-8 un

Minimum Thread Size

* 320-AN is rated at 5 tons † Working Load Limit—The maximum mass or force which the product is authorized to in general service when the pull is applied in-line, unless noted otherwise, with respect to the centerline of the product. The term is used interchangeably with the followiing : 1. WLL 2. Rated Load Value 3. SWL 4. Safe Working Load 5. Resultant Safe Working Load.

5-2

HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Shank Hooks Patented trademark indicates QUIC-CHECK™ product.

Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which address two (2) QUICCHECK™ features: Deformation Indicators—Two strategically placed marks, one just below the shank or eye and the other on the hook tip, which allows for a QUIC-CHECK™ measurement to determine if the throat opening has changed, thus indicating abuse or overload. To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape measure) to measure the distance between the marks.The marks should align to either an inch or half-inch increment on the measuring device. If the measurement does not meet this criteria, the hook should be inspected further for possible damage.

S-319 S-319 N

Angle Indicators—Indicates the maximum included angle which is allowed between two (2) sling legs in the hook.These indicators also provide the opportunity to approximate other included angles between two sling legs.

Working Load Limit* (tons)

Carbon 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 20 25 25 30 30 40 40 50 50 — — — — —

Alloy 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7 11 15 22 30 30 37 37 45 45 60 60 75 75 100 100 150 200 300

Bronze .5 .6 1 1.4 2 3-1/2 5 6-1/2 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

Shank Hooks Stock No.

Hook Identification Code 319-C 319CN 320-C 320-CN 322-C

319-A 319AN 320-A 320AN 322-A

DC FC GC HC IC JC KC LC NC OC OC PC PC SC SC TC TC UC UC — — — — —

DA FA GA HA IA JA KA LA NA OA OA PA PA SA SA TA TA UA UA WA WA XA YA ZA

319-BN DB FB GB HB IB JB KB LB NB — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

5


Crosby Carbon S-319-C S-319CN S.C.

CX05-0001 CX05-0002 CX05-0003 CX05-0004 CX05-0005 CX05-0006 CX05-0007 CX05-0008 CX05-0009 CX05-0010 CX05-0011 CX05-0012 CX05-0013 CX05-0014 CX05-0015 CX05-0016 CX05-0017 CX05-0018 CX05-0019 — — — — —

†1028505 †1028514 †1028523 †1028532 †1028541 †1028550 †1028563 †1028572 †1028581 1024386 1024402 1024420 1024448 1024466 1024484 1024509 1024545 1024563 1024581 — — — — —


Crosby Alloy S-319-A S-319AN S.C.


Crosby Bronze S-319-B S.C.

Shank** Length Type

Weight Each (lbs.)

CX05-0020 CX05-0021 CX05-0022 CX05-0023 CX05-0024 CX05-0025 CX05-0026 CX05-0027 CX05-0028 CX05-0029 CX05-0030 CX05-0031 CX05-0032 CX05-0033 CX05-0034 CX05-0035 CX05-0036 CX05-0037 CX05-0038 CX05-0039 CX05-0040 CX05-0041 CX05-0042 CX05-0043

†1028701 †1028710 †1028723 †1028732 †1028741 †1028750 †1028765 †1028774 †1028783 1024803 1024821 1024849 1024867 1024885 1024901 1024929 1024965 1024983 1025009 1025027 1025045 1025063 1025081 1025090

CX05-0044 CX05-0045 CX05-0046 CX05-0047 CX05-0048 CX05-0049 CX05-0050 CX05-0051 CX05-0052 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

†1028900 †1028909 †1028918 †1028927 †1028936 †1028945 †1028954 †1028963 †1028972 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Long Std. Long Std. Long Std. Long Std. Long Std. Long Std. Std. Std.

.50 .75 1.00 1.82 3.69 7.25 13.49 18.00 35.33 72.00 85.50 134.00 172.00 182.00 214.00 268.00 312.00 390.00 426.00 610.00 675.00 735.00 1020.00 1390.00

** See column "Y" on next page for actual length. † New 319N Style Hook. Hook I.D. Codes: A—Alloy Steel, B—Bronze High Strength, C—Carbon Steel. * NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through 22 ton—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy Shank Hooks 1 ton thru 22 ton—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Alloy Shank hooks 30 ton through 300 ton ultimate load is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit. All Bronze hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit.


5-3

HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Shank Hooks

• The most complete line of shank hoist hooks. Available 3/4 to 300 tons. • Available in carbon steel, alloy steel, and bronze. • Quenched and Tempered. • Proper design, careful forging, and precision controlled quench and tempering give maximum strength without excessive weight and bulk. • Every Crosby Shank Hook has a pre-drilled cam which can be equipped with a latch. Simply purchase the latch assemblies listed and shown on following pages. Even years after purchase of the original hook, latch asemblies can be added. • Load Rating code stamped on each hook.

5

Shank Hook dimension with PL Latch Assembled

Dimensions (in.) Hook I.D. Code D F G H I J K L N O O P P S S T T U U W W X Y Z

D 2.86 3.16 3.59 4.00 4.84 6.28 7.54 8.34 10.34 13.62 13.62 14.06 14.06 15.44 15.44 18.50 18.50 20.62 20.62 23.00 23.00 24.38 26.69 30.12

F 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.62 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.25 4.25 5.00 5.00 5.38 5.38 6.00 6.00 7.00 7.00 7.75 7.75 6.81 6.81 6.75 7.50 9.50

G .73 .84 1.00 1.14 1.44 1.82 2.26 2.60 3.01 3.62 3.62 4.56 4.56 5.06 5.06 6.00 6.00 6.69 6.69 8.59 8.59 9.12 9.75 10.62

H .81 .94 1.16 1.31 1.63 2.06 2.63 2.94 3.50 4.62 4.62 5.00 5.00 5.50 5.50 6.50 6.50 7.25 7.25 9.88 9.88 10.94 11.81 12.94

J .93 .97 1.06 1.19 1.50 1.78 2.41 2.62 3.41 4.00 4.00 4.25 4.25 4.75 4.75 5.75 5.75 6.50 6.50 5.88 5.88 6.00 6.60 8.00

K .63 .71 .88 .94 1.31 1.66 1.88 2.19 2.69 3.00 3.00 3.62 3.62 3.72 3.72 4.44 4.44 4.81 4.81 5.50 5.50 6.00 7.00 7.25

L 5.14 5.68 6.35 7.14 8.63 10.43 12.52 13.47 16.65 23.09 31.09 32.12 41.12 34.12 43.12 36.06 47.56 41.16 49.16 42.12 48.12 45.75 50.50 54.69

M .63 .71 .88 .94 1.13 1.44 1.63 1.94 2.38 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

O † .93 † .97 † 1.06 † 1.16 † 1.41 † 1.69 † 2.22 † 2.41 † 3.19 3.25 3.25 3.00 3.00 3.38 3.38 4.12 4.12 5.38 5.38 4.50 4.50 4.50 5.00 6.25

P 1.96 2.22 2.44 2.78 3.47 4.59 5.25 5.96 6.88 8.78 8.78 11.38 11.38 12.63 12.63 14.81 14.81 16.53 16.53 17.38 17.38 18.00 19.25 22.69

R 2.35 2.59 2.76 3.16 3.85 4.77 5.88 6.37 8.14 9.44 9.44 12.56 12.56 14.00 14.00 15.50 15.50 19.38 19.38 18.41 18.41 18.38 20.50 23.50

T .97 .97 1.03 1.16 1.53 1.94 2.46 2.59 2.81 3.44 3.44 3.88 3.88 4.75 4.75 5.69 5.69 6.00 6.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 8.00 8.25

X†† .59 .66 .72 .88 1.16 1.41 1.81 2.00 2.56 3.12 3.12 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.50 4.50 5.00 5.00 7.00 7.00 7.25 8.00 9.50

Y 2.06 2.25 2.59 2.84 3.34 3.84 4.38 4.50 5.50 10.00 18.00 15.00 24.00 15.00 24.00 14.50 26.00 15.00 23.00 15.00 21.00 18.00 20.00 20.00

Z .69 .78 .88 1.00 1.25 1.56 1.94 2.19 2.63 3.12 3.12 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.50 4.50 5.00 5.00 7.00 7.00 7.25 8.00 9.50

Deformation Indicator AA 1.50 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 4.00 5.00 6.50 6.50 7.00 7.00 8.00 8.00 10.00 10.00 11.50 11.50 12.00 12.00 13.00 13.00 15.00

† Dimensions shown are for S-4320 Latch kits. Dimensions for sizes 20 ton carbon and larger are for PL Latch Kits. †† Dimension before machining (as forged). * NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through 22 ton—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy Shank Hooks 1 ton thru 22 ton—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Alloy Shank hooks 30 ton through 300 ton ultimate load is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit. All Bronze hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit.


5-4

HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Eye Hooks

OLD

NEW The 320N has a new cross section that enhances overall performance

S-320N

S-320

5

Eye Hook dimensions with PL Latch Assembled

All Crosby 320 Eye Hoist Hooks incorporate the following features: • Designed with a 5:1 Design Factor. • Every Crosby Eye Hook has a pre-drilled cam which can be equipped with a latch. Even years after purchase of the original hook, latch assemblies can be added. • Eye hooks are load rated. • Available in carbon steel and alloy steel. QUIC-CHECK™: Hoist hooks incorporate two types of strategically placed markings forged into the product which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK™ features: they are Deformation Indicators and Angle Indicators The following additional features have been incorporated into the new Crosby S-320N Eye Hoist Hooks. (Sizes 3/4 ton Carbon thru 22 ton Alloy.) • A new cross section design (see inset drawing) that enhances the overall performance. • Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000 cycles. • Can be proof tested to 2-1/2 times the Working Load Limit. • Can be Metric Rated at 5:1 Design Factor. • Low profile hook tip. • New integrated latch (S-4320) meets the World class standard for lifting. • Heavy duty stamped latch interlocks with the hook tip.

• High cycle, long life spring. • When secured with proper cotter pin through the hole in the tip of hook, meets the intent of OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) for personnel hoisting. Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK™ features: Deformation Indicators —Two strategically placed marks, one just below the shank or eye and the other on the hook tip, which allows for a QUIC-CHECK™ measurement to determine if the throat opening has changed, thus indicating abuse or overload. To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape measure) to measure the distance between the marks.The marks should align to either an inch or half-inch increment on the measuring device. If the measurement does not meet this criteria, the hook should be inspected further for possible damage. Angle Indicators—Indicates the maximum included angle which is allowed between two (2) sling legs in the hook. These indicators also provide the opportunity to approximate other included angles between two sling legs. NOTE: Eye Hooks (3/4 TC–22TA), Proof load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Eye Hooks (20 TC–60 TA), Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit.All carbon hooks average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit.Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through 22 ton—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit.Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit.All Alloy shank hooks average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit.All Bronze hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit.


5-5

HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Eye Hooks Working Load Limit* (tons)

5

Carbon 3/4† 1† 1-1/2† 2† 3† 5† 7-1/2† 10† 15† 20 25 30 40

Alloy 1† 1-1/2† 2† 3† 5† 7† 11† 15† 22† 30 37 45 60

Hook Identification Code

Stock No.

S-320C Carbon

S-320A Alloy


Crosby Carbon S-320-C S.C.


Crosby Carbon G-320-C Galv.


Crosby Alloy S-320-A S.C.

Weight Each (lbs.)

DC FC GC HC IC JC KC LC NC OC PC SC TC

DA FA GA HA IA JA KA LA NA OA PA SA TA

CX05-0053 CX05-0054 CX05-0055 CX05-0056 CX05-0057 CX05-0058 CX05-0059 CX05-0060 CX05-0061 CX05-0062 CX05-0063 CX05-0064 CX05-0065

1022200 1022211 1022222 1022233 1022244 1022255 1022264 1022277 1022288 1023289 1023305 1023323 1023341

CX05-0066 CX05-0067 CX05-0068 CX05-0069 CX05-0070 CX05-0071 CX05-0072 CX05-0073 CX05-0074 — — — —

1022208 1022219 1022230 1022241 1022249 1022262 1022274 1022285 1022296 — — — —

CX05-0075 CX05-0076 CX05-0077 CX05-0078 CX05-0079 CX05-0080 CX05-0081 CX05-0082 CX05-0083 CX05-0084 CX05-0085 CX05-0086 CX05-0087

1022375 1022386 1022397 1022406 1022419 1022430 1022441 1022452 1022465 1023546 1023564 1023582 1023608

.61 .89 1.44 2.07 4.30 8.30 15.00 21.60 39.50 60.00 105.00 148.00 228.00

† New 320N Style Hook. Utilizes S-4320 Latch Kit only. * See NOTE at end of product.

Working Load Limit* (tons) Carbon Alloy 3/4 † 1† 1† 1-1/2 † 1-1/2 † 2† 2† 3† 3† 5† 5† 7† 7-1/2 † 11 † 10 † 15 † 15 † 22 † 20 †† 30 †† 25 †† 37 †† 30 †† 45 †† 40 †† 60 †† † New 320N Style Hook. †† S-320 Style Hook.

Dimensions (in.) A 4.42 5.07 5.64 6.39 7.90 10.09 12.43 13.94 17.09 19.47 24.81 27.44 32.31

B 1.47 1.75 2.13 2.41 2.94 3.81 4.66 5.38 6.63 7.00 8.50 9.31 10.75

C 3.34 3.81 4.14 4.69 5.77 7.37 9.07 10.08 12.53 14.06 18.19 20.12 23.72

D 2.83 3.11 3.53 3.97 4.81 6.27 7.45 8.30 10.30 13.62 14.06 15.44 18.50

F 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.63 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.25 4.25 5.00 5.38 6.00 7.00

G .73 .84 1.00 1.13 1.44 1.81 2.25 2.59 3.00 3.62 4.56 5.06 6.00

H .81 .94 1.16 1.32 1.63 2.06 2.63 2.94 3.50 4.62 5.00 5.50 6.50

5-6

J .90 .93 1.00 1.13 1.47 1.75 2.29 2.50 3.30 4.00 4.25 4.75 5.75

K .63 .71 .88 .94 1.31 1.66 1.88 2.19 2.69 3.00 3.62 3.72 4.44

M .56 .63 .75 .85 1.13 1.38 1.63 1.94 2.38 — — — —

O .89 .91 1.00 1.09 1.36 1.61 2.08 2.27 3.02 3.25 3.00 3.38 4.12

P 2.00 2.24 2.50 2.82 3.51 4.52 5.40 6.00 6.93 8.78 11.38 12.63 14.81

Q .75 .91 1.13 1.25 1.56 2.00 2.44 2.84 3.50 3.50 4.50 4.94 5.69

T .87 .98 1.03 1.16 1.53 1.96 2.47 2.62 2.83 3.44 3.88 4.75 5.69

Deformation Indicator AA 1.50 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 4.00 5.00 6.50 7.00 8.00 10.00

HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Swivel Hooks

Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK™ features: Deformation Indicators— Two strategically placed marks, one just below the shank or eye and the other on the hook tip, which allows for a QUIC-CHECK™ measurement to determine if the throat opening has changed, thus indicating abuse or overload. To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape measure) to measure the distance between marks. The marks should align to either an inch or half-inch increment on the measuring device. If the measurement does not meet this criteria, the hook should be inspected further for possible damage. • Forged—Quenched and Tempered.

S-322

Patented trademark indicates QUIC-CHECK™ product.

• Proper design, careful forging, and precision controlled quench and tempering gives maximum strength without excessive weight and bulk. • Every Crosby Swivel hoist hook has a pre-drilled cam which can be equipped with a latch. Simply purchase the latch assemblies listed and shown beginning on page 5-17. Even years after purchase of the original hook, latch assemblies can be added. • Load rating codes stamped on each hook. 322 Swivel Hooks use the same load rating code as 319 Shank Hooks, see page 5-3 for proper Hook Identification Codes.

Angle Indicators—Indicates the maximum included angle which is allowed between two (2) sling legs in the hook.These indicators also provide the opportunity to approximate other included angles between two sling legs. U.S. Patents 5,381,650 & 5,193,480 & 5,103,755 and foreign equivalents.

Working Load Limit* (Tons)

322C

322A

Dimensions (in.) CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby 322 CN Stock No.


Crosby 322 AN Stock No.

Weight Each (lbs.)

A

B

C

D

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

O†

R

S

Deformation Indicator AA

3/4

1

CX05-0088

1048600

CX05-0096

1048804

.75

2.00

.82

1.25

2.86

1.25

.75

.81

.93

.63

5.66

.56

.89

4.53

.38

1.50

1

1-1/2

CX05-0089

1048609

CX05-0097

1048813

1.25

2.50

1.25

1.50

3.15

1.38

.84

.94

.97

.71

6.71

.63

.91

5.37

.50

2.00

1-1/2

2

CX05-0090

1048618

CX05-0098

1048822

2.25

3.00

1.50

1.75

3.59

1.50

1.00

1.16

1.06

.88

7.75

.75

1.00

6.12

.63

2.00

2

3

CX05-0091

1048627

CX05-0099

1048831

2.30

3.00

1.50

1.75

3.99

1.62

1.13

1.31

1.19

.94

8.25

.85

1.09

6.50

.63

2.00

3

4-1/2

CX05-0092

1048636

CX05-0100

1048837

4.96

3.50

1.64

2.00

4.84

2.00

1.44

1.63

1.50

1.31

9.69

1.13

1.36

7.50

.75

2.50 3.00

5

7

CX05-0093

1048645

CX05-0101

1048854

10.29

4.50

2.29

2.50

6.27

2.50

1.81

2.06

1.78

1.66

12.47

1.38

1.61

9.66

1.00

7-1/2

11

CX05-0094

1048654

CX05-0102

1048865

16.18

5.00

2.37

2.75

7.54

3.00

2.25

2.63

2.41

1.88

14.54

1.63

2.08

11.16

1.13

4.00

10

15

CX05-0095

1048663

CX05-0103

1048877

23.25

5.62

2.48

3.12

8.33

3.25

2.59

2.94

2.62

2.19

16.09

1.94

2.27

12.00

1.25

4.00

15

22

CX05-0653

1048672

CX05-0104

1048886

47.00

7.10

3.76

4.10

10.38

4.25

3.00

3.50

3.41

2.69

21.22

2.38

3.02

16.59

1.50

5.00

—

30

—

—

CX05-0105

1025688

70.50

7.00

3.75

4.00

13.62

–

3.66

–

4.00

2.86

23.22

2.86

3.25

18.06

1.50

6.50

322C—Carbon Steel 322A—Hook and Bail-Alloy Steel. † Dimensions for hooks 3/4-ton carbon thru 22-ton alloy are for 4320 latch kit. Dimensions for hooks 30-ton alloy and larger are for PL latch kit. * NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon swivel hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. All Alloy swivel hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit. This hook is a positioning device and is not intended to rotate under load. For swivel hooks designed to rotate under load see page 5-29. Use in salt water requires shank and nut inspection in accordance with A.S.M.E., B30.10–1.2.1(b)(2)(c) 1996.


5-7

5

HOIST HOOKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions • Positive Lock Latch is Self-Locking when hook is loaded. • Forged Alloy Steel — Quenched and Tempered. • Eye Style rated for both Wire Rope and Grade 80/100 Chain. • Meets ASTM A-952-96 and proposed Euronorm standards for Grade 80 & 100 chain fittings. • Fatigue rated. • The SHUR-LOC® hook, if properly installed and locked, can be used for personnel lifting applications and meet the intent of OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) (4) (iv) (B). • G-414 Heavy Thimble should be used with wire rope slings. • Individually Proof Tested at 2 1/2 time the Working Load Limit with certification. • Trigger repair Kit available (S-4316). Consist of spring, roll pin, and trigger. • Designed with “Engineered Flat” to connect to Grade 8 chain fittings.

5

Chain Size

(In.) -1/4 - 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8

(mm) 6 7-8 10 13 16

Certex Cat. Ref. No. CX05 - 0849 CX05 - 0850 CX05 - 0851 CX05 - 0852 CX05 - 0853

Grade 100 Alloy Chain Working Load Limit * (lbs.) 4:1 3200 5700 8800 15000 22600

S-1316 A Stock No. 1022896 1022914 1022923 1022932 1022941

Chain Size

Wire Rope XIP IWRC Mechanical Splice Size (in.) 5/16 7/16 1/2 5/8 7/8

Working Load Limit * (lbs.) 5:1 2000 3800 5000 7800 15200

Dimensions (in.)

(In.)

(mm)

Certex Cat. Ref. No.

S-1316 A Stock No.

A

C

D

E

J

L

--

6

CX05 - 0849

1022896

.79

3.95

.79

2.60

.63

1.16

1/4 - 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8

7-8 10 13 16

CX05 - 0850 CX05 - 0851 CX05 - 0852 CX05 - 0853

1022914 1022923 1022932 1022941

1.08 1.30 1.65 2.20

5.31 6.51 8.23 10.06

1.10 1.17 1.67 2.04

3.51 4.39 5.49 6.55

0.81 0.94 1.16 1.50

1.48 2.21 2.22 2.65


5-8

Weight Each (lbs.) 0.85 1.81 3.24 5.96 12.75

Engineered Flat Size for S-325A (in.) - (mm) -1/4-5/16", 7-8mm 3/8" , 10mm 1/2" , 13mm 5/8" , 16mm

OTHER HOOKS NEWCO Manufacturing Company, Inc. Sliding Choker Hooks

NEWCO sliding hooks afford faster handling on factory made slings for handling pipe, logging, machinery, and in stevedoring. Its free movement permits rapid adjustment of the sling to varying sized loads.“Saddle is rounded to minimize wear” Hook opening is large enough to take a galvanized plow steel thimble the same size as hook size. All Choker Hooks manufactured by Newco Mfg. Co., Inc., used in any other way than the Choker Configuration, will not be warranteed.

Flat or Braided Sliding Hooks CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0106 CX05-0107 CX05-0108 CX05-0109 CX05-0110 CX05-0111 CX05-0112 CX05-0113 CX05-0114

HOOK NO. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

6 PARTS 3/32 1/8 3/16 — 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2-9/16

WT. LBS. 1 1.4 1.75 3.25 5 6.5 11 26 50

8 PARTS 1/16 3/32 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2

W.L.L. 1,500 2,600 3,400 5,100 7,000 13,000 15,000 23,000 30,000

A 9/16 11/16 13/16 1 3/16 1 7/16 1 3/4 2 2 5/16 2 13/16

B 9/16 11/16 15/16 1 1/4 1 7/16 1 3/4 2 2 5/16 2 13/16

C 1/2 5/8 7/8 1 1/16 1 5/32 1 7/16 1 17/32 1 3/4 2 3/16

D 1 3/4 2 2 1/8 2 3/4 3 3 1/8 4 1/4 5 5/8 7

E 3/8 7/16 17/32 5/8 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4

F 5/8 11/16 3/4 15/16 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 9/16 1 3/4 2

G 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 11/32 3 31/32 4 5/8 5 1/16 6 5/16 8 11/16 10 5/8

H 3 3/4 4 1/4 4 11/16 5 5/8 6 1/4 7 3/16 8 5/8 11 5/8 14 1/2

* Manganese Bronze Alloy

Round or Regular Sliding Hooks CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0115 CX05-0116 CX05-0117 CX05-0118 CX05-0119 CX05-0120 CX05-0121 CX05-0122

HOOK NO. 1/4-5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8-1 1 1/8-1 1/4 1 3/8-1 1/2

ROPE SIZE 1/4-5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8-1 1 1/8-1 1/4 1 3/8-1 1/2

WT. LBS. 1 1.4 1.85 4 4.5 10 26 50

W.L.L. 1,500 2,600 3,400 5,100 8,000 15,000 23,000 30,000

THIMBLE SIZE 1/4-5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8-1 1 1/8-1 1/4 1 3/8-1 1/2

* Manganese Bronze Alloy

5-9

A 9/16 11/16 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 2 5/16 2 13/16

B 9/16 11/16 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 2 5/16 2 13/16

C 1/2 5/8 7/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/4 2 3/8

D 1 3/4 2 2 1/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 4 1/4 5 5/8 7

E 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 11/16 7/8 1 1 1/4

F 5/8 11/16 3/4 15/16 1 1/4 1 9/16 1 3/4 2

G 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 5/8 4 7/16 4 11/16 6 1/16 8 11/16 10 5/8

H 3 3/4 4 1/4 4 13/16 5 15/16 6 7/16 8 1/8 11 5/8 14 1/2

5

OTHER HOOKS NEWCO Manufacturing Company, Inc. Sliding Latch Type Choker Hooks

This hook is designed to choke a secure hold on a load in position.A latch prevents the eye of the sling from disengaging from the hook. Sizes available 3/8” thru 3/4”. Latch Kits Available

5


HOOK NO.

ROPE SIZE

WT. LBS.

W.W.L.

THIMBLE SIZE

A

B

C

D

E

CX05-0123

S 3/8

3/8

1 1/4

2,600

3/8

11/16

11/16

5/8

2

7/16

CX05-0124

S 1/2

1/2

1 3/4

3,400

1/2

3/4

3/4

7/8

2 1/8

1/2

CX05-0125

S 5/8

5/8

3 1/4

5,100

5/8

7/8

7/8

1 1/8

2 3/4

9/16

CX05-0126

S 3/4

3/4

5

8,000

3/4

1

1

1 1/8

3 1/8

11/16

1 1/4

R

F

G

H

11/16

3 1/8

4 1/4

3/4

3 5/8

4 13/16

15/16

4 7/16

5 15/16

4 11/16

6 7/16

Crosby Sliding Choker Hooks

A-350

• Forged Alloy Steel — Quenched and Tempered. Single Part Rope Size (in.)

Eight Part Rope Size (in.)

3/8

—

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0127

Crosby A-350 Stock No. S.C.

Working Load Limit* (lbs.)

Dimensions (in.) Weight Each (lbs.)

1028042

2500

.77

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

L

P

R

2.06

1.13

.63

2.41

.63

.38

.84

.91

4.28

2.59

.63

1/2

1/8

CX05-0128

1028060

3300

1.19

2.25

1.31

.75

2.97

.78

.50

.97

1.06

4.97

3.09

.75

† 5/8

3/16

CX05-0129

1028088

5000

2.89

3.06

1.63

.75

3.56

.94

.56

1.13

1.31

6.38

3.88

1.00

† 5/8

3/16

CX05-0130

1028104

5000

2.70

3.06

1.63

1.00

3.56

.94

.56

1.13

1.31

6.38

4.00

1.13

† 3/4

1/4

CX05-0131

1028122

8000

2.95

3.38

2.13

1.00

4.25

1.16 .63

1.44

1.63

7.66

4.56

1.13

† 3/4

1/4

CX05-0132

1028140

8000

5.00

3.38

2.13

1.44

4.25

1.16 .63

1.44

1.63

7.66

4.78

1.13

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. † When ordering, EYE diameter "C" should be specified.

5-10

OTHER HOOKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Snap Hooks

G-3315

• Forged Carbon Steel — Quenched and Tempered. • Pressed steel latches and stainless steel springs, bolts and nuts. • For replacement latch kit, order Stock No. 9900299.

5 Hook Size (in.)


Crosby G-3315 Stock No. Galv.

A

B

C

D

E

F

L

R

7/16

CX05-0133

1023056

750

.23

.25

.75

.75

.44

2.25

.75

3.94

3.25

9/16

CX05-0134

1023074

1000

.52

.34

1.12

.81

.56

2.69

.88

4.75

3.84


Weight Each (lbs.)

Dimensions (in.)

* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.

Round Reverse Eye

1210

• Forged Carbon Steel — Galvanized.

Size (in.) 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 - 1 1/8 1 1/4 - 1 3/8



Working Load Limit (lbs.)

Weight Each (lbs.)

Dimensions (in.) Latch No.

919019 919037 919055 919073 919091 919135

300 400 700 1200 1800 2700

0.4 0.6 1.1 1.6 2.0 5.5

1090027 1090027 1090045 1090063 1090081 1090081


5-11

A .81 .94 1.12 1.19 1.50 1.88

B 1.38 1.56 1.88 2.06 2.75 3.50

C .28 .31 .38 .44 .62 .81

D .50 .62 .75 .88 1.12 1.38

E 1.62 2.00 2.25 3.00 3.50 4.00

F 4.00 4.50 5.25 6.50 8.00 9.12

G .75 .94 1.06 1.25 1.50 1.62

H 2.25 2.75 3.00 3.38 4.38 5.00

J .97 1.22 1.44 1.63 2.00 2.38

R .47 .59 .69 .75 .94 1.06

OTHER HOOKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Barrel Hooks • Forged Carbon Steel Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D,Type V, Class 6, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

S-377


5

Crosby Stock No. (Per Pair) S-377 S.C.

Working Load Limit* Per Pair (tons)

Weight Each Per Pair (lbs.)

1028248

1

3.56

Dimensions (in.) I.D. of Eye

O.D. of Eye

Overall Length

Width of Lip

1.56

2.81

5.00

2.88


Sorting Hook • Forged Alloy Steel — Quenched and Tempered. • Deep straight throat permits efficient handling of flat plates or large cylindrical shapes. • The long tapered point allows easy grab in rings, pear links, eye bolts or lifting holes.

A-378

Working Load Limit* at tip of Hook (tons)

Working Load Limit* at bottom of Hook (tons)

2

7 1/2

Dimensions (in.)


Crosby A-378 Stock No. S.C.

Weight Each (lbs.)

I.D. of Eye

Overall Length

Opening at top of Hook

Radius at bottom of Hook

CX05-0142

1028024

6.42

1.38

9.69

2.81

.625

* Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

5-12

HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions S-4320 Hook Latch Kit

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Important — Instructions for Assembling S-4320 Latch on Crosby 320N Hooks

5

Step 1 Place hook at approximately a 45 degree angle with the cam up.

Step 2 Position coils of spring over cam with legs of spring pointing toward point of hook and loop of spring positioned down and lying against the hook.

Step 3 Position latch to side of hook points. Slide latch onto spring legs between lockplate and latch body until latch is partially over hook cam.Then depress latch and spring until latch clears point of hook.

Steps 4, 5, & 6 4. Line up holes in latch with hook cam. 5. Insert bolt through latch, spring, and cam. 6.Tighten self-locking nut on one end of bolt.

WARNING • Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not followed. • A falling load may cause serious injury or death. • Hook must always the load.The load must never be ed by the latch. • See OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) for personnel hoisting by crane or Derricks.A Crosby S-320N Hook with a S-4320 latch attached (When secured with cotter pin) may be used for lifting personnel. • A S-4320 Latch is only to be used with a Crosby S-320N Hook. • Read and understand these instructions before using hook and latch.

5-13

Step 7 — For Personnel Lifting With latch in closed position and rigging resting in bowl of hook, insert cotter pin through hook tip and secure by bending prongs.

HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions S-4320 Hook Latch Kit

5

(For Crosby 319N, 320N, and 322N Hooks) Important Safety Information — Read & Follow • Always inspect hook and latch before using. • Never use a latch that is distorted or bent. • Always make sure spring will force the latch against the tip of the hook. • Always make sure hook s the load. The latch must never the load. (See Figure 1 & 2.) • When placing two (2) sling legs in hook, make sure the angle between the legs is less than 90° and if the hook or load is tilted, nothing bears against the bottom of this latch. (See Figure 3 & 4.)

• Latches are intended to retain loose sling or devices under slack conditions. • Latches are not intended to be an anti-fouling device. • When using latch for personnel lifting, select proper cotter pin (See Figure 5). See Step 7 below for proper installation instructions. • Never reuse a bent cotter pin. • Never use a cotter pin with a smaller diameter or different length than recommended in Figure 5. • Never use a nail, a welding rod, wire, etc., in place of recommended cotter pin. • Always ensure cotter pin is bent so as not to interfere with sling operation. • Periodically inspect cotter pin for corrosion and general adequacy. Hook Working Load Limit† (tons)


Recommended Cotter Pin Dimensions (in.)

Carbon

Alloy

Carbon

Alloy

Diameter

Length

3/4 1 1 1/2 2 3 5 7 1/2 10 15

1 1 1/2 2 3 5 7 11 15 22

DC FC GC HC IC JC KC LC NC

DA FA GA HA IA JA KA LA NA

1/8 1/8 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

3/4 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 3 3

† The current SS-4055 latch kit and the PL latch will not fit new 319N, 320N, or 322N hooks. They will continue to be offered in both styles to service existing hooks. Important – The new S4320 latch kit will not fit the old 319, 320, or 322 hooks.

Figure 5

IMPORTANT — Instructions for Assembling S-4320 Latch on Crosby 320N Hooks

Step 1

Step 2

Step 3

Steps 4, 5 & 6

Step 7 —

Place hook at approximately a 45 degree angle with the cam up.

Position coils of spring over cam with legs of spring pointing toward point of hook and loop of spring positioned down and lying against the hook.

Position latch to side of hook points. Slide latch onto spring legs between lockplate and latch body until latch is partially over hook cam. Then depress latch and spring until latch clears point of hook.

4. Line up holes in latch with hook cam. 5. Insert bolt through latch, spring, and cam. 6. Tighten self-locking nut on one end of bolt.

For Personnell Lifting

With latch in closed position and rigging resting in bowl of hook, insert cotter pin through hook tip and secure by bending prongs.

WARNING • • • •

Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not followed. A falling load may cause serious injury or death. Hook must always the load. The load must never be ed by the latch. See OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) for personnel hoisting by crane or Derricks. A Crosby S-319N, S-320N, S-322N Hook with an S-4320 latch attached (When secured with cotter pin) may be used for lifting personnel. • An S-4320 Latch is only to be used with a Crosby S-319N, S-320N and S-322N Hook. • DO NOT use this latch in applications requiring non sparking. • Read and understand these instructions before using hook and latch.

5-14

HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group, Inc. Crosby S-4320 Latch Kit

S-4320 Latch Kits shipped unassembled and individually packaged with instructions.

Replacement Latch Kit for New 320N Hooks • Heavy duty stamped latch interlocks with the hook tip. • High cycle, long life spring. • Can be made into a “Positive Locking” Hook when proper cotter pin is utilized.

5

IMPORTANT: The new S-4320 Latch Kit will not fit the old style 320 and 319 hooks.

Hook Size (Tons) Carbon Alloy 3/4 1 1 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 2 3 3 5 5 7 7 1/2 11 10 15 15 22


Crosby S-4320 Stock No. 1096325 1096374 1096421 1096468 1096515 1096562 1096609 1096657 1096704

Weight Each (lbs.) .03 .04 .04 .06 .10 .15 .28 .33 .84

A .94 1.00 1.09 1.21 1.53 1.88 2.38 2.62 3.44


5-15

B .50 .54 .63 .66 .83 1.04 1.25 1.35 1.66

Dimensions (in.) C .20 .22 .23 .28 .35 .44 .53 .59 .66

D .15 .17 .17 .17 .20 .20 .27 .27 .39

E 1.44 1.56 1.66 1.91 2.31 2.88 3.44 3.81 5.18

HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions Crosby Model PL Hook Latch Kit

Right Figure 1

Wrong

Right

Figure 2

Figure 3

Wrong Figure 4

IMPORTANT – Instructions for Assembling Model PL Latch on Crosby or McKissick Hooks

5

Step 1 Place hook at approximately a 45 degree angle with the cam up.

Step 2 Position coils of spring over cam with legs of spring pointing toward point of hook and loop of spring positioned down and lying against the hook.

Step 3 Position latch to side of hook points. Slide latch onto spring legs between lockplate and latch body until latch is partially over hook cam.Then depress latch and spring until latch clears point of hook.


Step 7 — For Personnel Lifting With latch in closed position and rigging resting in bowl of hook, insert bolt through latch and secure with nut and cotter pin.When bolt, nut and cotter pin are not being used, store them in a designated place upon the personnel platform.

Important Safety Information — Read & Follow • Always inspect hook and latch before using. • Never use a latch that is distorted or bent. • Always make sure spring will force the latch against the tip of the hook. • Always make sure hook s the load.The latch must never the load. (See Figure 1 & 2.) • When placing two (2) sling legs in hook, make sure the angle between the legs is less than 90° and if the hook or load is tilted, nothing bears against the bottom of this latch. (See Figure 3 & 4.) • Latches are intended to retain loose sling or devices under slack conditions. • Latches are not intended to be an anti-fouling device. * The Model PL Latch Replaces Model G-5066

WARNING • Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not followed. • A falling load may cause serious injury or death. • See OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) for Personnel Hoisting by Cranes or Derricks.A Crosby or McKissick Hook with a positive Locked PL or S-4320 Latch may be used to Lift Personnel. • Hook must always the load.The load must never be ed by the latch. • Read and understand these instructions before using hook and latch.

5-16

HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group, Inc. Positive Locking Flapper Latch

PL Latch (Patented in U.S.A. & Canada)

Latch Ordering Instructions 1. Specify PL latch kit stock number from chart below. 2. Specify capacity of hook to which latch will be assembled. 3. Specify hook material (carbon or alloy). • Heavy duty latch with easy operating features. • Hot Dip galvanized. • Flapper lever indicates locked or unlocked position. • Assembly instructions included with each latch. • Meets the intent of OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) (when secured with the bolt, nut and pin) for lifting personnel.

5

* NOTE:The PL latch will not work on 320N Hooks.

Hook Size (tons) Carbon Alloy 3 4 1/2 5 7 7 1/2 11 10 15 15 22 20 30 25 37 30 45 40 60 50 75 — 100 - 150 — 200 — 300

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0152 CX05-0153 CX05-0154 CX05-0155 CX05-0156 CX05-0157 CX05-0158 CX05-0159 CX05-0160 CX05-0161 CX05-0162 CX05-0163 CX05-0164

Crosby PL Latch Kit Stock No.

Weight Each (lbs.)

1093711 1093712 1093713 1093714 1093715 1093716 1093717 1093718 1093719 1093720 1093721 1093723 1093724

.54 .66 1.00 1.25 2.96 4.05 8.63 10.00 14.30 27.00 33.25 45.00 55.00

A 2.57 3.00 3.63 4.00 5.31 6.00 7.00 6.75 8.00 9.88 10.88 11.88 12.50

B 2.34 2.34 2.77 3.22 4.00 4.44 6.63 7.00 7.66 8.19 11.06 11.19 12.19

Patented in USA & Canada


5-17

Dimensions (in.) C D 1.94 .56 2.00 .63 2.38 .63 2.69 .63 2.91 .84 3.19 1.06 4.06 2.24 4.03 2.24 4.38 3.46 5.13 3.38 6.38 3.38 6.38 3.38 8.00 3.38

E 1.13 1.38 1.63 1.88 2.38 2.88 4.50 4.75 5.50 6.50 7.50 8.75 9.75

F 2.00 2.22 2.38 3.38 3.44 4.25 6.12 6.38 7.25 8.88 10.00 11.25 13.00

HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions Hook Latch Kit

Right

Wrong

Figure 1

Right

Figure 2

Figure 3

Wrong Figure 4

IMPORTANT – Instructions for Assembling SS-4055 Latch on Crosby Hooks

5

Step 1 Place hook at approximately a 45 degree angle with a cam up.

Step 2 Position coils of spring over cam with tines of spring pointing toward point of hook and loop of spring positioned down and lying against the hook.

Step 3 Position latch over tines of spring with ears partially over hook cam. Swing latch to one side of hook, point and depress latch and spring until latch clears point of hook.


Important Safety Information — Read and Follow • Always inspect hook and latch before using. • Never use a latch that is distorted or bent. • Always make sure spring will force the latch against the tip of the hook. • Always make sure hook s the load.The latch must never the load. (See Figure 1 & 2) • When placing two (2) sling legs in hook, make sure the angle between legs is small enough and the legs are not tilted so that nothing bears against the bottom of the latch. (See Figure 3 & 4) • Latches are intended to retain loose sling or devices under slack conditions. • Latches are not intended to be an anti-fouling device.

WARNING • Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not followed. • A falling load may cause serious injury or death. • See OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g)(4)(iv)(B).A hook and this style latch must not be used for lifting personnel. • Hook must always the load.The load must never be ed by the latch. • Read and understand these instructions before using hook and latch.

5-18

HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group, Inc. Crosby Latch Kit

SS-4055

• Stainless steel construction with cium plated steel nuts. • Shipped packaged and unassembled. • Instructions included for easy field assembly.

5

LATCH ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 1. Specify latch kit stock number. 2. Specify capacity of hook to which latch will be assembled. 3. Specify hook material (carbon or alloy). * NOTE: These latches will not work on 320N Hooks

Carbon

Hook Size (tons) Alloy

Bronze

3/4 1 1 1/2 - 2 3 5 7 1/2 -10 15 20 25 - 30 40

1 1 1/2 2-3 4 1/2 7 11 - 15 22 30 37 - 45 60

.5 .6 1.0 - 1.4 2.0 3.5 5.0 - 6.5 10.0 — — —


Crosby SS-4055 Stock No.

Weight Each (lbs.)

A

1090027 1090045 1090063 1090081 1090107 1090125 1090143 1090161 1090189 1090205

.02 .02 .03 .06 .11 .17 .39 .63 1.12 1.77

.38 .38 .47 .56 .58 .59 .83 .94 2.19 3.31


5-19

Dimensions (in.) B C .16 .16 .19 .17 .20 .27 .39 .52 .39 .52

1.44 1.60 1.84 2.41 2.97 3.66 4.94 5.88 6.50 7.88

D .59 .59 .82 1.00 1.21 1.50 1.90 2.56 3.84 4.12

HOOK LATCHES The Crosby Group, Inc. Alloy Hook Latch Kit

S-4088 To be used on A-327 and A-339 Grade 8 Sling Hooks

5

Hook Chain Size (in.) 9/32 (1/4) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8


Crosby S-4088 Stock No. 1090250 1090251 1090252 1090253 1090254 1090255

Weight Each (lbs.) .06 .14 .15 .15 .15 .15

Dimensions (in.) A .78 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.31 1.56

B .16 .19 .19 .19 .26 .26

C 2.03 2.62 2.94 3.09 4.12 4.56

Latch Kits shipped unassembled and individually packaged with instructions.


5-20

D .94 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.62 1.75

ANGULAR BEARING SWIVELS The Crosby Group, Inc. AS-1 Jaw & Hook

AS-1

5 • Angular bearings maximize efficiency, reliability and service life of swivel and extend the life of the wire rope. • Designed for high rotation speed: Lower torque required to initiate rotation. • Individually Proof Tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit with certification. • Hook models utilize genuine Crosby hooks which are forged alloy steel, Quenched and Tempered and contain the patented QUIC-CHECK™ markings. • Design Factor of 5 to 1. • Entire swivel is Zinc plated to resist corrosion.

Thimble Insert When terminating with wire rope clips, we recommend the use of the Thimble Insert.The result will be extended wire rope life. • Allows standard swivel to be used in application requiring a thimble fitting. • For use with our Bullet Style (AS-7) and Jaw Style (AS-1,AS-2,AS-3 & AS-4) swivels. • Machined from carbon steel. • Zinc plated. Wire Rope Size (in.)


AS-20 Stock No.

1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 - 1 1 1/8 -1 1/4 1 1/2

CX05-0700 CX05-0701 CX05-0702 CX05-0703 CX05-0704 CX05-0705

1038200 1038209 1038218 1038227 1038236 1038245

Dimensions (in.)

AS-1 JAW & HOOK Working Load Limit* (tons)

Wire Line Size (in.)


Crosby AS-1 Stock No.

.45

1/8

CX05-0181

1016001

.7

.88

.25

.25

.38

.41

4.25

2.88

.88

.75

1.50

.75

1/4

CX05-0182

1016010

1.5

1.31

.38

.31

.44

.56

5.38

3.19

.97

.84

1.50

1.5

3/8

CX05-0183

1016025

2.5

1.63

.50

.50

.69

.78

6.25

4.09

1.13

1.13

1.50

3.0

1/2

CX05-0184

1016026

6.0

2.00

.75

.75

.94

1.19

8.63

4.94

1.06

1.44

2.50

5.0

5/8

CX05-0185

1016040

11.8

2.50

.88

1.00

1.13

1.53

10.69

6.50

1.81

1.81

3.00

8.5

3/4

CX05-0186

1016045

24.0

3.00

1.19

1.56

1.34

2.09

13.69

8.69

1.91

2.59

4.00

10

7/8

CX05-0187

1016056

53.0

4.00

1.50

1.75

1.75

3.50

17.75

11.00

2.75

3.00

5.00

Weight Each (lbs.)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I


15

1

CX05-0188

1016064

53.0

4.00

1.50

1.75

1.75

3.50

17.75

11.00

2.75

3.00

5.00

25

1 1/4

CX05-0189

1016075

97.0

5.00

2.00

2.00

2.38

3.69

20.88

13.63

3.38

3.63

6.50

35

1 1/2

CX05-0190

1016082

140.0

5.00

2.00

2.00

2.38

3.69

24.00

14.06

3.00

4.56

7.00


5-21

ANGULAR BEARING SWIVELS The Crosby Group, Inc. AS-2 Jaw & Jaw

AS-2

Dimensions (in.)

AS-2 JAW & JAW

5





Weight Each (lbs.)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

.45

1/8

CX05-0191

1016103

.5

.88

2.38

3.13

.38

.25

.25

.19

.41

.75

1/4

CX05-0192

1016114

1.0

1.31

3.56

4.44

.44

.31

.38

.22

.56

1.5

3/8

CX05-0193

1016122

2.0

1.63

4.06

5.44

.69

.50

.50

.28

.78

3.0

1/2

CX05-0194

1016131

4.5

2.00

6.25

8.13

.94

.75

.75

.38

1.19

5.0

5/8

CX05-0195

1016139

9.5

2.50

7.75

10.63

1.13

1.00

.88

.53

1.53

8.5

3/4

CX05-0196

1016148

15.0

3.00

9.63

12.31

1.34

1.56

1.19

.56

2.09

10

7/8

CX05-0197

1016157

40.0

4.00

14.00

17.50

1.75

1.75

1.50

.81

3.50

15

1

CX05-0198

1016166

40.0

4.00

14.00

17.50

1.75

1.75

1.50

.81

3.50

25

1 1/4

CX05-0199

1016175

78.0

5.00

15.94

20.69

2.38

2.00

2.03

1.13

3.69

35

1 1/2

CX05-0200

1016184

78.0

5.00

15.94

20.69

2.38

2.00

2.03

1.13

3.69


AS-3 Jaw & Eye

AS-3

Dimensions (in.)

AS-3 JAW & EYE Working Load Limit* (tons)




Weight Each (lbs.)

.45

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

1/8

CX05-0201

1016205

.5

.88

2.50

3.25

.25

.19

.25

.38

.41

.25

.25

.38

.84

.75

1/4

CX05-0202

1016216

1.0

1.31

3.69

4.56

.31

.22

.38

.44

.56

.31

.38

.44

.88

1.5

3/8

CX05-0203

1016224

2.0

1.63

4.19

5.44

.50

.28

.50

.69

.78

.50

.66

.63

1.38

3.0

1/2

CX05-0204

1016232

4.0

2.00

6.19

8.13

.75

.38

.75

.94

1.19

.75

.91

1.00

2.00

5.0

5/8

CX05-0205

1016243

9.0

2.50

7.88

10.19

1.00

.53

.88

1.13

1.50

1.00

1.25

1.19

2.63

8.5

3/4

CX05-0206

1016250

15.0

3.00

9.50

12.25

1.56

.56

1.25

1.34

2.09

1.25

1.41

1.50

3.13

10

7/8

CX05-0207

1016259

40.0

4.00

13.75

17.31

1.75

.81

1.50

1.75

3.50

2.00

1.63

1.81

4.69

15

1

CX05-0208

1016268

40.0

4.00

13.44

17.31

1.75

.81

1.50

1.75

3.50

2.00

2.00

2.13

4.69

25

1 1/4

CX05-0209

1016277

75.0

5.00

16.00

20.75

2.00

1.13

2.00

2.38

3.69

2.25

2.31

2.38

5.25

35

1 1/2

CX05-0210

1016286

75.0

5.00

16.00

20.75

2.00

1.13

2.00

2.38

3.69

2.25

2.31

2.38

5.25


5-22

ANGULAR BEARING SWIVELS The Crosby Group, Inc. AS-4 Eye & Jaw

AS-4 Dimensions (in.)

AS-4 EYE & JAW Working Load Limit* (tons)




Weight Each (lbs.)

.45

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

1/8

CX05-0211

1016306

.5

.88

2.50

3.25

.25

.19

.25

.38

.41

.25

.25

.38

.81

.75

1/4

CX05-0212

1016314

1.0

1.31

3.63

4.56

.31

.22

.38

.44

.56

.31

.38

.44

.88

1.5

3/8

CX05-0213

1016325

2.0

1.63

4.19

5.50

.50

.28

.50

.69

.78

.50

.66

.63

1.34

3.0

1/2

CX05-0214

1016332

4.3

2.00

6.19

8.13

.75

.38

.75

.94

1.19

.75

.91

1.00

2.00

5.0

5/8

CX05-0215

1016343

9.0

2.50

7.88

10.19

1.00

.53

.88

1.13

1.44

1.00

1.25

1.19

2.63

8.5

3/4

CX05-0216

1016352

15.0

3.00

9.44

12.25

1.56

.56

1.19

1.34

2.09

1.25

1.41

1.50

3.13

10

7/8

CX05-0217

1016361

39.0

4.00

14.13

17.75

1.75

.81

1.50

1.75

3.50

1.72

1.66

1.81

4.69

15

1

CX05-0218

1016370

40.0

4.00

13.81

17.75

1.75

.81

1.50

1.75

3.50

2.00

2.03

2.13

4.69

25

1 1/4

CX05-0219

1016375

75.0

5.00

15.94

20.75

2.00

1.13

2.31

2.38

3.69

2.25

2.31

2.38

5.25

35

1 1/2

CX05-0220

1016379

75.0

5.00

15.94

20.75

2.00

1.13

2.31

2.38

3.69

2.25

2.31

2.38

5.25


AS-5 Eye & Eye


AS-5 EYE & EYE Working Load Limit* (tons)


.45 .75 1.5 3.0 5.0 8.5 10 15 25 35

1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 1/2



Weight Each (lbs.)


1016409 1016418 1016427 1016436 1016445 1016454 1016463 1016472 1016481 1016490

.5 1.0 2.0 4.0 8.5 15.0 37.0 39.0 72.0 72.0

A .88 1.31 1.63 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 4.00 5.00 5.00


5-23

B 2.63 3.75 4.31 6.13 7.75 9.31 13.88 13.25 16.00 18.00

C 3.38 4.63 5.56 8.13 10.63 12.31 17.50 17.50 20.75 20.75

D .38 .44 .63 1.00 1.19 1.50 1.81 2.13 2.38 2.38

E .25 .31 .50 .75 1.00 1.25 1.72 2.00 2.25 2.25

F .25 .38 .66 .91 1.25 1.41 1.63 2.13 2.31 2.31

G .81 .88 1.34 2.00 2.63 3.13 4.69 4.69 5.25 5.25

5

ANGULAR BEARING SWIVELS The Crosby Group, Inc. AS-6 Eye & Hook


AS-6 EYE & HOOK

5





Weight Each (lbs.)

.45 .75 1.5 3.0 5.0 8.5 10 15 25 35

1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 1/2


1016502 1016513 1016520 1016529 1016538 1016547 1016556 1016565 1016574 1016583

1.0 1.5 2.0 6.0 11.5 23.5 52.0 53.0 94.0 138.0

A .88 1.31 1.63 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 4.00 5.00 5.00

B 4.31 5.50 6.13 8.56 10.75 13.56 17.88 17.44 20.88 24.00

C 2.88 3.19 4.09 4.94 6.50 8.69 11.00 11.00 13.63 14.06

D .88 .97 1.13 1.06 1.81 1.90 2.75 2.75 3.38 3.00

E .25 .38 .66 .91 1.25 1.40 1.66 2.03 2.34 2.34

F .81 .88 1.34 2.00 2.63 3.13 4.69 4.69 5.25 5.25

G .25 .31 .50 .75 1.00 1.25 1.72 2.00 2.25 2.25

H


.75 .84 1.13 1.44 1.81 2.59 3.00 3.00 3.63 4.63

1.50 1.50 1.50 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00 5.00 6.50 7.00


AS-7 Bullet Style Jaw & Jaw

AS-7 AS-7 BULLET STYLE JAW & JAW

Dimensions (in.)





Weight Each (lbs.)

.45 .75 1.5 3.0 5.0 8.5 10 15 25 35

1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 1/2


1016604 1016611 1016622 1016631 1016640 1016649 1016652 1016658 1016662 1016667

.5 1.0 2.0 4.0 8.0 14.5 40.0 40.0 84.0 84.0

A .88 1.31 1.63 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 4.00 5.00 5.00


5-24

B 2.38 3.56 4.06 5.44 7.75 9.88 13.13 13.13 15.94 15.94

C 3.13 4.44 5.19 7.06 10.06 12.38 16.75 16.75 20.75 20.75

D .38 .44 .56 .81 1.13 1.25 1.75 1.75 2.38 2.38

E .25 .31 .50 .75 1.00 1.31 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.00

F .31 .38 .44 .63 .88 1.00 1.50 1.50 2.00 2.00

G .40 .56 .81 .94 1.56 2.13 3.25 3.25 3.69 3.69

SWIVELS The Crosby Group, Inc. Equipped with Tapered Roller Thrust Bearing (For swiveling under loads)

S-1 JAW & HOOK

S-3 JAW & EYE

Swivel Number (type)


Crosby Stock No. S.C.

Working Load Limit* (metric tons)


Weight Each (lbs.)

3-S-1 3-S-2 3-S-3 3-S-4 3-S-5 3-S-6 5-S-1 5-S-2 5-S-3 5-S-4 5-S-5 5-S-6 8 1/2-S-1 8 1/2-S-2 8 1/2-S-3 8 1/2-S-4 8 1/2-S-5 8 1/2-S-6 10-S-1 10-S-2 10-S-3 10-S-4 10-S-5 10-S-6 15-S-1 15-S-2 15-S-3 15-S-4 15-S-5 15-S-6 25-S-1 25-S-2 25-S-3 25-S-4 25-S-5 25-S-6 35-S-1 35-S-2 35-S-3 35-S-4 35-S-5 35-S-6 45-S-1 45-S-2 45-S-3 45-S-4 45-S-5 45-S-6

CX05-0251 CX05-0252 CX05-0253 CX05-0254 CX05-0255 CX05-0256 CX05-0257 CX05-0258 CX05-0259 CX05-0260 CX05-0261 CX05-0262 CX05-0263 CX05-0264 CX05-0265 CX05-0266 CX05-0267 CX05-0268 CX05-0269 CX05-0270 CX05-0271 CX05-0272 CX05-0273 CX05-0274 CX05-0275 CX05-0276 CX05-0277 CX05-0278 CX05-0279 CX05-0280 CX05-0281 CX05-0282 CX05-0283 CX05-0284 CX05-0285 CX05-0286 CX05-0287 CX05-0288 CX05-0289 CX05-0290 CX05-0291 CX05-0292 CX05-0293 CX05-0294 CX05-0295 CX05-0296 CX05-0297 CX05-0298

297011 297020 297039 297048 297057 297066 297217 297226 297235 297244 297253 297262 297413 297422 297431 297440 297459 297468 297618 297627 297636 297645 297654 297663 297814 297823 297832 297841 297850 297869 298118 298127 298136 298145 298154 298163 298216 298225 298234 298243 298252 298261 298314 298323 298332 298341 298350 298369

3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 25 25 25 25 25 25 35 35 35 35 35 35 45 45 45 45 45 45

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

9.81 9.63 9.12 9.00 8.50 9.32 15.51 13.69 13.50 12.33 11.30 14.24 29.42 26.16 24.90 29.00 29.25 32.00 46.75 45.75 43.50 44.00 42.00 45.50 73.75 62.75 61.00 61.00 49.00 63.00 140.00 140.00 135.00 135.00 130.00 135.00 220.00 155.00 150.00 150.00 145.00 215.00 251.00 235.00 225.00 225.00 215.00 270.00

S-2 JAW & JAW

S-4 EYE & JAW

* Individually Proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

S-6 EYE & HOOK

S-5 EYE & EYE

SWIVEL 5-25

5

SWIVELS The Crosby Group, Inc. Equipped with Tapered Roller Thrust Bearing

S-1 JAW & HOOK

S-3 JAW & EYE

S-2 JAW & JAW

5 S-4 EYE & JAW

• • • • • • •

S-5 EYE & EYE

S-6 EYE & HOOK

Designed to swivel under load. All swivels individually proof tested with certification. All hooks furnished with latches assembled. All jaws complete with bolts, nuts and cotter pins. Pressure lube fitting provided. NOT TO BE USED ON DEMOLITION (WRECKING) BALLS. Other types and capacities up to 600 tons, available to meet your requirements. Working Load Limit* (metric tons)

Dimensions (in.) A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

P

Q

R

S

T

V

O

3

11.38

9.28

9.34

9.41

11.44

4.94

2.75

.75

.88

1.62

1.38

1.34

1.31

1.44

.75

1.03

1.12

1.25

1.12

1.00

5

13.31

10.31

10.06

9.81

13.06

6.50

3.00

.88

1.00

2.25

1.78

1.69

1.62

1.81

1.00

1.28

1.25

1.25

1.38

1.12

8 1/2

16.44

12.62

12.25

11.88

16.06

7.56

4.00

1.00

1.56

2.81

2.12

2.06

2.12

2.25

1.25

1.41

1.62

1.50

1.62

1.38

10

19.72

16.75

16.12

15.50

19.09

8.69

4.50

1.50

1.75

3.38

2.56

2.25

3.50

2.59

1.69

1.69

2.75

1.88

1.94

1.75

15

22.00

17.12

16.75

16.38

21.62

11.00

5.00

1.50

1.75

3.38

2.88

3.00

3.50

3.00

1.94

2.03

2.75

2.12

2.38

1.75

25

26.78

20.75

21.50

22.25

27.53

13.62

6.00

2.00

2.00

4.62

3.44

3.62

3.69

3.66

2.25

2.31

3.88

2.38

3.00

2.38

35

29.94

20.75

21.50

22.25

30.69

14.06

6.50

2.00

2.00

4.62

3.88

3.75

3.69

4.56

2.25

2.31

3.88

2.38

3.19

2.38

45

35.06

25.25

25.88

26.50

35.69

15.44

7.00

2.25

2.50

5.00

4.75

4.25

4.00

5.06

2.50

2.53

4.00

3.00

3.25

3.00

* Individually Proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

IMPORTANT – Crosby Swivels should only be used with the recommended wire rope. the wire rope manufacturer for the proper wire rope to be used with Crosby Swivels.

5-26

SWIVELS The Crosby Group, Inc. Chain Swivels

G-401 Hot Dip Galvanized Quenched & Tempered Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications RR-C-271D,Type VII, Class 1 except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Size (in.)



A

B

C

D

E

G

J

M

R

T

U

V

1/4

CX05-0299

1016233

850

.13

1.25

.69

.75

.62

1.12

.25

.69

.31

2.25

2.75

1.69

1.25

5/16

CX05-0300

1016251

1250

.25

1.63

.81

1.00

.75

1.38

.31

.81

.38

2.72

3.34

2.06

1.47

3/8

CX05-0301

1016279

2500

.54

2.00

.94

1.25

1.00

1.75

.38

1.00

.50

3.44

4.19

2.50

1.88

1/2

CX05-0302

1016297

3600

1.12

2.50

1.31

1.50

1.25

2.25

.50

1.31

.63

4.25

5.25

3.19

2.44

5/8

CX05-0303

1016313

5200

2.09

3.00

3/4

CX05-0304

1016331

7200

3.09

3.50

1.56 1.75

1.75 2.00

1.50 1.75

2.75 3.25

.62 .75

1.50 1.88

.75 .88

5.13 5.78

6.31 7.22

3.88 4.94

2.94 3.46

Working Load Limit * (lbs.)

Weight Each (lbs.)

Dimensions (in.)

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit

Regular Swivels

G-402 Hot Dip Galvanized Quenched & Tempered Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications RR-C-271D,Type VII, Class 2, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Size (in.)



A

B

C

D

J

M

R

S

T

1/4

CX05-0305

1016019

850

.21

1.25

.69

.75

1.06

.69

.31

2.94

1.69

3.44

5/16

CX05-0306

1016037

1250

.39

1.63

.81

1.00

1.25

.81

.38

3.56

2.06

4.19

3/8

CX05-0307

1016055

2250

.71

2.00

.94

1.25

1.50

1.00

.50

4.31

2.50

5.06

1/2

CX05-0308

1016073

3600

1.32

2.50

1.31

1.50

2.00

1.31

.63

5.44

3.19

6.44

5/8

CX05-0309

1016091

5200

2.49

3.00

1.56

1.75

2.38

1.50

.75

6.56

3.88

7.81

3/4

CX05-0310

1016117

7200

4.02

3.50

1.75

2.00

2.63

1.88

.88

7.19

4.31

8.69

7/8

CX05-0311

1016135

10000

6.25

4.00

2.06

2.25

3.06

2.13

1.00

8.38

5.00

10.13

Dimensions (in.)


Weight Each (lbs.)

1

CX05-0312

1016153

12500

8.95

4.50

2.31

2.50

3.50

2.38

1.13

9.63

5.75

11.63

1 1/4

CX05-0313

1016199

18000

16.37

5.63

2.69

3.13

3.69

3.00

1.38

11.13

6.75

13.36

1 1/2

CX05-0314

1016215

45200

45.79

7.00

4.19

4.00

4.19

4.00

2.25

17.13

10.00

20.13


5-27

5

SWIVELS The Crosby Group, Inc Jaw End Swivels

Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications RR-C-271D,Type VII, Class 3, except for those provisions required of the contractor. 401, 402 and 403 swivels are positioning devices and are not intended to rotate under load. U.S. Patent 5,381,650 and foreign equivalents

5

G-403 Hot Dip Galvanized Quenched & Tempered

Size (in.)



A

B

C

G

J

K

L

M

N

P

R

T

U

V

1/4

CX05-0315

1016395

850

.21

1.25

.69

.75

.69

.69

.47

1.03

.31

.88

.25

2.63

3.38

1.69

1.69

5/16

CX05-0316

1016411

1250

.34

1.63

.81

1.00

.81

.81

.50

1.13

.38

.88

.31

2.94

3.88

2.06

1.81

3/8

CX05-0317

1016439

2250

.66

2.00

.94

1.25

1.00

1.00

.63

1.41

.50

1.06

.38

3.63

4.75

2.50

2.25

1/2

CX05-0318

1016457

3600

1.34

2.50

1.31

1.50

1.31

1.31

.75

1.75

.63

1.31

.50

4.50

6.06

3.19

2.88

5/8

CX05-0319

1016475

5200

2.48

3.00

1.56

1.75

1.63

1.50

.94

2.06

.75

1.50

.63

5.31

7.31

3.88

3.44

3/4

CX05-0320

1016493

7200

3.88

3.50

1.75

2.00

1.88

1.88

1.13

2.53

.88

1.75

.75

6.06

8.31

4.31

4.00

7/8

CX05-0321

1016518

10000

5.87

4.00

2.06

2.25

2.13

2.13

1.19

2.75

1.00

2.06

.88

7.00

9.53

5.00

4.53

1

CX05-0322

1016536

12500

9.84

4.50

2.31

2.50

2.63

2.38

1.75

3.72

1.13

2.81

1.13

8.56

11.69

5.75

5.94

1 1/4

CX05-0323

1016572

18000

15.75

5.69

2.69

3.13

3.13

3.00

2.06

4.31

1.50

2.81

1.38

9.44

13.13

6.75

6.38

1 1/2

CX05-0324

1016590

45200

54.75

7.00

4.19

4.00

5.63

4.00

2.88

6.00

2.25

4.44

2.25

14.74

20.84

10.00

10.84


Weight Each (lbs.)

Dimensions (in.)


5-28

WIRE ROPE THIMBLES The Crosby Group, Inc. Standard Wire Rope Thimbles

G-411 Standard

• Recommended for light duty service. • Hot Dip galvanized Steel. G-411 meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification FF-T-276b Type II, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Rope Dia (in.) 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 - 1 1/4



Weight Per 100 (lbs.)

CX05-0325 CX05-0326 CX05-0327 CX05-0328 CX05-0329 CX05-0330 CX05-0331 CX05-0332 CX05-0333 CX05-0334 CX05-0335

1037256 1037274 1037292 1037318 1037336 1037354 1037372 1037390 1037416 1037434 1037452

3.50 3.50 3.50 4.00 6.70 12.50 34.50 47.10 84.60 97.50 175.00

Dimensions (in.) A 1.94 1.94 1.94 2.13 2.38 2.75 3.50 3.75 5.00 5.69 6.25

B 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.50 1.63 1.88 2.25 2.50 3.50 4.25 4.50

C 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.25 1.47 1.75 2.38 2.69 3.19 3.75 4.31

D .69 .69 .69 .81 .94 1.13 1.38 1.63 1.88 2.50 2.75

E .25 .31 .38 .44 .53 .69 .91 1.08 1.27 1.39 1.75

F .16 .22 .28 .34 .41 .53 .66 .78 .94 1.06 1.31

G .05 .05 .05 .05 .06 .08 .13 .14 .16 .16 .22

H .13 .13 .13 .13 .16 .19 .34 .34 .44 .41 .50

5

Extra Heavy Wire Rope Thimbles

G-414 and SS-414

• A rugged rope thimble recommended for heavy duty service. • Available in Hot Dip galvanized or Stainless Steel. G-414 meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification FF-T-276b Type III, except for those provisions required of the contractor. Dimensions (in.)

Stock No. Rope Dia. (in.)


Crosby G-414 Galv.


Crosby SS-414 Stainless


* 1/4 * 5/16 * 3/8 7/16 * 1/2 9/16 * 5/8 * 3/4 7/8 *1 1 1/8 -1 1/4 1 1/4 - 1 3/8 1 3/8 - 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 1 7/8 - 2 2 1/4

CX05-0336 CX05-0337 CX05-0338 CX05-0339 CX05-0340 CX05-0341 CX05-0342 CX05-0343 CX05-0344 CX05-0345 CX05-0346 CX05-0347 CX05-0348 CX05-0349 CX05-0350 CX05-0351 CX05-0352

1037639 1037657 1037675 1037693 1037719 1037737 1037755 1037773 1037791 1037817 1037835 1037853 1037871 1037899 1037915 1037933 1037951

CX05-0353 CX05-0354 CX05-0355 — CX05-0356 — CX05-0357 CX05-0655 — — — — — — — — —

1037960 1037988 1038004 — 1038022 — 1038040 1038068 — — — — — — — — —

6.50 11.80 21.60 34.70 51.00 51.00 75.70 158.10 177.80 313.90 400.00 811.00 1294.80 1700.00 1775.00 2775.00 3950.00

* SS-414 sizes available in stainless steel type 304.

5-29

A 2.19 2.50 2.88 3.25 3.63 3.63 4.25 5.00 5.50 6.13 7.00 9.06 9.00 11.25 12.19 15.13 17.13

B 1.63 1.88 2.13 2.38 2.75 2.75 3.25 3.75 4.25 4.50 5.13 6.50 6.25 8.00 9.00 12.00 14.00

C 1.50 1.81 2.13 2.38 2.75 2.69 3.13 3.81 4.25 4.94 5.88 6.81 7.13 8.13 8.50 10.38 11.88

D .88 1.06 1.13 1.25 1.50 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.88 3.50 3.50 4.00 4.50 6.00 7.00

E .41 .50 .63 .72 .81 .88 .97 1.22 1.38 1.56 1.81 2.19 2.56 2.72 2.84 3.09 3.63

F .28 .34 .41 .47 .53 .59 .66 .78 .94 1.06 1.31 1.44 1.56 1.72 1.84 2.09 2.38

G .06 .08 .11 .13 .14 .14 .16 .22 .22 .25 .25 .38 .50 .50 .50 .50 .63

H .23 .28 .34 .38 .41 .41 .50 .66 .75 .88 1.13 1.13 1.13 1.38 1.31 1.50 1.63

WIRE ROPE THIMBLES The Crosby Group, Inc. Solid Wire Rope Thimbles

• Fits pin for open wire rope socket, boom pendant clevis and wedge socket. Rope Dia. (in.)


Crosby S-412 S.C. Stock No.

Weight Each (lbs.)

CX05-0358 CX05-0359 CX05-0360 CX05-0361 CX05-0362 CX05-0363 CX05-0364

1037121 1037149 1037167 1037185 1037201 1037229 1037247

.61 2.21 2.32 5.45 5.25 9.29 9.81

† 1/2 † 5/8 † 3/4 † 7/8 † 1 † 1 1/8 † 1 1/4 - 1 3/8

5

Dimensions (in.) A 2.81 4.69 4.69 6.06 6.06 7.25 7.25

B 1.75 3.00 3.00 3.81 3.81 4.56 4.56

C .25 .38 .38 .50 .50 .63 .63

D 1.06 1.31 1.50 1.75 2.13 2.38 2.63

E .75 1.06 1.06 1.38 1.38 1.75 1.94

F .56 .81 .81 1.06 1.06 1.31 1.53

G .28 .41 .41 .53 .53 .66 .78

H .88 1.13 1.38 1.63 1.81 2.06 2.31

J 2.13 3.38 3.38 4.50 4.50 5.38 5.38

K 1.63 2.25 2.25 3.25 3.25 3.88 3.88

L 1.56 2.56 2.56 3.44 3.44 4.06 4.13

† Cast Ductile Iron.

NEWCO Manufacturing Company, Inc. Slip-Thru Thimble NEWCO SLIP-THRU THIMBLES are designed to allow age of an identical thimble through its eye.This is a necessity when a regular sling is used as a choker sling. SLIPTHRU THIMBLES also prevent the eye of the sling from mashing together and the top of the eye wearing excessively.The generous inside Dimensions allow the thimbles to fit large crane hooks. Rope retention ears are tapered so they can be bent or peened over wire rope.

DIMENSIONS & DATA CERTEX NEWCO Cat. Ref. No. NO. CX05-0365 CX05-0366 CX05-0367 CX05-0368 CX05-0369 CX05-0370 CX05-0371 CX05-0372 CX05-0373 CX05-0374

W-2 W-3 W-4 W-5 W-6 W-7 W-8 W-9 W-10 W-11

SLING SIZE SINGLE 8 PTS. 5/16-3/8 1/2-9/16 5/8-3/4 7/8-1 1 1/8-1 1/4 1 3/8-1 1/2 1 5/8-1 3/4 1 7/8-2 2 1/8-2 1/4 2 1/2-3

3/32-1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16-1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8-1

DIMENSIONS D E

6 PTS.

A

B

C

3/32-1/8 3/16 1/4-5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8-1 1 1/8

2 1/8 2 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/4 4 3/8 5 6 3/4 8 8 1/2 9

4 1/8 4 3/8 6 5/8 7 1/8 8 3/8 9 1/2 11 3/4 14 1/2 15 1/2 18 1/2

7/16 5/8 13/16 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 5/8 1 13/16 2 1/8 2 1/2 3 3/16

13/16 1 1 5/16 1 5/8 1 7/8 2 1/8 2 9/16 3 1/4 3 3/4 4 11/16

9/16 5/8 5/8 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 7/16 1 7/8 2 2 1/2

F

G

WT. LBS.

3 1/4 4 5 3/8 6 1/4 7 1/8 8 1/8 9 3/8 13 13 15 3/4

5 1/4 6 8 1/2 9 3/8 11 12 1/2 14 3/4 19 1/4 20 3/8 24 3/4

1.3 1.5 3.11 5.5 8.6 10 17.6 53 66 126

Casing and Choker Thimbles The No. 83 Casing Thimble has been designed for the oil industry.The Choker Thimbles, No. 82, No. 84, No. 85, No. 86 and No. 87 are designed especially for braided choker slings.The ears can be peened over to retain wire rope. CERTEX NEWCO Cat. Ref. No. NO. CX05-0375 CX05-0376 CX05-0377 CX05-0378 CX05-0379 CX05-0380

82 *83 84 85 86 87

SLING SIZE 6PT 8PT 1/8 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2

1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16

DIMENSIONS & DATA FITS CHOKER HOOK A B #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7

5-30

1/2 5/8 13/16 15/16 1 1/8 1 3/8

7/8 1 1 5/16 1 7/16 1 11/16 1 15/16

C

D

E

F

G

HR

WT. LBS.

1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 3/4

2 1/8 2 1/2 2 7/8 3 1/4 3 5/8 4 1/16

3 1/4 3 7/8 4 7/16 5 5 3/4 6 3/8

1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1

5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 11/16

.7 1.1 1.8 2.2 3.3 4.7

MASTER LINK The Crosby Group, Inc. A-342 Master Link • Alloy Steel — Quenched and Tempered. • Individually proof tested to 2 times Working Load Limit with certification unless otherwise noted. • Sizes from 1/2” to 2” are drop forged.

Size (in.) **1/2 **5/8 **3/4 **7/8 **1 **1-1/4 **1-1/2 **1-3/4 **2 **††2-1/4 ††2-1/2 **††2-3/4 †† 3 ††3-1/4 ††3-1/2 ††3-3/4 †† 4 ††4-1/4 ††4-1/2 ††4-3/4 †† 5

* ** † †

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0706 CX05-0707 CX05-0708 CX05-0709 CX05-0710 CX05-0711 CX05-0712 CX05-0713 CX05-0714 CX05-0715 CX05-0716 CX05-0717 CX05-0718 CX05-0719 CX05-0720 CX05-0721 CX05-0722 CX05-0723 CX05-0724 CX05-0725 CX05-0726

Crosby Stock No. S.C. 1014262 1014280 1014306 1014315 1014324 1014342 1014360 1014388 1014404 1014422 1014468 1014440 1014486 1014501 1014529 1015051 1015060 1015067 1015079 1015088 1015094

Working Load Limit† (lbs.) 7000 9000 12300 14000 24360 36000 54300 84900 102600 143100 147300 216900 228000 262200 279000 336000 373000 354000 360000 389000 395000

Proof Load (lbs.) 14000 18000 28400 28000 48700 72400 113200 169800 205200 289200 — 433800 — — — — — — — — —

Weight Each (lbs.) .89 1.63 2.25 3.40 5.00 9.75 17.12 26.12 41.12 54.80 71.60 87.70 115.00 145.00 194.00 198.00 228.00 302.00 342.00 436.00 516.00

MASTER LINK

Dimensions (in.) A .50 .63 .75 .88 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50 3.75 4.00 4.25 4.50 4.75 5.00

B 2.50 3.00 2.75 3.75 3.50 4.38 5.25 6.00 7.00 8.00 8.00 9.50 9.00 10.00 12.00 10.00 10.00 12.00 14.00 14.00 15.00

C 5.00 6.00 5.50 6.38 7.00 8.75 10.50 12.00 14.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 18.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 20.00 24.00 28.00 28.00 30.00

D 3.50 4.25 4.25 5.50 5.50 6.88 8.25 9.50 11.00 12.50 13.00 15.00 15.00 16.50 19.00 17.50 18.00 20.50 23.00 23.50 25.00

E 6.00 7.25 7.00 8.14 9.00 11.25 13.50 15.50 18.00 20.50 21.00 21.50 24.00 26.50 31.00 27.50 28.00 32.50 37.00 37.50 40.00

Deformation Indicator 3.00 3.50 3.50 4.50 4.50 5.50 6.50 7.50 9.00 — — — — — — — — — — — —

Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit. Proof test load equals or exceeds the requirement of ASTM A957(8.1) and ASME B30.9-1.4 Based on single leg sling (in-line load), or resultant load on multiple legs with an included angle less than or equal to 120 degrees. Welded Master Link.

A-342

A-342 and A-345 Master Links incorporate markings forged into the product which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK® features: Deformation Indicators — Two strategically placed marks one on each side of the link, which allows for a QUIC-CHECK® measurement to determine if the link dimensions have changed, thus indicating abuse or overload. To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape measure) to measure the distance between the marks.The marks should align to either an inch or half-inch increment on the measuring device. If the measurement does not meet this criteria, the Master Link should be inspected further for possible damage.

Angle Indicators — Forged at 45 degree angles at each end of the link, they are utilized to quickly check the approximate included angles between two sling legs.

5-31

A-342

5

TURNBUCKLES The Crosby Group, Inc.

5

HG-223 Hook & Hook Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T791b, Type 1, Form 1 — Class 5, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

• • • • • • • • • • • •

HG-225 Hook & Eye Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T791b, Type 1, Form 1 — Class 6, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

HG-226 Eye & Eye Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T791b, Type 1, Form 1 — Class 4, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

HG-227 Jaw & Eye Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T791b, Type 1, Form 1 — Class 8, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

HG-228 Jaw & Jaw Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T791b, Type 1, Form 1 — Class 7, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Hot Dip galvanized. End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing. Hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with better fatigue properties. Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties. Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4” through 2 1/2”, a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye. Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts on sizes 1/4” through 5/8”, and pins and cotters on sizes 3/4” through 2 3/4”. TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY. Lock Nuts available for all sizes. Crosby’s Quenched and Tempered end fittings and normalized bodies have enhanced impact properties for greater toughness at all temperatures. Typical hardness levels,Tensile Strengths and Ductility Properties are available for all sizes. Turnbuckles can be furnished proof tested or magnaflux inspected with certificates if requested at time of order. Turnbuckle assembly combinations include: Eye and Eye, Hook and Hook, Hook and Eye, Jaw and Jaw, Jaw and Eye.

5-32

TURNBUCKLES The Crosby Group, Inc. HG-223 Hook & Hook

5 • • • • • •

Hot Dip galvanized steel. End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing. Hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with better fatigue properties. TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULLS ONLY. Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties. Lock Nuts available for all sizes. Thread Diameter & Take Up (in.)




Weight Each (lbs.)

Dimensions (in.) A

D

E Closed

F

J Open

K Closed

M Open

N Closed

BB

1/4 x 4

CX05-0423

1030011

400

.30

.25

.45

1.59

1.27

11.12

7.12

11.94

7.94

4.00

5/16 x 4 1/2

CX05-0424

1030039

700

.47

.31

.50

1.94

1.50

12.81

8.31

13.81

9.31

4.50

3/8 x 6

CX05-0425

1030057

1000

.78

.38

.56

2.30

1.77

16.50

10.50

17.72

11.72

6.00

1/2 x 6

CX05-0426

1030075

1500

1.60

.50

.66

2.94

2.28

17.82

11.82

19.38

13.38

6.00

1/2 x 9

CX05-0427

1030093

1500

1.83

.50

.66

2.94

2.28

23.82

14.82

25.38

16.38

9.00

1/2 x 12

CX05-0428

1030119

1500

2.28

.50

.66

2.94

2.28

29.82

17.82

31.38

19.38

12.00

5/8 x 6

CX05-0429

1030137

2250

2.75

.63

.84

3.69

2.81

19.25

13.25

21.25

15.25

6.00

5/8 x 9

CX05-0430

1030155

2250

3.38

.63

.84

3.69

2.81

25.25

16.25

27.25

18.25

9.00

5/8 x 12

CX05-0431

1030173

2250

3.50

.63

.84

3.69

2.81

31.25

19.25

33.25

21.25

12.00

3/4 x 6

CX05-0432

1030191

3000

3.89

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

20.88

14.88

23.28

17.28

6.00

3/4 x 9

CX05-0433

1030217

3000

5.28

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

26.88

17.88

29.28

20.28

9.00

3/4 x 12

CX05-0434

1030235

3000

5.43

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

32.88

20.88

35.28

23.28

12.00

3/4 x 18

CX05-0435

1030253

3000

6.33

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

44.88

26.88

47.28

29.28

18.00

7/8 x 12

CX05-0436

1030271

4000

8.10

.88

1.13

5.19

3.78

34.25

22.25

37.00

25.00

12.00

7/8 x 18

CX05-0437

1030299

4000

9.95

.88

1.13

5.19

3.78

46.25

28.25

49.00

31.00

18.00

1x6

CX05-0438

1030315

5000

9.33

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

23.63

17.63

26.69

20.69

6.00

1 x 12

CX05-0439

1030333

5000

11.93

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

35.63

23.63

38.69

26.69

12.00

1 x 18

CX05-0440

1030351

5000

14.00

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

47.63

29.63

50.69

32.69

18.00

1 x 24

CX05-0441

1030379

5000

17.25

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

59.63

35.63

62.69

38.69

24.00

1 1/4 x 12

CX05-0442

1030397

6500

20.58

1.25

1.50

7.22

5.13

37.94

25.94

41.56

29.56

12.00

1 1/4 x 18

CX05-0443

1030413

6500

23.00

1.25

1.50

7.22

5.13

49.94

31.94

53.56

35.56

18.00

1 1/4 x 24

CX05-0444

1030431

6500

27.00

1.25

1.50

7.22

5.13

61.94

37.94

65.56

41.56

24.00

1 1/2 x 12

CX05-0445

1030459

7500

27.50

1.50

1.88

8.34

5.75

40.94

28.94

44.44

32.44

12.00

1 1/2 x 18

CX05-0446

1030477

7500

31.00

1.50

1.88

8.34

5.75

52.96

34.94

56.44

38.44

18.00

1 1/2 x 24

CX05-0447

1030495

7500

37.50

1.50

1.88

8.34

5.75

64.94

40.94

68.44

44.44

24.00

* Proof Load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Ultimate load is 5 times Working Load Limit. Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1 Form 1 — CLASS 5, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

5-33

TURNBUCKLES The Crosby Group, Inc. HG-225 Hook & Eye

5

• Hot Dip galvanized steel. • End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing. • Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckles sizes 1/4” through 2 1/2”, a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye. • Turnbuckle hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with better fatigue properties. • TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY. • Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties. • Lock Nuts available for all sizes. Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1, Form 1 — CLASS 6, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Thread Diameter &

Crosby Stock

Working Load

Dimensions (in.)

Take Up (in.)


No. Galv.

Limit* (lbs.)

Weight Each (lbs.)

1/4 x 4

CX05-0448

1030636

400

.29

.25

.45

1.59

1.27

11.46

5/16 x 4 1/2

CX05-0449

1030654

700

.49

.31

.50

1.94

1.50

13.19

8.69

13.47

9.47

.94

.44

2.09

4.50

3/8 x 6

CX05-0450

1030672

1000

.78

.38

.56

2.30

1.77

16.98

10.98

17.94

11.94

1.12

.53

2.52

6.00

1/2 x 6

CX05-0451

1030690

1500

1.61

.50

.66

2.94

2.28

18.45

12.45

19.67

13.67

1.44

.72

3.23

6.00

1/2 x 9

CX05-0452

1030716

1500

1.85

.50

.66

2.94

2.28

24.45

15.45

25.67

16.67

1.44

.72

3.23

9.00

1/2 x 12

CX05-0453

1030734

1500

2.26

.50

.66

2.94

2.28

30.45

18.45

31.67

19.67

1.44

.72

3.23

12.00

5/8 x 6

CX05-0454

1030752

2250

2.70

.63

.84

3.69

2.81

19.96

13.96

21.47

15.47

1.75

.88

3.90

6.00

5/8 x 9

CX05-0455

1030770

2250

3.13

.63

.84

3.69

2.81

25.96

16.96

27.47

18.47

1.75

.88

3.90

9.00

5/8 x 12

CX05-0456

1030798

2250

3.78

.63

.84

3.69

2.81

31.96

19.96

33.47

21.47

1.75

.88

3.90

12.00

3/4 x 6

CX05-0457

1030814

3000

3.89

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

21.63

15.63

23.45

17.45

2.09

1.00

4.69

6.00

3/4 x 9

CX05-0458

1030832

3000

4.61

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

27.63

18.63

29.45

20.45

2.09

1.00

4.69

9.00

3/4 x 12

CX05-0459

1030850

3000

5.83

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

33.63

21.63

35.45

23.45

2.09

1.00

4.69

12.00

3/4 x 18

CX05-0460

1030878

3000

6.33

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

45.63

27.63

47.45

29.45

2.09

1.00

4.69

18.00

7/8 x 12

CX05-0461

1030896

4000

8.10

.88

1.13

5.19

3.78

34.78

22.78

36.91

24.91

2.38

1.25

5.10

12.00

7/8 x 18

CX05-0462

1030912

4000

9.95

.88

1.13

5.19

3.78

46.78

28.78

48.91

30.91

2.38

1.25

5.10

18.00

1x6

CX05-0463

1030930

5000

9.33

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

24.80

18.80

27.20

21.20

3.00

1.44

6.36

6.00

1 x 12

CX05-0464

1030958

5000

11.93

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

36.80

24.80

39.20

27.20

3.00

1.44

6.36

12.00

1 x 18

CX05-0465

1030976

5000

14.00

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

48.80

30.80

51.20

33.20

3.00

1.44

6.36

18.00

1 x 24

CX05-0466

1030994

5000

17.25

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

60.80

36.80

63.20

39.20

3.00

1.44

6.36

24.00

1 1/4 x 12

CX05-0467

1031010

6500

19.00

1.25

1.50

7.22

5.13

39.13

27.13

42.06

30.06

3.56

1.81

7.72

12.00

1 1/4 x18

CX05-0468

1031038

6500

23.00

1.25

1.50

7.22

5.13

51.13

33.13

54.06

36.06

3.56

1.81

7.72

18.00

1 1/4 x 24

CX05-0469

1031056

6500

24.00

1.25

1.50

7.22

5.13

63.13

39.13

66.06

42.06

3.56

1.81

7.72

24.00

1 1/2 x 12

CX05-0470

1031074

7500

27.50

1.50

1.88

8.34

5.75

41.72

29.72

44.72

32.72

4.06

2.12

8.62

12.00

1 1/2 x 18

CX05-0471

1031092

7500

31.00

1.50

1.88

8.34

5.75

53.72

35.72

56.72

38.72

4.06

2.12

8.62

18.00

1 1/2 x 24

CX05-0472

1031118

7500

37.50

1.50

1.88

8.34

5.75

65.72

41.72

68.72

44.72

4.06

2.12

8.62

24.00

A

D

E Closed

* Proof Load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Ultimate load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

5-34

F

J Open

K Closed

M Open

N Closed

R

S

X Closed

BB

7.46

12.09

8.09

.78

.34

1.75

4.00

TURNBUCKLES The Crosby Group, Inc. HG-226 Eye & Eye

5 • Hot Dip galvanized steel. • End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing. • Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4” through 2 1/2”, a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye. • Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties. • TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY. • Lock Nuts available for all sizes. Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1, Form 1 — CLASS 4, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Thread Diameter &

CERTEX

Crosby Stock

Working Load

Weight

Take Up (in.) 1/4 x 4

Dimensions (in.)

Cat. Ref. No.

No Galv.

Limit* (lbs.)

Each (lbs.)

A

J Open

K Closed

M Open

N Closed

R

S

X Closed

BB

CX05-0473

1031252

500

.26

.25

11.80

7.80

12.25

8.25

.78

.34

1.75

4.00

5/16 x 4 1/2

CX05-0474

1031270

800

.45

.31

13.56

9.06

14.12

9.62

.94

.44

2.09

4.50

3/8 x 6

CX05-0475

1031298

1200

.76

.38

17.47

11.47

18.16

12.16

1.12

.53

2.52

6.00

1/2 x 6

CX05-0476

1031314

2200

1.54

.50

19.08

13.08

19.96

13.96

1.44

.72

3.23

6.00

1/2 x 9

CX05-0477

1031332

2200

1.13

.50

25.08

16.08

25.96

16.96

1.44

.72

3.23

9.00

1/2 x 12

CX05-0478

1031350

2200

2.14

.50

31.08

19.08

31.96

19.96

1.44

.72

3.23

12.00

5/8 x 6

CX05-0479

1031378

3500

3.28

.63

20.68

14.68

21.68

15.68

1.75

.88

3.90

6.00

5/8 x 9

CX05-0480

1031396

3500

2.83

.63

26.68

17.68

27.68

18.68

1.75

.88

3.90

9.00

5/8 x 12

CX05-0481

1031412

3500

3.42

.63

32.68

20.68

33.68

21.68

1.75

.88

3.90

12.00

3/4 x 6

CX05-0482

1031430

5200

3.79

.75

22.38

16.38

23.62

17.62

2.09

1.00

4.69

6.00

3/4 x 9

CX05-0483

1031458

5200

4.61

.75

28.38

19.38

29.62

20.62

2.09

1.00

4.69

9.00

3/4 x 12

CX05-0484

1031476

5200

5.48

.75

34.38

22.38

35.62

23.62

2.09

1.00

4.69

12.00

3/4 x 18

CX05-0485

1031494

5200

7.19

.75

46.38

28.38

47.62

29.62

2.09

1.00

4.69

18.00

7/8 x 12

CX05-0486

1031519

7200

7.22

.88

35.32

23.32

36.82

24.82

2.38

1.25

5.10

12.00

7/8 x 18

CX05-0487

1031537

7200

9.95

.88

47.32

29.32

48.82

30.82

2.38

1.25

5.10

18.00

1x6

CX05-0488

1031555

10000

9.04

1.00

25.97

19.97

27.72

21.72

3.00

1.44

6.36

6.00

1 x 12

CX05-0489

1031573

10000

11.50

1.00

37.97

25.97

39.97

27.72

3.00

1.44

6.36

12.00

1 x 18

CX05-0490

1031591

10000

14.00

1.00

49.97

31.97

51.72

33.72

3.00

1.44

6.36

18.00

1 x 24

CX05-0491

1031617

10000

17.25

1.00

61.97

37.97

63.72

39.72

3.00

1.44

6.36

24.00

1 1/4 x 12

CX05-0492

1031635

15200

19.00

1.25

40.31

28.31

42.56

30.56

3.56

1.81

7.72

12.00

1 1/4 x 18

CX05-0493

1031653

15200

23.00

1.25

52.31

34.31

54.56

36.56

3.56

1.81

7.72

18.00

1 1/4 x 24

CX05-0494

1031671

15200

27.00

1.25

64.31

40.31

66.56

42.56

3.56

1.81

7.72

24.00

1 1/2 x 12

CX05-0495

1031699

21400

27.50

1.50

42.50

30.50

45.00

33.00

4.06

2.12

8.62

12.00

1 1/2 x 18

CX05-0496

1031715

21400

31.00

1.50

54.50

36.50

57.00

39.00

4.06

2.12

8.62

18.00

1 1/2 x 24

CX05-0497

1031733

21400

37.50

1.50

66.50

42.50

69.00

45.00

4.06

2.12

8.62

24.00

1 3/4 x 18

CX05-0498

1031779

28000

52.50

1.75

57.38

39.38

60.38

42.38

4.62

2.38

10.00

18.00

1 3/4 x 24

CX05-0499

1031797

28000

58.00

1.75

69.38

45.38

72.38

48.38

4.62

2.38

10.00

24.00

2 x 24

CX05-0500

1031813

37000

85.25

2.00

75.69

51.69

79.19

55.19

5.75

2.69

13.09

24.00

2 1/2 x 24

CX05-0501

1031831

60000

144.25

2.50

78.62

54.62

82.62

58.62

6.50

3.12

13.78

24.00

2 3/4 x 24

CX05-0502

1031859

75000

194.00

2.75

81.00

57.00

85.50

61.50

7.00

3.25

15.22

24.00

* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

5-35

TURNBUCKLES The Crosby Group, Inc. HG-227 Jaw & Eye

5

• Hot Dip galvanized steel. • End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing. • Turnbuckle eyes are forged and elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4” through 2 1/2”, a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye. • Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4” through 5/8”, and pins and cotters on 3/4” through 2 3/4” sizes. • Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties. • TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY. • Lock Nuts available for all sizes. Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1, Form 1—CLASS 8, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Thread Diameter

CERTEX

Crosby Stock

Working Load

Weight

& Take Up (in.) 1/4 x 4

Dimensions (in.)

Cat. Ref. No.

No. Galv.

Limit* (lbs.)

Each (lbs.)

A

B

E Closed

G

J Open

K Closed

M Open

N Closed

R

S

X Closed

BB

CX05-0503

1031877

500

.30

.25

.41

1.58

.62

11.35

7.35

12.07

8.07

.78

.34

1.75

4.00

5/16 x 4 1/2

CX05-0504

1031895

800

.50

.31

.47

1.98

.87

13.71

8.71

14.01

9.51

.94

.44

2.09

4.50

3/8 x 6

CX05-0505

1031911

1200

.80

.38

.50

2.12

.87

16.81

10.81

17.77

11.77

1.12

.53

2.52

6.00

1/2 x 6

CX05-0506

1031939

2200

1.51

.50

.63

2.75

1.06

18.29

12.29

19.48

13.48

1.44

.72

3.23

6.00

1/2 x 9

CX05-0507

1031957

2200

1.71

.50

.63

2.75

1.06

24.29

15.29

25.48

16.48

1.44

.72

3.23

9.00

1/2 x 12

CX05-0508

1031975

2200

2.08

.50

.63

2.75

1.06

30.29

18.29

31.48

19.48

1.44

.72

3.23

12.00

5/8 x 6

CX05-0509

1031993

3500

2.35

.63

.75

3.50

1.31

19.74

13.74

21.28

15.28

1.75

.88

3.90

6.00

5/8 x 9

CX05-0510

1032019

3500

3.17

.63

.75

3.50

1.31

25.74

16.74

27.28

18.28

1.75

.88

3.90

9.00

5/8 x 12

CX05-0511

1032037

3500

3.61

.63

.75

3.50

1.31

31.74

19.74

33.28

21.28

1.75

.88

3.90

12.00

3/4 x 6

CX05-0512

1032055

5200

4.00

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

21.19

15.19

23.11

17.11

2.09

1.00

4.69

6.00

3/4 x 9

CX05-0513

1032073

5200

4.75

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

27.19

18.19

29.11

20.11

2.09

1.00

4.69

9.00

3/4 x 12

CX05-0514

1032091

5200

5.93

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

33.19

21.19

35.11

23.11

2.09

1.00

4.69

12.00

3/4 x 18

CX05-0515

1032117

5200

7.00

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

45.19

27.19

47.11

29.11

2.09

1.00

4.69

18.00

7/8 x 12

CX05-0516

1032135

7200

8.36

.88

1.13

4.85

1.75

34.34

22.34

36.57

24.57

2.38

1.25

5.10

12.00

7/8 x 18

CX05-0517

1032153

7200

9.75

.88

1.13

4.85

1.75

46.34

28.34

48.57

30.57

2.38

1.25

5.10

18.00

1x6

CX05-0518

1032171

10000

8.92

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

24.34

18.34

26.89

20.89

3.00

1.44

6.36

6.00

1 x 12

CX05-0519

1032199

10000

11.20

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

36.34

24.34

38.89

26.89

3.00

1.44

6.36

12.00

1 x 18

CX05-0520

1032215

10000

13.30

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

48.34

30.34

50.89

32.89

3.00

1.44

6.36

18.00

1 x 24

CX05-0521

1032233

10000

17.00

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

60.34

36.34

62.89

38.89

3.00

1.44

6.36

24.00

1 1/4 x 12

CX05-0522

1032251

15200

19.42

1.25

1.75

7.21

2.81

38.82

26.82

42.05

30.05

3.56

1.81

7.72

12.00

1 1/4 x 18

CX05-0523

1032279

15200

24.18

1.25

1.75

7.21

2.81

50.82

32.82

54.05

36.05

3.56

1.81

7.72

18.00

1 1/4 x 24

CX05-0524

1032297

15200

28.50

1.25

1.75

7.21

2.81

62.82

38.82

66.05

42.05

3.56

1.81

7.72

24.00

1 1/2 x 12

CX05-0525

1032313

21400

28.99

1.50

2.06

7.88

2.81

40.50

28.50

44.25

32.25

4.06

2.12

8.62

12.00

1 1/2 x 18

CX05-0526

1032331

21400

35.00

1.50

2.06

7.88

2.81

52.50

34.50

56.25

38.25

4.06

2.12

8.62

18.00

1 1/2 x 24 1 3/4 x 18

CX05-0527

1032359

39.18

7.88

2.81

64.50

40.50

68.25

44.25

4.06

2.12

8.62

24.00

1032395

53.75

1.50 1.75

2.06

CX05-0528

21400 28000

2.38

9.40

3.38

55.38

37.38

59.78

41.78

4.62

2.38

10.00

18.00

1 3/4 x 24

CX05-0529

1032411

28000

60.68

1.75

2.38

9.40

3.38

67.38

43.38

71.78

47.78

4.62

2.38

10.00

24.00

2 x 24

CX05-0530

1032439

37000

89.00

2.00

2.50

11.86

3.69

72.62

48.62

77.95

53.95

5.75

2.69

13.09

24.00

2 1/2 x 24

CX05-0531

1032457

60000

150.00

2.50

2.88

13.56

4.44

75.80

51.80

82.40

58.40

6.50

3.12

13.78

24.00

2 3/4 x 24

CX05-0532

1032475

75000

183.00

2.75

3.50

15.22

4.19

77.88

53.88

85.50

61.50

7.00

3.25

15.22

24.00

* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

5-36

TURNBUCKLES The Crosby Group, Inc. HG-228 Jaw & Jaw

• Hot Dip galvanized steel. • End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing. • TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY. • Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4” through 5/8”, and pins and cotters on 3/4” through 2 3/4” sizes. • Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties. • Lock Nuts available for all sizes. Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1, Form 1—CLASS 7, except for those provisions required for the contractor.

Thread Diameter &

Crosby Stock

Working Load

Weight

Dimensions (in.)

Take Up (in.)


No. Galv.

Limit* (lbs.)

Each (lbs.)

A

B

E Closed

G

J Open

K Closed

M Open

N Closed

BB

1/4 x 4

CX05-0533

1032493

500

.36

.25

.41

1.58

.62

10.90

6.90

11.90

7.90

4.00

5/16 x 4 1/2

CX05-0534

1032518

800

.52

.31

.47

1.98

.87

12.36

8.36

13.90

9.40

4.50

3/8 x 6

CX05-0535

1032536

1200

.81

.38

.50

2.12

.87

16.14

10.14

17.38

11.38

6.00

1/2 x 6

CX05-0536

1032554

2200

1.56

.50

.63

2.75

1.06

17.50

11.50

19.00

13.00

6.00

1/2 x 9

CX05-0537

1032572

2200

1.74

.50

.63

2.75

1.06

23.50

14.50

25.00

16.00

9.00

1/2 x 12

CX05-0538

1032590

2200

2.40

.50

.63

2.75

1.06

29.50

17.50

31.00

19.00

12.00

5/8 x 6

CX05-0539

1032616

3500

2.72

.63

.75

3.50

1.31

18.80

12.80

20.88

14.88

6.00

5/8 x 9

CX05-0540

1032634

3500

3.43

.63

.75

3.50

1.31

24.80

15.80

26.88

17.88

9.00

5/8 x 12

CX05-0541

1032652

3500

3.91

.63

.75

3.50

1.31

30.80

18.80

32.88

20.88

12.00

3/4 x 6

CX05-0542

1032670

5200

4.11

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

20.00

14.00

22.60

16.60

6.00

3/4 x 9

CX05-0543

1032698

5200

5.46

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

26.00

17.00

28.60

19.60

9.00

3/4 x 12

CX05-0544

1032714

5200

6.43

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

32.00

20.00

34.60

22.60

12.00

3/4 x 18

CX05-0545

1032732

5200

8.07

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

44.00

26.00

46.60

28.60

18.00

7/8 x 12

CX05-0546

1032750

7200

8.17

.88

1.13

4.85

1.75

33.36

21.36

36.32

24.32

12.00

7/8 x 18

CX05-0547

1032778

7200

10.78

.88

1.13

4.85

1.75

45.36

27.36

48.32

30.32

18.00

1x6

CX05-0548

1032796

10000

10.18

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

22.72

16.72

26.06

20.06

6.00

1 x 12

CX05-0549

1032812

10000

12.52

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

34.72

22.72

38.06

26.06

12.00

1 x 18

CX05-0550

1032830

10000

15.14

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

46.72

28.72

50.06

32.06

18.00

1 x 24

CX05-0551

1032858

10000

18.08

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

58.72

34.72

62.06

38.06

24.00

1 1/4 x 12

CX05-0552

1032876

15200

20.59

1.25

1.75

7.21

2.81

37.34

25.34

41.54

29.54

12.00

1 1/4 x 18

CX05-0553

1032894

15200

24.68

1.25

1.75

7.21

2.81

49.34

31.34

53.54

35.54

18.00

1 1/4 x 24

CX05-0554

1032910

15200

28.20

1.25

1.75

7.21

2.81

61.34

37.34

65.54

41.54

24.00

1 1/2 x 12

CX05-0555

1032938

21400

30.69

1.50

2.06

7.88

2.81

38.50

26.50

43.50

31.50

12.00

1 1/2 x 18

CX05-0556

1032956

21400

36.75

1.50

2.06

7.88

2.81

50.50

32.50

55.50

37.50

18.00

1 1/2 x 24

CX05-0557

1032974

21400

40.67

1.50

2.06

7.88

2.81

62.50

38.50

67.50

43.50

24.00

1 3/4 x 18

CX05-0558

1033018

28000

54.00

1.75

2.38

9.40

3.38

53.38

38.38

59.18

41.18

18.00

1 3/4 x 24

CX05-0559

1033036

28000

63.36

1.75

2.38

9.40

3.38

65.38

41.38

71.18

47.18

24.00

2 x 24

CX05-0560

1033054

37000

94.25

2.00

2.50

11.86

3.69

69.54

45.54

76.72

52.72

24.00

2 1/2 x 24

CX05-0561

1033072

60000

165.00

2.50

2.88

13.56

4.44

72.98

48.98

82.18

58.18

24.00

2 3/4 x 24

CX05-0562

1033090

75000

198.00

2.75

3.50

15.22

4.19

74.75

50.75

85.50

61.50

24.00

* Proof Load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Ultimate load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

5-37

5

WIRE ROPE GRIPS Klein Tools, Inc. Grips for PVC-Covered Conductors The serpentine jaws of this grip series are specially machined to allow insertion of insulated conductor through the jaws, which reduces danger of slippage which might result in insulation damage. Eliminates necessity of stripping insulation from conductor. Round inside-jaw contour. Inside Jaw Contour

5


Klein Cat. No.

Minimum Conductor – inches (mm)

Maximum Conductor – inches (mm)

Maximum Safe Load – lbs (kg)

Approx. Weight Each – lbs (kg)

Jaw Length – inches (cm)

CX05-0563

1659-20

.20 (5.08)

.42 (10.67)

4500 (2041)

3 (1.36)

4 (10.2)

CX05-0564

1659-30

.31 (7.87)

.50 (12.70)

4500 (2041)

3 3/4 (1.70)

4 3/4 (12.1)

CX05-0565

1659-40

.49 (12.45)

.79 (20.07)

8000 (3629)

7 3/4 (3.52)

5 1/2 (14.0)

CX05-0566

1659-50

.79 (20.07)

1.01 (25.65)

8000 (3629)

7 3/4 (3.52)

5 1/2 (14.0)

Grips for Extra-High-Strength Cables, Messenger, Guy Strand and Conductors A family of grips for cable sizes from .12” (3.10 mm) to 1.0” (25.4 mm). Double “V” grooves give four-point , reducing chance of slipping and providing proper alignment. For larger conductors, see our grips with round inside-jaw contour. Inside Jaw Contour Maximum Cable Size – inches (mm)


.12 (3.05)

.37 (9.40)

.218 (5.54)

.55 (13.97)

.16 (4.06)

1628-16

.31 (7.87)

CX05-0571

1628-17

CX05-0572

1628-18


Klein Cat. No.

CX05-0567

1613-40

CX05-0568

1684-5

CX05-0569

1684-5F*

CX05-0570

Minimum Cable Size – inches (mm)



4500 (2041)

3 (1.36)

4 (10.2)

8000 (3629)

6 1/4 (2.83)

5 (12.7)

.55 (13.97)

8000 (3629)

6 1/4 (2.83)

5 (12.7)

.62 (15.75)

15,000 (6804)

15 1/2 (7.03)

7 1/4 (18.4)

.50 (12.70)

.75 (19.05)

15,000 (6804)

17 (7.71)

7 1/4 (18.4)

.75 (19.05)

1.00 (25.40)

15,000 (6804)

17 (7.71)

7 1/4 (18.4)

* Similar to No. 1684-5 above except with a file inserted in jaw for extra gripping power. Replacement file No. 578 and screws No. 573 are also available.

Parallel-Jaw Grips

1685-20

Inside Jaw Contour

1685-30

These lightweight, compact grips pull an exceptionally wide range of cable sizes and types. Each grip is designed with round inside-jaw contours.The lower jaw is serrated to firmly grip insulated cables and conductors.The design includes a latch that prevents the grip from falling in case of jaw disengagement from the cable, plus a large-diameter eye that accommodates large hooks on hoists, winches and tackle blocks.


Klein Cat. No.

CX05-0573

1685-20

CX05-0574

1685-30


Maximum Cable Size – inches (mm)



.157 (4)

.844 (22)

4500 (2041)

3 (1.3)

2.36 (6.0)

.625 (16)

1.250 (32)

6600 (2994)

5 (2.3)

4.5 (11.43)

5-38


WIRE ROPE GRIPS Klein Tools, Inc. Klein “Haven” Grips


Klein Cat. No.




Approx. Weight Each – lbs. (kg)

CX05-0575

1604-10

14 B&S .06 (1.52)

2 B&S .25 (6.35)

2500 (1134)

1 (.45)

CX05-0576

1604-20

8 B&S .125 (3.18)

Steel Strand .50 (12.70)

5000 (2268)

2 1/2 (1.13)


Klein Cat. No.





CX05-0577

1604-20L

8 B&S .125 (3.18)

Steel Strand .50 (12.70)

5000 (2268)

2 1/2 (1.13)

5



Klein Cat. No.




CX05-0578

1625-20

1 B&S .28 (7.11)

Wire Rope .75 (19.05)

8000 (3629)

3 1/2 (1.59)

CX05-0579

1625-20 7/8

1 B&S .38 (9.65)

Wire Rope .88 (22.35)

8000 (3629)

3 1/2 (1.59)

CX05-0580

1625-20 1

1 B&S .50 (12.70)

Wire Rope 1.00 (25.40)

8000 (3629)

3 1/2 (1.59)

Designed for use when light, compact grip is desired and where conductor damage is not a factor. Gripping pressure of the knurled jaw is applied to 1/4” (6.35 mm) cable area. 1604-20L and 1625 series have a swing latch to help hold cable in the jaw. OSHA Information OSHA requires that all hand tools and equipment be maintained in good working order and that they be free from damage caused by wear or abuse (OSHA Part 1910, Subpart P, Section 1910.242). In addition, OSHA Part 1926, Subpart V, Section 1926.955, paragraph 7 (ii) and 8 specifically state that: “The manufacturer’s load rating shall not be exceeded for stringing lines, pulling line sock connections, and all loadbearing hardware and accessories. “Conductor grips shall not be used on wire rope unless designed for this application.”

5-39

WIRE ROPE GRIPS Klein Tools, Inc. Klein “Haven” Grips AWG/B&S Wire Gauges Diameters of American (AWG) or Brown & Sharpe (B&S) Wire Gauges

No. of Wire Gauge

5

American (AWG or Brown & Sharpe (B&S) – inches

No. of Wire Gauge

American (AWG or Brown & Sharpe (B&S) – inches

0000

.460

21

.028462

000

.40964

22

.025347

00

.3648

23

.022571

0

.32486

24

.0201

25

.0179

1

.2893

2

.25763

26

.01594

3

.22942

27

.014195

4

.20431

28

.012641

5

.18194

29

.011257

30

.010025

6

.16202

7

.14428

31

.008928

8

.12849

32

.00795

9

.11443

33

.00708

10

.10189

34

.006304

35

.005614

11

.090742

12

.080808

36

.005

13

.071961

37

.004453

14

.064084

38

.003965

15

.057068

39

.003531

40

.003144

16

.05082

17

.045257

18

.040303

19

.03589

20

.031961

5-40

WIRE ROPE GRIPS Lewis Mfg. Co. CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0581

Model SE

Single lifting eye with dual topside opening.


Model DLE

5 Dual list with suspension lift eyes.


Model TSO

Topside multiple openings with single lift steel reinforced eye.


Model U

Single bail top opening for bus drops and suspension. (#A-U-SW-18 R.E.A.Approv.)


Model O

For stringing overhead synthetic ropes or swivel lines where no swivel is required, or to conductor or rope splice. Used in reaving conductor and/or rope.

5-41

WIRE ROPE GRIPS Lewis Mfg. Co. Model J Double Weave — 6 3/4” to 8”

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0586 CX05-0587

SIZE 6 3/4"-8"

WORK LOAD 9,100 lbs. 10,100 lbs.

WEIGHT 9.4 lbs. 10.2 lbs.

WEAVE Double

MESH LENGTH 58" 64"

EYE 6" Braided

Lewis Snake Grips

5

The Lewis Snake Grip expands or contracts to grip different or identical cable and/or rope sizes as per the customer’s needs. SAVE time stringing up, changing and unstringing because the snake requires no special tools.The swivel and swing link go smoothly through blocks and prevent line twisting. INSTALL new cable by using old existing cable as pulling line.Always seize the ends of the grips by banding or taping.

LEWIS TYPE LSG WIRE ROPE SNAKES CERTEX Cat. Ref. No

SIZE

UTS

WK. LD.

REGULAR SIZE SNAKES CX05-0588

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/4" - 1/2"

4,486

1,200

CX05-0589

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/2" - 1"

7,500

2,500

CX05-0590

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1" - 1 1/2"

10,000

3,500

CX05-0591

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1 1/2" - 2"

12,000

4,000

CX05-0592

LEWIS TYPE LSG 2" - 2 3/4"

16,000

5,000

CX05-0593

LEWIS TYPE LSG 2 3/4" - 3 1/2"

20,000

6,500

CX05-0594


24,000

8,000

SPECIAL SIZE SNAKES CX05-0595

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/4" - 1 1/2"

4,486/7,500

1,200/2,500

CX05-0596

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/2" - 1 1/2"

7,500/10,000

2,500/3,500

CX05-0597

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/2" - 2"

7,500/12,000

2,500/4,000

CX05-0598

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1" - 2"

10,000/12,000

3,500/4,000

CX05-0599


12,000/16,000

4,000/5,000

5-42

WIRE ROPE GRIPS Lewis Mfg. Co. The XS, X, and X-HDFE were designed to simplify the process of selecting a pulling grip.The entire X series is unique for several reasons: 1. X model grips can be used overhead or for underground pulls. 2. X model grips incorporate a single wire bail which, when put under pressure, conforms to even the tightest clearances.The single wire bail also connects easily with either ball bearing swivels or drop forged friction swivels. 3. The reverse weave of all X models insures that the grip and cable will smoothly through even the tightest blocks, sheaves, bullwheels, etc. X or XS Models

Swivel Size

A B

4. The X and X Heavy Duty feature metal shoulders installed beneath the bail.These shoulders allow the grip to be pulled through the most abrasive conduit or other rough environments, and still be used time after time.These shoulders are color coded to ensure the correct grip size is selected when making a pull. When a friction swivel is needed for the X-Series Pulling Grips or any other Lewis Pulling Grip, please refer to the following chart.To order a swivel built into a grip add, “W/S” to the end of the grip part number.

X or XS Models

Swivel Size

5/16"

F

3/8"

3/8"

G

1/2"

C

3/8"

H

1/2"

D

3/8"

I

1/2"

E

3/8"

J

1/2"

5

X-Series Grip

The X-Series Grips are color coded for quick identification and organized storage.They are plastic-coated which increases the life of the grip, provides a more effective gripping surface, and reduces injuries due to frayed or mangled wire in the pulling grip itself. This grip is designed with the ball bearing swivel in mind.The single wire eye allows a swivel to be attached to the grip easily, and helps to alleviate any binding that may occur in the throat of the swivel during a pull. The X

model grip also offers a backwards weave that (1) adds pulling surface to the grip itself, and (2) allows the grip to through even the tightest of clearances.The X series features metal sleeves near the top of the grip to eliminate wear when pulling through clay conduit, gravel, or other abrasive pulling environments.This series is constructed with galvanized wire, but can be ordered with stainless steel at additional cost.


Lewis Part #

Range

Color Code

CX05-0600

X-A-SW-18"

3/4-1 1/4"

CX05-0601

X-A-DW-18"

3/4-1 1/4"

CX05-0602

X-A-SW-24"

3/4-1 1/4"

CX05-0603

X-A-DW-24"

3/4-1 1/4"

CX05-0604

X-B-TW-26"

1 1/4-2"

CX05-0605

X-B-TW-32"

1 1/4-2"

CX05-0606

X-C-TW-32"

2-2 3/4"

CX05-0607

X-C-TW-38"

2-2 3/4"

CX05-0608

X-D-TW-38"

2 3/4-3 1/2"

CX05-0609

X-D-TW-46"

2 3/4-3 1/2"

Orange

CX05-0610

X-E-TW-46"

3 1/2-4 1/4"

CX05-0611

X-E-TW-52"

3 1/2-4 1/4"

CX05-0612

X-F-TW-52"

4 1/4-4 7/8"

CX05-0613

X-F-TW-58"

4 1/4-4 7/8"

CX05-0614

X-G-TW-58"

4 7/8-5 1/2"

CX05-0615

X-G-TW-64"

4 7/8-5 1/2"

CX05-0616

X-H-TW-58"

5 1/2-6"

CX05-0617

X-H-TW-64"

5 1/2-6"

CX05-0618

X-I-TW-58"

6-6 3/4"

CX05-0619

X-I-TW-64"

6-6 3/4"

CX05-0620

X-J-TW-58"

6 3/4-8"

CX05-0621

X-J-TW-64"

6 3/4-8"

Lt. Blue

Wk. Ld.

Ultimate Tensile

Mesh

Eye

3000

3000

18

5

1500

3500

18

5

1700

3400

24

5

2000

6000

24

5

2500

7500

26

6

2500

7500

32

6

3500

10500

32

7

4500

13500

38

7

4500

13500

38

7

5500

16500

46

7

Green

5500

16500

46

8

6500

19500

52

8

Black

6000

18000

52

9

7000

21000

58

9

Yellow

15000

30000

58

10

15000

30000

64

10

Brown

15000

30000

58

10

15000

30000

64

10

15000

30000

58

10

15000

30000

64

10

Red

Purple

Turquoise Aluminum

5-43

16500

33000

58

10

16500

33000

64

10

WIRE ROPE GRIPS Lewis Mfg. Co. XS-Series Grip

These grips feature coated galvanized cable, reverse weave, and a single wire bail but will not have metal shoulders. XS series grip are identified by tags beneath the heavy duty clear tubing.The XS series is designed for normal working conditions.

5


Lewis Part #

Range

Wk. Ld.

Ultimate Tensile

Mesh

Eye

CX05-0622

XS-A-SW-18"

3/4-1 1/4"

3000

3000

18

5

CX05-0623

XS-A-DW-18"

3/4-1 1/4"

1500

3500

18

5

CX05-0624

XS-A-SW-24"

3/4-1 1/4"

1700

3400

24

5

CX05-0625

XS-A-DW-24"

3/4-1 1/4"

2000

6000

24

5

CX05-0626

XS-B-TW-26"

1 1/4-2"

2500

7500

26

6

CX05-0627

XS-B-TW-32"

1 1/4-2"

2500

7500

32

6

CX05-0628

XS-C-TW-32"

2-2 3/4"

3500

10500

32

7

CX05-0629

XS-C-TW-38"

2-2 3/4"

4500

13500

38

7

CX05-0630

XS-D-TW-38"

2 3/4-3 1/2"

4500

13500

38

7

CX05-0631

XS-D-TW-46"

2 3/4-3 1/2"

5500

16500

46

7

CX05-0632

XS-E-TW-46"

3 1/2-4 1/4"

5500

16500

46

8

CX05-0633

XS-E-TW-52"

3 1/2-4 1/4"

6500

19500

52

8

CX05-0634

XS-F-TW-52"

4 1/4-4 7/8"

6000

18000

52

9

CX05-0635

XS-F-TW-58"

4 1/4-4 7/8"

7000

21000

58

9

CX05-0636

XS-G-TW-58"

4 7/8-5 1/2"

15000

30000

58

10

CX05-0637

XS-G-TW-64"

4 7/8-5 1/2"

15000

30000

64

10

CX05-0638

XS-H-TW-58"

5 1/2-6"

15000

30000

58

10

CX05-0639

XS-H-TW-64"

5 1/2-6"

15000

30000

64

10

CX05-0640

XS-I-TW-58"

6-6 3/4"

15000

30000

58

10

CX05-0641

XS-I-TW-64"

6-6 3/4"

15000

30000

64

10

CX05-0642

XS-J-TW-58"

6 3/4-8"

16500

33000

58

10

CX05-0643

XS-J-TW-64"

6 3/4-8"

16500

33000

64

10

Heavy Duty X Model Grip

These grips are designed for large work loads and rugged conditions.The following heavy duty X models incorporate the use of exceptionally strong mesh, reverse weave, single wire bail and abrasion-resistant metal shoulders. Heavy Duty X models are constructed of uncoated aircraft strand galvanized wire. CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Lewis Part #

Color Code

Wk. Ld.

Ultimate Tensile

Mesh

Eye

CX05-0644

X-HDFE-1/4-1/2"

Brown

1200

6000

22

6

CX05-0645

X-HDFE-1/2-7/8"

Yellow

2400

12000

42

8

CX05-0646

X-HDFE-7/8-1 3/8"

Black

5700

28800

48

9

CX05-0647

X-HDFE-1 3/8-2"

Green

9600

48000

50

9

CX05-0648

X-HDFE-2-2 3/4"

Orange

11500

56600

52

9

CX05-0649

X-HDFE-2 3/4-3 1/2"

Purple

13500

67200

54

9

CX05-0650

X-HDFE-3 1/2-4 1/4"

Red

15300

76800

56

9

CX05-0651

X-HDFE-4 1/4-5"

Lt. Blue

17900

86400

58

9

5-44

WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION Bridon American Corporation FOR Tower Cranes, Mobile Cranes, Dockside Cranes, Fishing Ropes BRILUBE 30-a semi-dry thin film lubricant with excellent penetration and corrosion resisting properties. Formulated for frequent use in harsh working conditions, whilst minimising lubricant build-up and abrasive particle contamination. BRILUBE 30 is recommended for general outdoor use where corrosion is a major contribution to rope deterioration. FOR Lifts and Elevators, Friction Hoists BRILUBE 40-a synthetic lubricant which deposits a slipresistant film on the wire surfaces. Formulated for use where frictional grip is vital, it provides internal lubrication whilst avoiding excessive buildup with repeated applications. BRILUBE 40 is recommended for use on lifts, elevators and similar friction driven rope installations. FOR Indoor Cranes, Piling Applications, Small Excavators BRILUBE 50-an oil based lubricant with additives to increase adherence and enhance corrosion protection. It has excellent penetration and lubrication properties for working ropes in normal industrial environments. BRILUBE 50 is recommended for overhead cranes, hoist ropes and similar working ropes, where fatigue is the major factor in rope deterioration. FOR Excavators, Guy Ropes, Winch Ropes BRILUBE 60-a medium thixotropic gel lubricant with excellent corrosion protection and stable properties over a wide temperature range. Formulated for long life on standing or dynamic ropes. BRILUBE 60 is recommended for outdoor use providing effective lubrication and corrosion protection where only infrequent lubrication is possible.

FOR Offshore Cranes, Rigging, Mooring & Towing Cables, Fishing Ropes BRILUBE 70-a medium thixotropic gel lubricant with stable properties over a wide temperature range offering corrosion protection against marine working conditions. Formulated for long life on static or dynamic ropes in highly aggressive environments. BRILUBE 70 is recommended for use in off-shore and other hostile environments where effective lubricant and optimum corrosion protection are vital. FOR Offshore Installations, Lake and River Ferries, Dock Facilities, Water Treatment Operations BRILUBE 90-a BIODEGRADABLE heavy duty, Marine Quality wire rope lubricant, developed by BRIDON to meet the needs of wire ropes working in highly aggressive conditions and the demand for environmental acceptability. Formulated for heavy duty applications in environmentally sensitive environments. BRILUBE 90 is recommended for use wherever rope lubrication is a problem due to environmental concerns. The BRILUBE range can be applied by dipping, brushing, spraying and BRILUBE 60, 70 and 90 are particularly suitable for use with High Pressure lubricators due to their good pumping characteristics and non-drying nature. BRIDON recommends the MASTO High Pressure lubricator, an effective, reliable and economical system, ensuring maximum penetration of lubricant with simultaneous removal of most contaminants. MASTO systems are available from all BRILUBE stockists for ropes up to 3 ins diameter, and will lubricate up to 150 feet per minute, minimising downtime and waste, while maximising the proven benefits of in-service lubrication. The BRILUBE range of advanced wire rope lubricants has been developed to promote longer safe-working life through effective lubrication and corrosion protection.

5-45

5

WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION Bridon American Corporation

5

BRILUBE® APPLICATION SYSTEMS The BRILUBE range can be applied by dipping, brushing, spraying or pumping, and a range of application equipment is available to enable effective treatment under most conditions. PORTABLE PRESSURIZED SPRAYER BRILUBE 30, 40 and 50 can be applied by simple trigger sprays or the BRILUBE portable pressurised sprayer. This handy pressurised spraying unit consists of a pressure-tested galvanised steel vessel with pressure-gauge, pump, relief valve, 2 metres of reinforced hose and 350mm lance with trigger control and built-in filter.All seals are of solvent resistant nitrile material. The special funnel shaped head ensures easy filling and protects the gauge and valve. The unit can be carried by either the handle or the shoulder strap and operates at up to 80 p.s.i. (5.47 bar) for maximum penetration of the dressing, making the unit ideal for the application of BRILUBE onto winches or crane drums. All units are supplied complete with operating and maintenance instructions and a full list of spares which are readily available. MASTO™ POWERED APPLICATION SYSTEMS BRILUBE 60 and 70 can be pressure applied using in-line application systems which are available to suit a wide range of rope sizes and constructions. These systems operate by forcing the dressing into the rope under high pressure, while simultaneously cleaning the rope and removing moisture, residual dressing and contaminants. The MASTO system, approved by BRIDON, is suitable for ropes from 4mm to 35mm, and 36mm to 76mm diameter. The pressure heads are light in weight, easy to attach and effective in use with most rope constructions.The low cost seals are easy to replace and have long operational lives.

5-46

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Recommended Chain Sling Use Follow these Recommendations for Safer Chain Sling Use 1.Visually examine the sling before each use. Look for stretched, gouged, bent or damaged links and components, including hooks, with opened throats, cracks or distortion. If damaged, remove from service.

6. Slings should not be shortened with knots, bolts or other makeshift devices.

7. Protect chain with padding when lifting sharp edged loads.

2. Know the load — determine the weight, center of gravity, angle of lift and select the proper size and type of sling.

8. Lift and lower loads smoothly, do not jerk.

6 9. Hands and fingers should not be placed between the sling and load while sling is being tightened around the load. When lifted, the load should not be pushed or guided by employee’s hands directly on the load.

3. Never overload the sling — check the working load limit on the identification tag. Always consider the effect of Angle of Lift — the tension on each leg of the sling is increased as the angle of lift, from horizontal, decreases. Use the charts in this catalog or in the Acco Chain Sling ’s Manual for this purpose.

4. Do not point load hooks — load should bear on the bowl of hook.

10. Do not expose A8A alloy chain or slings to temperatures above 500°F. (See Table next page.) 11. Protect chain slings from corrosion during storage.

5. Make sure chain is not twisted, knotted or kinked before lifting the load.

DO NOT TWIST CHAIN

12. Store slings properly on an A-Frame.

6-1

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Chain Sling Inspection Daily Inspection — as shown in No. 1 of the Acco Recommendations — should be conducted by a competent person designated by the employer. Periodic Inspection — OSHA specifies that all alloy steel chain slings shall have a thorough periodic inspection, by a competent person, at least once every 12 months. These inspections must be recorded and maintained for each individual sling. The inspection schedule should be based on frequency of sling use, severity of service conditions, nature of lifts being made and experience gained on service life of slings used in similar circumstances. Inspection — 1. Clean chain prior to inspection, to more easily see damage or defects.

3. Make a link-by-link inspection of the chain slings for: a. Excessive wear — If the wear on any portion of any link exceeds the allowable wear shown in Table of Wear remove from service. b. Twisted, bent, gouged, nicked, worn or elongated links. c. Cracks in the weld area of any portion of the link. Transverse markings are the most dangerous. d. Severe corrosion.

6 2. Hang chain vertically if practical, for preliminary inspection. Measure reach accurately (bearing point of master link to bearing point of hook). Check this length against reach shown on tag. If present length is greater than that shown on tag, there is a possibility that the sling has been subjected to overloading or excessive wear.

4. Check master links and hooks for all of the above faults — hooks especially for excessive throat opening. Slings showing any of the faults described above should immediately be removed from service and returned to the manufacturer for repair.

Acco offers a chain sling inspection service performed by our own qualified inspectors.

6-2

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division GRADE 80 Chain Sling Inspection Table of Wear Specifications Size of Chain mm

Minimum Safe Dimension at Worn Part of Link C In.

7 mm ( .276) 10mm (.394) 13mm (.513) 16mm (.630) 20mm (.787) 22mm (.866) 26mm (1.023) 32mm (1.259)

.239 .342 .443 .546 .682 .750 .886 1.090

Effect of High Temperature on Working Load Limits of Alloy Chain Temperature* of Chain (Degrees F) 500 600 700 800 900 1000

(Degrees C) 260 315 370 425 482 540

Percentage of Permanent Reduction in Working Load Limit** None None 5% 15% 20% 30%

* Acco does not recommend the use of Alloy A8A chain at temperatures above 500°F. ** When chain is used at room temperature after being heated to temperatures shown in first column.

6-3

6

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Types of Chain Slings

6

How to Order The following information should be given on orders or inquiries for chain slings. 1. SIZE:This is specified by the size of the material from which the chain is made, determined by working load limit required. 2. REACH:This is the length, including attachments, measured from bearing point to bearing point. 3. TYPE: Select and specify proper type of sling from list shown. EXAMPLES: S—single, O—oblong link, S—sling hook. 4. ATTACHMENTS: Unless otherwise specified standard master links and hooks as given herein will be used. When other than standard master links or hooks are required, we should be given a complete description or a drawing of the requested substitute. Hot dip galvanized Accoloy chain is available. When hot galvanizing is specified our recommended working load limits must be reduced 15%. Please refer all such inquiries to the manager of chain customer services,York, PA.

Type SG SOS SOG SGS SGG SSS SOF CO DOS DOG DOF DOP TOS TOG TOF QOS QOG QOF

Single Chain Slings Attachments One End Opposite End Plain Grab Hook Oblong Link Single Hook Oblong Link Grab Hook Grab Hook Sling Hook Grab Hook Grab Hook Sling Hook Sling Hook Oblong Link Foundry Hook Oblong Link Oblong Link Double Chain Slings Oblong Link Sling Hooks Oblong Link Grab Hooks Oblong Link Foundry Hooks Oblong Link Plate Hooks Triple Chain Slings Oblong Link Sling Hooks Oblong Link Grab Hooks Oblong Link Foundry Hooks Quadruple Chain Slings Ob gLink n lo Sin leHooks g Ob gLink n lo Gra bHooks Ob nLink lo g Fo ryHooks d n u WARNING Failure to read, understand and follow the instructions, working load limits and specifications in this and other Acco publications could result in serious injury or property damage.

6-4

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Observe These Five Safety Tips When Slinging With Kuplex II 1. Selecting the proper chain size for your Kuplex II Chain Sling is of utmost importance. The Working Load Limit Chart on following page defines load limits of 9/32” through 2”Accoloy Chain in 1, 2, 3 and 4 leg styles for Grades 63 and 80.You may determine the correct chain size and sling style for the job by working from this handy table. 2. Should repairs ever be necessary on a Kuplex II Sling, it is recommended that only Kuplex II Sling Distributors be allowed to handle the repairs. A trained staff and an adequate stock of Kuplex II proof tested components parts are available to give you fast repair service. 3. To insure compatability of attachments with Accoloy Chain, Kuplex II components, identified by the distinctive Acco orange color, should be used to make up a Kuplex II Sling or to repair an old sling. Should the body chain of a Kuplex II Sling become badly damaged or broken — replace the entire leg with Accoloy Chain. 4. Kuplex II components will fit most chain manufactured domestically; however, for engineered uniformity and quality control only Accoloy is recommended. 5. Because of link dimension differences,A8A chain should not be mixed with any other chain when assembling a multi-leg sling. Assembly Instructions Kuplex II assembles and disassembles quickly with simple, readily available tools. 1. Select the Kuplex II components to be attached to the matching size chain.

4. To disassemble, drive the retaining pins out with a drive pin. Retaining pins and load pins are reusable.

Reach Bearing Point to Bearing Point

Important: Use only genuine Kuplex load and retaining pins when assembling slings. Never use rods, bolts or other objects of questionable strength and metallurgy. Failure could cause serious injury or damage to property.

Information For Calculating Chain Length

2. Insert the end link of the chain into the slot of the Kuplex II component. the load pin through the component and chain link so that the grooves in the load pin are in line with the retaining pin holes. (Grooves in load pin should point toward body of components.)

3. Drive the Spirol® * retaining pins into the Kuplex II component until flush with surface.

Single Leg Type — If the measurement comes within the link, the following link is cut. Reach given should be minimum. 2 Leg Type — The required chain length is measured and cut† (same as single leg). The first and last links should lie in opposite planes — this allows hooks and attachments to point away from the load as shown. Cut the second leg with the same number of links. 3 and 4 Leg Type — The cutting† length is measured and number of links counted. Must be an odd number of links (due to secondary links on Master Link Assembly) so hooks hang on correct plane, pointing out. Chain lengths for additional legs are cut with this same number of links. If the reach is over five feet (1.52m), add the difference to the figures in “Cut Chain Length Needed for 5’ (1.52m) Reach” column found on following pages. If reach is under five’ (1.52m), subtract the difference. A metal tag showing the sling reach will be attached to the sling. EXAMPLE Required reach — 8 ft. (2.44m) Sling type and size — CO 9/32” (7mm) chain • Add 3 feet (0.92m) (reach over 5’ (1.52m)) to figure shown on chart under Type SOO — 9/32” (7mm) chain is 3’9” (1.14m). • 6’9” (2.06m) = cut chain length for 8’ (2.44m) reach. * ed TM of Spirol International.

WARNING Extreme caution should be used when cutting chain with a torch to avoid heating adjacent links.ACCO recommends the use of mechanical or plasma cutting devices.

6-5

6

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Grade 80 Chain To determine which chain size and leg style are best suited to your requirements — use this working load limit table as a guide. The table gives the working load limits of 9/32” through 1-1/4”Accoloy Chain in 1, 2, 3, and 4 leg styles. You know the maximum load (or loads) you will lift and the angle of lift involved — working to the left from these loads and angles gives you the proper chain size for your sling. Working Load Limits of the chain and components is established as pounds applied at the indicated degrees from horizontal. Specifications Inches


Acco Stock Fibre Drum** Number


5116-10402 5116-10602 5116-10802 5116-11002 5116-11202 5116-11402 5105-11602 5105-12002

Chain Size In. 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

mm 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

Every link embossed A8A Matte Grey Finish with Rust Inhibiter Working Load Limits* Lbs.*

Nominal Inside Length Inches

Nominal Inside Width Inches

Weight Per 100-Ft. Lbs.

Feet Per Drum

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300

.846 1.209 1.571 1.937 2.417 2.661 2.900 3.710

.405 .567 .736 .906 1.134 1.248 1.400 1.670

67 144 243 372 581 699 996 1575

800 500 300 200 100 100 75 60

** The last digit of the stock number changes to "0" if a non-standard quantity is ordered.

Specifications Metric

6


Acco Stock Number Fibre Drum**


5116-10402 5116-10602 5116-10802 5116-11002 5116-11202 5116-11402 5105-11602 5105-12002

Chain Size mm 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

In. 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

Working Load Limits* kgs.

Nominal Inside Length mm

Nominal Inside Width mm

Weight Per Meter kgs.

Meters Per Drum

1,600 3,200 5,400 8,200 12,800 15,500 21,600 32,800

21.5 30.7 39.9 49.2 61.4 67.6 73.7 94.3

10.3 14.4 18.7 23.0 28.8 31.7 35.6 42.5

9.26 19.91 33.60 51.44 80.34 96.66 139.73 217.80

243.9 152.4 91.5 61.0 30.5 30.5 22.9 18.3

** The last digit of the stock number changes to "0" if a non-standard quantity is ordered. Working Load Limits* Pounds Size of Chain In. 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

mm 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

1-1/2 1-3/4 2

Single Chain at 90¡ Lbs.

Double Chain Slings/Lbs. Type D

Triple and Quad Chain Slings/Lbs. Type T and Type Q

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300

60¡ 6,100 12,300 20,800 31,300 49,000 59,200 82,600 125,200

45¡ 4,900 10,000 17,000 25,600 40,000 48,400 67,400 102,200

30¡ 3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300

60¡ 9,100 18,400 31,200 47,000 73,500 88,900 123,900 187,800

45¡ 7,400 15,100 25,500 38,400 60,000 72,500 101,200 153,400

30¡ 5,200 10,600 18,000 27,100 42,400 51,300 71,500 108,400

38

100,000

173,200

141,400

100,000

259,800

212,100

150,000

45

131,250

227,300

185,600

131,250

341,000

278,400

196,900

51

175,000

303,100

247,500

175,000

454,600

371,200

262,500

Meets ASTM A906 specifications.

* WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded.

6-6

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Single Chain Slings

Oblong Link

Sling Hook**

Grab Hook

Foundry Hook

Grab Hook

Specifications Accology Size of Chain In. 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

mm 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

Grade 80 Working Load Limits* Lbs. at 90¡

A Dia.Mtl. In.

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300

5/8 3/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2

Oblong Links B C Inside Inside Width Length In. In. 3 3 3-1/2 3-1/2 4 6 6 7

6 6 7 7 8 12 12 14

6

Mechanical Single Chain Slings Plain End

CO

SOS** or SOSH

SOG

SOF

Choke Hook Note: Not limited to Single Chain Sling Applications

SG

Illustrations shown here utilize Kuplex II Master Kuplinks. If plain Master Links are preferred Kuplex II Kuplers or Kuplocks must be used to attach chain. Specifications Size of Chain

SOS Sling Hooks SOSH Safety Hook

SOO/CO

mm

Accoloy Working Load Limits* Lbs. at 90¡

7

3,500

3/8

10

CX06-0119

1/2

CX06-0120

5/8

CX06-0121

Kuplink

Cut Chain Needed for 5’ Reach

K-11

3 ’-9 "

7,100

K-12

13

12,000

16

18,100

3/4

20

CX06-0122

7/8

CX06-0123

1


In.

CX06-0117

9/32

CX06-0118

No.


K-80

4 ’-1 "

3 ’-8 "

K-81

K-13

3 ’-7 "

K-14

3 ’-1 "

28,300

K-15

22

34,200

26

47,700

SOG Grab Hooks

SOF Foundry Hooks

No.


No.

K-72

4 ’-2 "

K-498

4 ’-0 "

K-710

KCL-7

3 ’-11 "

K-73

4 ’-1 "

K-499

3 ’-11 "

K-710

KCL-10

K-82

3 ’-10 "

K-75

4 ’-0 "

K-500

3 ’-8 "

K-83

3 ’-8 "

K-76

3 ’-7 "

K-501

3 ’-4 "

3 ’-1 "

K-84

3 ’-5 "

K-77

3 ’-7 "

K-502

3 ’-4 "

K-16

2 ’-4 "

K-85

2 ’-11 "

K-78

3 ’-2 "

K-503

2 ’-10 "

K-6

3 ’-0 "

K-86

2 ’-10 "

K-504

2 ’-5 "

† Assemble with Kuplok/Mechanical connectors only.

* WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded. Do not point load hooks.

6-7


SOCH Choke Hook Choke Hook No.

Choke Link No.

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Double Chain Slings

Sling Hooks

Grab Hooks

Foundry Hooks

Specifications Size of Chain In. 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

6

mm 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32


Master Link

A Dia. Mtl. In.

6,100 12,300 20,800 31,300 49,000 59,200 82,600 125,200

K-1 K-2 K-3 K-4 K-5 K-6 – –

5/8 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4

Oblong Links B C Inside Inside Width Length In. In. 3 3 3-1/2 4 6 6 7 8

6 6 7 8 12 12 14 16

Mechanical Double Chain Slings Use Kuplok as Alternate Method

DOSH or DOS


Size of Chain In. mm 9/32 7 3/8 10 1/2 13 5/8 16 3/4 20 7/8 22 1 26

DOF


Master Link

Kuplok

Kupler

6,100 12,300 20,800 31,300 49,000 59,200 82,600

K-1 K-2 K-3 K-4 K-5 K-6 2x7x14

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1

K-20 K-21 K-22 K-23 K-24 K-25

Specifications DOSH Cut Chain Needed for 5’ Reach No. K-80 K-81 K-82 K-83 K-84 K-85 K-86

4 ’-1 " 3 ’-11 " 3 ’-9 " 3 ’-6 " 3 ’-1 " 2 ’-11 " 2 ’-8 "



6-8

DOG Grab Hooks Cut Chain Needed for 5’ Reach No. K-72 K-73 K-75 K-76 K-77 K-78

4 ’-2 " 4 ’-1 " 3 ’-11 " 3 ’-8 " 3 ’-3 " 3 ’-2 "

DOF Foundry Hooks Cut Chain Needed for 5’ Reach No. K-498 K-499 K-500 K-501 K-502 K-503 K-504

4 ’-0 " 3 ’-11 " 3 ’-8 " 3 ’-5 " 3 ’-0 " 2 ’-10 " 2 ’-6 "

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Triple Chain Slings TOS

TOF

Sling Hooks TOG (same as above with Grab Hooks)

Foundry Hooks Specifications

Size of Chain In. mm 9/32 7 3/8 10 1/2 13 5/8 16 3/4 20 7/8 22 1 26 1-1/4 32

Accoloy Working Load Limits* Lbs. at 60¡ 9,100 18,400 31,200 47,000 73,500 88,900 123,900 187,800

Master Link

A Dia. Mtl. In.

B Inside Width In.

K-2 K-3 K-4 K-5 K-6 – – –

3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-3/4

3 3-1/2 4 6 6 7 8 9

Oblong Links D C Dia. Inside Mtl. Length In. In. 6 7 8 12 12 14 16 16

5/8 3/4 1-1/32 1-1/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-3/4 2

E Inside Width In.

F Inside Length In.

1-5/32 1-1/2 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 3 3 3-1/2

2-3/16 3 4 4-9/16 5-1/4 6-1/2 6-1/2 7

6

Mechanical Triple Chain Slings

TOSH or TOS TOG (same as above with Grab Hooks)

Size of Chain CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. In. CX06-0147 9/32 CX06-0148 3/8 CX06-0149 1/2 CX06-0150 5/8 CX06-0151 3/4 CX06-0152 7/8 CX06-0153 1

mm 7 10 13 16 20 22 26


TOF

Quad Master Assy. for Chain Size

9,100 18,400 31,200 47,000 73,500 88,900 123,900

TOSH

In.

Kuplok

Kupler

No.


9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1

K-20 K-21 K-22 K-23 K-24 K-25

K-80 K-81 K-82 K-83 K-84 K-85 K-86

3’-11" 3’-8" 3’-4" 2’-9" 2’-8" 2’-4" 2’-2"

† Assemble with Kuplok/Mechanical connectors only. * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded. Do not point load hooks.

6-9

TOG Grab Hooks

No.


K-72 K-73 K-75 K-76 K-77 K-78

4’-0" 3’-10" 3’-6" 2’-11" 2’-10" 2’-7"

TOF Foundary Hooks

No.


K-498 K-499 K-500 K-501 K-502 K-503 K-504

3’-10" 3’-8" 3’-4" 2’-9" 2’-8" 2’-4" 2’-0"

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Quadruple Chain Slings QOS

QOF

Sling Hooks QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks)

Foundry Hooks QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks) Specifications

Size of Chain In. 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

6

mm 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

Oblong Links C D Inside Dia. Length Mtl.


A Dia. Mtl.

B Inside Width

E Inside Width

F Inside Length

In.

In.

In.

In.

In.

In.

9,100 18,400 31,200 47,000 73,500 88,900 123,900 187,800

3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-3/4

3 3-1/2 4 6 6 7 8 9

6 7 8 12 12 14 16 16

5/8 3/4 1-1/32 1-1/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-3/4 2

1-5/32 1-1/2 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 3 3 3-1/2

2-3/16 3 4 4-9/16 5-1/4 6 6 7

Mechanical Quadruple Chain Slings

QOSH or QOS QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks)

QOF QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks) Specifications

Size of Chain

Quad Master Assy. for Chain Size In.

QOSH


In.

mm


Kuplok

Kupler

CX06-0162

9/32

7

9,100

9/32

9/32

K-20

CX06-0163

3/8

10

18,400

3/8

3/8

CX06-0164

1/2

13

31,200

1/2

CX06-0165

5/8

16

47,000

CX06-0166

3/4

20

CX06-0167

7/8

22

CX06-0168

1

26

No.


K-80

3’-11"

K-21

K-81

1/2

K-22

5/8

5/8

73,500

3/4

88,900

7/8

123,900

1

1

QOG Grab Hooks

QOF Foundary Hooks

No.


No.


K-72

4’-0"

K-498

3’-10"

3’-8"

K-73

3’-10"

K-499

3’-8"

K-82

3’-4"

K-75

3’-6"

K-500

3-4"

K-23

K-83

2’-9"

K-76

2’-11"

K-501

2’-9"

3/4

K-24

K-84

2’-8"

K-77

2’-10"

K-502

2’-8"

7/8

K-25

K-85

2’-4"

K-78

2’-7"

K-503

2’-4"

K-86

2’-2"

K-504

2’-0"



6-10

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Adjustable Single Slings Style 1

Style 2

Grab Hook Grab Hook Sling Hook SOS Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook.

Sling Hook SOS

Specifications Size of Chain In. mm 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32


A Dia. Mtl. In.

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300

5/8 3/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2

Oblong Links B C Inside Inside Width Length In. In. 3 3 3-1/2 3-1/2 4 6 6 7

6 6 7 7 8 12 12 14

6

Mechanical Adjustable Single Slings Style 1

Style 2

Grab Hook

Grab Hook

Sling Hook**

Sling Hook**

SOS

SOS Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook. Specifications

Size of Chain CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX06-0177 CX06-0178 CX06-0179 CX06-0180 CX06-0181 CX06-0182

In. 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

mm 7 10 13 16 20 22


Master Link No.

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200

K-1 K-2 K-3 K-3 K-4 K-5

Kuplok

Kupler No.

Grab Hook No.

Sling Hook No.


9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

K-20 K-21 K-22 K-23 K-24 K-25

K-72 K-73 K-75 K-76 K-77 K-78

K-80 K-81 K-82 K-83 K-84 K-85

4’-1" 3’-11" 3’-8" 3’-7" 3’-1" 2’-11"


6-11

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Adjustable Double Slings DOS

Grab Hook

Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook.

Sling Hooks Specifications

Size of Chain In. mm 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

6


A Dia. Mtl. In.

6,100 12,300 20,800 31,300 49,000 59,200 82,600 125,200

5/8 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4

7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

Oblong Links B C Inside Inside Width Length In. In. 3 3 3-1/2 4 6 6 7 8

6 6 7 8 12 12 14 16

Mechanical Adjustable Double Slings DOS

Grab Hook

Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook.

Sling Hooks Specifications

Size of Chain CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX06-0191 CX06-0192 CX06-0193 CX06-0194 CX06-0195 CX06-0196

In. 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

mm 7 10 13 16 20 22


Quad Master Link

Kuplok

6,100 12,300 20,800 31,300 49,000 59,200

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

Kupler No.

Grab Hook No.

Sling Hook No.


K-20 K-21 K-22 K-23 K-24 K-25

K-72 K-73 K-75 K-76 K-77 K-78

K-80 K-81 K-82 K-83 K-84 K-85

4’-0" 3’-8" 3’-7" 3’-3" 3’-1" 2’-7"


6-12

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Adjustable Single Loop Slings

Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook. Specifications Size of Chain In. 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

mm 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32


A Dia. Mtl. In.

6,100 12,300 20,800 31,300 49,000 59,200 82,600 125,200

5/8 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4

Master Link B C Inside Inside Width Length In. In. 3 3 3-1/2 4 6 6 7 8

6 6 7 8 12 12 14 16

6

Mechanical Adjustable Single Loop Slings

Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook. Specifications Size of Chain


Kupler No.

Grab Hook No.


9/32

K-20

K-72

4’-2"

3/8

K-21

K-73

4’-1"

K-3

1/2

K-22

K-75

3’-10"

31,300

K-4

5/8

K-23

K-76

3’-8"

49,000

K-5

3/4

K-24

K-77

3’-3"

59,200

K-6

7/8

K-25

K-78

3’-2"

Master Link No.

Kuplok

6,100

K-1

12,300

K-2

20,800

16 20 22


In.

CX06-1008

9/32

7

CX06-1009

3/8

10

CX06-1010

1/2

13

CX06-1011

5/8

CX06-1012

3/4

CX06-1013

7/8

mm


6-13

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Welded Adjustable Double Loop Slings

Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook. Specifications Size of Chain In. 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

6

mm 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32


A Dia. Mtl. In.

9,100 18,400 31,200 47,000 73,500 88,900 123,900 187,800

3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-3/4

Master Link C B Inside Inside Length Width In. In. 3 3-1/2 4 6 6 7 8 9

6 7 8 12 12 14 16 16

Mechanical Adjustable Double Loop Slings

Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook. Specifications Size of Chain CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX06-0205 CX06-0206 CX06-0207 CX06-0208 CX06-0209 CX06-0210

In. 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

mm 7 10 13 16 20 22


Quad Assy. In.

Kuplok

9,100 18,400 31,200 47,000 73,500 88,900

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

Kupler No.

Grab Hook No.


K-20 K-21 K-22 K-23 K-24 K-25

K-72 K-73 K-75 K-76 K-77 K-78

4’-1" 3’-10" 3’-8" 3’-1" 2’-10" 2’-8"


6-14

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Single & Double Endless Basket Slings Specifications Size of Chain CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX06-0231 CX06-0232 CX06-0233 CX06-0234 CX06-0235 CX06-0236 CX06-0237 CX06-0238

In. 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

mm 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

Single

Double

Chain at 90¡ Working Load Limit* Lbs.


Oblong Links

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300

6,100 12,300 20,800 31,300 49,000 59,200 82,600 125,200

A Dia. Mtl. In.

Single B Inside Width In.

C Inside Length In.

A Dia. Mtl. In.

Double B C Inside Inside Width Length In. In.

5/8 3/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2

3 3 3-1/2 3-1/2 4 6 6 7

6 6 7 7 8 12 12 14

5/8 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4

3 3 3-1/2 4 6 6 7 8

6 6 7 8 12 12 14 16

Welded Double Sling With Oblong Link On Each End Specifications

Master Link Double Size of Chain CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX06-0239 CX06-0240 CX06-0241 CX06-0242 CX06-0243 CX06-0244 CX06-0245 CX06-0246

In. 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

mm 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

A Dia. Mtl. In.

B Inside Width In.

C Inside Length In.

A Dia. Mtl. In.

B Inside Width In.

C Inside Length In.

6,100 12,300 20,800 31,300 49,000 59,200 82,600 125,200

5/8 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4

3 3 3-1/2 4 6 6 7 8

6 6 7 8 12 12 14 16

5/8 3/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2

3 3 3-1/2 3-1/2 4 6 6 7

6 6 7 7 8 12 12 14

End Link

Endless Chain


Specifications Single Chain Size at 90¡ of Working Chain Load Limit* Lbs. In. mm 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

Standard Oblong End Link

Master Link


7 10 13 1 20 22 26 32

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300


6-15

6

CHAIN SLINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Steady-Lift Magnet Chains (3-Point Suspension) Eliminates Costly Down Time With Lift After Lift, Built-In Dependability • Ease of Use — Designed so bail stands up while chain rests on floor, there is no wrestling with the bail for hook-up. • Balanced Loading — Three point suspension offers superior stability. • Wearability — Engineered and built for increased service life, with heat treated bail, pins, alloy chain and end links. • Less Down Time — Easy inspection, replaceable pins, legs and bail mean more time on the job and fewer off-site repairs.

Replacement Parts Magnet Chain Size


Acco Pin


Acco Leg


Acco Yoke

1 1-1/4

CX06-0255 CX06-0256

5371-01630 5371-02030

CX06-0257 CX06-0258

5371-01620 5371-02020

CX06-0259 CX06-0260

5371-01610 5371-02010

Specifications A

6 CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Acco Stock No.

Size of Chain

B

C

Accoloy No. *W.L.L. of Lbs. Links

Mtl. Dia.

Yoke Wth.

Yoke Lgh.

D Vert. Reach

E End Link Wth.

F End Link Lgh.

G End Link Dia.

Comp. Assy. Wt. Lbs.

Yoke Wt. Lbs.

Chain Leg. Wt. Lbs.

Pin Wt. Lbs. Ea.

Magnet Diameter In.

CX06-0261

5371-01600

1

100,000

5

2-1/4

7

12

3’ -7"

2-5/8

7

1-1/4

220

110

31

5.0

up to 60

CX06-0262

5371-02000

1-1/4

150,000

7

2-1/2

7

12

4’ -7"

2-3/4

7

1-1/2

350

155

60

5.5

60 and over

Standard Magnet Chains Standard ‘D’ Master Link

Main Chain

Oblong Link

Pear Shape Master Link Optional

Handles Optional

Specifications Chain

Accoloy Working

Size

Acco

Master Link

Oblong Link

Load Limit*

A Dia.

B Inside

C Inside

A Dia.

B Inside

C Inside

5 Link

Magnet

Mtl. In.

Width In.

Length In.

Mtl. In.

Width In.

Length In.

Reach In.

Diameter In.

1-3/4 2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-1/2

6 6 6 6-1/2 6-1/2

10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 11-1/4 12-3/4

3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 1-1/2

2-1/8 2-1/8 2-1/8 2-3/4 2-3/4

6 6 6 7 7

32-1/2 35 36 40 45-1/2

up to 40/ up to 45 up to 48 up to 60 60 and over


Stock Number

In.

mm

Lbs. at 60¡

CX06-0263 CX06-0264 CX06-0265 CX06-0266 CX06-0267

5373-01000 5373-01200 5373-01400 5373-01600 5373-02000

5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

16 20 22 26 32

47,000 73,500 88,900 123,900 187,800

† Values shown are grade 63, embossed 'AS'. * WARNING Working Load Limits should not be exceeded.

6-16

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Oblong Master Link—Proof Tested Link size (inches) Working load limit CERTEX (lbs.)* Cat. Ref. No. 3,600 6,100 12,300 20,800 31,300 49,000 73,500 88,900 125,200 187,800

Diameter material A

Inside width B

Inside length C

Type & size of chain sling on which used Single Double Triple Quad type type type type S&C D T Q

13/32 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 3/4

1 1/2 2 1/2 2 3/4 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/4 6 7 8 9

3 5 5 1/2 7 8 3/4 10 1/2 12 14 16 16

7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 or 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 – –


7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 –

– 7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4

Weight each (lbs.)

– 7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4

.33 .8 2.1 4.6 9.2 15.7 24.5 37.3 54.0 84.8

† Working load limit of master link only.

Oblong Master Link Sub-Assembly**—Proof Tested For triple and quad branch chain slings Oblong master link size (inches) A B C 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 3/4

** Consisting of oblong master link and two welded master coupling links.

2 1/2 2 3/4 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/4 6 7 8 9


5 5 1/2 7 8 3/4 10 1/2 12 14 16 16


Master coupling link size (inches) D E F 11/32 15/32 21/32 29/32 1 5/32 1 9/32 1 17/32 1 25/32 2 1/32

5/8 7/8 1 1/4 1 3/4 2 1/4 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 3 1/2

1 1/8 1 9/16 2 1/4 3 1/8 4 4 3/8 5 1/4 6 7

Weight (lbs.)

HA chain (in.)

1.0 2.6 6.1 13.3 24.3 36.1 57.4 83.9 129.7

7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4

Master Ring—Proof Tested Ring size (inches) Working load limit (lbs.)* 3,500 6,100 9,100 12,300 18,400 20,800 31,300 49,000 73,500 88,900

Diameter Inside CERTEX material dia. of ring Cat. Ref. No. K L CX06-0287 CX06-0288 CX06-0289 CX06-0290 CX06-0291 CX06-0292 CX06-0293 CX06-0294 CX06-0295 CX06-0296

1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/4

2 1/2 3 4 4 4 5 6 7 8 9

Type & size of chain sling on which used Single type S&C

Double type D

Triple type T

Quad type Q

Weight each (lbs.)

9/32 – 3/8 – 1/2 5/8 or 3/4 7/8 1 – 1 1/4

– 9/32 – 3/8 – 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1

– – 9/32 – 3/8 – 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

– – 9/32 – 3/8 – 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

.5 1.0 1.8 2.6 3.4 6.9 11.7 18.6 27.9 39.9

† Working load limit of master link only. * WARNING • Do not exceed working load limit. • Use only alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting.

6-17

6

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Pear-Shaped Master Link—Proof Tested Link size (inches)


Diameter material G


1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/4

H

I

Inside length J

1 1/4 2 2 5/8 3 1/4 3 7/8 4 1/2 3 1/2 6

2 1/2 2 3/4 3 1/2 4 5/8 5 1/4 6 7 8

5 5/16 5 5/8 7 1/4 8 3/4 10 1/2 12 14 16

Inside widths

Type & size of chain sling on which used Single Double type type S&C D 9/32 3/8 1/2 or 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4

Welded Coupling Link—Proof Tested Link size (inches)

6


Chain size (in.)

Diameter material D

Inside width E

Inside length F

CX06-0305 CX06-0306 CX06-0307 CX06-0308 CX06-0309 CX06-0310 CX06-0311 CX06-0312 CX06-0313 CX06-0314 CX06-0315 CX06-0316

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8** 1 1/4 1 1/2** – –

11/32 15/32 21/32 25/32 29/32 1 1/32 1 5/32 1 9/32 1 17/32 1 25/32 1 25/32 2 1/32

5/8 7/8 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 3 1/2 3 1/2

1 1/8 1 9/16 2 1/4 2 5/8 3 1/8 3 1/2 4 4 3/8 5 1/4 6 7 7

** Non-stock item.

Grab Link—Proof Tested Link size (inches) CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX06-0317 CX06-0318 CX06-0319 CX06-0320 CX06-0321 CX06-0322 CX06-0323 CX06-0324

A 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 1/4

B 5 1/2 6 1/16 7 5/8 9 1/4 11 1/4 11 3/4 13 3/4 17 1/2

C 2 1/2 2 3/4 3 1/2 4 3/8 6 5 1/4 7 9

* WARNING • Do not exceed working load limit. • Use only alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting.

6-18

D 7/16 5/8 3/4 1 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 1/2 2 1/4

For chain size (in.) 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Columbus McKinnon Corporation S Hook

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX06-0325 CX06-0326 CX06-0327 CX06-0328 CX06-0329 CX06-0330 CX06-0331 CX06-0332 CX06-0333 CX06-0334 CX06-0335

Working load limits (lbs.)* 210 410 870 1,120 1,730 2,370 2,920 3,150 4,450 6,100 6,250

Size A 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 5/32 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2

Dimensions (inches) B 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9 10 1/2 12 13 15 16 17 18

C 1 1/8 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6

D 1 1/8 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6

Weight each (lbs.) .15 .35 .82 1.6 2.6 4.2 6.0 9.3 11.7 15.4 19.5

R 9/16 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 3/4 3

Plate Hook


Chain size (in.)

Working load limit (lbs.)*

A

B

C

D

L

M

N

T

R

W

Weight each (lbs.)

CX06-0336 CX06-0337 CX06-0338 CX06-0339 CX06-0340 CX06-0341

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

3,600 7,050 11,400 17,800 25,600 34,900

2 2 5/8 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 3/16 6

1 3/4 3 4 5 6 7

2 1/2 4 5/16 4 3/8 5 7/16 6 1/2 7 5/8

15/16 1 3/16 1 1/2 1 7/8 2 3/8 2 1/2

1 1 1/8 1 1/2 1 7/8 2 1/4 2 5/8

3 11/16 6 3/8 7 3/8 9 1/4 10 7/8 13 1/16

1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16

5/8 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4

5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1

2 1/2 2 3/4 3 1/2 5 5 3/4 6

2.8 5.7 13 26.5 42 65

Dimensions (inches)

Latchlok® Hook—Proof Tested For simplified rigging and more secure load attachment. Recessed push button thumb release will not open accidentally, even if chain slacks; eliminates danger of an open hook snagging on a projection. Large eye accepts wire rope thimbles.

(mm)


B

D

E

G

H

I

J

K

N

O

P

Weight each (lbs.)

7

3,500

2 3/16

3 7/16

1 3/8

6 11/16

1/2

15/16

13/16

1 3/16

1 3/16 5 3/16

1 3/8

1 5/16

1

1.28

3/8

10

7,100

2 13/16

4 1/16

1 3/4

8 11/32

11/16

1 1/8

5/8

1 7/16

1 7/16

6 1/2

1 3/4

1 19/32 1 9/64

CX06-0344

1/2

13

12,000

3 5/8

4 3/4

2 1/4

10 9/16

7/8

1 11/16

1 3/8

1 7/8

1 7/8

8 9/32 2 3/16 1 21/32

CX06-0345

5/8-3/4

16/20

28,300

5 1/16

5 3/4

2 7/16

13 1/2

1 1/4

2 1/16

1 3/4

2 9/16

2 9/16 10 1/2

Chain size CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

(in.)

CX06-0342

9/32

CX06-0343

Dimensions (inches)


6-19

L

M

2 5/8

2 3/8

2.08

1 3/8

4.12

1 3/4

10.34

6

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Clevlok® Sling Hook Without Latch**—Proof Tested

(mm)


D

E

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

P

Weight each (lbs.)

7 10 13 16 20

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300

3.500 4.343 5.500 6.281 7.827

1.500 1.875 2.250 2.625 3.000

5.156 6.672 8.000 9.687 11.688

0.328 0.453 0.593 0.750 0.875

0.734 0.953 1.172 1.438 1.688

1.594 2.187 2.562 2.281 3.437

0.357 0.507 0.625 0.750 0.906

3.437 4.468 5.265 6.078 7.344

1.187 1.437 1.781 2.031 2.500

1.203 1.453 1.938 2.375 2.828

1.051 1.281 1.656 2.188 2.563

0.64 1.91 4.33 5.20 11.40

Chain size

6


(in.)

CX06-0346 CX06-0347 CX06-0348 CX06-0349 CX06-0350

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Dimensions (inches)

** Latches available either as an option or in kit form. must determine whether latch is required on the hook.

Clevlok® Sling Hook With Latch—Proof Tested

(mm)


D

G

H

I

L

M

O

P

R

Weight each (lbs.)

7 10 13 16 20

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300

3.500 4.343 5.500 6.281 7.827

5.156 6.672 8.000 9.687 11.688

0.328 0.453 0.593 0.750 0.875

0.734 0.953 1.172 1.438 1.688

0.357 0.507 0.625 0.750 0.906

3.437 4.468 5.265 6.078 7.344

1.203 1.453 1.938 2.375 2.828

1.051 1.281 1.656 2.188 2.563

1.062 1.312 1.562 1.750 2.187

0.80 2.03 4.50 6.50 11.80

Chain size CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

(in.)

CX06-0351 CX06-0352 CX06-0353 CX06-0354 CX06-0355

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Dimensions (inches)


6-20

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Cradle Grab® Hook— Proof Tested


(in.)

(mm)



7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4

5.5 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

2,100 3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300

Chain size

Dimensions (inches) B

D

E

G

H

I

K

L

M

P

Weight each (lbs.)

1.19 1.38 1.78 2.28 2.75 3.19 3.75 4.31 5.38

1.75 1.81 2.63 3.34 4.08 4.88 5.69 7.00 8.25

0.36 0.36 0.45 0.59 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.19 1.50

2.69 3.44 4.67 5.86 7.13 8.25 9.63 12.44 15.56

0.38 0.38 0.50 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.22 1.56

1.19 1.19 1.75 1.88 2.25 2.88 3.00 3.88 2.50

0.96 0.99 1.48 1.98 2.63 3.06 3.75 4.31 5.50

0.63 0.63 0.78 1.03 1.25 1.44 1.75 1.88 2.25

1.63 2.36 3.11 3.94 4.78 5.50 6.50 8.09 10.50

.70 .70 1.06 1.30 1.59 1.88 2.12 3.12 3.50

0.35 0.40 1.06 2.26 4.36 6.70 10.40 20.90 40.00

† Not cradle type.

Sling Hook** Without Latch—Proof Tested


(in.)

(mm)



7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4

5.5 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

2,100 3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300

Chain size


D

E

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

P

Weight each (lbs.)

1.62 2.06 2.63 3.06 3.50 3.88 4.31 5.31

3.31 3.50 4.34 5.50 6.34 7.83 8.59 9.59 11.56

1.44 1.50 1.88 2.25 2.63 3.00 3.38 4.00 4.66

4.30 5.25 6.64 8.16 9.66 11.38 12.72 14.23 17.00

0.38 0.44 0.56 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.09 1.22 1.50

0.78 0.73 0.95 1.17 1.44 1.69 1.94 2.14 2.62

1.25 1.59 2.19 2.56 2.63 3.44 3.88 4.25 4.64

0.75 0.75 0.94 1.13 1.31 1.50 1.69 1.88 2.31

3.06 3.75 4.78 5.69 6.50 7.81 8.75 9.88 11.50

1.25 1.19 1.44 1.78 2.03 2.50 2.78 3.13 3.88

1.00 1.20 1.45 1.94 2.38 2.83 3.22 3.55 4.25

0.86 1.05 1.28 1.66 2.19 2.51 2.84 3.09 3.89

0.7 1.1 1.9 4.5 7.3 11.4 18.1 22.6 36.0

** Available from stock with/without latch. Replacement latch kits are also available. must determine if latch is required on the hook. * WARNING • Do not exceed working load limit. • Use only alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting.

6-21

6

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Sling Hook With Latch—Proof Tested


(in.)

(mm)



7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4

5.5 7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

2,100 3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300

Chain size

6


D

E

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

P

R

Weight each (lbs.)

1.63 2.06 2.63 3.06 3.50 3.88 4.31 5.31

3.31 3.50 4.34 5.50 6.34 7.83 8.59 9.59 11.28

1.44 1.50 1.88 2.25 2.63 3.00 3.38 4.00 4.66

4.30 5.25 6.64 8.16 9.66 11.38 12.72 14.23 17.00

0.38 0.44 0.56 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.09 1.22 1.50

0.78 0.73 0.95 1.17 1.44 1.69 1.94 2.14 2.62

1.25 1.59 2.19 2.56 2.63 3.44 3.88 4.25 4.64

0.75 0.75 0.94 1.13 1.31 1.50 1.69 1.88 2.31

3.06 3.75 4.78 5.69 6.50 7.81 8.75 9.88 11.50

1.25 1.19 1.44 1.78 2.03 2.50 2.78 3.13 3.88

1.00 1.20 1.45 1.94 2.38 2.83 3.22 3.55 4.25

0.86 1.05 1.28 1.66 2.19 2.51 2.84 3.09 3.89

1.11 1.06 1.31 1.56 1.75 2.19 2.38 2.78 3.41

0.7 1.1 1.9 4.5 7.3 11.4 18.1 22.6 36.0

Foundry Hook—Proof Tested Foundry Hook—Proof Tested

(in.)

(mm)


9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4

7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300

Chain size CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX06-0383 CX06-0384 CX06-0385 CX06-0386 CX06-0387 CX06-0388 CX06-0389 CX06-0390


D

E

G

H

I

K

L

M

N

O

R

Weight each (lbs.)

1.56 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.13

4.75 5.75 6.75 7.81 9.13 10.14 11.13 12.84

2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00 5.50 6.00

6.45 7.88 9.38 10.97 12.81 14.23 15.84 18.03

0.47 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.38

1.00 1.27 1.50 1.81 2.20 2.25 2.59 3.17

1.56 1.88 2.22 2.63 3.00 3.38 3.75 4.25

0.63 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.13 2.38

4.75 5.75 6.88 8.06 9.25 10.38 11.56 12.88

2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00 5.50 6.00

1.23 1.50 1.75 2.03 2.56 2.78 3.03 3.81

0.25 0.31 0.37 0.43 0.50 0.56 0.62 0.75

2.4 4.5 7.1 11.6 20.0 26.0 36.8 58.4


6-22

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Quad. Master Assemblies

A quadruple Master Assembly was designed to construct a triple or quadruple chain sling assembly by attaching three (3) or four (4) single leg assemblies thus eliminating the cumbersome connections created by attaching all to a common Master Link. Acco Quad Master Assemblies are fabricated from fine grain alloy steel subjected to the high quality heat treatment and quality control associated with the other Acco Products. Specifications Oblong Link Size of Chain CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Acco Stock Number

In.


5994-00401 5994-00601 5994-00801 5994-01001 5994-01201 5994-01401 5994-01601 5994-02001

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

mm

Accoloy Working Load Limits* Lbs.

A Mtl. Dia. In.

B Ins. Wid. In.

C Ins. Len. In.

D Mtl. Dia. In.

E Ins. Wid. In.

F Ins. Len. In.

Approx. Wt. Ea. Lbs.

7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

9,100 18,500 31,300 47,000 73,500 88,900 123,900 187,800

3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-3/4

3 3-1/2 4 6 6 7 8 9

6 7 8 12 12 14 16 16

5/8 3/4 1-1/32 1-1/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-7/8 2-1/4

1-5/32 1-1/2 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 3 5 5

2-3/16 3 4 4-9/16 5-1/4 6 10 10

3.8 7.2 15.0 26.2 42.3 65.5 102.6 160.0

Kuplok® Kuplok mechanical coupling links, an essential component of mechanically coupled slings, are used to assemble chain legs to the master link and/or attach eye type fittings. Specifications Size of Chain


Acco Stock Number

In.

mm



5942-00400 5942-00601 5942-00801 5942-01001 5942-01201 5990-11401 5990-11601 5990-12001

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300

Max. Width of Link In.

Dia. Hole to Accept Male Leg In.

1-11/16 2-1/4 3-1/4 3-5/8 4-1/4

35/64 47/64 59/64 1-1/16 1-1/4


6-23

A

B

C

Wt. Each Lbs.

Qty. Per Box

Dia. Mtl. In.

Inside Width In.

Inside Length In.

D Inside Length O.A. In.

.23 .59 1.40 2.40 3.80 5.55 9.77 17.85

5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1

3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 15/16 1-1/64 1-3/16 1-29/64

5/8 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-13/16 2-9/32 2-5/8

5/8 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2-1/8 1-59/64 2-15/64

1-13/16 2-1/2 3-3/8 4 4-5/8 5-5/8 4-29/32 6-55/64

E Largest Mtl. Diam. to be used w/Kuplok 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-3/4

6

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Kuplers

Kuplers act as a connection device between Master Links and Chain on all multiple leg Kuplex II Chain Slings. On single leg assemblies they can be used in lieu of the popular Kuplex II Kuplink. Resembling a shackle in appearance the Kuplers provide a high strength, high integrity connection when used to connect a special attachment to the alloy chain assembly. Specifications

6

Size of Chain mm


9/32

7

3,500

3/8

10

7,100

K-22

1/2

13

12,000

3/4

5981-00023

K-23

5/8

16

18,100

15/16

5981-00024

K-24

3/4

20

28,300

1

CX06-0439

5981-00025

K-25

7/8

22

34,200

1-1/8

CX06-0440

5991-00026

K-26

1

26

35,900

CX06-0441

5991-00028

K-28

1-1/4

32

56,100


Acco Stock Number

Kupler No.

In.

CX06-0434

5981-00020

K-20

CX06-0435

5981-00021

K-21

CX06-0436

5981-00022

CX06-0437 CX06-0438

A In.

B In.

C In.

D In.

E In.

G In.

H In.

I In.

J In.

Weight Lbs.

7/16

13/16

1-5/16

19/32

1-1/16

1-7/8

5/16

1/8

23/32

13/32

11/32

5/8

.2

7/16

5/32

15/16

9/16

15/32

7/8

1-5/16

.5

2-9/16

9/16

3/16

1-3/32

3/4

21/32

1-1/8

1.1

1-5/8

3

11/16

1/4

1-11/32

15/16

13/16

1-1/2

2.0

1-15/16

3-13/32

13/16

5/16

1-19/32

1-7/32

1

1-3/4

3.2

2-1/4

3-7/8

15/16

3/8

1-27/32

1-9/32

1-1/16

2

4.7

1-1/4

2-3/4

4-3/8

1-1/32

NA

2

1-1/4

1-1/8

2-3/8

6.6

1-1/2

3-1/2

5-1/8

1-5/16

NA

2 9/32

1-1/2

1-7/16

2-7/8

11.6

† Values shown for these sizes are grade 63.

Master Kuplinks Most chain slings used today are single branch chain slings. Typical single branch construction are Types CO, SOG, SOS, SOF, etc. Master Kuplinks are the optimum of chain to master link connections. In addition to the streamline characteristics of the Kuplink, there is a definite advantage to field assembly since other coupling devices are unnecessary.

Specifications Size of Chain


Acco Stock Number

Kuplink No.

In.

CX06-0442 CX06-0443 CX06-0444 CX06-0445 CX06-0446 CX06-0447

5983-00011 5983-00012 5983-00013 5983-00014 5983-00015 5983-00016

K-11 K-12 K-13 K-14 K-15 K-16

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

Accoloy Working Load Limits* Lbs. mm 7 10 13 16 20 22

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200

A In.

B In.

C In.

D In.

E In.

F In.

G In.

H In.

I In.

J In.

Weight Lbs.

3/4 3/4 15/16 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-1/2

3 3 3 4 4 6

6 6 6 8 8 12

1/2 1/2 11/16 7/8 7/8 1-1/8

7-1/4 7-7/32 7-9/16 9-15/16 10-3/16 14-5/8

1/8 5/32 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8

3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1

13/32 9/16 3/4 15/16 1-7/32 1-9/32

11/32 15/32 21/32 13/16 1 1-1/16

5/8 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2

1.9 2.1 3.9 7.4 9.8 20.0


6-24

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Load Pins & Spirol®† Pins All Accoloy A8A Kuplex II components derive their high integrity connection from the special Kuplex II Load Pins and Spirol Pins. The load pins are made from alloy steel heat treated to obtain optimum rated performance properties. The load pins are specially shaped to develop strength characteristics and resistance to bending under rated load. The oval shape presents a greater force area than conventional round pins. Important: Use only genuine Kuplex load and retaining pins when assembling slings. Never use rods, bolts or other objects of questionable strength and metallurgy. Failure could cause serious injury or damage to property. Specifications Size of Chain In.

Hooks, Kuplinks & Choke Hood Links

H In.

I In.

K In.


Spirol Retaining Pin

Kuplers

Acco Stock No. Load Pin Set

K In.


Acco Stock No. Load Pin Set


Acco Stock No.

Qty. Per Ctn. 100

9/32

13/32

5/16

1-5/32

CX06-0448

5989-00232

1-17/32

CX06-0454

5989-00132

CX06-0460

5989-00332

3/8

9/16

15/32

1-21/32

CX06-0449

5989-00233

2-3/32

CX06-0455

5989-00133

CX06-0461

5989-00333

50

1/2

23/32

5/8

2-7/32

CX06-0450

5989-00234

2-23/32

CX06-0456

5989-00134

CX06-0462

5989-00334

50

5/8

59/64

25/32

2-19/32

CX06-0451

5989-00235

3-7/32

CX06-0457

5989-00135

CX06-0463

5989-00335

25

3/4

1-3/16

1

3-7/32

CX06-0452

5989-00236

3-15/16

CX06-0458

5989-00136

CX06-0464

5989-00336

10

7/8

1-1/4

1-1/16

3-21/32

CX06-0453

5989-00237

4-17/32

CX06-0459

5989-00137

CX06-0465

5989-00337

Bulk

All dimensions are shown in inches. † One Load Pin and two Spirol Pins are skin packed; one set per card, five cards per master carton on 9/32", 3/8", 1/2" size, two cards per master carton on 5/8", 3/4" size, bulk on 7/8" size. There is an occasional need for replacement of Spirol and Load Pins. The same load pins cannot be use in both Kuplers and Hooks. When ordering these parts separately, be sure to specify whether they are for Kuplers or Hooks and also specify Kupler Number or the Hook Number with which they are to be used.

Latch Assembly

For use w/both Accoloy Eye Type & Kuplex II Clevis Type sling hooks. Specifications


Acco Stock No. Latch Assy. Only

To be used with Hook Number

E In.


5999-00402 5999-00403 5999-00404 5999-00405 5999-00406 5999-00407 5999-00408 5999-00410

K-80 K-81 K-82 K-83 K-84 K-85 K-86 K-88

1 1-3/8 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-7/16 2-5/8 3-1/4 3-3/4

Size of Chain In. mm 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

As you will note we have given you the "E Dimension" (throat opening) with the latch completely depressed; the balance of sling hook dimension remains the same.


6-25

6

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Eye Type Sling Hooks

†† Handle Optional Specifications

6

Size of Chain


Acco Stock Number

In.

mm



5923-03080 5923-03081 5923-03082 5923-03083 5923-03084 5923-03085 5923-03086 5923-03088

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300

Wt. Each Lbs.

D In.

E In.

F In.

G In.

H In.

I In.

K In.

1.00 2.60 5.30 7.90 11.20 17.10 21.80 44.40

3-3/4 5-3/8 6-3/4 7-9/16 8-7/8 10-1/8 10-13/16 12-15/16

1-7/32 1-5/8 2 2-7/16 2-11/16 3 3-3/8 4-1/16

5/8 13/16 1-1/32 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4

11/16 15/16 1-3/16 1-5/16 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-7/8 2-5/16

5-3/16 7-3/8 9-1/8 10-9/16 11-15/16 13-13/16 15-5/16 18-1/2

3-3/16 4-13/16 6-1/16 7-5/32 7-7/8 8-25/32 10-1/16 2-5/16

1-1/16 1-3/8 1-13/16 2-1/8 2-5/16 2-3/4 3 3-3/4

†† Price available on request.

Clevis Type Sling Hooks Kuplex II Hooks are engineered to make a rapid, high integrity chain to hook connections with these major advantages: No bulky connection link is required — this permits easy withdrawal of the hook from beneath the load. Hooks are drop forged, rated at Grade 80 (except 1” and 1-1/4”, which are Grade 63). All hooks are color coded Acco orange to provide maximum visibility.


Accoloy Working Load Limits* Lbs. mm


Acco Stock Number

Hook No.

In.

CX06-0482

5988-00080

K-80

9/32

7

3,500

1

1-1/2

CX06-0483

5988-00081

K-81

3/8

10

7,100

1-9/32

2-1/32

CX06-0484

5988-00082

K-82

1/2

13

12,000

1-11/16

2-7/16

CX06-0485

5988-00083

K-83

5/8

16

18,100

1-15/16

CX06-0486

5988-00084

K-84

3/4

20

28,300

CX06-0487

5988-00085

K-85

7/8

22

34,200

CX06-0488

5998-00086

K-86

1

26

35,900

A In.

B In.

C In.

D In.

E In.

F In.

G In.

H In.

I In.

J In.

Weight Lbs.

3-3/8

3-5/8

5-7/8

4-13/16

1-7/32

1/8

3/8

13/32

11/32

5/8

1.1

1-5/8

5/32

1/2

9/16

15/32

7/8

6-1/8

2.6

6-1/8

2

3/16

5/8

3/4

21/32

1-1/8

2-13/16

6-13/16

5.8

7-7/32

2-7/16

1/4

3/4

15/16

13/16

1-1/2

9.8

2-3/8

3-1/4

2-3/4

3-21/32

8-17/32

8-3/16

2-11/16

5/16

7/8

1-7/32

1

1-3/4

15.3

9-5/8

9-15/32

3

3/8

1

1-9/32

1-1/16

2

3.0

4.1

24.9

10.0

10.0

3.4

1.4

1.2

1.1

1.9

21.6


6-26

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Eye Type Grab Hooks

Specifications


Acco Stock Number

In.

mm



5922-02072 5922-02073 5922-02075 5922-02076 5922-02077 5922-02078 5922-02079 5922-02051

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300

Size of Chain

Wt. Each Lbs.

D In.

E In.

F In.

G In.

H In.

I In.

.73 1.17 2.64 4.79 8.20 12.26 18.18 40.00

2-11/16 3-3/8 4-1/4 5-1/4 6-1/4 7-1/4 8-3/16 10-1/8

13/32 31/64 41/64 25/32 15/16 1-3/32 1-15/64 1-1/2

5/8 13/16 1-1/32 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4

29/64 47/64 31/32 1-3/16 1-13/32 1-5/8 1-27/32 2-1/4

4-1/16 4-29/32 6-15/32 7-15/16 9-7/16 11 12-13/32 15-5/8

2-3/8 2-13/16 3-23/32 4-9/16 5-15/32 6-3/8 6-7/32 9-1/4

Clevis Type Grab Hooks Kuplex II Grab Hooks provide a chain to grab hook connection method that completely eliminates the necessity for cumbersome mechanical connection devices. The Kuplex II Grab Hook needs no more clearance than the chain with which it is used when being pulled from beneath a load. The Kuplex II Grab Hook is identified by hook number and chain size, permitting the selection of the proper hook for the chain being used. Accoloy Kuplex II Grab Hooks are made from alloy steel which is drop forged to precise tolerances.



Acco Stock Number

Hook No.

In.

mm


CX06-0497 CX06-0498 CX06-0499 CX06-0500 CX06-0501 CX06-0502

5987-00072 5987-00073 5987-00075 5987-00076 5987-00077 5987-00078

K-72 K-73 K-75 K-76 K-77 K-78

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

7 10 13 16 20 22

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200

A In.

B In.

C In.

D In.

E In.

F In.

G In.

H In.

I In.

J In.

Weight Lbs.

11/16 1-1/32 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-7/8 2-1/8

1-1/8 1-1/2 2 2-3/8 2-15/16 3-1/2

2-1/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 4-3/8 5-1/8 6

2-1/8 2-5/8 3-11/32 4-1/4 5 6-1/16

13/32 1/2 5/8 25/32 7/8 1-1/8

1/8 5/32 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8

3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1

13/32 9/16 3/4 15/16 1-7/32 1-9/32

11/32 15/32 21/32 13/16 1 1-1/16

5/8 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2

.5 1.3 2.8 5.3 8.9 13.7


6-27

6

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Eye Type Foundry Hooks

Specifications

6


Acco Stock Number

In.

mm



5924-04498 5924-04499 5924-04500 5924-04501 5924-04502 5924-04503 5924-04504 5924-04505

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4

7 10 13 16 20 22 26 32

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700 72,300

Size of Chain

Wt. Each Lbs.

D In.

E In.

F In.

G In.

J In.

K In.

Spherical Radius In.

2.00 4.50 7.00 11.00 15.00 22.00 31.00 46.00

4-3/4 5-3/4 6-7/8 8-1/16 9-1/4 10-3/8 11-9/16 12-3/4

2-5/8 3-1/8 3-3/4 4-1/4 4-3/4 5-1/4 5-3/4 6-3/8

5/8 13/16 1-1/32 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4

1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 3

1-9/16 1-7/8 2-1/4 2-5/8 3 3-3/8 3-3/4 4-1/4

1-1/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 1-7/8 2-1/8 2-3/8 2-3/4 3-1/4

1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4

Clevis Type Foundry Hooks Kuplex II Foundry Hooks when properly used are designed for maximum service such as those applications encountered in foundry work. The throat of the hook is designed to accommodate standard trunnions. The tip of the hook is designed for ease of insertion into holes in the casting.

Specifications


Acco Stock Number

Hook No.

In.

mm


CX06-0511 CX06-0512 CX06-0513 CX06-0514 CX06-0515 CX06-0516 CX06-0517

5982-00498 5982-00499 5982-00500 5982-00501 5982-00502 5982-00503 5992-00504

K-498 K-499 K-500 K-501 K-502 K-503 K-504

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1

7 10 13 16 20 22 26

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200 47,700

Size of Chain

A In.

B In.

C In.

D In.

E In.

F In.

G In.

H In.

I In.

J In.

Weight Lbs.

1-1/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 2-3/16 2-5/8 2-7/8 2.8

1-9/16 1-7/8 2-1/4 2-5/8 3-1/8 3-1/2 3.8

4-3/8 5-1/2 6-5/8 7-3/4 8-7/8 10-1/16 11.6

4-7/8 5-7/8 7 8-9/32 9-5/8 10-3/4 11.0

2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-5/8 5-1/4 5.6

1/8 5/32 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8

3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1.4

13/32 9/16 3/4 15/16 1-7/32 1-9/32 1.2

11/32 15/32 21/32 13/16 1 1-1/16 1.1

7/8 1-1/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2.5

2.1 3.9 7.6 13.5 23.2 32.1 35.0


6-28

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Metal Identification Tags

Forged

Stamped Specifications


Acco Stock No.

CX06-0525

Finish

A In.

B In.

4409-00009

Description Forged I.D. Tag w/wire rope & sleeve conn.

Self Colored

4-1/8

1-3/8

Bright Zinc

3-5/8

1-1/2

CX06-0526

4409-00005

Forged I.D. Tag with ring

CX06-0527

4409-00003

Forged I.D. Tag only

CX06-0528

5999-20003

Stamped I.D. Tag w/wire rope & sleeve conn.

CX06-0529

3419-00300

Aluminum Sleeve

CX06-0530

3584-00310

Wire Rope

6

† 50 piece minimum per bulk packaging

Plate Hook Accoloy Plate Hooks are designed for the most popular chain sizes — 9/32”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, and 7/8”. They are proof tested to the same values as the corresponding chain — therefore, the same working load limit applies. Fabricated from alloy steel, Plate Hooks can be furnished on ed Slings as well as with various chain assemblies. Accoloy Plate Hooks are intended for use in handling plates, flats, and structurals. Custom Sizes Available Specifications Size of Chain CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Stock Number

In.

mm


CX06-0531 CX06-0532 CX06-0533 CX06-0534 CX06-0535 CX06-0536

5934-00400 5934-00600 5934-00800 5934-01000 5934-01200 5934-01400

9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8

7 10 13 16 20 22

3,500 7,100 12,000 18,100 28,300 34,200

Dimensions Inches Weight Each Lbs.

L

M

N

O

P

T

U

2.40 4.60 10.60 20.72 36.72 52.60

2 2-5/8 3-1/2 4-3/8 5-3/16 6

2 3 4 5 6 7

1-1/2 1-7/8 2-1/2 3-1/8 3-3/4 4-1/2

13/16 1-1/16 1-3/8 1-3/4 2-1/8 2-7/16

7/8 1-1/8 1-1/2 1-7/8 2-1/2 2-5/8

3/4 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4

2 2-1/4 3 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/4

WARNING *Working Load Limits should not be exceeded. Do not point load hooks.

6-29

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Gunnebo-Johnson Corp Alloy BK Safety Hooks Safety Hooks (Eye Type) Latch closes automatically under load. Hook will not open under load.

The release trigger will only operate when hook is unloaded.

All three hooks are equipped with Stainless Steel springs. Heat number indentification allows full product traceability.

BK

6


GunneboJohnson Code

Chain Size

Working Load Limit *(Lbs)

Dimensions (Inches)

Weight Each (Lbs)

L

B

E

F

G

H

CX06-0537

BK-5/6-8

7/32

2,100

4.3

1.1

.87

.39

.55

.75

.9

CX06-0538

BK-7/8-8

9/32

3,500

5.4

1.4

.99

.43

.67

.91

1.6

CX06-0539

BK-10-8

3/8

7,100

6.6

1.7

1.3

.51

.98

1.1

3.3

CX06-0540

BK-13-8

1/2

12,000

8.2

2.1

1.6

.63

1.1

1.5

5.9

CX06-0541

BK-16-8

5/8

18,100

10.0

2.5

2.0

.79

1.5

1.9

12.0

CX06-0542

BK-18/20-8

3/4

28,300

12.6

3.1

2.8

.95

1.9

2.4

25.0

CX06-0543

BK-22-8

7/8

34,200

12.6

3.1

2.8

.95

1.9

2.4

25.0

CX06-0544

BK-26-8

1

47,700

13.6

3.9

3.1

1.0

2.0

2.7

32.0

CX06-0545

BK-28-8

1 1/8

55,100

15.8

4.7

3.5

1.1

2.4

3.2

48.0

* Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified.

Safety Hooks With Grip Latch (Eye Type) Latch is protected and will act as a gauge to signal an gauge to signal an unsafe bent hook or latch.

Grip latch locks into point of hook.

All three hooks are equipped with Stainless Steel springs. OBK

Heat number identification allows full product traceability.


GunneboJohnson Code

Chain Size


Dimensions (Inches) L

B

E

F

G

H

Weight Each (Lbs)

CX06-0546

OBK-7/8-8

9/32

3,500

5.1

1.3

.99

.39

.67

.79

1.5

CX06-0547

OBK-10-8

3/8

7,100

6.4

1.7

1.3

.49

.83

.97

2.7

CX06-0548

OBK-13-8

1/2

12,000

7.7

2.0

1.6

.59

1.0

1.2

4.5

CX06-0549

OBK-16-8

5/8

18,100

9.3

2.4

2.0

.75

1.2

1.5

7.7

CX06-0550

OBK-18/20-8

3/4

28,300

11.5

2.8

2.3

1.1

1.4

1.9

10.2

* Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified. WARNING Never exceed published working load limit

6-30

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Gunnebo-Johnson Corp Safety Hooks With Bronze Bushings (Swivel Eye Type) Bushing allows hook to swivel when load is applied.


Latch closes automatically under load. Hook will not open under load.

Heat number identification allows full product traceability. BKL CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

GunneboJohnson Code

Chain Size



B

C

E

F

G

H

Weight Each (Lbs)

CX06-0551

BKL-5/6-8

7/32

2,100

5.9

1.1

.91

1.3

.43

.55

.75

1.4

CX06-0552

BKL-7/8-8

9/32

3,500

7.2

1.4

1.1

1.4

.47

.67

.91

2.4

CX06-0553

BKL-10-8

3/8

7,100

8.6

1.7

1.5

1.7

.59

.99

1.1

4.4

CX06-0554

BKL-13-8

1/2

12,000

10.9

2.1

1.7

1.9

.75

1.1

1.5

8.4

CX06-0555

BKL-16-8

5/8

18,100

13.2

2.5

2.3

2.4

.87

1.5

1.9

15.0


Safety Hooks With Ball Bearings (Swivel Eye Type) Ball bearing allows the hook to swivel under load.




All three hooks are equipped with Stainless Steel springs. BKLK


GunneboJohnson Code

Chain Size



B

C

E

F

G

H

Weight Each (Lbs)

CX06-0556

BKLK-5/6-8

7/32

2,100

5.8

1.1

.87

1.3

.43

.55

.75

1.5

CX06-0557

BKLK-7/8-8

1/4

3,500

7.2

1.4

1.1

1.4

.47

.67

.91

2.4

CX06-0558

BKLK-10-8

3/8

7,100

8.5

1.7

1.3

1.6

.59

.99

1.1

4.2

CX06-0559

BKLK-13-8

1/2

12,000

10.9

2.1

1.6

1.9

.75

1.1

1.5

8.4

CX06-0560

BKLK-16-8

5/8

18,100

13.2

2.5

2.0

2.4

.87

1.5

1.9

15.9


WARNING Never exceed published working load limit

6-31

6

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Gunnebo-Johnson Corp Alloy BK Safety Hooks Safety Hooks (Clevis Type)

Clevis prevents hook to chain size mismatch. Latch closes automatically under load. Hook will not open under load.

Release trigger will only operate when hook is unloaded. Heat number identification allows full product traceability.

6


GunneboJohnson Code

Chain Size


CX06-0561 CX06-0562


B

G

H

Weight Each (Lbs)

BKG-7/8-8

1/4

3,500

4.7

1.4

.67

.91

1.7

BKG-10-8

3/8

7,100

5.6

1.7

.99

1.1

3.3

CX06-0563

BKG-13-8

1/2

12,000

7.1

2.1

1.1

1.5

6.2

CX06-0564

BKG-16-8

5/8

18,100

8.5

2.5

1.5

1.9

11.0


Safety Hooks With Grip Latch (Clevis Type) Clevis prevents hook to chain size mismatch.

Release trigger will only operate when hook is unloaded.


Latch is protected and will act as a guage to signal unsafe bent hook or latch.



GunneboJohnson Code

Chain Size



B

G

H

Weight Each (Lbs)

CX06-0565

GBK-7/8-8

1/4

3,500

4.4

1.3

.67

.79

1.3

CX06-0566

GBK-10-8

3/8

7,100

5.4

1.7

.83

.97

2.4

CX06-0567

GBK-13-8

1/2

12,000

6.6

2.0

1.0

1.2

4.4

* Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified


6-32

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS Gunnebo-Johnson Corp Alloy Specialty Products Alloy Weld-On Hooks The spring loaded latch is the strongest available. Heat number identification allows full product traceability.


Welding instructions supplied with each hook. UKN

SHB

6


GunneboJohnson Code

Working Load Limit *(Tons)

Dimensions (Inches) B

C

G

H

K

L

S

a

Weight Each (Lbs)

CX06-0568

UKN-1**

1.0

.83

2.8

.67

.99

.99

3.7

.24

.16

1.2

CX06-0569

UKN-3

3.0

1.1

4.1

.91

1.2

1.4

5.2

.39

.24

2.2

CX06-0570

UKN-4

4.0

1.1

4.4

1.1

1.5

1.7

5.5

.43

.28

4.2

CX06-0571

UKN-5

5.0

1.3

5.1

1.2

1.8

1.8

6.5

.47

.32

4.6

CX06-0572

UKN-8

8.0

1.3

5.2

1.5

2.0

2.0

6.8

.51

.35

8.2

CX06-0573

UKN-10

10.0

1.9

6.6

1.7

2.3

2.2

8.7

.55

.35

11.0

CX06-0574

SHB-14

14.0

2.0

8.8

1.7

2.4

2.4

8.3

.79

.31

19.0

* Design factor 5:1 Proof tested and certified. Baseplate of hook is 1024C steel (use electrode AWS/ASTM E7018-1, ISO E51 5 B120 20H). Welding is to be done by a qualified welder. Hook latch is alloy. ** Welding plate on UKN 1 is slightly curved.


6-33

CARBON CHAIN Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Chain Definitions

6

The Low Carbon chains and attachments shown in this catalog are designed for general purpose applications and are not to be used for lifting or hoisting purposes or where chain failure is likely to cause injury to persons or damage to property. For lifting or hoisting applications,Accoloy® chain and attachments should be used. Instructions and Cautions Governing the Purchase and Use of Chain Working Load Limit: The “working load limit” is the maximum load in pounds which at any time or under any condition should ever be applied to chain or a sling component, even when chain is new and in the same condition it was when it left the factory, and when the load is evenly applied in direct tension to a straight length of chain. The following factors or abuses will lessen the load that the chain assembly will withstand and should be avoided: • Tip loading of hooks • Twisting of the chain

• Disfigurement • Deterioration of chain or component by wear, usage or corrosion. • Jerking or the sudden impact of a load multiplies the stress on the chain very rapidly. • Use other than that for which the chain or component was intended. Caution: Chain and component assemblies should be rated according to the working load limit of the weakest component. Instructions Regarding Attachments: Care should be taken to select attachments of the same type, grade, size and working load limit as the chain. Follow Acco’s recommended attachment procedure for best results. Misuse or abuse of chain and attachments may result in serious personal injury. All dimensions shown are nominal and all weights are approximate. See individual pages for working load limits

WARNING Failure to read, understand and follow these instructions and working load limits may cause serious physical injury and property damage.

6-34

CARBON CHAIN Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Chain Assemblies Grade 40 High Test Tiedown Chain

Truck Tiedown — Grade 40 Farm Tractor Tow Chain. Packed 25 per drum, Grab 40 Clevis Grab hook each end. Grade 40 High Test Tiedown Chain Self Colored

Size 3/8 x 14 3/8 x 16 3/8 x 20 3/8 x 25 5/16 x 20

Wt. Each Lbs. 23 26 32 40 228

Working Load Limit Lbs.* 5,400 5,400 5,400 5,400 3,900


Acco Welded Hooks Stock No. 5069-10614 5069-10616 5069-10620 5069-10625


Acco Clevis Hooks Stock No. 5069-11614 5069-11616 5069-11620 5069-11625 5069-11520

† The values for working load limits shown here shall be used only for calculating the number of chain tiedown assemblies required to secure an article in compliance with Department of Transportation Regulations 393,102(b).

Grade 70 Transport Tiedown Chain

6

Assemblies have Grade 70 Clevis Grab Hook each end. Packed 25 per drum. Grade 70 Transport Tiedown Chain

Size 5/16 x 14 ft. 5/16 x 16 ft. 5/16 x 20 ft. 5/16 x 25 ft. 5/16 x 20 ft. 5 Assys./Pail 3/8 x 14 ft. 3/8 x 16 ft. 3/8 x 20 ft. 3/8 x 25 ft.

Wt. Each Lbs.

Working Load Limit Lbs.*


16 17 22 30

4,700 4,700 4,700 4,700

CX06-0704 CX06-0705 CX06-0706 CX06-0707

115

4,700

23 25 31 38

6,600 6,600 6,600 6,600

CX06-0708 CX06-0709 CX06-0710 CX06-0711

Clevis Hook Acco Stock No. Matte Gray CERTEX with Rust Inhibitor Cat. Ref. No. 5265-11514 5265-11516 5265-11520 5265-11525

5265-11614 5265-11616 5265-11620 5265-11625

Acco Stock No. Yellow Dichromate

CX06-0712 CX06-0713 CX06-0714 CX06-0715

5265-21514 5265-21516 5265-21520 5265-21525

CX06-0716

5265-23521

CX06-0717 CX06-0718

5265-21616 5265-21620

Other lengths available upon request. † The values for working load limits shown here shall be used only for calculating the number of chain tiedown assemblies required to secure an article in compliance with Department of Transportation Regulations 393,102(b).

* WARNING Working Load Limit must not be exceeded. Not to be used for lifting or hoisting applications.

6-35

CARBON CHAIN Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Chain Assemblies Boomer or Load Binder Chains

Grab Hook each end Packed one per plastic bag/5 bags per carton. Boomer or Load Binder Chains Grade 40

Size 1/4 x 20 5/16 x 20 3/8 x 20 1/2 x 20

Wt. Each Lbs.



Acco Bright Stock No.

16 25 32 60

2,600 3,900 5,400 9,200

CX06-0719 CX06-0720 CX06-0721 CX06-0722

5712-10420 5712-10520 5712-10620 5712-10820

† The values for working load limit shown here shall be used only for calculating the number of chain tiedown assemblies required to secure an article in compliance with Department of Transportation Regulations 393,102(b).

Bull Towing Chains

6 Size

Wt. Each Lbs.

1/4 x 12 5/16 x 14

6 11

Bull Towing Chains Working Load Limit CERTEX Lbs.* Cat. Ref. No. 880 1,370

CX06-0723 CX06-0724

Acco Bright Zinc Stock No. 4743-20412 4743-20514

Winch Line Tail Chain

Acco’s Winch Line Tail Chain is a flexible attachment for use on the end of wire rope. Primarily intended for use on truck and tractor winch lines. Length specified is exclusive of hook. Use the same size chains as wire rope. The hook is drop forged alloy steel and heat treated for extra durability. The hook is designed to prevent wearing of the wire rope.

Trade Size Inches

Length Each In. Excluding Hook

Wt. Each Lbs.

1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1

18 18 18 24 24

7 10 13 24 27


Winch Line Tail Chain Working Acco Load GRADE 40 Limit CERTEX Stock No. Lbs.* Cat. Ref. No. 5742-80818 5742-81018 5742-81218

9,200 14,000 19,750

CX06-0728 CX06-0729 CX06-0730


6-36

Acco Grade 80 Accoloy¤ Rust Resistant Finish Stock No.


5744-11218 5744-81424 5744-81624

28,300 34,300 38,750

CARBON CHAIN Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Chain Tiedown Calculation Guide

Embossed G7 on each link



Federal and state transportation industry regulations you should know about… Federal Department of Transportation (DOT) – Part 393 – Subpart 1 – Protection Against Shifting or Falling Cargo – Section 393.102 – Securement Systems Tiedown Assemblies — Chain (a) The aggregate working load limit of chain tiedown assemblies used to secure an article against movement in any direction must be at least 1/2 times the weight of that article. (b) Chain used as a component of a tiedown assembly must conform to the requirements of the November 1975 edition of the National Association of Chain Manufacturers Welded Chain Specifications, applicable to all types of chain. (c) Load binders and hardware — the strength of load binders and hardware that are part of, or used in conjunction with, a tiedown assembly must be equal to, or greater than, the minimum strength specified for the tiedown assembly. Section 393.100 — General A flatbed vehicle must have at least one tiedown assembly that meets the requirements of Section 393.102 for each 10 linear feet of lading or fraction thereof but metal cargo may require additional securement. Some states have tiedown requirements more restrictive than the DOT requirements; in these instances refer to your local state agency.

Chain Trade Size Inches

Grade 70 (G7) Working Load Limit Lbs. (1) (2)

Grade 40 (High Test) Working Load Limit Lbs. (1) (2)

Grade 30 (Proof Coil) Working Load Limit Lbs. (1) (2)

1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2

3,150 4,700 6,600 11,300

2,600 3,900 5,400 9,200

1,300 1,900 2,650 4,500

(1) Working load limits must not be exceeded. Not for Lifting or Hoisting. (2) The values for working load limits as shown shall be used only for calculating number of chain tiedown assemblies required to secure an article in compliance with Department of Transportation Regulations. (3) 1/4" Proof Coil not embossed.

6-37

6

CARBON CHAIN Columbus McKinnon Corporation Definitions and Warnings

6

Columbus McKinnon Corporation assumes no responsibility for the use or misapplication of any of its products. Products are provided with the express understanding that the purchaser and/or are thoroughly familiar with the correct application and proper use. The following warnings and definitions are provided as an aid to understanding. The chains listed on the pages in this price list exceed the specifications of the National Association of Chain Manufacturers for the specific types of chain involved. However, none of these chains are made from alloy steel and should not be used for overhead lifting purposes. CM Chain produces an alloy chain known as Herc-Alloy 800 chain that is designed for overhead lifting. Definitions Working Load Limit — Refers to the maximum load (rated capacity) in pounds that shall be applied in direct tension to a straight length of chain or attachment. The working load limit shall not be exceeded. Proof Test (or Manufacturing Test Force) — Refers to a load in pounds which an attachment or chain (or both) has withstood during a test in which an increasing tension is applied to an attachment or straight length of chain. This is typically accomplished as part of the manufacturing or testing process. Minimum Break Load — Refers to a load in pounds as applied to an attachment or chain at the time it left the factory that has been found by representative testing to break the item under test of increasing force as applied by a standard testing machine. This a manufacturing test and such data is not intended for service or design purposes. Warnings Never exceed the “working load limit” of chain or attachments, even when the item is new and the load is uniformly applied.

Before use, always inspect chain and attachments for kinking, twisting, knotting, and visible defects such as distortion or damage. Do not jerk load. Pick up slowly and apply a steady pull. Protect items from corrosion. Any product will break if abused or overused. Use only alloy chain attachments (Grade 80) for overhead lifting purposes, never any other chain. The “working load limit,”“proof test,” and “minimum break load” contain no implication of what load an attachment or chain will withstand, if any, if the factors noted in the Definitions are changed. The “working load limit” should not be exceeded, even when an attachment or chain is new and the load is uniformly applied. The manufacturer does not accept any liability for damages with result from an attachment or chain being used in excess of the working load limit. Any changes in these factors could lessen the load the chain will hold. For example: Acceleration in the rate of application, which could cause dangerous overloading. Variation in the angle of the load. As the angle or inclination decreases, the working load capacity of a sling will decrease accordingly. Twisting, knotting and kinking. A purpose other than that for which the chain was intended. Where attachments, such as hooks or rings are desired for use with chain in substaining loads, care should be taken to select attachments of the type, grade, and size recommended for use with corresponding alloy chain with which such attachments are used.

Grade 30 Proof Coil Chain Chain Specifications

GRADE 30 PROOF COIL CHAIN

Material Size

Width

Maximum Length, 100 Links Inches

Weight per 100 ft. In Pounds

Working* Load Limit In Pounds

0.41 .48 .50 .62 .82

99 104 114 128 158

33 63 98 144 278

750 1,250 1,900 2,650 4,500

1.01 1.13 1.51

194 220 286

422 606 1,069

6,900 9,750 13,950

Nominal Inside Link Dimensions, Inches

Trade Size In Inches

Inches

Decimal

Length

3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2

13/64 17/64 21/64 25/64 17/32

.202 .265 .327 .390 .531

0.96 1.01 1.11 1.24 1.51

5/8 3/4 1

21/32 25/32 1 1/32

.656 .781 1.031

1.88 2.13 2.77

Dimensions and weights are approximate and subject to variations.

* WARNING: Working Load Limit is not to be exceeded. This chain/accessory is not for overhead lifting.

6-38

CARBON CHAIN Columbus McKinnon Corporation Grade 43 High Test Chain

Chain Specifications Grade 43 High Test Chain Material Size

Nominal Inside Link Dimensions, Inches

CX06-0731 CX06-0732 CX06-0733 CX06-0734 CX06-0735

Trade Size In Inches 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8

Inches 9/32 21/64 25/64 17/32 21/32

Decimal .281 .327 .390 .531 .656

Length 1.01 1.11 1.24 1.51 1.88

Width .48 .50 .62 .82 1.01

CX06-0736 CX06-0737 CX06-0738

3/4 7/8 1

25/32 29/32 1 1/32

.781 .875 1.000

2.13 2.52 2.77

1.13 1.38 1.51


Maximum Length, 100 Links Inches



104 114 128 156 194

71 98 144 278 422

2,600 3,900 5,400 9,200 11,500

220 260 286

606 769 1,069

16,200 22,500 26,500

Maximum Length, 100 Links, Inches



87 102 119 134 149

74 100 156 204 259

3,150 4,700 6,600 8,750 11,300


Grade 70 Binding Chain

Chain Specifications Grade 70 Binding Chain CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Trade Size In Inches

CX06-0739 CX06-0740 CX06-0741 CX06-0742 CX06-0743

1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2

Material Size Inches 9/32 11/32 13/32 15/32 17/32

Decimal .281 .327 .406 .468 .531

Nominal Inside Link Dimensions, Inches Length .84 .99 1.15 1.30 1.45

Width .48 .47 .54 .62 .73


* WARNING: Working Load Limit is not to be exceeded. This chain/accessory is not for overhead lifting.

6-39

6

CARBON CHAIN ATTACHMENTS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Grade 70 Clevis Grab Hooks Grade 70 Clevis Grab Hooks Packaged Chain Size Inches

Working Load Limit Lbs. *

Wt. Per 100 Pcs. Lbs.

Pcs. Per Box

Wt. Per Box Lbs.

Acco Heat Treated Self-Colored Stock No.


1/4-5/16

4,700

85

10

9

CX06-0788

5239-10405

3/8

6,600

138

10

14

CX06-0789

5239-10600

1/2

11,300

300

5

15

CX06-0790

5239-10800

For use with Grade 70 Transport Chain or Grade 40 High Test Chain

Grade 40 Clevis Grab Hooks Grade 40 Clevis Grab Hooks Packaged

6 For use with Grade 30 Proof Coil or Grade 40 High Test Chain

Chain Size Inches

Working Load Limit Lbs. *

Wt. Per 100 Pcs. Lbs.


Acco Bright Zinc Heat Treated Stock No.

Carded

Pcs. Per Box

Wt. Per Box Lbs.


Acco Self Colored Heat Treated Stock No.

Pcs. Per Box

Wt. Per Box Lbs.

Pcs. Per Cd.

Cards Per Ctn.

Wt. Per Box Lbs.



1/4

2,600

50

CX06-0791

4403-22304

10

5

CX06-0796

4403-02304

10

5

1

5

2-1/2 CX06-0803

4403-22334

5/16

3,900

75

CX06-0792

4403-22305

10

7

CX06-0797

4403-02305

10

7

1

5

3-1/2 CX06-0804

4403-22335

3/8

5,400

112

CX06-0793

4403-22306

10

11

CX06-0798

4403-02306

10

11

1

5

5-3/4 CX06-0805

4403-22336

7/16

7,200

CX06-0794

4403-22307

5

CX06-0799

4403-02307

5

CX06-0795

4403-22308

5

1/2

9,200

225

CX06-0800

4403-02308

5

5/8

13,000

417

11

CX06-0801

4403-02010

Bulk

3/4

19,750

720

CX06-0802

4403-02012

Bulk

11

Grade 40 Clevis Slip Hooks Grade 40 Clevis Slip Hooks Packaged

Chain Size Inches

For use with Grade 30 Proof Coil or Grade 40 High Test Chain

Working Load Wt. Per Limit 100 Pcs. Lbs. * Lbs.



Carded

Pcs. Per Box

Wt. Per Box Lbs.


Acco Self Colored Heat Treated Stock No.

Pcs. Per Box

Wt. Per Box Lbs.

Wt. Pcs. Cards Per Per Per Box Cd. Ctn. Lbs.

1/4

2,600

60

CX06-0806 4403-21304

10

6

CX06-0810

4403-01204

20

12

1

5

5/16

3,900

90

CX06-0807 4403-21305

10

9

CX06-0811

4403-01205

20

18

1

5

3/8

5,400

129

CX06-0808 4403-21306

10

13

CX06-0812

4403-01206

20

26

1

5

1/2

9,200

275

CX06-0809 4403-21308

5

14

CX06-0813

4403-01208

10

28


6-40



2-1/2 CX06-0814 4403-21334 4

CX06-0815 4403-21335

6-1/4 CX06-0816 4403-21336

CARBON CHAIN ATTACHMENTS Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division Connecting Links

Drop Forged Steel and Heat Treated

Drop forged. For connection of attachments to chain. Links are provided with interlocking lugs and rivets. For permanent connections, the rivets must be peened into the counter sunk holes. Use with chain of equal or lower working load limit.

Connecting Links Packaged

Link Size Inches


Wt. Per Ctn. Lbs.

Pcs. Per Ctn.


Acco Self Colored Stock No.

3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2

800 1,325 1,950 2,750 3,625 4,750

2/3 2/3 1 2 3 4

20 10 10 10 10 10

CX06-0853 CX06-0854 CX06-0855 CX06-0856 CX06-0857 CX06-0858

4408-00304 4408-00402 4408-00502 4408-00602 4408-00702 4408-00802


Acco Hot Galvanized Stock No.

CX06-0859 CX06-0860 CX06-0861 CX06-0862

4408-40304 4408-40402 4408-40502 4408-40602

CX06-0863

4408-40802

* WARNING Working load limit must not be exceeded. Not to be used for lifting or hoisting applications.

6-41

6

CARBON CHAIN ATTACHMENTS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Double Clevis (Mid-Link) APPLICATIONS: Used as a temporary or permanent link with proof coil or high test chain. DESCRIPTION: Drop forged, heat-treated, carbon steel, zinc-plated. PACKING: Display pack.

Carton For Chain Size Inches


Columbus McKinnon Code No.

1/4 & 5/16

CX06-0864

M605

3/8

CX06-0865

M606

7/16 & 1/2

CX06-0866

M608

Pin Diameter Inches

Reach Inches

Weight Display Pack Pounds

Working Load Limit* Pounds

7/16

3/8

1 3/16

10

3,900

1/2

7/16

1 3/8

14

5,400

5/8

9/16

1 3/4

11

9,200

UPC Code

Display pack

Clevis Opening Inches

28926

30

28936

30

28941

10

Quick Link

6

APPLICATIONS: Used as a repair link, connecting link or attaching device. DESCRIPTION: Zinc-plated NOT heat-treated. Use only with chain or equal or lower Working Load Limit. PACKING: 3/16”, 1/4” and 5/16” sizes, packed 20 per carton, 3/8” and 1/2” sizes, packed 10 per carton.

Carton For Chain Size Inches



3/16

CX06-0867

D81001

39751

20

1 1/2

1/4

CX06-0868

D81101

39755

20

1 3/4

UPC Code

Display pack

Clevis Opening Inches

Reach Inches

Weight Per 100 Pieces Pounds

1/2

1/4

4 1/2

660

9/16

9/32

8

880

Pin Diameter Inches


5/16

CX06-0869

D81201

39760

20

2 5/16

3/8

3/8

17

1,760

3/8

CX06-0870

D81301

39765

10

2 7/16

7/16

7/16

23

2,220

1/2

CX06-0871

D81501

39770

10

3 3/16

19/32

19/32

51

3,300

* WARNING Working load limit must not be exceeded. Not to be used for lifting or hoisting applications.

6-42

CARBON CHAIN ATTACHMENTS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Repair Link APPLICATIONS: A temporary repair link also used to couple light attachments. DESCRIPTION: A mild steel, available with bright, hot galvanized, or zinc-plated finishes. PACKING: 100 per carton in 1/8” by 3/4” and 3/16” by 1” sizes, 50 per carton in the 7/32” by 1 1/4” through 3/8” by 2” sizes. 25 per carton in the 1/2” by 2 1/2” size. Zinc Plated Carton

Bright Carton

Trade Size Inches

Pieces per Carton

Inside Length Inches

Inside Width Inches

Weight per 100 Pieces Pounds




UPC Code


653612

29251

100

3/4

1/4

1 1/8

175

3/16 x 1

CX06-0872

653180

29186

CX06-0884

653618

29256

100

1

1/2

3 1/2

225

7/32 x 1 1/4

CX06-0873

653211

29191

CX06-0885

653621

29261

50

1 1/4

1/2

5 1/2

450

1/4 x 1 1/4

CX06-0874

653251

29196

CX06-0886

653625

29266

50

1 1/4

1/2

7 1/2

400

1/4 x 1 1/2

CX06-0875

653253

29206

CX06-0887

653626

29276

50

1 1/2

1/2

8 1/3

400

1/4 x 2

CX06-0876

653255

29211

CX06-0888

653627

29281

50

2

5/8

10 1/2

400

9/32 x 1 1/4

CX06-0877

653281

29201

CX06-0889

653628

29271

50

1 1/4

1/2

9 3/4

375

5/16 x 1 1/2

CX06-0878

653312

29216

CX06-0890

653631

29286

50

1 1/2

3/4

14 1/2

675

1/8 x 3/4


UPC Code

5/16 x 2

CX06-0879

653315

29221

CX06-0891

653632

29291

50

2

3/4

17 1/3

625

3/8 x 1 5/8

CX06-0880

653373

29226

CX06-0892

653633

29296

50

1 5/8

3/4

23

1,050

3/6 x 2

CX06-0881

653375

29231

CX06-0893

653638

29301

50

2

3/4

24

1,000

1/2 x 2 1/2

CX06-0882

653506

29236

CX06-0894

653650

29306

25

2 1/2

1

54

1,525

Cold Shut APPLICATIONS: As temporary repair link, use one size larger than Proof coil chain (Grade 30) with which it is to be used. Also used to couple light attachments. DESCRIPTION: Low carbon steel, self-colored or zinc-plated finish. PACKAGING: 1/4” thru 5/8” zinc-plated, packed 10 per carton. All other bulk. Zinc-Plated Bulk (Ea.)

Trade Size Inches

Self-Colored Carton (10)



UPC Code

3/16

CX06-0895

50091

29060

1/4

CX06-0896

50191

5/16

CX06-0897

3/8

CX06-0898

7/16

Inside Length Inches

Inside Width Inches

Weight per 100 Pieces Pounds




UPC Code 15/16

5/16

3

525

29062

CX06-0902

673104

34175

1

3/8

6

925

50291

29067

CX06-0903

673105

34176

1 3/16

7/16

10

1,450

50391

29072

CX06-0904

673106

34177

1 5/16

1/2

18

2,110

CX06-0899

50491

29077

CX06-0905

673107

34178

1 1/2

9/16

26

2,850

1/2

CX06-0900

50591

29082

CX06-0906

673108

34179

1 9/16

3/4

38

3,750

5/8

CX06-0901

50691

29087

CX06-0907

673110

34180

2 1/8

7/8

78

5,850

* WARNING Working Load Limit is not to be exceeded.This chain/accessory is not for overhead lifting. Select coupling link by working load limit for use only with chain of equal or lower working load limit

6-43

6

LOAD BINDERS The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions

6

Mechanical Advantage Lever Type Binder = 25 : 1 Ratchet Type Binder = 50 : 1 Example: 100 pounds of effort applied to the binder results in the following force on the binder. Lever Type: 2500 (100 lbs. x 25) lbs. of force Ratchet Type: 5000 (100 lbs. x 50) lbs. of force Instructions — Lever Type Load Binders • Hook load binder to chain so you can operate it while standing on the ground. Position load binder so its handle can be pulled downward to tighten chain (see photo). Be aware of ice, snow, rain, oil, etc. that can affect your footing. Make certain your footing is secure. • The Crosby Group, Inc. specifically recommends AGAINST the use of a handle extender (cheater pipe). If sufficient leverage cannot be obtained using the lever type load binder by itself, a ratchet type binder should be used. • If the above recommendation is disregarded and a cheater pipe is used, it must closely fit the handle and must slide down the handle until the handle projections are ed. The pipe should be secured to the handle, for example, by a pin, so that the pipe cannot fly off the handle if you loose control and let go. The increased leverage, by using a cheater pipe, can cause deformation and failure of the chain and load binder. • During and after tightening chain, check load binder handle position. Be sure it is in the locked position and that its bottom side touches the chain link.

• Chain tension may decrease due to load shifting during transport. To be sure the load binder remains in proper position: Secure handle to chain by wrapping the loose end of chain around the handle and the tight chain, or tie handle to chain with soft wire. • When releasing load binder, there is a great deal of energy in the stretched chain. This will cause the load binder handle to move very quickly with great force when it is unlatched. Move handle with caution. It may whip — Keep body clear. • Never use a cheater pipe or handle extender to release handle. Use a steel bar and pry under the handle and stay out of the path of handle as it moves upward. • If you release the handle by hand, use an open hand under the handle and push upward. Do not close your hand around the handle. Always keep yourself out of the path of the moving handle. Instructions — Ratchet Load Binders • Position ratchet binder so it can be operated from the ground. • Make sure your footing is secure. Maintenance of All Load Binders • Routinely check load binders for wear, bending, cracks, nicks, or gouges. If bending or cracks are present — Do not use load binder. • Routinely lubricate pivot and swivel points of Lever Binders, and pawl part and screw threads of Ratchet Binders to extend product life and reduce friction wear.

WARNING • Failure to use this load binder properly may result in serious injury or even death to you or others. • Do not operate load binder while standing on the load. • Move handle with caution. It may whip — Keep body clear. • Keep yourself out of the path of the moving handle. • You must be familiar with state and federal regulations regarding size and number of chain systems required for securing loads on trucks. • Always consider the safety of nearby workers as well as yourself when using load binder. • While under tension, load binder must not bear against an object, as this will cause side load. • Do not throw these instructions away. Keep them close at hand and share them with any others who use this load binder.

6-44

LOAD BINDERS The Crosby Group, Inc. Standard Lever Type Load Binder

L-150

Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo Securement Guidelines, August 1993.

• Forged Steel — Quenched and Tempered. • Binder toggles away from the load.

Model


Crosby Stock No.

Std. Pkg.

Min-Max Working Chain Load Size Limit (in.) (lbs.)

Proof Load (lbs.)

Minimum Ultimate Strength (lbs.)

Dimensions (in.)

6

Weight Each (lbs.)

Handle Length (in.)

Take Up (in.)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

7-1

CX06-0908

1048128

4

5/16-3/8

5400

10800

19000

7.02

16.00

4.50

24.13

22.13

17.88

16.00

10.38

10.38

.50

A-1

CX06-0909

1048146

4

3/8-1/2

9200

18400

33000

12.47

18.69

4.50

28.75

25.75

21.25

18.69

12.31

12.38

.63

C-1

CX06-0910

1048164

4

1/2-5/8

13000

26000

46000

19.68

21.00

4.75

31.25

29.75

25.00

21.00

14.63

13.75

.72

NOTE: Binders shown with Proof Load Pounds have been individually proof tested to these values shown, prior to shipment.

6-45

LOAD BINDERS The Crosby Group, Inc. L-140


6

• Upgrade for use with Grade 7 Transport Chain. • Utilizes standard Crosby A-323 Alloy Eye Grab Hooks. • New design “one piece” forged handle. • Continuous take-up feature, infinite adjustment, gets the last half of chain. • One piece assembly, no bolts or nuts to loosen. • Ratchet spring rust proofed. • All load bearing or holding parts forged. • Easy operating positive ratchet. Dimensions (in.)

R-7

Min-Max Working CERTEX Crosby Chain Load Cat. Ref. Stock Size Limit No. No. (in.) (lbs.) CX06-0911 1048404 5/16-3/8 6600

Proof Load (lbs.) 13200

Minimum Ultimate Strength (lbs.) 23000

Weight Each (lbs.) 11.23

Handle Length (in.) 14

Barrel Length (in.) 10

Take Up (in.) 8.0

14.00 1.38 2.75 22.94 30.94 25.13 33.13

.50

R-A

CX06-0912 1048422

3/8-1/2

9200

18400

33000

12.83

14

10

8.0

14.00 1.38 2.75 25.25 33.25 27.63 35.63

.63

R-C

CX06-0913 1048440

1/2-5/8

13000

26000

46000

14.55

14

10

8.0

14.00 1.38 2.75 26.38 34.38 29.44 37.44

.72

Model

A

B

C

E

E1

F

F1

G

NOTE: Binder shown with Proof Load Pounds have been individually Proof Tested to these values shown, prior to shipment.

R-10 Binder Less Links and Hooks


• Binders available with hooks for 3/8” and 1/2” chain sizes upon request.

Model


Crosby R-10 Stock No.

Max Chain Size (in.)

R-10

CX06-0914

1048468

5/8

Working Minimum Load Ultimate Limit Strength (lbs.) (lbs.) 13000

46000

Dimensions (in.)

Weight Each (lbs.)

Handle Length (in.)

Barrell Length (in.)

Take Up (in.)

A

B

C

E

E1

F

8.04

14

10

8.0

14

1.38

2.75

14

22

1.00


6-46

LOAD BINDERS The Crosby Group, Inc. L-150

Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo securement guidelines, August 1993

• Forged steel — Quenched and Tempered. • Spring cushion for load protection, cushions shock and sway. • Binder toggles away from the load.

Model 7-12 A-12

Min-Max Working CERTEX Crosby Chain Load Cat. Ref. Stock Size Limit No. (in.) (lbs.) No. CX06-0915 1048280 5/16-3/8 5400 CX06-0916 1048306 3/8-1/2 9200

Minimum Ultimate Strength (lbs.) 16200 30300

Weight Handle Take Each Length Up (lbs.) (in.) (in.) 11.25 16.00 4.25 18.69 18.50 4.50

Dimensions Compression (in.) Strength of Spring (lbs.) A B C C1 D E F G 2300 32.75 30.75 28.00 26.50 16.00 10.38 19.00 .50 3300 37.19 34.00 29.50 30.44 18.69 12.31 20.88 .63

Midget Load Binder

L-130

Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo securement guidelines, August 1993.

• Forged handle, hooks and swivel link. • Steel swivels and clevis.

Model W-1

CERTEX Crosby Cat. Ref. Stock No. No. CX06-0917 1048100

Min-Max Chain Size (in.) 3/16 - 1/4

Working Load Limit (lbs.) 1450

Minimum Ultimate Strength (lbs.) 5100


Handle Length (in.) 11.25

Take Up (in.) 2.40

Dimensions (in.) A

NOTE: Binders shown with Proof Load Pounds have been individually proof tested to these values shown, prior to shipment


6-47

B

C

D

16.13 13.63 11.00 11.25

E

F

G

6.25

6.56

.34

6

LOAD BINDERS Columbus McKinnon Corporation • Provides more control in binding and releasing without extra tools. • Handle closes down away from load with more leverage. • Functionally superior to any other on the road. • Handles are drop forged from special bar quality steel. • Hooks are heat treated steel. • Single welded links as in binder chain for better reliability. • More take-up for binding greater loads. Smaller handle slot with riveted nose to prevent spreading at the critical loading point.

Lever Type Load Binder

6

Chain size (in.) 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 3/8 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2

Columbus McKinnon CERTEX Product Cat. Ref. No. code CX06-0918 M103** CX06-0919 M104 CX06-0920 M105 CX06-0921 M105 CX06-0922 M105 CX06-0923 M106 CX06-0924 M106 CX06-0925 M106 CX06-0926 M106

UPC code 42640 42642 42644 42644 42644 42647 42647 42647 42647

Chain grade G30 G30, 43 G30, 43, 70 G30, 43, 70 G30, 43 G30, 43, 70 G30, 43, 70 G30, 43 G30, 43

Handle length (in.) 11 1/4 11 1/4 16 16 16 18 1/2 18 1/2 18 1/2 18 1/2

Takeup (in.) 3 3 4 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8 5 1/8 5 1/8 5 1/8 5 1/8

Working load limit (lbs.)* 1,500 2,600 5,400 5,400 5,400 9,200 9,200 9,200 9,200

** One swivel without connecting link on M103.

WARNING * LOAD BINDING SYSTEMS STORE ENERGY WHICH CAN RELEASE SUDDENLY. To avoid injury, operate only by hand from a firm standing position. Operate handle cautiously. Stay clear of handle path: handle may release suddenly. Follow instructions.

6-48

Min. ultimate breaking strength (lbs.) 5,300 7,800 19,000 19,000 19,000 28,000 28,000 28,000 28,000

Approx. weight (lbs.) 2 2 1/2 8 1/4 8 1/4 8 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4

LOAD BINDERS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Ratchet Type Load Binder • • • • •

Heavy duty, rigid, all steel construction. Short reach hooks for maximum take-up. Infinite adjustment. Continuous take-up. Meets D.O.T. and C.V.S.A. specifications.


Columbus McKinnon Product code D48363** D48365

CX06-0935

D48366

Max size (in.) 5/16 3/8 3/8 1/2

G70 G43 G70 G43

Takeup (in.) 8 8 8

UPC code 30002 30003

Working load limit (lbs.)* 16,200 5,400

Min. ultimate breaking strength (lbs.) 46,000 19,000

Weight (lbs.) 11 12 1/4

31205

9,200

28,000

12 1/4

** Supplied without hooks.

Drop Forged Load Binder • • • • • • • • •


Columbus McKinnon Product code 320104 320105

All steel. Drop forged. Both hooks swivel 360°. Each binder individually proof tested. Tie-down hole in handle. Short reach hooks for maximum take-up. Heavy, rigid construction. Special manufacturing permits use with transport grade 70 chain. Meets D.O.T. and C.V.S.A. specifications.

UPC code 32146 24251

Chain grade & size (in.) G30 1/4 3/8

G43 1/4 3/8

G70 5/16

Handle length (in.) 11 1/4 16 1/8

Takeup (in.) 3 4 1/4

* WARNING • Do not exceed working load limits specified. • Working load limits apply to load binders only. • See match-up chart for chain working load limits. • For complete operating instructions, see previous page.

6-49

Working load limit (lbs.)* 2,600 5,400

Min. ult. breaking strength (lbs.) 7,800 19,000

Weight (lbs.) 2 1/2 8

6

CARGO CONTROL LOADFAST Synthetic Cargo Tiedowns and Hardware LOADFAST offers a full line of synthetic tiedown assemblies and related hardware for all the tough demands of the flatbed and van trailer industry. Also available is a full line of pickup and smaller trailer straps used for securing loads. These straps are made from a specially treated polyester webbing for minimal stretch, environmental considerations and resistance to wear. The soft polyester webbing protects material surfaces and conforms to the shape of the load at any angle. These assemblies are available in 1, 2, 3 and 4 inch widths with a variety of end fittings and working load limits (WLL). LOADFAST tiedown assemblies are manufactured to strict quality guidelines according to the latest government standards. LOADFAST strongly recommends that these products be used in accordance with all local, state and Department of Transportation regulations. s of tiedown assemblies should review and comply with all federal, state and local regulations relative to the proper securement of cargo being transported. Securement strength requirements should take into consideration “G” forces and all other contributing factors affecting the material being transported. LOADFAST tiedown assemblies should not be used for overhead lifting. LOADFAST tiedown assemblies are tagged with a working load limit (WLL). The working load limit is one-third (1/3) of the minimum breaking strength of the assembly, not its component parts. It is the responsibility of the to determine the proper working load limit (WLL) for specific applications and the strength of the anchorage points. The hardware is stamped with “LOADFAST” and a working load limit. For further information please consult the Web Sling and Tiedown Association’s Recommended Standard Specification for Synthetic Web Tiedowns and the Recommended Standard Specification for Synthetic Web Tiedown Winches.

Recommended Operating Practices Mechanical Considerations Determine weight of the cargo to be secured, including expected Gravity “G” forces. Select tiedown having suitable characteristics for the type of load and environment. Tiedowns shall not be loaded in excess of the Working Load Limit (WLL). Consideration should be given to the angle from the vertical (cargo tiedown to load angle) which affects working load capacity. Tiedown shall be attached to provide control of the load and positioned in accordance with applicable regulations. Tiedowns shall not be dragged on the floor, ground, or over an abrasive surface. Tiedowns shall not be tied into knots, or ed by knotting. Tiedowns shall be pulled from under loads when the load is resting on the tiedown. Tiedowns shall always be protected from being cut by sharp corners, sharp edges, protrusions or abrasive surfaces. Tiedowns with metal fittings shall not be dropped. The opening in fittings shall be the proper shape and size to insure that the fitting will seat properly in the anchorage point or other attachments. If the anchor point is inadequate to the force of the tiedown system, then the load rating of the tiedown will be limited to the strength of the anchor point. Tiedowns shall not be used for lifting.

Environments in which synthetic webbing tiedowns are continuously exposed to ultra-violet light can affect the strength of synthetic webbing tiedowns in varying degrees ranging from slight to total degradation.

Environmental Considerations Tiedowns should be stored in a dry and dark place, and should not be exposed to sunlight when not in use. Chemically active environments can effect the strength of synthetic web tiedowns in varying degrees ranging from little to total degradation. The tiedown manufacturer should be consulted before tiedowns are used or stored in chemically active environments.

Inspection

a — Acids 1 — Nylon is subject to degradation in acids, ranging from little to total degradation. 2 — Polyester is resistant to some acids, but is subject to degradation ranging from little to moderate with other acids 3 — Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following: i. Type of Acid ii. Exposure Conditions iii. Concentration iiii. Temperature b — Alkalis 1 — Polyester is subject to degradation by alkalis, ranging from little to total degradation. 2 — Nylon is resistant to some alkalis, but is subject to degradation ranging from little to moderate with other alkalis. 3 — Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following: i. Type of Alkali ii. Exposure Conditions iii. Concentration iiii. Temperature

a — Factors which can determine the degree of strength loss are: 1 — Length of time of continuous exposure 2 — Webbing construction and design 3 — Other environmental factors such as weather conditions and geographic location. b — Suggested procedures to minimize the effects of ultra-violet light. 1 — Store webbing tiedowns in a cool, dry and dark place when not being used for prolonged periods of time. 2 — Inspect webbing tiedowns weekly or more often, depending on frequency of use. 3 — Impregnate a coating into the webbing. c — Visual indications of possible ultra-violet degradation are: 1 — Bleaching out of webbing. 2 — Increased stiffness of webbing material. 3 — Surface abrasion in areas not normally in with the load. Caution: Degradation can take place without visible indications.

Type of Inspection a. Initial Inspection — Before any tiedown is placed in service it shall be inspected to insure that the correct tiedown is being used as well as to determine that the tiedown meets the requirements of the application. b. Frequent Inspection — This inspection shall be made by the person handling the tiedown each time it is used. c. Periodic Inspection — This inspection shall be conducted by designated personnel. Frequency of inspection shall be based on: 1. Frequency of use 2. Severity of service conditions 3. Experience gained on the service life of tiedowns used in similar applications. 4. Inspection should be conducted at least monthly. Inspection Records Tiedown inspection records shall be established by the . Tiedown Replacement A tiedown shall be removed from service if any of the following, are visible. a. Acid or alkali burns. b. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of the webbing. c. Holes, tears, cuts, snags or embedded particles. d. Broken or worn stitching in load bearing stitch patterns. e. Excessive abrasive wear. f. Knots in any part of the webbing. g. Distortion and excessive pitting or corrosion or broken fittings. h. Other apparent defects which cause doubt as to the strength of the tiedown.

Nylon and polyester webbing shall not be used at temperatures in excess of 194 degrees F (90 degrees C). Both types are routinely used at temperatures as low as –40 degrees F (–40 degrees C). Tiedowns incorporating aluminum fittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present.

Repair of Tiedown Webbing No repairs of webbing, fittings, or stitching shall be permitted.

7-1

7

CARGO CONTROL Tiedown Assemblies

LOADFAST Ratchet Load Binders offer the ease of one hand tensioning with their high quality ratchet buckles. These ratchet buckles offer a variety of adjustment positions to secure loads of any type for short term or long haul transit. The ratchet buckle assemblies are easily tightened to secure your loads properly and when it comes time to release the loads at the final destination these ratchet buckles are released just as easily. The soft polyester webbing conforms to the shape of the load and is flexible at any angle. The webbing also protects finished surfaces from scratching and abrasion. The webbing is engineered and manufactured to breaking strengths to acquire specific working load limits (WLL) when fabricated into a tiedown assembly. A variety of tensioning buckles and end fittings are available. Webbing widths range from 1 inch, 2 inch, 3 inch and 4 inches. Also many different strengths are available which effect the working load limit (WLL) of the tiedown assembly. Strength ratings are “minimum break strength”. Unless otherwise specified, the strength rating is based upon a straight tensile pull. Load direction other than straight can result in a significant reduction in strength. Strength ratings are contingent upon using combinations of components as a system. The weakest component of the system determines the strength rating including the point of attachment. Loadfast tiedown assemblies are tagged with a working load limit (WLL).

7

Type A - Endless The simplest, most versatile Ratchet Binder has one end of the web sewn to the ratchet head, the other end free for ing around loads or through narrow openings, and inserting into the ratchet. Fabricated in any practical web length.

Type B- Two Piece This is a two-piece device with flat hooks at the two extremities. The cut-and-sealed plain end inserts into the ratchet the same as Type A. Offered in any practical length, measured between hooks.

WARNING: Tiedown assemblies are not to be used for overhead lifting.

7-2

CARGO CONTROL Tiedown Assemblies

1 Inch Tiedown Assembly*



4 Inch Tiedown Assembly* *Other end fittings available. Please specify when ordering

WARNING: Tiedown assemblies are not to be used for overhead lifting.

7-3

7

CARGO CONTROL LoadFast Truck Winches

4WPL

4WP

4WW

7

4WWL

2 Inch Std.

Specifications CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX07-0042 CX07-0043 CX07-0044 CX07-0045 CX07-0046

Type 2 Inch Std. 4 WWL 4 WW 4 WPL 4 WP

A N/A 9 9 9 9

B 2 1/2 In. 5 3/8 5 3/8 5 3/8 5 3/8

7-4

C 3 1/3 In. 4 1/8 5 1/2 5 6 5/8

D 2 3/4 In. 4 3/8 3 1/2 4 3/8 3 1/2

Weight 3.1 Lbs.

CARGO CONTROL LoadFast Recommended Operating Practices

Mechanical Considerations All winches shall be installed so the can see the pawl to ensure proper engagement. Additionally, the winch shall be positioned so the pawl drops into the ratchet wheel by gravity. Winches shall never be installed so the cannot see the pawl engagement or in a position where the shall hold the pawl to engage the ratchet tooth. Portable winches shall be removed and stored when not in use. All winches, except portable and sliding styles, shall be welded to the trailer frame. Minimum welding requirements are to be specified by the manufacturer. Winches shall be attached to vehicle structural . If winches are installed in track, the track shall be attached to vehicle structural . When tightening or loosening winches, always maintain a firm grip on the winch bar. Never release a winch bar without checking the pawl to ensure that it is fully engaged between ratchet teeth. Releasing a winch bar without the pawl being properly engaged can cause serious injury to the or bystanders. The use of non-slip handle winch bar specifically designed to tighten or loosen winches in recommended. Set screws on portable winches are designed to position the winch while the tiedown assembly is tightened and shall be snug tightened only. Overtightening of screws may cause bracket to bend, weakening the winch and causing it to fail. Winches shall not be loaded in excess of their Working Load Limit. Only winch bars designed to be used with winches shall be used to tension and release tiedown assemblies. “Cheater Bars” shall not be used with the winch bars. Environmental Considerations Winches are subjected to dirt, mud, snow, ice, road salt, cleaning solutions, etc. And therefore require inspection and cleaning to insure they are always in operating condition prior to each use. Winches that can be removed from the vehicle, when not in use, should be stored in a dry location.

Inspection Type of Inspection a. Initial inspection – before any winch is placed in service it shall be inspected to insure that it is the correct winch, as specified by the vehicle manufacturer. Also that all moving parts operate freely and the pawl drops into the ratchet wheel by gravity. b. Frequent inspection – this inspection shall be made by the person operating the winch prior to each use. c. Periodic inspection – this inspection shall be conducted by designated personnel. Frequency of inspection shall be based on: 1. Frequency of use 2. Severity of Service Conditions 3. Experience gained on the service life of winches used in similar applications. 4. Inspection should be conducted at least quarterly. Winch Replacement A winch shall be removed from service if any of the following conditions exist: a. Reel bar is not free to rotate. b. Pawl is not free to drop into the ratchet wheel by gravity. c. Winch has been deformed due to overloading. d. Winch bar holes are deformed and will not permit use of standard winch bar. e. Ratchet wheel is distorted. f. Pawl/pawl pin is distorted. g. Weld on winch is cracked. h. Weld of winch to vehicle is cracked. i. Winch track shall be replaced if it is deformed in the area that transfers the winch load to the track. j. Other apparent defects which cause doubt as to the strength of the winch. Inspection Records Winch inspection records should be established by the . Repair of Winches No repairs of the winch shall be permitted.

7-5

7

CARGO CONTROL

Wheel Nets For all types of vehicles and capacities

Cargo Nets Fabricated from nylon, polyester rope and slotted web to customers specifications.

7

Towing /Recovery Straps Available in different widths and capacities. Ground Covers

Specialized Cargo Slings

Truck Tarps

7-6

WEB SLINGS

CERTEX Companies have been manufacturing synthetic web slings for over 30 years, manufactured to the highest quality of nylon or polyester these slings offer outstanding strength with excellent load protection. CERTEX web slings will not damage or scratch surfaces of products being lifted. These slings are lightweight and flexible to be easily handled and rigged to a load. They easily adjust and conform to the load with a non slip, secure grip and are treated to keep out dirt, moisture and reduce abrasion. Nylon and polyester web slings are unaffected by oil and grease and offer good chemical resistance. CERTEXand webuntreated slings offer redand indicating core yarns inused the webbing to help warnslings, against resistance.Treated nylon polyester webbing, to fabricate synthetic per damage caused cuts, tears or abrasion. When thesered redyarn corewoven yarns into are exposed webwebbing sling shall taken class 5 and classby 7 rated capacity charts, may contain the corethe of the to be serve onlyout as of service and replaced. These slingswhether have good characteristics which minimize the effects of shock loading. one of many aids in determining andelongation when a sling should be removed from service. Offered in either our standard webbing or our special extra edge guard webbing, both are economical and offer long service life when used properly. Sling Hitches

Vertical

Choker

Basket

Choose the Right Hitch for the Load

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-7

Bridle

7

WEB SLINGS Basic Sling Types

7

Triangle/Choker

TYPE I — TYPE II — TYPE III — TYPE IV — TYPE V — TYPE VI —

Triangle/Triangle

Eye/Eye Flat Eyes

Eye/Eye Twisted Eyes

Endless

Web sling made with a triangle fitting on one end and a slotted triangle choker fitting on the other end. It can be used in a vertical, basket or choker hitch. Web sling made with a triangle fitting on both ends. It can be used in a vertical or basket hitch only. Web sling made with a flat loop eye on each end with loop eye opening on same plane as sling body. This type of sling is sometimes called a flat eye and eye, eye and eye, or double eye sling. Web Sling made with both loop eyes formed as in Type III, except that the loop eyes are turned to form a loop eye which is at a right angle to the plane of the sling body. This type of sling is commonly referred to as a twisted eye sling. Endless web sling, sometimes referred to as a grommet. It is a continuous loop formed by ing the ends of the webbing together with a load bearing splice. Return eye (reversed eye) web sling is formed by using multiple widths of webbing held edge to edge. A wear pad is attached on one or both sides of the web sling body and on one or both sides of the loop eyes to form a loop eye at each end which is at a right angle to the plane of the web sling body. WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-8

WEB SLINGS Basic Sling Types

Reversed Eye

Bridle Slings (Multi-Legged) and Hardware Type

Cargo Type (Wide Body)

Marine/Boat Slings


7-9

Load Balancing Type

7

WEB SLINGS Recommended Operating Practices for Web Slings

7

Mechanical Considerations Determine weight of the load. The weight of the load shall be within the rated capacity of the web sling. Select a web sling having suitable characteristics for the type of load, hitch and environment. Web slings shall not be loaded in excess of the rated capacity. Consideration shall be given to the sling to load angle which affects rated capacity. Web slings with fittings which are used in a choker hitch shall be of sufficient length to assure that the choking action is on the webbing, and never on the fitting. Web slings used in a basket hitch shall have the load balanced to prevent slippage. The opening in fittings shall be the proper shape and size to ensure that the fitting will seat properly in the hook or other attachments. Web slings shall always be protected from being cut by sharp corners, sharp edges, protrusions or abrasive surfaces. Web slings shall not be dragged on the floor or over abrasive surfaces. Web slings shall not be twisted, shortened, lengthened, tied in knots, or ed by knotting. Web slings shall not be pulled from under loads when the load is resting on the web sling. Do not drop web slings equipped with metal fittings. Web slings that appear to be damaged shall not be used unless inspected and accepted as usable. The web sling shall be hitched in a manner providing control of the load. Personnel, including portions of the human body, shall be kept from between the sling and the load, and from between the sling and the crane hook or hoist hook. Personnel shall stand clear of suspended loads. Personnel shall not ride the web sling or the load being lifted. Shock loading shall be avoided. Twisting and kinking the legs (branches) shall be avoided. Load applied to the hook shall be centered in the base (bowl) of hook to prevent point loading on the hook. During lifting, with or without the load, personnel shall be alert for possible snagging. The web slings legs (branches) shall contain or the load from the sides above the center of gravity when using a basket hitch. Web slings shall be long enough so that the rated load (rated capacity) is adequate when the sling to load angle is taken into consideration.

Only web slings with legible identification tags shall be used. Tags and labels should be kept away from the load, hook and point of choke. Web slings shall not be constricted or bunched between the ears of a clevis, shackle, or in a hook. Place blocks under load prior to setting down the load to allow removal of the web sling, if applicable. Environmental Considerations Web slings should be stored in a cool, dry and dark place to prevent loss of strength when not in use through exposure to ultra-violet rays. Web slings shall not be stored in chemically active areas. Chemically active environments can affect the strength of synthetic web slings in varying degrees ranging from little to total degradation. The web sling manufacturer or qualified person should be consulted before slings are used in chemically active environments. Acids Nylon is subject to degradation in acids, ranging from little to total degradation. Polyester is resistant to many acids, but is subject to degradation, ranging from little to moderate in some acids. Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following: a. Type of Acid b. Exposure Conditions c. Concentration d. Temperature Alkalis Polyester is subject to degradation in alkalis, ranging from little to total degradation. Nylon is resistant to many alkalis, but is subject to degradation ranging from little to moderate in some alkalis. Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following: a. Type of Alkalis b. Exposure Conditions c. Concentration d. Temperature Nylon and polyester web slings shall not be used at temperatures in excess of 194 degrees F (90 degrees C) or temperatures below minus 40 degrees F (minus 40 degrees C). Web slings incorporating aluminum fittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present.


7-10

WEB SLINGS Recommended Operating Practices for Web Slings Environments in which synthetic web slings are continuously exposed to ultra-violet light can affect the strength of synthetic web slings in varying degrees ranging from slight to total degradation. CAUTION: Degradation can take place without visible indications. a. Factors, which affect the degree of strength loss are: 1. Length of time of continuous exposure 2. Web sling construction and design 3. Other environmental factors such as weather conditions and geographic location b. Suggested procedures to minimize the affects of ultraviolet light. 1. Store web slings in a cool, dry and dark place when not being used for prolonged periods of time c. Some visual indications of ultra-violet degradation are: 1. Bleaching out of web sling color 2. Increased stiffness of web sling material 3. Surface abrasion in areas not normally in with the load d. Proof Testing Warning— Slings used in environments where they are subject to continuous exposure to ultra-violet light shall be proof tested to twice the rated capacity semi-annually, or more frequently depending on severity of exposure. Inspection Type of Inspection a. Initial Inspection — Before any new or repaired web sling is placed in service, it shall be inspected by a designated person to ensure that the correct web sling is being used, as well as to determine that the web sling meets the requirements of this specification. b. Frequent Inspection — This inspection shall be conducted by the person handling the sling each time the sling is used. c. Periodic Inspection — This inspection shall be conducted by designated personnel. Frequency of inspection should be based on: 1. Frequency of web sling use 2. Severity of service conditions 3. Experience gained on the service life of web slings used in similar applications 4. Inspections should be conducted at least annually

Removal from Service A sling shall be removed from service if any of the following are visible: a. If sling rated capacity or sling material identification is missing or not readable. b. Acid or alkalis burns c. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of the web sling d. Holes, tears, cuts, snags or embedded particles e. Broken or worn stitching in load bearing splices f. Excessive abrasive wear g. Knots in any part of the web sling h. Excessive pitting, or corrosion, or cracked or broken fittings i. Any other visible damage that causes doubts as to the strength of the sling Inspection Records Written inspection records, utilizing the identification for each sling as established by the , should be kept on file for all web slings. These records should show a description of the sling and its condition on each periodic inspection. Repair of Web Slings Sling webbing with structural damage shall never be repaired. Type I and Type II web slings, and other web slings utilizing hardware, may be re-webbed utilizing existing fittings. It shall be the responsibility of the manufacturer repairing the web sling to determine if the hardware is reusable. Slings shall be repaired only by a sling manufacturer or a qualified person.When repaired, a sling shall be marked to identify the repair agent. All re-webbed Type I and Type II, and other web slings utilizing fittings, shall be proof tested to two (2) times their vertical rated capacity before being placed back into service. A certificate of proof testing shall be provided. Temporary repairs of webbing, fittings, or stitching shall not be permitted.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury. Do not exceed rated capacities.


7-11

7

WEB SLINGS Rated Capacity Information Rated capacities are affected by angle of lift (sling to load) measured from the horizontal when used with multi-legged slings or choker/ basket hitches. To determine the actual sling capacity at a given angle of lift, multiply the original sling rating by the appropriate loss factor determined from the table below. Sling Angle Table (Angle of Lift) Angle/Degrees Loss Angle/Degrees Horizontal Factor Horizontal 90 1.000 55 85 0.996 50 80 0.985 45 75 0.966 40 70 0.940 35 65 0.906 30 60 0.866

Loss Factor 0.819 0.766 0.707 0.643 0.574 0.500

For web slings used in a choker hitch, rated loads in Tables 1-4 are for an angle of choke of 120 degrees or greater for the angle formed in the web sling body as it es through the choking eye. Rated Capacity of Choker Hitch Table Angle of Choke (degrees) 120-180 105-120 90-105

Sling Rated Load Factor 1.00 0.93 0.87

Angle of Choke

7 Guide to CERTEX Web Sling Terminology Product tables on the following pages contain Type designations for CERTEX Web Slings. The following key will help you interpret CERTEX Web Sling Type codes.

Interpreting Web Sling Type/Size Codes Example: CTC1-62 C TC 1 - 6 2

Manufacturer

Sling Types

Ply Count

Web Ratings

Width

CERTEX

TC = Triangle/Choker TT = Triangle/Triangle EE = Eye/Eye Flat Eyes EN = Endless RE = Reversed Eye CS = Cargo Slings LB = Load Balancing MS = Marine Slings

1-Ply 2-Ply 3-Ply 4-Ply

6 = 6,800 lbs./inch 9 = 9,800 lbs./inch

In Inches*

* Reversed Eye Sling Codes deviate from this code due to their style of construction. A width indicated at “1” yields a 2-inch sling; “2” yields a 4-inch sling. The number “15” in the width column means 1.5˝ and yields a 3-inch sling. “K” and “H” designations are special capacity ratings. End s should pay special attention to capacities.


7-12

WEB SLINGS

End fittings are steel or aluminum with a slip through design which provides good choke hitching. Also can be used in vertical or basket hitches.

End fittings are steel or aluminum designed to be used in only a vertical or basket hitch.

Available in Nylon or Polyester Webbing. Length of Sling

Length of Sling

Triangle/Choker Type I

Triangle/Triangle Type II

7

CAUTION: Do not use aluminum fittings where acids, alkalis or other corrosive agents are present. The above capacities are for steel hardware only. Aluminum hardware may only be used with single ply web slings. Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult your local CERTEX branch.


7-13

WEB SLINGS Specifications On Hardware ALUMINUM TRIANGLES


Size

CX07-0091 CX07-0092

A

B

C

D

T2

4

3 5/8

2 1/4

1 3/4

T3

5 1/4

5

3 1/4

2

CX07-0093

T4

6 1/4

6 5/8

4 3/8

2 3/8

CX07-0094

T6

8 5/16

8 7/8

6 3/8

3 1/8

F

G

Approx. weight in lbs.

15/16

2 3/8

9/16

.31

3,360

1 3/16

3 5/16

5/8

.75

5,000

25,000

1 7/16

4

11/16

1.1

6,700

33,500

1 3/4

5 1/2

15/16

2.7

9,700

48,500

E

Rated capacity in lbs.

Minimum break 16,800

ALUMINUM CHOKERS

F

G


15/16

2 3/8

9/16

.73

3,360

16,800

1 1/8

3 5/16

5/8

1.3

5,000

25,000

2 3/8

1 7/16

4

11/16

1.9

6,700

33,500

3 1/8

1 3/4

5 1/2

15/16

5.1

9,700

48,500


Size

A

B

C

D

E

CX07-0095

C2

6 1/8

5 1/4

2 1/8

1 3/4

CX07-0096

C3

7 1/2

7 1/8

3 1/8

2

CX07-0097

C4

8 3/4

8 3/4

4 1/8

CX07-0098

C6

11 5/16

11 3/4

6 1/8


Minimum break

STEEL TRIANGLES

7


Size

CX07-0099 CX07-0100

A

B

C

D

ST2

2 7/8

ST3

5 3/16

3 3/4

2 1/8

5

3 1/16

CX07-0101

ST4

6 7/16

6 5/8

CX07-0102 CX07-0103

ST5

7 7/8

ST6

9

CX07-0104

ST8

11 7/16

CX07-0105

ST10

13 1/4

CX07-0106

ST12

13 13/16



Minimum break 33,000

E

F

G

1 3/4

1

2 5/16

1/2

1

6,600

2

1 1/4

3 5/16

1/2

1.6

8,400

42,000

4 5/16

2

1 5/8

3 7/8

1/2

2.7

11,200

56,000

7 15/16

5 3/16

2 1/2

2

4 15/16

1/2

3.5

14,000

70,000

9 1/4

6 1/8

2 3/4

2 5/16

5 9/16

1/2

5.3

16,800

84,000

12

8 1/4

3 5/8

2 7/8

7 3/16

3/4

12

22,400

112,000

14 1/8

10 1/8

4 7/8

3 5/8

8 1/4

3/4

17

28,000

140,000

16 7/16

12 3/8

5

4 1/16

8

3/4

19

32,000

160,000

G



Minimum break

STEEL CHOKERS


Size

CX07-0107 CX07-0108 CX07-0109 CX07-0110

A

B

C

D

E

F

SC2

6

5 1/2

2 1/8

2

1 1/16

2 1/4

1/2

2

6,600

33,000

SC3

7 1/2

7

3 1/8

2

1 3/16

3 3/16

1/2

2.9

8,400

42,000

SC4

9 5/16

9 9/16

4 1/8

2 1/2

1 13/16

3 1/2

1/2

6

11,200

56,000

SC5

10 9/16

11 5/8

5 1/8

2 3/4

2 1/16

4 7/16

1/2

7

14,000

70,000

CX07-0111

SC6

12

12 3/4

6 1/8

2 7/8

2 11/16

4 9/16

1/2

9.8

16,800

84,000

CX07-0112

SC8

14 7/16

16 1/2

8 1/8

5

2 13/16

6 7/16

3/4

24

22,400

112,000

CX07-0113

SC10

16 1/2

18 3/4

10 1/4

5 1/8

3 1/2

7 5/8

3/4

28

28,000

140,000

CX07-0114

SC12

19 1/4

22 5/8

12 1/8

5 1/2

4 1/4

9 3/4

3/4

40

32,000

160,000

Other hardware fittings are available on request. Please your nearest Certex location.


7-14

WEB SLINGS Eye & Eye Type III & IV Rated Capacities – Pounds*

Length of Sling

7

1 and 2 Ply Slings

* Rated loads are for slings without tapered eyes. Folding or bunching which occurs when used with shackles, hooks or other applications will reduce the rated load. Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult your local CERTEX branch.


7-15

WEB SLINGS Eye & Eye Type III & IV Rated Capacities – Pounds*

7

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX07-0147 CX07-0148 CX07-0149 CX07-0150 CX07-0151 CX07-0152 CX07-0153 CX07-0154 CX07-0155 CX07-0156 CX07-0157 CX07-0158 CX07-0159 CX07-0160 CX07-0161 CX07-0162 CX07-0163 CX07-0164 CX07-0165 CX07-0166 CX07-0167 CX07-0168 CX07-0169 CX07-0170 CX07-0171 CX07-0172 CX07-0173 CX07-0174 CX07-0175 CX07-0176 CX07-0177 CX07-0178 CX07-0179 CX07-0180

Type CEE3-61 CEE4-61 CEE3-91 CEE4-91 CEE3-915 CEE4-915 CEE3-K CEE4-K CEE3-H CEE4-H CEE3-62 CEE4-62 CEE3-92 CEE4-92 CEE3-63 CEE4-63 CEE3-93 CEE4-93 CEE3-64 CEE4-64 CEE3-94 CEE4-94 CEE3-95 CEE4-95 CEE3-66 CEE4-66 CEE3-96 CEE4-96 CEE3-98 CEE4-98 CEE3-910 CEE4-910 CEE3-912 CEE4-912

Width 1" 1" 1" 1" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 2" 2" 2" 2" 3" 3" 3" 3" 4" 4" 4" 4" 5" 5" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 10" 10" 12" 12"

Vertical 2850 3800 4110 5480 6170 8200 5000 6660 7200 9600 5700 7600 8230 10970 8560 11400 12340 16460 11400 15200 16460 21950 20580 27440 17100 22800 24690 32920 32920 43900 41160 54880 49390 65850

Choker 2280 3040 3280 4380 4930 6560 4000 5320 5760 7680 4560 6080 6580 8770 6850 9120 9870 13160 9120 12160 13160 17560 16460 21950 13680 18240 19750 26330 26330 35120 32920 43900 39510 52680

Basket 5700 7600 8220 10960 12340 16400 10000 13320 14400 19200 11400 15200 16460 21940 17120 22800 24680 32920 22800 30400 32920 43900 41160 54880 34200 45600 49380 65840 65840 87800 82320 109760 98780 131700



7-16

Length of Sling

3 and 4 Ply Slings

WEB SLINGS Endless Type V – Rated Capacities – Pounds*

Length of Sling

7

1 and 2 Ply Slings * Rated loads are based on untapered slings. Folding or bunching which occurs when used with shackles, hooks or other applications will reduce rated loads. Consult the manufacturer. Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult your local CERTEX branch.


7-17

WEB SLINGS Endless Type V – Rated Capacities – Pounds*

7

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX07-0213 CX07-0214 CX07-0215 CX07-0216 CX07-0217 CX07-0218 CX07-0219 CX07-0220 CX07-0221 CX07-0222 CX07-0223 CX07-0224 CX07-0225 CX07-0226 CX07-0227 CX07-0228 CX07-0229 CX07-0230 CX07-0231 CX07-0232 CX07-0233 CX07-0234 CX07-0235 CX07-0236 CX07-0237 CX07-0238 CX07-0239 CX07-0240 CX07-0241 CX07-0242 CX07-0243 CX07-0244 CX07-0245 CX07-0246

Type CEN3-61 CEN4-61 CEN3-91 CEN4-91 CEN3-915 CEN4-915 CEN3-K CEN4-K CEN3-H CEN4-H CEN3-62 CEN4-62 CEN3-92 CEN4-92 CEN3-63 CEN4-63 CEN3-93 CEN4-93 CEN3-64 CEN4-64 CEN3-94 CEN4-94 CEN3-95 CEN4-95 CEN3-66 CEN4-66 CEN3-96 CEN4-96 CEN3-98 CEN4-98 CEN3-910 CEN4-910 CEN3-912 CEN4-912

Width 1" 1" 1" 1" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 2" 2" 2" 2" 3" 3" 3" 3" 4" 4" 4" 4" 5" 5" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 10" 10" 12" 12"

Vertical 5700 7600 8200 11000 12300 16400 10000 13300 14400 19200 11400 15200 16500 21900 17000 22800 24700 32900 22800 30400 32900 43900 41200 54900 34200 45600 49400 65800 65800 87800 82300 109000 98800 131000

Choker 4600 6000 6600 8800 9800 13100 8000 10600 11500 15400 9100 12200 13200 17500 13600 18200 19800 26300 18200 24300 26300 35100 33000 43900 27400 36500 39500 52600 52600 70200 65800 87000 79000 105000

Basket 11400 15200 16400 22000 24600 32800 20000 26600 28800 38400 22800 30400 33000 43800 34000 45600 49400 65800 45600 60800 65800 89800 82400 109800 68400 91200 98800 131600 131600 175600 164600 218000 197600 262000

Length of Sling

3 and 4 Ply Slings



7-18

WEB SLINGS Rated Capacities – Pounds Reversed Eye-Type VI These are the most durable of all web slings.The complete sling, both sides, are covered with a buffer web for the maximum abrasion resistance, including the eyes. Eye configuration allows for tight choking also great for vertical and basket hitches.

7

Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult your local CERTEX branch.


7-19

WEB SLINGS Cargo Slings — Wide Body These wide body slings are used in a basket hitch only where wider slings are needed for better load stability. These wider slings distributes the load over a larger sling surface area and also offer great protection over smooth and soft surfaces. Standard widths from six through twenty four inches. Wider widths available on request. CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX07-0272 CX07-0273 CX07-0274 CX07-0275 CX07-0276 CX07-0277 CX07-0278 CX07-0279 CX07-0280 CX07-0281 CX07-0282 CX07-0283

Type CCS2-63 CCS2-93 CCS4-63 CCS4-93 CCS2-64 CCS2-94 CCS4-64 CCS4-94 CCS2-66 CCS2-96 CCS4-66 CCS4-96

Width Inches 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 8" 12" 12" 12" 12"

Vertical Basket Capacity 13000 18000 26000 37000 17000 24000 32000 41000 26000 37000 49000 66000


Width Inches 16" 16" 18" 18" 18" 18" 24" 24" 24" 24"

Type CCS2-98 CCS4-98 CCS3-66 CCS3-96 CCS6-66 CCS6-96 CCS3-98 CCS2-912 CCS6-98 CCS4-912

Vertical Basket Capacity 42000 86000 26000 37000 49000 66000 44000 66000 88000 130000

Cargo Type (Wide Body)

7 Load Balancing Slings

These Load Balancing slings serve the same purpose as the Cargo type slings except they are more economical due to the reduced capacities. Also the eyes are smaller to fit the smaller hoist hooks. Wider widths available on request.


Type CLB6 CLB8 CLB12

Width Inches 6" 8" 12"

Vertical Basket Capacity 8000 8000 8000


Type CLB16 CLB18 CLB24

Width Inches 16" 18" 24"


7-20

Vertical Basket Capacity 10000 10000 10000

WEB SLINGS Bridle Slings (multi-legged) These Bridle Slings assemblies are used on lifts that need multiple legs and come equipped with many variations of rings, hooks and other fittings.

3 and 4 legged assemblies available on request. Because of the wide variety of fittings which can greatly effect the rated capacity of an assembly please your nearest CERTEX location to discuss your specific lifting requirements.

Hardware Slings (Single Leg)

7

CERTEX Oneway® Slings These slings are designed for applications where the sling is used only once or twice and then disposed of. They are constructed of materials of the same high quality as our other synthetic slings only they are not designed to take the repeated usage as standard slings.The design factors can be suited to your particular applications and we have found these slings to be quite cost effective when compared to our other slings. Oneway® Slings are available in many different constructions, widths and capacities. Give your nearest CERTEX Company a call for more information.


7-21

WEB SLINGS CERTEX Marine Slings Certex marine slings are manufactured from heavy duty nylon or polyester webbing treated for abrasion and UV resistance. These slings are soft and flexible to conform to any boat size and hull configuration. Available in many different widths and capacities. your nearest Certex location for more information.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX07-0300 CX07-0301 CX07-0302 CX07-0303 CX07-0304 CX07-0305 CX07-0306 CX07-0307 CX07-0308 CX07-0309 CX07-0310 CX07-0311 CX07-0312 CX07-0313 CX07-0314 CX07-0315 CX07-0316 Nylon stretches approximately 6% at the rated CX07-0317

7

Parts Number CMS1-63 CMS1-93 CMS1-64 CMS1-94 CMS1-66 CMS1-96 CMS1-98 CMS2-98 CMS1-610 CMS1-910 CMS2-610 CMS2-910 CMS1-612 CMS1-912 CMS2-612 CMS2-912 CMS1-916 CMS2-916

Sling Width 3" 4" 6" 8" 10"

12"

16"

Standard Eye Length 9" 9" 12" 12" 14" 14" 18" 18" 12" 12" 18" 18" 14" 14" 20" 20" 18" 24"

Basket Capacity In Lbs. 6,600 9,300 8,800 12,400 13,200 18,600 24,800 44,000 22,000 31,000 41,000 55,000 26,400 37,200 49,200 66,000 44,000 88,000

capacity. Polyester stretches approximately 3% at rated capacity. Certex will custom design and fabricate marine slings to meet your specific needs. Standard Web Type

Sliding Chine Sleeves

Fabric Tapered Eye

Lead Weights

Extra Eye

Hardware Disconnect Type

Sliding Chine Sleeves

Fabric Eye Disconnect

Lead Weights

Extra Eyes

Fabric Tapered Eye

WARNING: Marine slings which are continuously exposed to ultra-violet (sun) light can effect the strength of the slings in varying degrees ranging from slight to total degradation. Marine slings require inspections before each use by a qualified person to determine if the slings meet the requirements of the lift. Marine slings shall be proof tested to twice their rated capacity semi-annually, or more frequently depending on severity of exposure.

WARNING: Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-22

WEB SLINGS CERTEX Wheel Nets Certex Wheel Nets make for fast loading of any size vehicle due to the lightweight, high strength synthetic webbing. This webbing is soft and flexible to conform to any surface. These wheel nets are used in matched sets and are designed and fabricated to your specific requirements. When not in use these wheel nets fold up for easy storage and are not affected by moisture.

7 Certex Wheel Nets come in standard capacities and sizes from 5 tons through 30 tons. Call your nearest Certex location for more information. Please have vehicle body size, capacity of vehicle and length from ground level to lifting devise.

Wear Pads & Sleeves Wear pads give a sling extra protection where it wears the most. They can be furnished in either webbing or leather. Leather pads are more resistant to wear and cutting, but are subject to gradual deterioration from oils, grease and dirt. Nylon webbing wear pads are fully resistant to oils, grease, and they stretch in proportion to the sling. Regular Wear Pad

Edge Wrap

Sliding Sleeve

REGULAR. This is the type that is sewn on to give fixed protection at expected wear points. They can be sewn anywhere on the sling, at any length on one side or on both sides.

EDGEGUARD. A strip of webbing or leather is sewn around each edge of the sling, extending approximately 1/2” onto the face of the webbing. This is necessary for certain applications where sling edges are subject to damage.

SLEEVE. Sometimes called sliding sleeve or tube type wear pads, these pads are suggested for handling material with sharp edges. Sleeves cover both sides of the sling and can be shifted to wear points.


7-23

WEB SLINGS The Crosby Group, Inc. Synthetic Sling Fittings “Synthetic Sling Saver” Shackles and Hooks

S-252 (Bolt Type)

7

WS-320A

S-253 (Screw Pin)

• Designed with Non-Slip surface that: • Eliminates “bunching” effect caused by traditional shackles. • Reduces sling tendency to slide. • Shackles available in sizes 3 1/4 to 50 tons. • Hooks available is sizes 1 1/2, 3 and 5 tons. • Increased radius of bow / eye gives wider sling bearing surface resulting in an increased area for load distribution, thus: • Increasing Synthetic Sling efficiency by at least 15% as compared to standard anchor and chain shackle bows and conventional eye hooks. This allows 100% of the slings rated Working Load Limit to be achieved. • Allowing better load distribution on internal fibers.

• Design factor of 5 to 1. • Shackles available in both a Screw Pin and Bolt, Nut and cotter pin configuration. • Bolt (Pin) has a larger diameter that provides better load distribution. • Look for the Red Pin™ … the mark of Genuine Crosby quality. • Each shackle and hook has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged into it. • All Alloy construction. • Fatigue rated to 20,000 cycles at 1 1/2 times the Working Load Limit.

Dimensional Information

S-252

S-253

S-252 Bolt Type

S-253 Bolt Type

Web Sling Nominal Size (in.)

Round Sling Size (Number)


1

1&2

3 1/4

CX07-0318 1020485

1.4

1.5

3&4

6 1/2

CX07-0319 1020496

2

5&6

8 3/4

CX07-0320 1020507

3

7&8

12 1/2

4

9 & 10

20 1/2

5

11 & 12

6

13


Crosby S-252 Stock No.

Weight Each (lbs.)




A

CX07-0325 1020575

1.4

.88

2.4

CX07-0326 1020584

2.2

1.25 .75 1.75 .88 1.88 .50

4.15

4.25 1.31 1.81 1.00 3.38

4.03

.50 1.19

4.1

CX07-0327 1020593

3.8

1.38 .88 2.25 1.00 2.81 .56

5.50

4.72 1.50 2.09 1.12 4.19

4.50

.50 1.44

CX07-0321 1020518

8.0

CX07-0328 1020602

7.3

1.62 1.12 3.25 1.25 3.06 .75

6.34

5.88 1.88 2.62 1.38 5.62

5.59

.62 1.81

CX07-0322 1020529

16.9

CX07-0329 1020611

15.2

2.12 1.38 4.50 1.50 5.75 .88

9.75

7.19 2.25 3.12 1.75 7.50

6.88

.75 2.13

35

CX07-0323 1020540

35.0

CX07-0330 1020620

30.8

2.50 1.75 5.50 2.00 6.34 1.12 11.50 9.31 3.00 4.19 2.25 9.19

50

CX07-0324 1020551

57.5

CX07-0331 1020629

52.0

3.00 2.12 6.50 2.25 7.70 1.25 13.75 10.38 3.38 4.75 2.75 11.00 10.22 1.22 3.19

B

C

D

E

F

.62 1.38 .75 1.50 .44

G 3.38

H

* Note: Maximum Proof load is 2 1/2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

7-24

J

K

L

3.68 1.12 1.50 .75

M

N

2.69

3.22

P

R

.44 1.00

8.66 1.00 2.88

WEB SLINGS The Crosby Group, Inc. Accessories Synthetic Sling Fittings

S-256 Link Plate

S-255 Spool

The “Spool” is designed to keep the load centered on the pin, thus keeping the sling positioned correctly in the shackle bow.

The “Link Plate” is designed to connect two (2) S-252 or S-253 “Sling Saver” Shackles together.

Spool

Link Plate

7-25

7

WEB SLING SYSTEM SLING SAVER® This easy to use chart is designed to allow you to quickly determine the fittings required to create the Web Sling or Round Sling you need.

Double Leg Sling

Single Leg Sling

SINGLE AND DOUBLE LEG SLINGS Component Recommendations based on Type III, (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2 Ply web slings. S-280 Web Connector S-281 Web Sling Shackle S-282 Chain Connector

7

S-280 Web Connector

S-282

Web Sling

S-280 S-281 S-282 Working Load Limit (tons)

Web Sling Hook WS-320 (tons)

Round Sling Size (No.)

Web Width (in.)

Eye Width (in.)

1&2

2

2

2

3-1/4

3

3/8 — 10

3

3

3

1.5

2

4-1/2

5

1/2 — 13

5

4

4

2

2

6-1/4

—

5/8 — 16

7

5&6

6

3

2

8-1/2

—

11

Ply

Spectrum 8 Chain Size (in.)-(mm)

—

Eye Hoist Hook S-320AN (tons)

Swivel Hoist Ring HR-125 (lbs.)

Master Link A-342 Single Leg (in.)

Master Link A-342 Double Leg (in.)

1/2

7,000

5/8

3/4

5/8

10,000

3/4

1

5/8

15,000

1

1

—

24,000

1

1-1/4

Swivel Hoist Ring HR-125 (lbs.)

Master Link A-342 Triple Leg (in.)

Master Link A-342 Quad Leg (in.)

Eye SHUR-LOC® S-316A (in.)

TRIPLE AND QUAD LEG SLINGS Component Recommendations based on Type III, (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2 Ply web slings. S-280 Web Connector S-281 Web Sling Shackle S-282 Chain Connector

S-280 Web Connector

S-282

Web Sling

Ply

S-280 S-281 S-282 Working Load Limit (tons)

Web Sling Hook WS-320 (tons)

Spectrum 8 Chain Size (in.)-(mm)

Eye Hoist Hook S-320AN (tons)

Eye SHUR-LOC® S-316A (in.)

2

3-1/4

3

3/8 10

3

1/2

7,000

1

1

2

4-1/2

5

1/2 13

5

5/8

10,000

1

1-1/4

7

5/8


Web Width (in.)

Eye Width (in.)

1&2

2

2

3

3

1.5

4

4

2

2

6-1/4

5&6

6

3

2

8-1/2

5/8 16

11

7-26

15,000

1-1/4

1-1/2

24,000

1-1/2

1-3/4

SYNTHETIC SLING SYSTEM SLING SAVER® EASILY INTEGRATED INTO “SYNTHETIC SLING SYSTEM” The “Synthetic Sling Saver” shackle line has been designed to easily adapt to other Crosby Sling fittings to develop complete systems for synthetic slings.

* Lok-A-Loy size same as hook size. † New 320N Eye Hook.

7

* Lok-A-Loy size same as hook size. † New 320N Eye Hook.

7-27

WEB CONNECTOR SLING SAVER® The Web Connector line is designed to connect Synthetic Web Slings and Synthetic Round Slings to conventional hardware.

✔ Connects Synthetic Web and Synthetic Round Slings to conventional Crosby hardware including: • 320N Eye Hook • Additional Crosby Grade 8 Fittings • Master Links • Rings • Shackles ✔ Makes a field assembled bridle quick and easy. ✔ No cotter pin to snag sling material. ✔ Durable Vinyl cover that: • Protects sling at eye. • Keeps slings positioned correctly on spool. ✔ Increased radius of spool gives wider sling bearing surface resulting in an increased area for load distribution, thus: • Increasing Synthetic Sling efficiency by at least 15% as compared to standard anchor and chain shackle bows and conventional eye hooks.This allows 100% of the sling’s rated Working Load Limit to be achieved. • Allowing better load distribution on internal fibers.

S-280 Web Connector

7

✔ All Alloy construction. ✔ Design Factor of 5 to 1. ✔ Replacement kit for spool and web cover available. ✔ Designed for use with Type III (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2 ply webbing & Synthetic Round Slings. Also accomodates single ply and endless slings.

Dimensions (in.)

Web Slings* S-280 Working Load Limit† CERTEX (tons) Cat. Ref. No.


Webbing Width (in.)

Eye Width (in.)

Ply

1&2

2

2

2

3

3

1.5

2

4-1/2

CX07-0347

1021690

1.9

.75

.69

1.10

2.01

.75

.69

2.19

.60

1.38

2.34

4

4

2

2

6-1/4

CX07-0348

1021700

2.9

.75

.81

1.66

2.56

.88

.75

2.69

.69

1.62

2.46

5&6

6

3

2

8-1/2

CX07-0349

1021709

5.1

1.00

.94

2.47

3.50

1.00

.88

3.69

.88

1.88

2.84

3-1/4

CX07-0346


Weight Each (lbs.)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

1021681

1.5

.75

.62

1.63

2.44

.63

.62

2.69

.56

1.19

2.02

* Type III (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2-Ply Ü NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2-1/2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

WARNING: • A falling load may cause serious injury or death. • Read, understand and follow all instructions and chart information before using web connector. • Before use, tighten bolt first, then tighten nut.

7-28

WEB SLING SHACKLE SLING SAVER® Web Sling Shackle is designed to connect Synthetic Web Slings and Synthetic Round Slings to eyebolts, pad eyes and lifting lugs.

S-281 Web Sling Shackle

Shackles

Incorporates same ear spread and pin dimensions as conventional Crosby Shackles. Allows easy connection to pad eyes, eye bolts and lifting lugs. Increased radius of bow gives wider sling bearing surface resulting in an increased area for load distribution, thus: • Increasing Synthetic Sling efficiency by at least 15% as compared to standard anchor and chain shackle bows and conventional eye hooks. This allows 100% of the sling’s rated Working Load Limit to be achieved. • Allowing better load distribution on internal fibers. All Alloy construction. Design Factor of 5 to 1. Each shackle has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged into it. Look for the Red Pin™ … The mark of genuine Crosby Quality.

7-29

7

WEB SLINGS The Crosby Group, Inc. Crosby Web Sling Hook

WS - 320A

7

The Crosby Web Sling hook, originally designed for 2-Ply Web slings, can also be used with Round Slings as long as the Working Load Limit ratings are compatible. The new hook incorporates the following features: • Eye is designed with a wide beam surface which: • Eliminates bunching effects. • Reduces sling tendency to slide. • Allows a better load distribution to internal fibers. • Each hook has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with a working load limit and the name Crosby forged into it. Additionally, all hooks feature Crosby’s patented QUIC-CHECK™ indicators. • Hooks available in sizes 1 1/2 (1”), 3 (2”) and 5 (3”) tons. • All alloy construction. • Design factor of 5 to 1. • Fatigue rated to 20,000 cycles at 1 1/2 times the Working Load Limit.




1"

1

2"

2

3"

3


1 1/2 3 5

IA


Crosby WSL-320 A with Latch


Crosby S-4320 Replacement Latch Kit Stock No.

1022701

CX07-0357

1022706

CX07-0360

1096374

1022712

CX07-0358

1022717

CX07-0361

1096468

1022723

CX07-0359

1022728

CX07-0362

1096515


Crosby WS-320-A S.C.

FA

CX07-0354

HA

CX07-0355 CX07-0356

320 AN — Alloy Steel




Dimensions (in.)

Weight Each (lbs.)

A

B

C

D

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

T

AA

1"

1

1 1/2

5.25

2.26

3.98

3.11

1.38

.84

.94

.93

.71

1.50

.63

.75

.91

2.24

1.01

.98

2.00

1.10

2"

2

3

7.11

3.66

5.31

3.97

1.63

1.13

1.32

1.13

.94

2.50

.85

1.13

1.09

2.82

1.69

1.16

2.00

2.86

3"

3

5

9.33

5.13

7.06

4.81

2.00

1.44

1.63

1.47

1.31

3.75

1.13

1.63

1.36

3.51

2.59

1.53

2.50

6.60

* Note: Proof load is 2 1/2 times Working Load Limit. Average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit.

7-30

WEB SLINGS The Crosby Group, Inc. S-282 Web to Grade 8 Chain Connector

S-282 Chain Connector Designed around the same concept as our S-280 Web Connector, the New S-282 Chain Connector makes the connection from web sling to existing chain quick and easy. ✔ Available in three sizes: • 3-1/4 ton Working Load Limit - 2” to 3/8” (10mm) chain. • 4-1/2 ton Working Load Limit - 1-1/2” (3”Tapered Webbing) to 1/2” (13mm) Chain. • 6-1/4 ton Working Load Limit - 2” (4”Tapered Webbing) to 5/8” (16mm) chain. ✔ Alloy Steel (Quenched and Tempered) ✔ Each Connector has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged into it. ✔ Uses same spool and cover as S-280 Web Connector. • Replacement Kit for Spool and Web Cover available.

* Designed for use with Type III, (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2 Ply web slings.

7-31

7

WEB SLINGS The Crosby Group, Inc. S-287 Sliding Choker Hook For Webbing

S-287 Choker Hook Crosby’s new S-287 is designed specifically for choker applications using web slings. ✔ Available in 2 sizes: 3-1/4 tons (2” webbing) and 4-1/2 tons (3” webbing)

7

✔ Special design of hook protects the synthetic sling when dropped or dragged. ✔ Designed to reduce friction, abrasion, and fraying in choker area. ✔ Design factor of 5 to 1. ✔ Forged alloy steel. ✔ Each Connector has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged into it. ✔ Use same spool and cover as S-280 Web Connector. • Replacement Kit for Spool and Web Cover availalbe.

Ply.

Working Load Limit (tons)



2 2

3-1/4 4-1/2

CX07-0503 CX07-0504

1021909 1021918

Web Sling *


Webbing Width (in.)

Eye Width (in.)

1&2 3

2 3

2 1.5

* Designed for use with Type III, (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2 Ply web slings.

7-32

Dimensions (in.) A

B

C

2.13 2.50 3.32 1.63 3.50 3.67

D .38 .38

E

F

G

H

J

6.03 4.77 4.88 .34 1.50 7.06 4.53 6.51 1.36 1.88

Weight Each (lbs.) 3.7 6.1

WEB SLINGS The Crosby Group, Inc. HR-125W Hoist Ring To Web

HR-125W Hoist Ring

• Available in capacities from 3-1/4 to 6-1/4 tons. • Fits webbing sizes 2” to 4”. • Design Factor of 5 to 1. • Forged Alloy Steel. • Durable plastic cover protects the sling at the eye as well as keeps the sling positioned correctly on the spool. • Designed for use with Type III (Eye & Eye), class 7, 2 ply webbing & synthetic round slings. Also accomodates single ply endless slings.

** Ultimate load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. Individually tested to 2-1/2 the Working Load Limit. †† Long bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece.While the long bolts may also be used with ferrous metal (i.e., steel & iron). ††† Bolt specification is a Grade 8 alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A574. All threads are UNC - 3A.

7-33

7

ROUNDSLINGS Polyester Roundslings

8

• • • •

light weight, flexible gentle to the load high strength long life

8-1

ROUNDSLINGS

On request the Roundslings can be supplied with sleeves as protection against sharp edges.

8

Roundsling Features • High strength to weight ratio • Low elongation/Extreme flexibility • Double cover for extra life • Endless style means that wear points always change with each lift • Polyester interior fibers do not the load, meaning little wear as long as cover is intact • Long lasting tag indicates working load limits • Different colors indicate load limits through UR-7

In case of damage cut fibers will remain visible at the point of damage. The fibers are fixed by the seam.

Technical Data • Maximum working temperature 90°C (194°F) • Oil and grease do not normally affect strength • Resistant to most acids, however is not resistant to concentrations of alkalis • Does not lose strength in water — will not rot or mildew • Excellent resistance to ultraviolet rays because outer cover protects inner fibers • Only 3% elongation

Roundsling Applications • Boat Handling • Cargo Handling • Construction • Drilling Equipment • Electrical Equipment • Heating Units • Industrial • Logging • Machined Parts • Oilfield — Offshore • Pipes • Transformers

ROUNDSLINGS

WARNING Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection instructions furnished with each sling could result in severe personal injury or death.

8-2

ROUNDSLINGS Basic Sling Types

FIGURE 2 EYE & EYE — A polyester roundsling with a loop eye at each end typically formed wth a sleeve over the body.

FIGURE 1 ENDLESS — A polyester roundsling in which the load bearing core(s) is wound in a continuous manner and fully enclosed within a protective cover(s). FIGURE 3 Braided

FIGURE 4 BRIDLE (Multi-Legged) — A polyester roundsling with multiple legs.

8-3

8

ROUNDSLINGS Recommended Operating Practices for Polyester Roundslings Mechanical Considerations

8

Determine weight of the load. The weight of the load shall be within the rated capacity of the polyester roundsling(s). Select a polyester roundsling having suitable characteristics for the type of load, hitch and environment. Polyester roundslings shall not be loaded in excess of the rated capacity. Consideration shall be given to the roundsling to load angle which affects rated capacities. (See page 6.) Polyester roundslings with fittings, which are used in a choke hitch, shall be of sufficient length to assure that the choking action is on the roundsling and never on the fitting. Polyester roundslings used in a basket hitch shall have the load balanced to prevent slippage. The openings in fittings shall be the proper shape and size to ensure that the fittings will seat properly on the polyester roundsling, crane hook, or other attachments. Polyester roundslings shall always be protected from being cut by sharp corners, sharp edges, protrusions, or abrasive surfaces. Polyester roundslings shall not be dragged on the floor or over an abrasive surface. Polyester roundslings shall not be twisted, shortened, lengthened, tied into knots, or ed by knotting. Polyester roundslings shall not be pulled from under loads when the load is resting on the polyester roundsling. Do not drop polyester roundslings equipped with metal fittings. Polyester roundslings that appear to be damaged shall not be used unless inspected and accepted as usable.

The polyester roundsling shall be hitched in a manner providing control of the load. Personnel, including all portions of the human body, shall be kept from between the polyester roundsling and the load, and from between the polyester roundsling and the crane hook or hoist hook. Personnel shall stand clear of the suspended load. Personnel shall not ride the polyester roundsling. Shock loading shall be avoided. Twisting the legs (branches) shall be avoided. Load applied to a hook shall be centered in the bowl of the hook to prevent point loading. During lifting, personnel shall be alert for possible snagging of the polyester roundsling. The polyester roundslings legs (branches) shall contain or the load from the sides above the center of gravity when using a basket hitch. Polyester roundslings shall be long enough so the rated capacity is adequate when the sling to load angle is taken into consideration. Only polyester roundslings with legible identification tags shall be used. Tags and labels should be kept away from the load, hook and point of choke. Polyester roundslings should not be constricted or bunched between the ears of a clevis or shackle, or in a hook. When a polyester roundsling is used with a shackle, it is recommended that it be used (rigged) in the bow of the shackle. Place blocks under load prior to setting down the load, to allow removal of the polyester roundsling, if applicable.

8-4

ROUNDSLINGS Guide to CERTEX Roundsling Terminology Product tables on the following pages contain Type/Size designations for CERTEX Roundslings. The following keys will help you interpret CERTEX Roundsling Type/Size codes. Interpreting Roundsling Type/Size Codes Endless Roundslings Example Type/Size URS1

Universal Roundsling

Cover Description

Cover Description:

S = Sideseam

Size T = Tubular

Eye/Eye Roundslings Example Type/Size EEURS 1

Eye/Eye


Size

Tow Slings Example Type/Size UTS1-6T

Universal

Tow Sling

Size

6 tons

8 Braided Roundslings Example Type/Size B6URS1

6 Part Flat Braid


Component Sling Size

Braid Construction: 6 Part and 8 Part Flat Braid

8-5

ROUNDSLINGS Environmental Considerations Polyester roundslings should be stored in a cool, dry, and dark place to prevent loss of strength when not in use through exposure to ultraviolet rays. Polyester roundslings shall not be stored in chemically active areas. Chemically active environments can affect the strength of polyester roundslings in varying degrees ranging from little to total degradation. The polyester roundsling manufacturer, or qualified person, should be consulted before roundslings are used in a chemically active environment. Acids Polyester is resistant to many acids, but is subject to degradation, ranging from little to moderate in some acids. Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following: a. Type of acid b. Exposure conditions c. Concentration d. Temperature

8

Alkalis Polyester is subject to degradation in alkalis, ranging from little to total degradation. Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following: a. Type of alkali b. Exposure conditions c. Concentration d. Temperature Polyester roundslings shall not be used at temperatures in excess of 194° F (90° C), or at temperatures below minus 40° F (-40° C). Polyester roundslings incorporating aluminum fittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present, unless the compatibility of these materials is verified.

Inspection Polyester roundslings shall be visually inspected by a designated person handling the polyester roundsling before each use. These visual observations shall be concerned with the identification tag and discovering damage. Polyester roundslings shall be removed from service if there is any doubt as to the condition of the roundsling.

1. Frequency of use 2. Severity of service conditions 3. Experience gained on service life of polyester roundslings used in similar applications. 4. Periodic inspections should be conducted at least monthly

Removal From Service A polyester roundsling shall be removed from service if any of the following is visible: a. If polyester roundsling identification tag is missing or unreadable. b. Melting, charring or weld spatter of any part of the polyester roundsling. c. Holes, tears, cuts, embedded particles, excessive abrasive wear, or snags that expose the core fibers of the polyester. d. Broken or worn stitching in the cover which exposes the core fibers. e. Fittings when damaged, stretched, corroded, cracked or distorted in any way. f. Polyester roundslings that are knotted. g. Acid or alkali burns of the polyester roundsling. h. Any conditions which cause doubt as to the strength of the polyester roundsling.

Inspection Records Written inspection records, utilizing the identification for each polyester roundsling as established by the , should be kept on file. These records should show a description of the new polyester roundsling and its condition on each periodic inspection.

Repair of Round Slings There shall be no repairs of load bearing fibers. Repairs to the protective covers shall be done only by the original manufacturer or their appointed agent. Only polyester roundslings, which can be identified from the information on the identification tag, shall be repaired. All repaired polyester roundslings shall be proof tested to a minimum of two (2) times the rated capacity before being put back into service. Certification of proof test should be provided.

Type of Inspection a. Initital Inspection — Before any polyester roundsling is placed into service it shall be inspected by a designated person to ensure that the correct roundsling is being used as well as to determine that the roundsling meets the requirements of this specification. b. Frequent Inspection — This inspection shall be made by the or other designated personnel each time the roundsling is used. (Records not required). c. Periodic Inspection — This inspection shall be conducted by a designated person. Frequency of inspection should be based on:

8-6

ROUNDSLINGS Endless Roundslings Sideseam and Tubular Types

Roundslings are gentle to the product being handled.


Type/Size URS1 URT1 URS2 URT2 URS3 URT3 URS4 URT4 URS5 URT5 URS6 URT6 URS7 URT7 URS8 URT8 URS9 URT9 URS10 URS11 URS12 URS13

The double cover gives more than 40% longer service life.

Rated Capacities Choke Basket

Std. Color

Approx. Dia./Inch

Approx. Wt./Foot

Vertical

PURPLE

0.60

0.30

2600

2100

5200

GREEN

0.80

0.40

5300

4200

10600

YELLOW

1.00

0.50

8400

6700

16800

TAN

1.20

0.60

10600

8500

21200

RED

1.30

0.80

13200

10600

26400

WHITE

1.40

0.90

16800

13400

33600

BLUE

1.55

1.20

21200

17000

42400

ORANGE

1.75

1.50

25000

20000

50000

ORANGE

1.95

2.00

31000

24800

62000

ORANGE ORANGE ORANGE ORANGE

2.35 3.15 3.95 4.80

2.80 3.60 4.60 5.80

40000 53000 66000 90000

32000 42400 52800 72000

80000 106000 132000 180000

Types – URS are sideseam double polyester covers. URT are tubular double polyester covers. Other cover types available on request. All measurements and weights are for pull to pull lengths.

CAUTION Roundslings should never be used at Loads that exceed rated capacities. Always inspect Roundslings before each use.

8-7

8

ROUNDSLINGS Eye/Eye Type Roundslings Standard Roundslings can be formed into eye and type slings by adding a cover sleeve over the middle part of the Roundsling. The Eye and Eye Roundslings are available in the same sizes and colors as standard Roundslings.*


8

Type/Size EEURS 1 EEURS 2 EEURS 3 EEURS 4 EEURS 5 EEURS 6 EEURS 7 EEURS 8 EEURS 9 EEURS 10 EEURS 11 EEURS 12 EEURS 13

Std. Color PURPLE GREEN YELLOW TAN RED WHITE BLUE ORANGE ORANGE ORANGE ORANGE ORANGE ORANGE

Approx. Dia./Inch 2.25 2.50 2.50 3.25 3.50 3.50 4.25 5.00 6.50 8.50 10.00 11.50 14.00

Rated capacities are same as endless type Standard eye sizes: 1 - 2 = 6 inches 3 - 6 = 9 inches; 7 - 9 = 12 inches 10 - 13 = 18 inches All measurements and weights are for pull to pull. Available in lengths up to 40'.

* Available with different body coverings depending on service requirements


8-8

Approx. Wt./Foot 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.85 1.10 1.40 1.85 2.50 3.20 4.00 5.00 6.30

ROUNDSLINGS Tow Slings

The Universal Towsling, for use with light and heavy equipment, are far superior to commonly used towlines. These towslings are very similar to our polyester roundslings and manufactured to the same high quality specifications as our patented product with the additions of reinforced eyes and a two foot sliding sleeve on the body of the sling for use in a V-type hitch. These slings are extremely light weight for their ratings and are safer than conventional towslings, as they will not snap abruptly and recoil when overloaded. Universal’s Towslings are not affected by water, salt, or petroleum products which are commonly found around these types of applications. The towslings are rated with a maximum loading pressure and are not intended for overhead lifting applications.

8

Types Available — Standard lengths of 20 ft. Other lengths on request. CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Type/Size

Rating

Approx. Weight

CX08-0036

UTS1-6T

6 tons

10 lbs.

CX08-0037

UTS2-12T

12 tons

12 lbs.

CX08-0038

UTS3-20T

20 tons

16 lbs.

CX08-0039

UTS4-25T

25 tons

18 lbs.

CX08-0040

UTS5-32T

32 tons

22 lbs.

CX08-0041

UTS6-42T

42 tons

26 lbs.

CX08-0042

UTS7-52T

52 tons

32 lbs.

CX08-0043

UTS8-62T

62 tons

40 lbs.

CX08-0044

UTS9-77T

77 tons

53 lbs.

CX08-0045

UTS10-95T

95 tons

70 lbs.

CX08-0046

UTS11-125T

125 tons

85 lbs.

CX08-0047

UTS12-160T

160 tons

110 lbs.

CX08-0048

UTS13-200T

200 tons

135 lbs.

WARNING: The above ratings are maximum load pressures that may be applied to new towslings under ideal test conditions over four inch round pin diameters at each end of the towsling without causing damage to the towsling. Smaller pin diameters, sharp corners or sharp edges exposed to the towsling, and shock loading (jerking of the towsling under load) can greatly reduce the maximum load pressure ratings. Check with the manufacturer for your specific application.

8-9

ROUNDSLINGS Braided Roundslings

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No CX08-0049 CX08-0050 CX08-0051 CX08-0052 CX08-0053 CX08-0054 CX08-0055 CX08-0056 CX08-0057 CX08-0058 CX08-0059 CX08-0060 CX08-0061

8


Type/Size B6URS1 B6URS2 B6URS3 B6URS4 B6URS5 B6URS6 B6URS7 B6URS8 B6URS9 B6URS10 B6URS11 B6URS12 B6URS13


6 PART FLAT BRAID Approx. Approx. Width/Inch Wt./Ft. 2.5 1.0 3.0 1.3 3.25 1.7 3.75 2.0 4.0 2.8 5.0 3.4 6.5 4.0 7.5 4.5 8.5 6.3 10.0 8.5 12.0 11.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 17.0

Vertical 6,700 13,500 21,400 27,000 33,600 42,800 54,000 63,700 79,000 102,000 135,000 168,000 229,500

Rated Capacities Choke 5,300 10,800 17,100 21,600 26,800 34,200 43,200 50,960 63,200 81,600 108,000 134,400 183,600

Basket 13,400 27,000 42,800 54,000 67,200 85,600 108,000 127,400 158,000 204,000 270,000 336,000 459,000

Type/Size B8URS1 B8URS2 B8URS3 B8URS4 B8URS5 B8URS6 B8URS7 B8URS8 B8URS9 B8URS10 B8URS11 B8URS12 B8URS13


8 PART ROUND BRAID Approx. Approx. Width/Inch Wt./Ft. 3.0 1.3 3.5 1.6 4.0 2.3 4.5 2.8 5.0 3.7 5.7 4.3 7.0 5.2 8.0 6.0 9.0 8.0 11.0 11.2 12.5 14.5 13.5 18.4 15.5 23.0

Vertical 9,000 18,000 28,500 36,000 44,800 57,000 72,000 85,000 105,400 136,000 180,200 224,500 306,000

Rated Capacities Choke 7,200 14,400 22,800 28,800 35,800 45,600 57,600 68,000 84,320 108,800 144,160 179,600 244,800

Basket 18,000 36,000 57,000 72,000 89,600 114,000 144,000 170,000 210,800 272,000 360,400 449,000 612,000

Each individual roundslings have double polyester covers. Eyes are fully covered with cordura buffer. Other cover types available on request. Available in lengths up to 40 feet.


8-10

ROUNDSLINGS Multileg and Hardware Type

Single Leg Slings CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. Color CX08-0075 Purple CX08-0076 Green CX08-0077 Yellow CX08-0078 Tan CX08-0079 Red CX08-0080 White CX08-0081 Blue Larger capacities upon request

Oblong Link 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 1 1/4"

Double Leg Slings Alloy Hook Size in Tons 1-1/2 3 5 7 11 11 15

Vertical Capacity in Lbs. 2,600 5,300 8,400 10,600 13,200 16,800 21,200

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. Oblong Link CX08-0082 5/8" CX08-0083 3/4" CX08-0084 1" CX08-0085 1" CX08-0086 1 1/4" CX08-0087 1 1/2" CX08-0088 1 1/2"

60° 4,500 9,100 7,250 18,300 22,800 29,000 36,700

45° 3,675 7,450 11,800 14,900 18,600 23,700 29,900

30° 2,600 5,300 8,400 10,600 13,200 16,800 21,200

Rated capacities are affected by angle of lift (roundsling to load angle) measured from the horizontal when used with multi-legged roundslings or choker/basket hitches.

8-11

8

ROUNDSLINGS Rated Capacity Information Rated capacities are affected by angle of lift (roundsling to load angle) measured from the horizontal when used with multi-legged roundslings or choker/basket hitches. To determine the actual capacity at a given angle of lift, multiply the original roundsling rating by the appropriate loss factor determined from the table below. Table II: Sling Angle Chart (Angle of Lift)

Angle/Degrees Horizontal 90 85 80 75 70 65 60

Factor 1.000 0.996 0.985 0.966 0.940 0.906 0.866

Angle/Degrees 55 50 45 40 35 30

8

ANGLE of CHOKE Rated Capacity of Choker Hitch Table

Angle of Choke (degrees) 120 - 180 105 - 120 90 - 105

Sling Rated Load Factor 1.00 0.93 0.87

8-12

Factor 0.819 0.766 0.707 0.643 0.574 0.500

FIBER ROPE Marine and Industrial Rope Products 3-STRAND

The most common of all the rope constructions. They are composed of three strands laid up generally right handed and are the most popular products for the majority of applications.This is because of the low cost factor.

8-STRAND

Constructed from 4 left hand and 4 right hand strands which gives it perfect balance.This construction provides a flexible and tough rope which is totally resistant to kinking and works well on all classes of deck machinery.

12-STRAND

DOUBLE-BRAID

9

Constructed from 12 individual strands braided together to form a high strength torque balanced rope.This easily spliced, non-rotating rope is flexible and coils easily, will not kink or hockle and has high strength to weight ratio.

Two ropes in one. First the braided core is constructed. A second rope is then braided over it to form the cover.You then have two ropes performing as a single integrated strength member. Over 50% of the rope strength is in the well protected core. Half the strands are braided right hand and half left for total balance. Double braid construction offers size for size greater strength than conventional 3, 8, or 12 strand ropes. If has high splice strength. It is flexible wet or dry, new or worn and works well on deck machinery.

9-1

GENERAL INFORMATION/ROPE SAFETY 3 and 8 Strand Constructions Snapback: A serious hazard is created when a line under load parts because it will recoil at a high speed. A person positioned in the recoil path could be seriously injured if struck by the recoiling line. It’s the responsibility of the to know and use the proper techniques for the particular application. Sunlight: All synthetic fiber ropes will undergo degradation with time when exposed to sunlight. Polypropylene is far more susceptible to UV degradation than polyester or nylon.To prolong the life of your ropes, avoid storing them in direct sunlight. Chemical: Synthetic fibers have good chemical resistance. However, exposure to harsh chemicals (i.e. strong acids and alkalis) should be avoided. Damage: Inspect ropes frequently for any signs of damage or wear. Retire any rope that has been cut or is heavily abraded. Linear Density: Average with maximum 5% more than listed. Tensile Strengths and Working Loads: As shown in our literature, these strengths are the approximate average for new rope tested under ASTM (D-4268) or Cordage Institute test methods.The tensile strength is the load at which a new rope tested under laboratory conditions can

be expected to break. However, to estimate the minimum tensile strength of a new rope, reduce the approximate average by 15%. (Cordage Institute defines minimum tensile strength as two standard deviations below the average tensile strength of the rope). Age, use and the type of termination used including knots will lower tensile strength significantly. The Cordage Institute specifies that the Safe Working Load of a rope shall be determined by dividing the Minimum Tensile Strength by the Safety Factor. Safety factors range from 5 to 12 for non-critical uses.The working load is a guideline for the use of a rope in good condition for non-critical applications and should be reduced where life, limb, or valuable property are involved, or for exceptional service such as shock, sustained loading, severe vibration, etc. Stretch Characteristics: Desired stretch is determined by the way in which the rope is used. High stretch rope (nylon) with good energy absorption, is preferred for mooring, anchoring and towing, while low stretch ropes (Dacron, Kevlar, Spectra) are preferred for applications where positioning is critical and energy absorption and high stretch are not desired.

CORDAGE SPECIFICATIONS POLYPROPYLENE

POLYESTER

NYLON

MANILA (Grade A #1)

NOMINAL SIZE

9

DIAMETER 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 13/16 7/8 1 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 5/16 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 2 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 5/8 2 7/8 3 3 1/4 3 1/2 4

CIRCUMFERENCE 5/8 3/4 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 3/4 3 3 1/4 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6 6 1/2 7 7 1/2 8 8 1/2 9 10 11 12

LINEAR DENSITY (LBS./100FT.) .70 1.20 1.80 2.80 3.80 4.70 6.10 7.50 10.70 12.70 15.00 18.00 20.40 23.80 27.00 30.40 38.40 47.60 59.00 69.00 80.00 92.00 107.00 120.00 137.00 153.00 190.00 232.00 276.00

NEW ROPE TENSILE STRENGTH (LBS.) 720 1,130 1,710 2,440 3,160 3,780 4,600 5,600 7,650 8,900 10,400 12,600 14,400 16,500 18,900 21,200 26,800 32,400 38,800 46,800 55,000 62,000 72,000 81,000 91,000 103,000 123,000 146,000 171,000

LINEAR DENSITY (LBS./100FT.) 1.20 2.00 3.10 4.50 6.20 8.00 10.20 13.00 17.50 21.00 25.00 30.40 34.40 40.00 46.20 52.50 67.00 82.00 98.00 118.00 135.00 157.00 181.00 204.00 230.00 258.00 318.00 384.00 454.00


9-2




NEW ROPE TENSILE STRENGTH (LBS.) 406 540 900 1,220 1,580 2,380 3,100 3,960 4,860 5,850 6,950 8,100 9,450 10,800 12,200 13,500 16,700 20,200 23,800 28,000 32,400 37,000 41,800 46,800 52,000 57,500 69,500 82,000 94,500

GENERAL INFORMATION/ROPE SAFETY Double Braid Constructions DOUBLE BRAID POLYESTER

DOUBLE BRAID NYLON

DOUBLE BRAID POLYPROPYLENE & POLYESTER

NOMINAL SIZE DIAMETER

CIRCUMFERENCE

AVG. T.S.

WEIGHT PER 100'

3/16

9/16

1,200

1.1

1/4

3/4

2,000

1.9

WEIGHT PER 100'

NOMINAL DIAMETER (INCHES)

—

—

3/16

.94

720

2,200

1.6

1/4

1.61

1,130

AVG. T.S.

LINEAR DENSITY (LBS./100FT.)

NEW ROPE TENSILE STRENGTH (LBS.)

5/16

1

3,000

3.1

3,400

2.5

5/16

2.48

1,710

3/8

1 1/8

4,400

4.4

4,900

3.6

3/8

3.60

2,440

7/16

1 1/4

6,000

6.1

6,600

4.9

7/16

5.00

3,160

1/2

1 1/2

8,200

8.0

8,500

6.3

1/2

6.50

3,780

9/16

1 3/4

11,000

10.1

10,800

8.0

9/16

8.00

4,600

5/8

2

14,000

12.6

13,500

10.0

5/8

9.50

5,600

3/4

2 1/4

20,000

17.5

19,400

14.3

3/4

12.50

7,650

13/16

2 1/2

—

—

—

—

13/16

15.20

8,900

7/8

2 3/4

29,900

23.7

26,300

19.4

7/8

18.00

10,400

1

3

38,000

33.0

34,000

25.4

1

21.80

12,600

1 1/8

3 1/2

46,000

42.0

46,000

35.0

1 1/16

25.60

14,400 16,500

1 1/4

3 3/4

55,000

51.0

52,000

40.0

1 1/8

29.00

1 5/16

4

61,000

57.0

58,000

45.0

1 1/4

33.40

18,900

1 1/2

4 1/2

72,000

68.0

74,000

58.0

1 5/16

35.60

21,200

1 5/8

5

89,000

85.0

90,000

71.0

1 1/2

45.00

26,800

1 3/4

5 1/2

104,000

101.0

106,000

85.0

1 5/8

55.50

32,400

2

6

124,000

123.0

126,000

102.0

1 3/4

66.50

38,800

2 1/8

6 1/2

145,000

144.0

145,000

119.0

2

78.00

46,800

2 1/4

7

166,000

168.0

166,000

138.0

2 1/8

92.00

55,000

2 1/2

7 1/2

190,000

196.0

189,000

159.0

2 1/4

105.00

62,000

2 5/8

8

212,000

216.0

213,000

181.0

2 1/2

122.00

72,000

2 3/4

8 1/2

234,000

246.0

237,000

204.0

2 5/8

138.00

81,000

3

9

278,000

293.0

261,000

228.0

2 7/8

155.00

91,000

3 1/4

10

326,000

344.0

319,000

282.0

3

174.00

103,000

3 1/4

210.00

123,000

3 1/2

256.00

146,000

4

300.00

171,000

9-3

9

FIBER ROPE Hooven Allison Types of Rope Manufactured by Hooven Allison Company

SISAL Excellent low cost utility rope has about 80% of the strength of manila. Not recommended for any critical applications. MANILA Made from the finest abaca fiber available, excellent resistance to sunlight, low stretch, and easy to tie a knot. Good surface abrasion resistance. POLYESTER Not quite as strong as nylon. Low stretch. Excellent surface abrasion and better resistance from sunlight than nylon. Other characteristics similar to nylon available in filament fiber type and multiplex (fuzzy) type “77” dacron.

9

ROPE WORKING CHARACTERISTICS Strength Shock Load Surface Abrasion Elasticity Floats RESISTANT TO Rot & Mildew Sunlight Oil & Gas Acids Alkalis Storage Wet/Dry Affected by Heat at

SISAL Fair Fair Fair Fair No

POLYPROPYLENE A lightweight material with good strength and great versatility it floats, is resistant to rot, oils, gasoline, most chemicals and is waterproof. Hooven Allison’s polypropylene rope contains a special additive which reduces but does not eliminate deterioration from sunlight.Available in splitfilm (S,F,T) and monofilament fiber form. NYLON One of the strongest fiber rope that we manufacture. High elasticity allows absorption of shock loads which would break other types of rope. Nylon is resistant to rot, oils, gasoline, grease, marine growth or most chemicals. High abrasion resistance.

RELATIVE MATERIAL VALUES MANILA POLYESTER POLYPROPYLENE Fair Excellent Very Good Fair Very Good Very Good Good Excellent Good Fair Very Good Good No No Yes

Poor Poor Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Fair Fair Excellent Poor Poor Very Good Poor Poor Good Dry Only Dry Only Wet or Dry Weakens Weakens Weakens at at at 350° 300° 300° #1 Very good except to concentrated Sodium Hydroxide at high temperature.

Excellent Fair Excellent Excellent See Note #1 Wet or Dry Weakens at 150°

CAUTION: BECAUSE OF THE WIDE RANGE OF ROPE USE, ROPE CONDITION, EXPOSURE TO THE VARIOUS FACTORS AFFECTING THE ROPE, IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO MAKE BLANKET RECOMMENDATIONS AS TO THE CORRECT CHOICE OF ROPE TO USE. HOWEVER,WE HAVE PROVIDED THE TENSILE STRENGTH AND RECOMMENDED WORKING LOADS FOR EACH DIAMETER AND TYPE OF ROPE MADE BY HOOVEN ALLISON.THESE GUIDELINES ARE BASED ON TESTS CONDUCTED BY HOOVEN ALLISON AND THE U.S. CORDAGE INSTITUTE.THESE STRENGTHS ARE BASED ON TESTS OF NEW AND UNUSED ROPE,WITH APPROPRIATE SPLICES. PROPER CHOICE, CARE AND INSPECTION OF THE ROPE ARE ESSENTIAL FOR REASONABLY SAFE USE OF THE ROPE.

9-4

NYLON Excellent Excellent Very Good Excellent No Excellent Good Excellent Fair Excellent Wet or Dry Weakens at 350°

FIBER ROPE Yale Cordage Constructions 3-Strand

The simplest type of rope, is formed by twisting fiber into a strand and then 3 strands into a rope. Its conversion efficiency is relatively low since this construction technique is the hardest on fiber.

Plaited Rope

Single Braid

8 Strand “Square braid” is comprised of 8 individual strands which are woven together as 4 pairs. Its major advantages are non-rotation and high energy absorption.

This construction leaves a void in the center and utilizes strand counts of 8, 12, or 16.The hollow is instrumental in the easy splice procedure. Hollow braids are non-rotating and are an extremely efficient way to utilize fiber.

Double Braid

Parallel Core

This is really two separate ropes in one.The core, which is a single braid, is overbraided with a second sleeve.This construction allows maximum flexibility options to utilize the same or dissimilar fibers to engineer a rope suited to particular applications.This construction entirely shields one of the two rope elements from abrasion.

This construction consists of a core of parallel yarns that are held together by a wide variety of different means from extrusion to braiding. Due to its low twist level, these ropes are usually very strong but have limited applications due to loss of strength in bending and termination constraints.

9-5

9

FIBER ROPE Yale Yale Cordagerdage Constructions Double Esterlon Double Esterlon is a double braided rope constructed of Allied Signal’s unique type 1W81* high tenacity cordage finish polyester. It offers low stretch, high strength, and excellent wear life and dielectric strength. Double Esterlon is identified by two adjacent green strands braided into the cover structure.The date of manufacture is denoted by colored yarn braided between the core and the sleeve. Working load is based on static or moderately dynamic lifting/pulling operations. Instantaneous changes in load, up or down, in excess of 10% of the line’s rated working load constitutes hazardous shock load and would void normal working load recommendation. Elastic Elongation The colored area under the curve represents the rope’s energy absorption capability. Green Working 544 ft. lbs./lb. Red Ultimate 8000 ft. lbs./lb.

Dielectric Strength The maximum allowable leakage for new dry Double Esterlon™ is 1.00 milliamperes at 60K DC volts when tested in accordance with Yale Cordage Test Method DTP-185. Caution: Absorbed and entrained moisture or impurities will dramatically increase a rope’s conductivity. Double Esterlon is made to Yale Specification #YCI-DE-022.

Data

9

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX09-0001 CX09-0002 CX09-0003 CX09-0004 CX09-0005 CX09-0006 CX09-0007 CX09-0008 CX09-0009 CX09-0010 CX09-0011 CX09-0012 CX09-0013 CX09-0014

Diam. Inches 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 5/16 1 1/2

Average Break Strength Pounds 2,600 3,850 5,200 7,250 10,000 12,500 16,000 19,000 28,500 40,200 46,200 54,500 60,000 72,000

9-6

Maximum Minimum Working Break Load Weight Strength 4:1 Pounds Pounds Pounds Per 100 Ft. 2,340 650 2.3 3,465 962 3.5 4,680 1,300 4.5 6,525 1,812 6.5 9,000 2,500 8.5 11,250 3,125 10.5 14,400 4,000 13.7 17,100 4,750 16.5 25,650 7,125 25.0 36,180 10,050 34.4 41,580 11,550 44.0 49,050 13,625 51.0 54,000 15,000 55.5 64,800 18,000 68.5

FIBER ROPE ATTACHMENTS Samson Ocean Systems, Inc. The Samson Nylite™ Spool, Shield, Shackle

Nylite™ Spool, Shield, & Shackle CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. Size CX09-0015 CX09-0016 CX09-0017 CX09-0018 CX09-0019 CX09-0020

1 2 3 4 5 6

Rope Size Dia.

Range Cir.

Spool I.D.

Pin* Dia.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

3/8 –1/2 9/16 – 5/8 3/4 – 13/16 7/8 – 1-1/16 1-1/8 – 1-5/16 1-1/2 – 1-3/4

1-1/8 – 1-1/2 1-3/4 – 2 2-1/4 – 2-1/2 2-3/4 – 3-1/4 3-1/2 – 4 4-1/2 – 5-1/2

.46 .58 .64 .89 1.02 1.54

.44 .56 .63 .88 1.00 1.50

.88 1.13 1.38 1.75 2.13 2.63

1.08 1.21 1.61 1.9 2.15 3.14

1.11 1.38 1.77 2.29 2.85 3.8

2.41 3.11 3.54 4.70 5.55 8.25

.38 .50 .56 .75 .88 1.37

1.99 2.38 3.02 3.79 4.85 6.30

2.34 2.88 3.70 4.71 5.95 7.85

B

C

D

F

G

Nylite™ Spool, Shield, & Shackle Spool Sleeve CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. Size

Rope Size Dia.

Range Cir.

I.D.

O.D.

Pin* Dia.

A

E

CX09-0021 7 2 – 2-1/4 6–7 1.75 3.00 1.38 3.25 3.75 4.80 8.90 CX09-0022 8 2-1/2 – 2-5/8 7-1/2 – 8 2.00 3.25 1.50 3.75 4.13 5.61 10.00 CX09-0023 9 2-3/4 – 3-1/4 8-1/2 – 10 2.25 3.50 1.75 4.63 5.06 6.95 12.15 *Sizes 1 through 5 are supplied with jam nuts and cotter pins. Larger sizes have cotter pins and standard nuts.

1.50 1.75 2.00

7.93 9.89 9.24 11.47 11.45 14.28

9

Size 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Nylite™ Snatch Block

Nylite™ Spool, Shield, & Shackle Color of Working Loads* Minimum Shield (Tons**) Eye Size Blue Red Green Orange Black Yellow Black Black Black

1-1/8 1-5/8 2-1/2 4-1/2 7-1/2 12-1/2 20 25 35

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. Part No. Rope Dia. Max. Workload Block Wt. Overall Length (A) Hook Opening (B) w/latch

2-3/16" 2-3/4" 3-3/4" 4-7/8" 6-1/8" 7-5/8" 9-3/4 11-1/4" 14"

CX09-0024 915-321 7/8" to 1-1/8" 8 tons 33 lbs. 23.0" 1.5"

Steel Cheek Plates & Hook - Request Blueprint #00201045 for strengths, standard for usage and maintenance

For more Blocks for Fiber Rope see Blocks

*Working Loads, as given, are based on pin/bore relationship provided by the use of a Samson shackle.When using a non-standard pin, the Working Load as given DOES NOT APPLY. **Working Load in tons (2,000 lbs.)

9-7

FIBER ROPE SLINGS Yale Cordage Eye/Eye Standard eye and eye sling for general purpose work. Lightweight, very flexible, non-marring and very strong.


Double Esterlon with Maxijacket RATINGS Diam. V C 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 1/2

1,300 1,812 2,500 4,000 4,750 7,125 10,050 13,625 18,000

1,040 1,450 2,000 3,200 3,800 5,700 8,040 10,900 14,400

B

Min. Length

2,600 3,624 5,000 8,000 9,500 14,250 20,100 27,250 36,000

34" 38" 42" 53" 60" 68" 78" 102" 120"


CX09-0034 CX09-0035 CX09-0036 CX09-0037 CX09-0038 CX09-0039 CX09-0040

Polydyne with Maxijacket RATINGS V C

2,625 4,500 5,750 8,000 10,500 16,250 22,500

2,100 3,600 4,600 6,400 8,400 13,000 18,000

B

5,250 9,000 11,500 16,000 21,000 32,500 45,000

Min. Length

42" 53" 60" 68" 78" 102" 120"

YALEX RATINGS V C


1,200 1,800 2,500 3,640 4,800 7,100 8,600

960 1,440 2,000 2,912 3,840 5,680 6,880

B

Min. Length

2,400 3,600 5,000 7,280 9,600 14,200 17,200

32" 36" 40" 48" 55" 62" 70"

Standard Size Eye is 4" Options – Thimbles in Eyes,YaleCoat (1 1/4, 1 1/2 have 6" eyes) V - Vertical C - Choker B - Basket All slings are permanently tagged with ratings.

Endless Slings A complete loop increases the lift capacity of a sling without going to a larger diameter line. Makes an excellent choker with a wider “footprint” on the load for more positive control.

9


Double Esterlon RATINGS Diam. Vertical Choker Basket 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 1/2

2,210 3,018 4,250 6,800 8,075 12,112 17,085 23,162 30,600

1,768 2,465 3,400 5,440 6,460 9,690 13,668 18,530 24,480

Min. CERTEX Length* Cat. Ref. No.

4,420 6,162 8,500 13,600 16,150 24,224 34,170 46,325 61,200

35" 40" 46" 58" 68" 81" 92" 115" 138"

CX09-0057 CX09-0058 CX09-0059 CX09-0060 CX09-0061 CX09-0062 CX09-0063

*Bearing Point to Bearing Point Options – Maxijacket,YaleCoat,Thimbles.

9-8

Vertical

Yalex RATINGS Choker

Basket

Min. Length

2,040 3,060 4,250 6,188 8,160 12,070 14,620

1,632 2,448 3,400 4,950 6,528 9,656 11,696

4,080 6,120 8,500 12,376 16,320 24,140 29,240

20" 23" 26" 32" 39" 45" 52"

FIBER ROPE SLINGS Yale Cordage Adjustable Slings Easily replaces a variety of different length slings accommodating a variety of different sized loads. Infinitely adjustable.


Diam.

CX09-0064 CX09-0065 CX09-0066 CX09-0067 CX09-0068 CX09-0069 CX09-0070

3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1

PolyPlus RATINGS Vertical Choker Basket 792 1056 1,496 2,112 2,992 3,714 4,400

634 845 1,197 1,690 2,394 2,971 3,520

1,584 2,112 2,992 4,224 5,984 7,428 8,800

Min. CERTEX Length Cat. Ref. No. 20" 24" 28" 32" 38" 46" 54"

CX09-0071 CX09-0072 CX09-0073 CX09-0074 CX09-0075 CX09-0076 CX09-0077

Vertical

Yalex RATINGS Choker

Basket

Min. Length

1,056 1,584 2,220 3,203 4,224 6,248 7,568

845 1,267 1,760 2,562 3,379 4,998 6,054

2,112 3,168 4,400 6,406 8,448 12,496 15,136

20" 24" 28" 32" 38" 46" 54"

4-Leg Adjustable Each leg adjusts to accommodate any size load or lift point arrangement. Lifts can be made safely on any 2 legs, 3 legs, or all 4.

9

Yalex

PolyPlus


Diam.

Rating

Min. Length


Rating

Min. Length

CX09-0078 CX09-0079 CX09-0080 CX09-0081 CX09-0082 CX09-0083 CX09-0084

3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1

3,150 4,750 6,600 9,600 12,650 18,700 22,700

24" 28" 32" 38" 46" 52" 60"

CX09-0085 CX09-0086 CX09-0087 CX09-0088 CX09-0089 CX09-0090 CX09-0091

2,350 3,150 4,450 7,650 8,950 11,100 13,200

24" 28" 32" 38" 46" 52" 60"

9-9

SHACKLES The Crosby Group, Inc.

Never Exceed 120° included angle. Use Bolt Type and Screw Pin Shackles ONLY. Shackles symmetrically loaded with two legs slings having a maximum included angle of 120° can be utilized to full Working Load Limit.

Angle loads must be applied in the plane of the bow.

Side Loading Reduction Chart For Screw Pin and Bolt Type Shackles Only Angle of Side Load from Vertical In-Line of Shackle

Adjusted Working Load Limit

0¡ In-Line *

100% of Rated Working Load Limit

45¡ from In-Line *


90¡ from In-Line *


* In-Line load is applied perpendicular to pin. † DO NOT SIDE LOAD ROUND PIN SHACKLES

10

10-1

SHACKLES The Crosby Group, Inc. Forged Shackles SCREW PIN

ROUND PIN 209

G-209

G-213

S-209

S-213

213

Round pin anchor shackles meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A, Class 1, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Screw pin anchor shackles meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A, Class 2, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

• Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle. • Forged — Quenched and Tempered, with alloy pins. • Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other certification. Charges for proof testing and certification available when requested at the time of order. • Hot Dip galvanized or Self Colored.

10

Nominal Size (in.)


3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/2

1/3 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/2 2 3 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/2 8 1/2 9 1/2 12 13 1/2 17 25 35 55

G-209 Galv.

S-209 S.C.


Crosby Stock No.

CX10-0001 CX10-0002 CX10-0003 CX10-0004 CX10-0005 CX10-0006 CX10-0007 CX10-0008 CX10-0009 CX10-0010 CX10-0011 CX10-0012 CX10-0013 CX10-0014 CX10-0015 CX10-0016 CX10-0017

1018357 1018375 1018393 1018419 1018437 1018455 1018473 1018491 1018516 1018534 1018552 1018570 1018598 1018614 1018632 1018650 1018678


G-213 Galv.

Crosby Stock No. 1018384 1018400 1018428 1018446 1018464 1018482 1018507 1018525 1018543 1018561 1018589 1018605 1018623 1018641 1018669 1018687


Weight Each (lbs.)

S-213 S.C.

Crosby Stock No. 1018017 1018035 1018053 1018071 1018099 1018115 1018133 1018151 1018179 1018197 1018213 1018231 1018259 1018277 1018295


Crosby Stock No.

G-209 S-209

G-213 S-213

1018026 1018044 1018062 1018080 1018106 1018124 1018142 1018160 1018188 1018204 1018222 1018240 1018268 1018286 1018302

.06 .10 .19 .31 .38 .72 1.37 2.35 3.62 5.03 7.41 9.50 13.53 17.20 27.78 45.00 85.75

.13 .18 .29 .38 .71 1.50 2.32 3.49 5.00 6.97 9.75 13.25 17.25 29.46 45.75

† Furnished in screw pin only. * NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 6 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduction due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter. Nominal Size (in.)


3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/2

1/3 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/2 2 3 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/2 8 1/2 9 1/2 12 13 1/2 17 25 35 55

Dimensions (in.) A .38 .47 .53 .66 .75 .81 1.06 1.25 1.44 1.69 1.81 2.03 2.25 2.38 2.88 3.25 4.13

B .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .63 .75 .88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.63 2.00 2.25 2.75

C .88 1.13 1.22 1.44 1.69 1.88 2.38 2.81 3.31 3.75 4.25 4.69 5.25 5.75 7.00 7.75 10.50

D .19 .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .63 .75 .88 1.00 1.16 1.29 1.42 1.54 1.84 2.08 2.71

E .60 .78 .84 1.03 1.16 1.31 1.69 2.00 2.28 2.69 2.91 3.25 3.63 3.88 5.00 5.75 7.25

F .56 .61 .75 .91 1.06 1.19 1.50 1.81 2.09 2.38 2.69 3.00 3.31 3.63 4.19 4.81 5.69

G .98 1.28 1.47 1.78 2.03 2.31 2.94 3.50 4.03 4.69 5.16 5.75 6.38 6.88 8.86 9.97 12.87

Tolerance H 1.47 1.84 2.09 2.49 2.91 3.28 4.19 4.97 5.83 6.56 7.47 8.25 9.16 10.00 12.34 13.68 17.84

L .16 .19 .22 .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .50 .56 .63 .69 .75 .81 1.00 1.22 1.38

M 1.12 1.38 1.66 2.03 2.38 2.69 3.34 3.97 4.50 5.07 5.59 6.16 6.84 7.35 9.08 10.34 13.00

N 1.34 1.59 1.86 2.13 2.38 2.91 3.44 3.81 4.53 5.13 5.50 6.13 6.50 7.75 8.75

P .19 .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .69 .81 .97 1.06 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.62 2.25 2.40 3.13

C .06 .06 .06 .13 .13 .13 .13 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25

A .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .13 .13 .13 .13 .25

† Furnished in screw pin only. * NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 6 times the Working Load Limit.For Working Load Limit reduction due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.

10-2

SHACKLES The Crosby Group, Inc. Alloy Screw Pin Anchor Shackle G-209-A

G-209-A Screw pin anchor shackles meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade B, Class 2, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

• Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle. • Forged Alloy Steel — Quenched and Tempered, with alloy pins. • Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other certification. Charges for proof testing and certification available when requested at time of order. • Hot Dip galvanized. Nominal Size (in.) 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8

Working Load Limit* (tons) 2.0 2.6 3.3 5.0 7.0 9.5 12.5 15.0 18.0 21.0


G-209-A Crosby Stock No. Galv. 1017450 1017472 1017494 1017516 1017538 1017560 1017582 1017604 1017626 1017648

Weight Each (lbs.) .31 .38 .63 1.38 2.25 3.61 5.32 7.25 9.88 13.25

* Note: Maximum Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduction due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.

Nominal Size (in.)


3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8

2.0 2.6 3.3 5.0 7.0 9.5 12.5 15.0 18.0 21.0

Dimensions (in.) A .66 .75 .81 1.06 1.25 1.44 1.69 1.81 2.03 2.25

B .44 .50 .63 .75 .88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.38 1.50

C 1.44 1.69 1.88 2.38 2.81 3.31 3.75 4.25 4.69 5.25

D .38 .44 .50 .63 .75 .88 1.00 1.16 1.29 1.42

E 1.03 1.16 1.31 1.69 2.00 2.28 2.69 2.91 3.25 3.63

F .91 1.06 1.19 1.50 1.81 2.09 2.38 2.69 3.00 3.31

Tolerance +/G 1.78 2.03 2.31 2.94 3.50 4.03 4.69 5.16 5.75 6.38

H 2.49 2.91 3.28 4.19 4.97 5.83 6.56 7.47 8.25 9.16

L .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .50 .56 .63 .69 .75

M 2.03 2.38 2.69 3.34 3.97 4.50 5.07 5.59 6.16 6.84

P .38 .44 .50 .69 .81 .97 1.06 1.25 1.38 1.50

C .13 .13 .13 .13 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25

A .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .13

* Note: Maximum Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduction due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.

10-3

10

SHACKLES The Crosby Group, Inc. Forged Chain Shackles SCREW PIN

ROUND PIN 210

215 G-210 S-210 Screw pin chain shackles meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D,Type IVB, Grade A, Class 2, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

G-215 S-215 Round pin chain shackles meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVB, Grade A, Class 1, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

• Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle. • Forged — Quenched and Tempered, with alloy pins. • Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other certification. Charges for proof testing and certification available when requested at the time of order. • Hot Dip galvanized or Self Colored. • Fatigue rated.

10

Nominal Shackle Size (in.)


1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/2

1/2 3/4 1 1 1/2 2 3 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/2 8 1/2 9 1/2 12 13 1/2 17 25 35 55

G-210 Galv. Crosby CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. Stock. No. CX10-0074 1019150 CX10-0075 1019178 CX10-0076 1019196 CX10-0077 1019212 CX10-0078 1019230 CX10-0079 1019258 CX10-0080 1019276 CX10-0081 1019294 CX10-0082 1019310 CX10-0083 1019338 CX10-0084 1019356 CX10-0085 1019374 CX10-0086 1019392 CX10-0087 1019418 CX10-0088 1019436 CX10-0089 1019454

S-210 S.C. CERTEX Crosby Cat. Ref. No. Stock. No. CX10-0090 1019169 CX10-0091 1019187 CX10-0092 1019203 CX10-0093 1019221 CX10-0094 1019249 CX10-0095 1019267 CX10-0096 1019285 CX10-0097 1019301 CX10-0098 1019329 CX10-0099 1019347 CX10-0100 1019365 CX10-0101 1019383 CX10-0102 1019409 CX10-0103 1019427 CX10-0104 1019445 CX10-0105 1019463

G-215 Galv. CERTEX Crosby Cat. Ref. No. Stock. No. CX10-0106 1018810 CX10-0107 1018838 CX10-0108 1018856 CX10-0109 1018874 CX10-0110 1018892 CX10-0111 1018918 CX10-0112 1018936 CX10-0113 1018954 CX10-0114 1018972 CX10-0115 1018990 CX10-0116 1019016 CX10-0117 1019034 CX10-0118 1019052 CX10-0119 1019070 CX10-0120 1019098

S-215 S.C. CERTEX Crosby Cat. Ref. No. Stock. No. CX10-0121 1018829 CX10-0122 1018847 CX10-0123 1018865 CX10-0124 1018883 CX10-0125 1018909 CX10-0126 1018927 CX10-0127 1018945 CX10-0128 1018963 CX10-0129 1018981 CX10-0130 1019007 CX10-0131 1019025 CX10-0132 1019043 CX10-0133 1019061 CX10-0134 1019089 CX10-0135 1019105

Weight Each (lbs.) G-210 S-210 .11 .17 .28 .43 .59 1.25 2.63 3.16 4.75 6.75 9.06 11.63 15.95 26.75 42.31 71.75

G-215 S-215 .10 .18 .25 .40 .50 1.21 2.00 3.28 4.75 6.30 9.00 12.00 16.15 29.96 43.25

† Furnished in Screw Pin Only. * NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduction due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter. Nominal Size (in.)


1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/18 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/2

1/2 3/4 1 1 1/2 2 3 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/2 8 1/2 9 1/2 12 13 1/2 17 25 35 55

Dimensions (in.) A .47 .53 .66 .75 .81 1.06 1.25 1.44 1.69 1.81 2.03 2.25 2.38 2.88 3.25 4.13

B .31 .38 .44 .50 .63 .75 .88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.63 2.00 2.25 2.75

C .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .62 .81 .97 1.00 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.62 2.12 2.00 2.62

D .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .63 .75 .88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.62

E .97 1.16 1.41 1.63 1.81 2.31 2.75 3.19 3.69 4.06 4.53 5.00 5.38 6.38 7.25 9.38

F .61 .75 .91 1.06 1.19 1.50 1.81 2.09 2.38 2.69 3.00 3.31 3.62 4.19 4.81 5.69

Tolerance G .88 1.03 1.25 1.44 1.63 2.00 2.38 2.81 3.19 3.58 3.94 4.38 4.81 5.75 6.75 8.00

K 1.59 1.91 2.30 2.66 3.03 3.75 4.53 5.33 5.94 6.78 7.50 8.28 9.06 10.97 12.28 14.84

L .19 .22 .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .50 .56 .63 .69 .75 .81 1.00 1.22 1.38

M 1.38 1.66 2.03 2.38 2.69 3.34 3.97 4.50 5.07 5.59 6.16 6.84 7.35 9.08 10.34 13.00

N 1.34 1.59 1.86 2.13 2.38 2.91 3.44 3.81 4.53 5.13 5.50 6.13 6.50 7.75 8.75

G .06 .06 .13 .13 .13 .13 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25

A .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .13 .13 .13 .13 .13 .25

† Furnished in Screw Pin Only. * NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit.For Working Load Limit reduction due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.

10-4

SHACKLES The Crosby Group, Inc. Bolt Type Shackles BOLT TYPE ANCHOR SHACKLE

BOLT TYPE CHAIN SHACKLE 2130

G-2130 S-2130

G-2150 S-2150

Bolt Type Anchor shackles with thin head bolt — nut with cotter pin. Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A, Class 3, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Bolt Type Chain shackles. Thin hex head bolt — nut with cotter pin. Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C271D Type IVB, Grade A, Class 3, except for those provisions required of the contractors. 2150

• Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle. • Forged — Quenched and Tempered, with alloy pins. • Shackles 55 tons and smaller can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other certification. • Shackles 85 tons and larger can be provided as follows. • Non Destructive Tested • Serialized Pin and Bow • Material Certification (Chemical) • Certification must be requested at time of order. • Hot Dip galvanized or Self-Colored. • Fatigue rated.

10

10-5

SHACKLES The Crosby Group, Inc. Bolt Type Shackles Nominal Shackle Size (in.)


3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4

1/3 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/2 2 3 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/2 8 1/2 9 1/2 12 13 1/2 17 25 35 55 85 120 150

G-2130 Galv. CERTEX Crosby Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. CX10-0136 1019464 CX10-0137 1019466 CX10-0138 1019468 CX10-0139 1019470 CX10-0140 1019471 CX10-0141 1019472 CX10-0142 1019490 CX10-0143 1019515 CX10-0144 1019533 CX10-0145 1019551 CX10-0146 1019579 CX10-0147 1019597 CX10-0148 1019613 CX10-0149 1019631 CX10-0150 1019659 CX10-0151 1019677 CX10-0152 1019695 CX10-0153 1019711 CX10-0154 1019739 CX10-0155 1019757

S-2130 S.C. CERTEX Crosby Cat. Ref. No. Stock No.


G-2150 Galv. CERTEX Crosby Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. CX10-0168 CX10-0169 CX10-0170 CX10-0171 CX10-0172 CX10-0173 CX10-0174 CX10-0175 CX10-0176 CX10-0177 CX10-0178 CX10-0179 CX10-0180 CX10-0181 CX10-0182 CX10-0183 CX10-0184

1019481 1019506 1019524 1019542 1019560 1019588 1019604 1019622 1019640 1019668 1019686 1019702

1019768 1019770 1019772 1019774 1019775 1019793 1019819 1019837 1019855 1019873 1019891 1019917 1019935 1019953 1019971 1019999 1020013

S-2150 S.C. CERTEX Crosby Cat. Ref. No. Stock No.


1019784 1019800 1019828 1019846 1019864 1019882 1019908 1019926 1019944 1019962 1019980 1020004

2130 Weight Each (lbs.) .06 .11 .22 .33 .49 .79 1.68 2.72 3.95 5.66 8.27 11.71 15.83 20.80 33.91 52.25 98.25 154.00 265.00 338.00

2150 Weight Each (lbs.) .13 .23 .33 .49 .75 1.47 2.52 3.85 5.55 7.60 10.81 13.75 18.50 31.40 46.75 85.00 124.25

* NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduction due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter. † Individually Proof Tested with certification and furnished with Round Head Bolts and welded handle. ‡ Furnished in anchor style only.

10

Nominal Shackle Size (in.)


3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4

1/3 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/2 2 3 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/2 8 1/2 9 1/2 12 13 1/2 17 25 35 55 85 120 150

Dimensions (in.) A .38 .47 .53 .66 .75 .81 1.06 1.25 1.44 1.69 1.81 2.03 2.25 2.38 2.88 3.25 4.13 5.00 5.25 5.50

B .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .63 .75 .88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.63 2.00 2.25 2.75 3.25 3.75 4.25

C .88 1.13 1.22 1.44 1.69 1.88 2.38 2.81 3.31 3.75 4.25 4.69 5.25 5.75 7.00 7.75 10.50 13.00 14.63 14.50

D .19 .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .63 .75 .88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.62 3.00 3.62 4.10

E .60 .78 .84 1.03 1.16 1.31 1.69 2.00 2.28 2.69 2.91 3.25 3.63 3.88 5.00 5.75 7.25 7.88 9.00 10.00

F .56 .61 .75 .91 1.06 1.19 1.50 1.81 2.09 2.38 2.69 3.00 3.31 3.63 4.19 4.81 5.69 6.50 8.00 9.00

G .75 1.00 1.22 1.42 1.63 2.00 2.38 2.81 3.19 3.58 3.94 4.38 4.81 5.75 6.75 8.00 8.50

H 1.47 1.84 2.09 2.49 2.91 3.28 4.19 4.97 5.83 6.56 7.47 8.25 9.16 10.00 12.34 13.68 17.84 21.50 24.63 25.69

Tolerance +/K 1.59 1.91 2.30 2.66 3.03 3.75 4.53 5.33 5.94 6.78 7.50 8.28 9.06 10.97 12.28 14.84 16.88

L .98 1.28 1.47 1.78 2.03 2.31 2.94 3.50 4.03 4.69 5.16 5.75 6.38 6.88 8.86 9.97 12.87 14.36 16.50 18.42

M .97 1.16 1.41 1.62 1.81 2.31 2.75 3.19 3.69 4.06 4.53 5.00 5.38 6.38 7.25 9.38 11.00

N .19 .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .69 .81 .97 1.06 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.62 2.25 2.40 3.13 3.62 4.12 4.56

P 1.29 1.56 1.82 2.17 2.51 2.80 3.53 4.07 4.71 5.31 5.90 6.51 7.21 7.73 9.05 10.41 13.56 16.50 19.00 19.75

R .25 .31 .38 .44 .50 .63 .81 .97 1.00 1.25 1.38 1.50 1.62 2.12 2.00 2.62 3.50

C&G .06 .06 .06 .13 .13 .13 .13 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25

A .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .13 .13 .13 .13 .25 .25 .25 .25

* NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduction due to side load applications, see beginning of chapter. † Individually Proof Tested with certification and furnished with Round Head Bolts and welded handle. ‡ Furnished in Anchor style only.

10-6

SHACKLES The Crosby Group, Inc. Alloy Bolt Type Anchor Shackle • Working Load Limit is permanently shown on every shackle. • Alloy bows, Alloy bolts. • Quenched and Tempered. • All sizes are individually proof tested to 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. • Shackles 110 tons and larger are provided as follows. • Non Destructive Tested • Serialized Pin and Bow • Material Certification (Chemical) • Certification must be requested at time of order. • Forged Alloy Steel 30 thru 175 tons. Cast Alloy Steel 200 thru 600 tons. • Pins are galvanized and painted red.

G-2140 and S-2140

G-2140 meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D,Type IVA, Grade B, Class 3, except for those provisions required of the contractor. Nominal Shackle Size (in.)


1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 4 3/4 ** 5 ** 6 ** 7 ** 7 1/2 ** 8 **

30 40 50 80 110 140 175 200 250 300 400 500 600

NOTICE: All 2140 shackles 110 tons and larger are magnetic particle inspected. Certification available on request.

G-2140 Galv. Crosby Stock No. 1021110 1021138 1021156 1021174 1021192 1021218 1021236 1021414 1021432 1021450 1021478 1021496 1021511


S-2140 S.C. CERTEX Crosby Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. CX10-0210 1021129 CX10-0211 1021147 CX10-0212 1021165 CX10-0213 1021183

Weight Each (lbs.) 20.8 33.9 52.0 96.0 178.0 265.0 338.0 450.0 600.0 775.0 1102.0 1552.0 1900.0

* Note: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit on 200 thru 600 Tons. For sizes 30 thru 175 Tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit. ** Cast Alloy Steel. † Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle. †† Maximum Proof Load is 1000 Tons and furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle. Nominal Shackle Size (in.)


1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 4 3/4 ** 5 ** 6 ** 7 ** 7 1/2 ** 8 **

30 40 50 80 110 140 175 200 250 300 400 500 600

Dimensions (in.) A 2.38 2.88 3.25 4.12 5.00 5.25 5.50 7.25 8.50 8.38 8.25 8.31 9.25

B 3.62 4.19 4.81 5.69 6.50 8.00 9.00 10.50 12.00 12.00 14.00 15.00 17.00

C 1.62 2.25 2.40 3.12 3.62 4.12 4.56 6.00 6.50 6.75 7.25 7.50 8.50

D 1.63 2.00 2.25 2.75 3.25 3.75 4.25 4.75 5.00 6.00 7.00 7.50 8.25

E 5.75 7.00 7.75 10.50 13.00 14.63 14.50 15.62 20.00 19.50 22.50 25.25 31.88

F 1.39 1.75 2.00 2.62 3.00 3.75 4.00 3.75 3.88 4.75 6.50 6.34 6.50

Tolerance +/G 6.88 8.86 9.97 12.87 14.36 16.50 18.42 21.00 24.50 25.00 26.00 28.00 31.00

H 7.75 9.06 10.41 13.56 16.50 19.00 19.75 20.50 21.97 24.35 27.97 28.22 29.97

J 10.00 12.34 13.68 17.84 21.50 24.62 25.69 29.25 35.00 35.25 40.25 44.00 53.00

K 3.88 5.00 5.75 7.25 7.88 9.00 10.00 11.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 14.00

L 1.54 1.84 2.08 2.71 3.11 3.62 4.10 4.50 4.50 5.00 6.00 7.50 8.50

A .13 .13 .13 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25

E .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25

* Note: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit on 200 thru 600 Tons. For sizes 30 thru 175 Tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit. ** Cast Alloy Steel. † Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle. †† Maximum Proof Load is 1000 Tons and furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.

10-7

10

SHACKLES Crosby® Alloy Shackles “WIDE BODY” SLING SAVER SHACKLES INCREASE SLING LIFE

400 through 1000 metric tons

CONVENTIONAL SHACKLE

G-2160

“WIDE BODY” SHACKLE

Patented

75 through 300 metric tons

NOTICE: All shackles are magnetic particle inspected.

10



Crosby G-2160 Stock No.

• Greatly improves wearability of wire rope slings. • Can be used to connect HIGH STRENGTH Synthetic Web Slings, HIGH STRENGTH Synthetic Round Slings or Wire Rope Slings. • Increase in shackle bow radius provides minimum 58% gain in sling bearing surface and eliminates need for a thimble. • Increases usable sling strength minimum of 15%. • Pin is non-rotating, with weld on handle for easier use. • All ratings are in metric tons, embossed on side of bow. • Forged alloy steel from 75 through 300 metric tons. • Cast alloy steel from 400 through 1000 metric tons. • Sizes 400 tons and larger are tested to 1.33 times Working Load Limit. • Sizes 300 tons and smaller are proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit. • All 2160 shackles are individually proof tested, Crosby certification available at time of order. Shackles requiring ABS, DNV, Lloyds and other certifications are available upon special request and must be specified at time of order. • Shackles are produced in accordance with certified lifting appliance requirements. • Non Destructive Testing • Serialization / Identification • Material Testing (Physical / Chemical / Charpy) • Proof Testing • All sizes Quenched and Tempered for maximum strength. • Bows and pins are furnished Dimetcoted. All pins are Dimetcoted then painted red. • Type Approval and certification in accordance with DNV Specification 2.7-1 Offshore Containers and DNV rules for Lifting Appliances–Loose Gear.


A

B +/.25

C

D +/.02

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

R

75

CX10-0214

1021290

99

13.62

4.13

2.12

2.76

4.76

12.80

2.52

11.41

4.72

3.66

4.37

1.00

3.00

3.90

12.32

18.31

125

CX10-0215

1021307

161

15.75

5.12

2.56

3.15

5.71

15.94

3.15

14.37

5.90

4.33

5.12

1.06

2.95

4.64

14.96

22.68

200

CX10-0216

1021316

500

20.00

5.90

3.35

4.13

7.28

20.96

4.33

18.90

8.07

5.41

6.69

1.26

4.33

5.75

19.49

29.82

300

CX10-0217

1021325

811

23.27

7.28

4.00

5.25

9.25

26.25

5.51

23.62

10.43

6.31

8.07

1.50

4.42

6.89

23.64

37.39

400

CX10-0218

1021334

1041

28.13

8.66

5.16

6.30

11.02

25.79

6.30

22.64

12.60

7.28

9.45

1.50

4.72

7.76

27.16

38.78

500

CX10-0219

1021343

1378

31.87

9.84

5.59

7.09

12.52

28.35

6.69

24.80

13.39

8.86

10.43

1.61

4.92

8.74

31.10

42.72

600

CX10-0220

1021352

1833

35.94

10.83

6.04

7.87

13.78

31.50

7.28

27.56

14.57

9.74

11.93

1.75

5.39

9.74

34.06

47.24

700

CX10-0221

1021361

2446

39.07

11.81

6.59

8.46

14.80

33.17

7.87

28.94

15.75

10.63

12.62

1.89

5.94

10.75

37.01

50.18

800

CX10-0222

1021254

3016

38.82

12.80

7.19

9.06

15.75

34.06

8.27

29.53

16.54

10.92

13.90

1.89

6.14

11.26

38.39

52.09

900

CX10-0223

1021389

3436

41.34

13.78

7.78

9.84

16.93

34.74

8.66

29.80

17.32

11.52

15.20

2.01

6.08

12.50

40.35

54.04

1000

CX10-0224

1021370

4022

46.30

14.96

8.33

10.63

17.72

35.24

9.06

29.92

18.11

12.11

16.00

2.01

5.98

12.99

45.32

55.31

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. † Forged Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit. †† Cast Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 1.33 times the Working Load Limit.

10-8

HOIST RING The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions WRONG

External Inspection Points

WRONG

RIGHT

180° Pivot

Figure 1

Figure 2

Hoist Ring Application Assembly Safety • Use swivel hoist ring only with ferrous metal (steel, iron) or soft metal (i.e., aluminum) loads (work piece). Do not leave threaded end of hoist ring in aluminum loads for long time periods due to corrosion. • After determining the loads on each hoist ring, select the proper size hoist ring using the Working Load Limit ratings in Table 1 for UNC threads and Table 2 for Metric threads. • Drill and tap the work piece to the correct size to a minimum depth of one-half the threaded shank diameter plus the threaded shank length. See rated load limit and bolt torque requirements imprinted on top of the swivel trunnion. (See Table 1 and/or Table 2) • Install hoist ring to recommended torque with a torque wrench making sure the bushing flange meets the load (work piece) surface. • Never use spacers between bushing flange and mounting surface. • Always select proper load rated lifting device for use with Swivel Hoist Ring. • Attach lifting device ensuring free fit to hoist ring bail (lifting ring). (Fig. 1) • Apply partial load and check proper rotation and alignment. There should be no interference between load (work piece) and hoist ring bail. (Fig. 2) • Special Note: When a Hoist Ring is installed with a retention nut, the nut must have full thread engagement and must meet one of the following standards to develop the Working Load Limit (WLL).

360°

Figure 3

Figure 4

Hoist Ring Inspection/Maintenance • Always inspect hoist ring before use. • Regularly inspect hoist ring parts. (Fig. 3) • Never use hoist ring that show signs of corrosion, wear or damage. • Never use hoist ring if bail is bent or elongated. • Always be sure threads on shank and receiving holes are clean, not damaged, and fit properly. • Always check with torque wrench before using an already installed hoist ring. • Always make sure there are no spacers (washers) used between bushing flange and the mounting surface. Remove any spacers (washers) and retorque before use. • Always ensure free movement of bail. The bail should pivot 180° and swivel 360°. (Fig. 4) • Always be sure total work piece surface is in with hoist ring bushing mating surface. Drilled and tapped hole must be 90° to load (work piece) surface.

1. ASTM A-563 (A) Grade D Hex Thick (B) Grade DH Standard Hex 2. SAE Grade 8 — Standard Hex

10

WARNING • Loads may slip or fall if proper Hoist Ring assembly and lifting procedures are not used. • A falling load may cause serious injury or death. • Use only genuine Crosby parts as replacements. • Read, understand and follow all instructions, diagrams and chart information before using swivel hoist ring assembly.

10-9

HOIST RING The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions Wrong Buckling may occur if the load is not stiff enough to resist the compressive forces which result from the angular loading.

Do not reeve slings from one bail to another.This will alter the load and angle of loading on the hoist ring.

After slings have been properly attached to the hoist ring, apply force slowly. Watch the load and be prepared to stop applying force if the load starts buckling.

OPERATING SAFETY • Never exceed the capacity of the swivel hoist ring, see Table 1 for UNC threads and Table 2 for Metric threads.

• When using lifting slings of two or more legs, make sure the forces in the legs are calculated using the angle from the vertical to the leg and select the proper size swivel hoist ring to allow for the angular forces. (Note: Sling angles will de-rate sling (chain, rope, or webbing) but will not de-rate swivel hoist ring capacity.)

WARNING • Loads may slip or fall if proper Hoist Ring assembly and lifting procedures are not used. • A falling load may cause serious injury or death. • Use only genuine Crosby parts as replacements. • Read, understand and follow all instructions, diagrams and chart information before using swivel hoist ring assembly.

Dependability In LiftingEverywhere, Every Time. 10 You’re in a tough lifting situation. Valuable equipment and the lives of your workers are on the line. You have to meet deadlines, observe regulations and stay within a budget. The slightest overlooked detail can put employees and valuable equipment in harm’s way. Are you sure you have every detail covered? When you’re taking on the weight of the world, turn to CERTEX, the lifting experts, for the

10-10

experience and resources to make your most complex lifting challenge like just another day at the office. CERTEX puts its world-wide network into the hands of local companies who know your needs and are close at hand to serve you.


HOIST RING The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions Table 1 HR-125 Swivel Hoist Rings

Torque** in Ft. Lbs. 7 12 28 28 60 60 100 100 100 100 160 160 230 230 470 800 1100

Working Load Limit* (lbs.) 800 1000 2500 2500 4000 4000 5000 5000 7000 7000 8000 8000 10000 10000 15000 24000 30000

Bolt Size (in.) 5/16 — 18 x 1.50 3/8 - 16 1.50 1/2 — 13 x 2.00 1/2 — 13 x 2.50 5/8 — 11 x 2.00 5/8 — 11 x 2.75 3/4 — 10 x 2.25 3/4 — 10 x 2.75 3/4 — 10 x 2.75 3/4 — 10 x 3.50 7/8 — 9 x 2.75 7/8 — 9 x 3.50 1 — 8 x 4.00 1-1/4 — 7 x 4.50 1-1/2 —˚6 x 6.50 1-1/2 — 6 x 6.50 2 — 4-1/2 x 6.50

Effective Thread Projection Length (in.) .59 .59 .71 1.21 .71 1.46 .96 1.46 .90 1.65 .90 1.65 1.15 2.15 2.22 2.98 2.98

* Ultimate load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Individually proof tested to 2 1/2 times the Working Load Limit. ** The tightening torque values shown are based upon threads being clean, dry and free of lubrication. † Long bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece. While the long bolts may also be used with ferrous metal (i.e., steel & iron) work pieces, short bolts are designed for ferrous work pieces only. †† Bolt specification is a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574. All threads are UNC – 3A.

Table 1 HR-125M Metric Swivel Hoist Rings* Working Load Limit (Kg) At a 5:1 Design Factor

At a 4:1 Design Factor

Torque** in N-m

400 450 1050 1900 2150 3000 4200 7000 11000 12500 13500

500 550 1300 2400 2700 3750 5250 8750 13750 15600 16900

10 16 38 81 136 136 312 637 1005 1005 1350

Bolt Size (mm) M 8 x 1.25 x 40 M 10 x 1.50 x 40 M 12 x 1.75 x 50 M 16 x 2.00 x 60 M 20 x 2.50 x 65 M 20 x 2.50 x 75 M 24 x 3.00 x 80 M 30 x 3.50 x 100 M 36 x 4.00 x 150 M 42 x 4.50 x 160 M 48 x 5.00 x 160

Effective Thread Projection Length (mm) 16.9 16.9 17.2 27.2 31.2 28.1 33.1 45.1 60.6 70.6 70.6

* Designed to be used with ferrous work piece only. ** The tightening torque values shown are based upon threads being clean, dry and free of lubrication. † Individually proof tested to 2 1/2 times the Working Load Limit based on the 4:1 design factor. †† Bolt specification is a Grade 12.9 Alloy socket head cap screw to DIN 912. All threads are metric (ASME/ANSI B18.3.1m). WARNING • Loads may slip or fall if proper Hoist Ring assembly and lifting procedures are not used. • A falling load may cause serious injury or death. • Use only genuine Crosby parts as replacements. • Read, understand and follow all instructions, diagrams and chart information before using swivel hoist ring assembly.

10-11

10

HOIST RING The Crosby Group, Inc. UNC Threads Top washer has the following features: • The Working Load Limit and Recommended Torque value are permanently stamped into each washer. • Washer is color coded for easy identification Red - UNC thread

BOLT SIZE IDENTIFICATION The size of the bolt will be stated as in the following example. Illustration shows meaning of each dimension given. # of Threads per Inch 5/16” - 18 x 1.50” Bolt Diameter

Length of Bolt (from under head) Dimensions (in.)

10

Effective Thread Protection Length B

C

5/16 - 18 x 1.50

.59

2.68

12

3/8 - 16 x 1.50

.59

2500

28

1/2 - 13 x 2.00

2500

28

1/2 - 13 x 2.50

4000

60

5/8 - 11 x 2.00

.71

60

5/8 - 11 x 2.75

1.46

4.90

2.00

.89

.75

3.30

2.21

2.70

100

3/4˚- 10 x 2.25

.96

4.90

2.00

.89

.75

3.30

2.05

2.65

100

3/4 - 10 x 2.75

1.46

4.90

2.00

.89

.75

3.30

2.05

3.00

100

3/4 - 10 x 2.75

.90

6.58

3.00

1.40

1.00

4.80

2.98

7.00

100

3/4 - 10 x 3.50

1.65

6.58

3.00

1.40

1.00

4.80

2.98

7.00

160

7/8 - 9 x 2.75

.90

6.58

3.00

1.40

1.00

4.80

2.95

7.00


Crosby HR-125 Stock No.


Torque in Ft. Lbs.

CX10-0225

1016887

800

7

CX10-0226

1016898

1000

CX10-0227

1016909

CX10-0228

1016912

CX10-0229

1016920

CX10-0230

1016924

4000

CX10-0231

1016931

5000

CX10-0232

1016935

5000

CX10-0233

1016942

7000

CX10-0234

1016946

7000

CX10-0235

1016953

8000

CX10-0236

1016957

8000

160

7/8 - 9 x 3.50

1.65

6.58

3.00

1.40

1.00

4.80

2.95

7.00

CX10-0237

1016964

10000

230

1 - 8 x 3.00

1.15

6.58

3.00

1.40

1.00

4.80

2.73

7.50

CX10-0238

1016969

10000

230

1 - 8 x 4.00

2.15

6.58

3.00

1.40

1.00

4.80

2.73

7.50

CX10-0239

1016975

15000

470

1 1/4 - 7 x 4.50

2.22

9.01

3.75

1.75

1.25

6.00

4.89

14.79

CX10-0240

1016986

24000

800

1 1/2 - 6 x 6.50

2.98

12.41

4.75

2.25

1.75

8.00

5.93

33.00

CX10-0241

1016997

30000

1100

2 - 4 1/2 x 6.50

2.98

12.41

4.75

2.25

1.75

8.00

5.43

36.00

Bolt Size A

Est. Weight Each (lbs.)

D

Radius E

Diameter F

G

H

1.00

.45

.38

1.75

1.11

.43

2.68

1.00

.45

.38

1.75

1.09

.43

.71

4.90

2.00

.89

.75

3.30

2.29

2.49

1.21

4.90

2.00

.89

.75

3.30

2.29

2.52

4.90

2.00

.89

.75

3.30

2.21

2.55

* Ultimate load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Long bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece. While the long bolts may also be used with ferrous metal (i.e., steel & iron) work piece, short bolts are designed for ferrous work pieces only. †† Bolt specification is a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574. All threads listed are UNC - 3A.


10-12

EYE BOLTS The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions Table 1 (In-Line Load) Size (in.)

Regular Nut Eye Bolt G-291

Shoulder Nut Eye Bolt G-277

Machinery Nut Eye Bolt S-279

Working Load Limit (lbs.)

1/4

650

5/16

1200

3/8

1550

1/2

2600

5/8

5200

3/4

7200

7/8

10600

1

13300

1 1/4

21000

1 1/2

24000

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION — READ & FOLLOW Inspection/Maintenance Safety: • Always inspect eye bolt before use. • Never use eye bolt that shows signs of wear or damage. • Never use eye bolt if eye or shank is bent or elongated. • Always be sure threads on shank and receiving holes are clean. • Never machine, grind, or cut eye bolt. Assembly Safety: • Never exceed load limits specified in Table I. • Never use regular nut eye bolts for angular lifts. • Always use shoulder nut eye bolts (or machinery eye bolts) for angular lifts. • For angular lifts, adjust working load as follows: Direction of Pull

Adjusted Working Load

45 degrees

30% of rated working load

90 degrees

25% of rated working load

• Never undercut eye bolt to seat shoulder against the load. • Always countersink receiving hole or use washers to seat shoulder. • Always screw eye bolt down completely for proper seating. • Always tighten nuts securely against the load.

IN - LINE

Shoulder Nut Eye Bolt — Installation for Angular Loading • The threaded shank must protrude through the load sufficiently to allow full engagement of the nut. • If the eye bolt protrudes so far through the load that the nut cannot be tightened securely against the load, use properly sized washer to take up the excess space BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE LOAD. • Place washers or spacers between nut and load so that when the nut is tightened securely, the shoulder is secured flush against the load surface. • Thickness of spacers must exceed this distance between the bottom of the load and the last thread of the eye bolt.

WARNING • Loads may slip or fall if proper eye bolt assembly and lifting procedures are not used. • A falling load can serious injury or kill. • Read and understand both sides of these instructions, and follow all eye bolt safety information presented here. • Read, understand and follow all information in diagrams and charts below before using eye bolt assemblies.

10-13

10

EYE BOLTS The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions Regular Nut & Shoulder Nut Eye Bolt – Installation for In-line Loading RIGHT

RIGHT

RIGHT

WRONG Tighten Hex Nut Securely Against Load

Tap Depth: 2.5 x Diameter

More than one eye bolt diameter of threads, only (1) nut required. Tighten hex nut securely against load

2x Diameter (Minimum)

One eye bolt diameter of threads or less, use two (2) nuts. Tighten hex nut securely against load

One eye bolt diameter or less

Operating Safety • Always stand clear of load. • Always lift load with steady, even pull – do not jerk. • Always apply load to eye bolt in the plane of the eye – not at an angle. • Never exceed the capacity of the eye bolt–see Table 1. • When using lifting slings of two or more legs, make sure the loads in the legs are calculated using the angle from the vertical to the leg and properly size the shoulder nut or machinery eye bolt for the angular load. WRONG Do not reeve slings from one eye bolt to another. This will alter the load and angle of loading on the eye bolt.

Resultant Load

After slings have been properly attached to the eye blots, apply force slowly. Watch the load carefully and be prepared to stop applying force if the load starts buckling.

10

WARNING • Loads may slip or fall if proper eye bolt assembly and lifting procedures are not used. • A falling load can serious injury or kill. • Read and understand both sides of these instructions, and follow all eye bolt safety information presented here. • Read, understand and follow all information in diagrams and charts below before using eye bolt assemblies.

10-14

Buckling may occur if the load is not stiff enough to resist the compressive forces which result from the angular loading.

EYE BOLTS The Crosby Group, Inc. Warnings and Application Instructions Machinery Eye Bolt — Installation for In - line & Angular Loading These eye bolts are primarily intended to be installed into tapped holes. 1. After the loads on the eye bolts have been calculated, select the proper size eye bolt for the job. For angular lifts, adjust working load as follows: Direction of Pull 45 degrees 90 degrees

Table II

Adjusted Working Load 30% of rated working load 25% of rated working load

2. Drill and tap the load to the correct sizes to a minimum depth of one-half the eye bolt size beyond the shank length of the machinery eye bolt. 3. Thread the eye bolt into the load until the shoulder is flush and securely tIghtened against the load. 4. If the plane of the machinery eye bolt is not aligned with the sling line, estimate the amount of unthreading rotation necessary to align the plane of the eye properly. 5. Remove the machinery eye bolt from the load and add shims (washers) of proper thickness to adjust the angle of the plane of the eye to match the sling line. Use Table II to estimate the required shim thickness for the amount of unthreading rotation required.

Eye Bolt Size (in.)

Shim Thickness Required to Change Rotation 90¡ (in.)

1/4

.0125

5/16

.0139

3/8

.0156

1/2

.0192

5/8

.0227

3/4

.0250

7/8

.0278

1

.0312

1 1/4

.0357

1 1/2

.0417

Shim added to change eye alignment 90° Minimum tap depth is basic shank length plus one-half the nominal eye bolt diameter.



10-15

10

EYE BOLTS The Crosby Group, Inc. Shoulder Type Machinery Eye Bolts • Forged Steel — Quenched & Tempered. • Recommended for straight line pull. • Fatigue tested to 1 1/2 times the Working Load Limit for 20,000 cycles.

S-279

Size


Crosby Stock No.


Weight per 100 (lbs.)

Dimensions (in.) A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H .50

1/4 x 1

CX10-0313

9900182

650

5.10

.25

1.00

.88

.50

1.94

.19

.47

5/16 x 1 1/8

CX10-0314

9900191

1200

6.20

.31

1.13

1.12

.62

2.38

.25

.56

.69

3/8 x 1 1/4

CX10-0315

9900208

1550

12.50

.38

1.25

1.38

.75

2.72

.31

.66

.78

1/2 x 1 1/2

CX10-0316

9900217

2600

25.00

.50

1.50

3.38

.38

.91

1.00

CX10-0317

9900226

5200

50.00

.63

1.75

1.75 2.25

1.00

5/8 x 1 3/4

1.25

4.19

.50

1.12

1.31 1.56

3/4 x 2

CX10-0318

9900235

7200

87.50

.75

2.00

2.75

1.50

4.94

.62

1.38

7/8 x 2 1/4

CX10-0319

9900244

10600

157.20

.88

2.25

3.25

1.75

5.72

.75

1.56

1.84

1 x 2 1/2

CX10-0320

9900253

13300

218.00

1.00

2.50

3.75

2.00

6.47

.88

1.81

2.09

1 1/4 x 3

CX10-0321

9900262

21000

380.00

1.25

3.00

4.50

2.50

7.72

1.00

2.28

2.47

1 1/2 x 3 1/2

CX10-0322

9900271

24000

700.00

1.50

3.50

5.50

3.00

9.25

1.25

2.75

3.00


10


10-16

EYE BOLTS The Crosby Group, Inc. Shoulder Nut Eye Bolts

G-277

• Forged Steel. • Hot Dip galvanized. • Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized, heavy hex nuts. • Fatigue tested to 1 1/2 times the Working Load Limit for 20,000 cycles. Shank Diameter

Crosby G-277

Working Load

Weight Per

Dimensions (in.)

& Length (in.)


Stock No. Galv.

Limit * (lbs.)

100 (lbs.)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1/4 x 2

CX10-0323

1045014

650

6.60

.25

.50

.88

.19

1.50

2.00

2.94

.50

.47

1/4 x 4

CX10-0324

1045032

650

9.10

.25

.50

.88

.19

2.50

4.00

4.94

.50

.47

5/16 x 2 1/4

CX10-0325

1045050

1200

12.50

.31

.62

1.12

.25

1.50

2.25

3.50

.69

.56

5/16 x 4 1/4

CX10-0326

1045078

1200

18.80

.31

.62

1.12

.25

2.50

4.25

5.50

.69

.56

3/8 x 2 1/2

CX10-0327

1045096

1550

21.40

.38

.75

1.38

.31

1.50

2.50

3.97

.78

.66

3/8 x 4 1/2

CX10-0328

1045112

1550

25.30

.38

.75

1.38

.31

2.50

4.50

5.97

.78

.66

1/2 x 3 1/4

CX10-0329

1045130

2600

42.60

.50

1.00

1.75

.38

1.50

3.25

5.12

1.00

.91

1/2 x 6

CX10-0330

1045158

2600

56.80

.50

1.00

1.75

.38

3.00

6.00

7.88

1.00

.91

5/8 x 4

CX10-0331

1045176

5200

68.60

.62

1.25

2.25

.50

2.00

4.00

6.44

1.31

1.12

5/8 x 6

CX10-0332

1045194

5200

102.40

.62

1.25

2.25

.50

3.00

6.00

8.44

1.31

1.12

3/4 x 4 1/2

CX10-0333

1045210

7200

144.50

.75

1.50

2.75

.62

2.00

4.50

7.44

1.56

1.38

3/4 x 6

CX10-0334

1045238

7200

167.50

.75

1.50

2.75

.62

3.00

6.00

8.94

1.56

1.38

7/8 x 5

CX10-0335

1045256

10600

225.00

.88

1.75

3.25

.75

2.50

5.00

8.46

1.84

1.56

1x6

CX10-0336

1045292

13300

366.30

1.00

2.00

3.75

.88

3.00

6.00

9.97

2.09

1.81

1x9

CX10-0337

1045318

13300

422.50

1.00

2.00

3.75

.88

4.00

9.00

12.97

2.09

1.81

1 1/4 x 8

CX10-0338

1045336

21000

650.00

1.25

2.50

4.50

1.00

4.00

8.00

12.72

2.47

2.28

1 1/4 x 12

CX10-0339

1045354

21000

795.00

1.25

2.50

4.50

1.00

4.00

12.00

16.72

2.47

2.28

1 1/2 x 15

CX10-0340

1045372

24000

1425.00

1.50

3.00

5.50

1.25

6.00

15.00

20.75

3.00

2.75


10


10-17

EYE BOLTS The Crosby Group, Inc. Screw Eye Bolts

G-275

• Forged Steel — Quenched and Tempered. • Hot Dip galvanized. Shank Diameter & Length (in.)

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No



Dimensions (in.) A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1/4 x 2

CX10-0341

1046111

4.30

.25

1.50

2.00

2.50

2.94

.50

.88

.19

.47

5/16 x 2 1/4

CX10-0342

1046139

9.90

.31

1.69

2.25

2.94

3.50

.63

1.13

.25

.56

3/8 x 2 1/2

CX10-0343

1046157

18.88

.38

1.88

2.50

3.28

3.97

.75

1.38

.31

.66

1/2 x 3 1/4

CX10-0344

1046175

37.50

.50

2.44

3.25

4.25

5.12

1.00

1.75

.38

.91

5/8 x 4

CX10-0345

1046193

85.50

.63

3.00

4.00

5.31

6.44

1.25

2.25

.50

1.12


10


10-18



EYE BOLTS The Crosby Group, Inc. Regular Nut Eye Bolts

G-291

• Recommended for straight line pull. • All Bolts Hot Dip galvanized after threading. • Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized hex nuts. • Forged Steel — Quenched and Tempered. • Fatigue tested to 1 1/2 times the Working Load Limit for 20,000 cycles. Shank Diameter & Length (in.)





Dimensions (in.) A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1/4 x 2

CX10-0346

1043230

650

8.20

.25

.50

1.00

.25

1.50

2.00

3.06

.56

1/4 x 4

CX10-0347

1043258

650

11.70

.25

.50

1.00

.25

2.50

4.00

5.06

.56

5/16 x 2 1/4

CX10-0348

1043276

1200

13.30

.31

.62

1.25

.31

1.50

2.25

3.56

.69

5/16 x 4 1/4

CX10-0349

1043294

1200

25.00

.31

.62

1.25

.31

2.50

4.25

5.56

.69

3/8 x 2 1/2

CX10-0350

1043310

1550

23.30

.38

.75

1.50

.38

1.50

2.50

4.12

.88

3/8 x 4 1/2

CX10-0351

1043338

1550

29.50

.38

.75

1.50

.38

2.50

4.50

6.12

.88

3/8 x 6

CX10-0352

1043356

1550

35.20

.38

.75

1.50

.38

2.50

6.00

7.62

.88

1/2 x 3 1/4

CX10-0353

1043374

2600

50.30

.50

1.00

2.00

.50

1.50

3.25

5.38

1.12

1/2 x 6

CX10-0354

1043392

2600

66.10

.50

1.00

2.00

.50

3.00

6.00

8.12

1.12

1/2 x 8

CX10-0355

1043418

2600

82.00

.50

1.00

2.00

.50

3.00

8.00

10.12

1.12

1/2 x 10

CX10-0356

1043436

2600

88.00

.50

1.00

2.00

.50

3.00

10.00

12.12

1.12

1/2 x 12

CX10-0357

1043454

2600

114.20

.50

1.00

2.00

.50

3.00

12.00

14.12

1.12

5/8 x 4

CX10-0358

1043472

5200

103.10

.62

1.25

2.50

.62

2.00

4.00

6.69

1.44

5/8 x 6

CX10-0359

1043490

5200

118.20

.62

1.25

2.50

.62

3.00

6.00

8.69

1.44

5/8 x 8

CX10-0360

1043515

5200

135.10

.62

1.25

2.50

.62

3.00

8.00

10.69

1.44

5/8 x 10

CX10-0361

1043533

5200

153.60

.62

1.25

2.50

.62

3.00

10.00

12.69

1.44

5/8 x 12

CX10-0362

1043551

5200

167.10

.62

1.25

2.50

.62

4.00

12.00

14.69

1.44

3/4 x 4 1/2

CX10-0363

1043579

7200

168.60

.75

1.50

3.00

.75

2.00

4.50

7.69

1.69

3/4 x 6

CX10-0364

1043597

7200

184.50

.75

1.50

3.00

.75

3.00

6.00

9.19

1.69

3/4 x 8

CX10-0365

1043613

7200

207.90

.75

1.50

3.00

.75

3.00

8.00

11.19

1.69

3/4 x 10

CX10-0366

1043631

7200

235.00

.75

1.50

3.00

.75

3.00

10.00

13.19

1.69

3/4 x 12

CX10-0367

1043659

7200

257.50

.75

1.50

3.00

.75

4.00

12.00

15.19

1.69

3/4 x 15

CX10-0368

1043677

7200

298.00

.75

1.50

3.00

.75

5.00

15.00

18.19

1.69

7/8 x 5

CX10-0369

1043695

10600

270.00

.88

1.75

3.50

.88

2.50

5.00

8.75

2.00

7/8 x 8

CX10-0370

1043711

10600

308.00

.88

1.75

3.50

.88

4.00

8.00

11.75

2.00

7/8 x 12

CX10-0371

1043739

10600

400.00

.88

1.75

3.50

.88

4.00

12.00

15.75

2.00

1x6

CX10-0372

1043757

13300

421.00

1.00

2.00

4.00

1.00

3.00

6.00

10.31

2.31

1x9

CX10-0373

1043775

13300

468.50

1.00

2.00

4.00

1.00

4.00

9.00

13.31

2.31

1 x 12

CX10-0374

1043793

13300

540.00

1.00

2.00

4.00

1.00

4.00

12.00

16.31

2.31

1 x 18

CX10-0375

1043819

13300

650.00

1.00

2.00

4.00

1.00

7.00

18.00

22.31

2.31

1 1/4 x 8

CX10-0376

1043837

21000

750.00

1.25

2.50

5.00

1.25

4.00

8.00

13.38

2.88

1 1/4 x 12

CX10-0377

1043855

21000

900.00

1.25

2.50

5.00

1.25

4.00

12.00

17.38

2.88

1 1/4 x 20

CX10-0378

1043873

21000

1210.00

1.25

2.50

5.00

1.25

6.00

20.00

25.38

2.88

*Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.


10-19

10

EYE BOLTS The Crosby Group, Inc. Shoulder Nut Ring Bolts • Forged Steel — Quenched and Tempered. • Diameter of ring stock is same as shank diameter. • Hot Dip galvanized.

G-257

Ring Bolt Size (in.) 3/8 x 4 1/2 1/2 x 6


Crosby G-257 Stock No. Galv. 1046335

Working Load Limit* (lbs.) 1200

Weight Per 100 (lbs.) 56.60

Dimensions (in.)

.38

2.50

CX10-0380

1046371

2200

100.00

.50

3.00

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

4.50

7.66

.38

1.38

2.00

.66

6.00

10.00

.50

1.75

2.50

.91

* Ultimate load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

Pad Eyes • • • •

Forged Steel — Quenched and Tempered. Forged from 1035 Carbon Steel. Excellent welding qualities. Widely used on farm machinery, trucks, steel hulled marine vessels and material handling equipment. • Reference American Welding Society specifications for proper welding procedures.

S-264

10

Size No.


Crosby S-264 Stock No. S.C.

*0

CX10-0381

1090722

2.80

.25

.19

.63

.31

.63

.09

.75

*1

CX10-0382

1090740

6.50

.38

.25

.88

.41

.88

.13

1.03

Dimensions (in.)


B

C

D

E

G

H

L

*1 1/2

CX10-0383

1090768

10.40

.63

.25

1.00

.44

1.13

.16

1.31

2

CX10-0384

1090786

21.10

.75

.38

1.06

.50

1.50

.19

1.63

4

CX10-0385

1090802

52.20

1.00

.56

1.44

.78

2.13

.22

2.34

5

CX10-0386

1090820

82.50

1.25

.69

1.75

.81

2.63

.25

2.75

* Meets the requirements of Military Specification MS-51930A

10-20

EYE BOLTS The Crosby Group, Inc. Eye Nuts

G-400

• Forged Steel — Quenched and Tempered. • Threaded. • Hot Dip galvanized. • Tapped with standard UNC class 2 thread.

Size No.

Stock Size (in.) S



Std. Tap Size

Max. Tap Size


Weight Each (lbs.)

1 2 3A 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Dimensions (in.) A

C

D

E

F

J

M

T

.25

CX10-0387

1090438

1/4

3/8

520

.09

1.25

.75

1.06

.66

.50

.69

.25

1.69

.31 .38 .50 .63 .75 .88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.50


1090474 1090517 1090535 1090553 1090571 1090599 1090633 1090651 1090679 1090697

3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 2

7/16 1/2 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 3/4

1250 2250 3600 5200 7200 10000 15500 18500 22500 40000

.17 .28 .60 1.00 1.65 2.69 3.87 5.00 6.78 14.60

1.63 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00 5.63 7.00

1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.13 4.00

1.25 1.50 2.00 2.38 2.63 3.06 3.50 3.75 4.00 6.25

.75 1.00 1.19 1.38 1.63 1.88 1.94 2.00 2.38 4.00

.56 .81 1.00 1.13 1.31 1.56 1.88 2.00 2.25 3.38

.81 1.00 1.31 1.50 1.88 2.13 2.38 2.56 3.00 4.00

.38 .50 .63 .75 .88 1.00 1.25 1.38 1.50 2.00

2.06 2.50 3.19 3.88 4.31 5.00 5.75 6.25 6.75 10.00

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Rating based on standard tap size.

10

10-21

TELEMETRY LOAD INDICATORS Telemetry Link

Telemetry Load Indicators offer all the advantages of quick load and tension measurement without the problem of cable connected remote read-outs, and at a lower cost than traditional radio telemetry equipment. Applications for cable connected or direct read-out indicators are severely restricted by the limitations of their design.This unit enables the operator to remain at a safe distance from the load and removes problems caused by long lengths of cable which are prone to damage. • Remote read-out — no wires needed • Standard capacities - 5 - 100 tons • Accuracy +/- 0.1% of rated capacity • Range of 200 yards under normal conditions • Dedicated hand sets • Up to 255 units can be used in a single installation • Tare weight adjustment • Auto Power Down of link and hand help display • Shock resistant electronics • & recalibration available

10

Type 1,2,5 te 12 te 25 te 35 te 50 te 100 te 250 te 500 te

A 108 120 131 147 170 228 330 451

B 105 105 125 135 150 220 304 500

Load Link Characteristics Capacities: 5 - 100 Ton, Other capacities available upon request Proof Load: 150% Working Load Limit Ultimate Load: 5 times Working Load Limit Temperature Range: 14°F to 150°F Accuracy: +/- 0.1% of rated capacity Transmission Range: 200 yards under normal conditions Batteries: 2 - 1/2 “AA” 3.6 V lithium 850mAH Battery Life 150 Hours Auto Power Down: 9 Hours from power on Construction: Anodized Aluminum Alloy Environmental Protection: Weather proofed to IP67 Hand Held Display Characteristics Display: 8 Character alpha numeric .275 inches high LCD Keyboard: 3 key, ON/OFF, HOLD,TARE Battery: 1 - 9 Volt Alkaline Battery Life: 50 Hours minimum Frequency: 433.92 MHz Auto Power Down: After 5 min. in “waiting mode” Temperature Range: 14F to 130F Environmental Down: Weather proofed to IP65

C 40 40 55 55 75 123 189 200

D 30 38 53 60 73 100 145 200

F 164 210 255 305 345 455 680 1015

WWEIGHT EI GH T (kg) 1.4 1.9 4 5 9 27 87 225 All dimensions in mm

All dimensions in inches (unless otherwise stated) For Radio Safe Telemetry Links above 200,000 lbs., CERTEX for special order information.

10-22

TELEMETRY LOAD INDICATORS Telemetry Shackles STANDARD FEATURES • Wireless remote readout • Standard capacities – 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 ton, other capacities available • Accuracy +/-0.5% of rated capacity • Dedicated hand sets • Tare weight adjustment • Range of 200 yards • Proof load of 150% of Working Load Limit • Ultimate load of 5 times Working Load Limit • Environmentally protected to IP68 • and recalibration available

150 Ton Telemetry Shackle Made For the U.S. Navy

Our Telemetry Load Indicators utilize “intelligent” microelectronis and dedicated digital radio transmissions to ensure accurate readings. Coded digital transmission allows multiple unit operation with dedicated handsets. Our Telemetry Load Indicator micro-processor technology allows modifications to meet most all customers requirements.

10 Load Capacity 5 Ton 12 Ton 25 Ton 50 Ton 100 Ton 250 Ton

A 4.75" 6.00" 9.00" 12.75" 16.50" 24.50"

B 2.40" 3.00" 4.25" 5.75" 8.00" 12.00"

C 1.00" 1.25" 1.75" 2.75" 3.63" 4.50"

10-23

D 1.20" 1.40" 2.00" 2.75" 3.75" 5.00"

L 3.50" 4.35" 6.70" 9.85" 13.75" 18.75"

T 1.75" 2.00" 3.00" 4.15" 5.15" 8.50"

PIPE HANDLING The Caldwell Group Model PC — “Tea Cup” Pipe Carrier FEATURES: • An efficient way to handle concrete water and sewer pipes. • The Caldwell “Tea Cup” Pipe Carrier will save you time and money. • Three sizes available, to handle from 3/4” to 1-1/2” cable, and lift up to 15 tons. • Designed and manufactured to ASME B30.20 and B30.9. SPECIFICATIONS — Model PC

Tea Cup Lifting Sling Option — LS


10

Caldwell Rated Sling Model Capacity Dia. No. Tons (in)

Dimensions in Inches A

B

C

D

E

F

G

WT. (lbs)

CX10-0432 CX10-0433

PC-3/4

4.9

3/4" 7/8"

5-9/16

2

2-1/8

1-1/8

4-11/16

1-7/8

1-1/8

9

CX10-0434 CX10-0435 CX10-0436

PC-1

8.5

1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4"

6

2-1/2

2-5/8

1-3/8

5-5/8

2

1-3/8

12

CX10-0437

PC-1-1/2

15.0

1-1/2

8

3

3-1/4

1-5/8

7-5/8

3

1-5/8

22

SPECIFICATIONS — Model LS CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Caldwell Model No.

CX10-0438

After Swage Dim. (in)

Sling Dia. (in)

Standard Length (ft)

A

B

WT. (lbs)

LS-3/4

3/4

5

3.25

1.55

9

CX10-0439

LS-7/8

7/8

5

3.86

1.80

14

CX10-0440

LS-1

1

5

4.36

2.05

19

CX10-0441

LS-1-1/8

1-1/8

5

4.81

2.30

26

CX10-0442

LS-1-1/4

1-1/4

5

5.42

2.56

33

CX10-0443

LS-1-1/2

1-1/2

5

6.52

3.00

52

Operation

1. Drop pipe carrier lifting sling through hole in pipe.

10-24

2. Align and insert “tea cup” pipe carrier into lifting sling.

3. Lift pipe.

BEAMS Beam Configurations

Four Point Lift Beams

Glass Pack Beams. Custom lifting beam handles packs of glass panes with slings.

Three Point Lift Beam.

10

High Capacity Sling Beams

Adjustable Center Bail for Off-Center Loads

Beams and Spreaders can be made to meet your requirements exactly. A few examples of special configurations are shown here. Details will vary depending on capacity.

10-25

SPECIALTY BEAMS The Caldwell Group Model 16 — Adjustable Spreader/Lifting Beam FEATURES: • Use as 2, 3 or 4 point lifting or spreader beam. • Converts to spreader beam with addition of top rigging. • Has adjustable lifting points. • Can handle both wide and unbalanced loads • Low headroom capability. • Shackles included. • Designed and manufactured to ASME B30.20.

OPTIONS: • Pair of swivel hooks — Code S • Chain top rigging — Code C • Cross beams (one or two) specify spread(s) Consult Factory

SPECIFICATIONS Caldwell CERTEX Model Cat. Ref. No. No. CX10-0445 CX10-0446 CX10-0447 CX10-0448 CX10-0449 CX10-0450

16-1/2-6 16-1-6 16-2-6 16-4-8 16-5-10 16-7-12

Rated Cap. (tons) 1/2 1 2 4 5 7

Spread (in) Max

Min

72 72 72 96 120 144

36 36 36 48 60 72

Bail Adj. (in) 24 24 24 32 40 48

Bolt Type Anchor Shackle (tons) Hdrm. (in.) 8 9 1/2 11 14 1/2 17 1/4 20 1/2

Top

Bottom

1 1/2 2 3 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/2 8 1/2

1 1/2 2 2 3 1/4 4 3/4 4 3/4

Operation

10

2 Point Lift

3 Point Lift

10-26

4 Point Lift

Wgt. (lbs.) 70 120 140 265 445 580

C-HOOKS Ordering Instructions Define Coil Sizes Determine your maximum coil width (dimension “K”). Your C-Hook’s nominal center of gravity,“E”, should equal half of “K”. This allows your widest coil to be centered under the lifting bail for a level lift. If you are handling multiple coils or coiled rod or wire, please provide the maximum load width and request a quote on a “full length lower arm”. Determine your minimum coil width. The listed models show a range of coil widths which can be handled one at a time by the same lifter. (Larger ranges can be furnished.) “L” is the narrowest coil that can be lifted without the lifter’s lower arm protruding past the edge of the coil. Coils narrower than “L” may be handled if centered under the bail.

Radial Thickness

Determine maximum radial thickness to be handled. Most s select a vertical clearance,“V”, that is 3” to 5” greater than the maximum radial thickness.

Coil Load Details 1. Max. Width _____ Min. Width _____________ 2. Max. Outside Diameter ___________________ 3. Min. Inside Diameter _____________________ 4. Max. Weight ___________________________ Will more than one coil be handled at once? ____

Max. OD of coil Min. ID of coil Radial Thickness — 2

Hook Dimensions 1. ______” 2. ______” 3. ______” 4. ______” 5. ______” 6. ______” 7. ______” 8. ______” Capacity __________Tons.

10 Coil Lifter Dimensions A. Lift Arm Length . . . . . . . _______” B. Max. Arm Depth . . . . . . _______” C. Max. Arm Width . . . . . . _______” U. Upper Arm Length . . . . _______” V. Vertical Clearance . . . . _______”

Other Features . . .

10-27

COIL LIFTERS The Caldwell Group Model 82-RC — Close Stacking “C” Hook PRODUCT FEATURES: • Recessed Counterweight allows for close stacking of coils which maximizes floor space. • Handles a wide range of coil widths. • Designed for heavy duty application. • High tensile alloy steel plate reduces physical size and weight. • Counter balanced to hang level. • Inside radius on hooks avoid coil edge . • Curved coil saddle is standard. • Guide handle for ease of coil positioning. • Available with optional padding for additional coil protection. • Designed and manufactured to ASME B30.20. CAUTION: Center of gravity must be centered under crane hook to prevent tilting of the lifter and load.

Note: “E” dimension is always one-half of maximum coil width.

SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensions in inches Bail Dimensions Coil Width

10

Caldwell

Cap.


Model No.

in tons

CX10-0454

82RC-5-36

CX10-0455

82RC-5-48

CX10-0456

Lifting Arm Opening

Max

Min.

Throat

Length L

36

24

24

30

5-5/16

4

37-1/4

1-1/2

4

7

1-1/4

550

48

30

24

39

6-1/8

4

38-1/16

1-1/2

4

7

1-1/4

707

82RC-5-60

60

36

24

48

6-15/16

4

38-15/16

1-1/2

4

7

1-1/4

853

CX10-0457

82RC-7 1/2-36

36

24

24

30

5-5/8

4

37-1/2

1-1/2

4

7

1-1/2

750

CX10-0458

82RC-7 1/2-48

48

30

24

39

6-3/8

4

38-1/4

1-1/2

4

7

1-1/2

996

CX10-0459

82RC-7 1/2-60

60

36

24

48

6-15/16

4

39

1-1/2

4

7

1-1/2

1161

CX10-0460

82RC-10-48

CX10-0461

82RC-10-60

CX10-0462 CX10-0463 CX10-0464

82RC-15-60

CX10-0465

82RC-15-72

CX10-0466

82RC-20-60

CX10-0467

82RC-20-72

CX10-0468

82RC-25-60

CX10-0469

82RC-25-72

CX10-0470

82RC-30-60

CX10-0471

82RC-30-72

CX10-0472

82RC-40-72

5

7-1/2

Depth D

Width W

HDRM H

A

B

C

THK. T

Wgt. (lbs.)

48

30

24

39

7-3/16

4

41-1/4

2

5

9

1-3/4

1200

60

36

24

48

7-5/8

4

41-1/2

2

5

9

1-3/4

1645

82RC-10-72

72

42

24

57

7-1/4

4

41-1/4

2

5

9

1-3/4

2100

82RC-15-48

48

30

30

39

7-1/4

4

47-7/8

2-1/4

5

9

1-3/4

2054

60

36

30

48

8

4

48

2-1/4

5

9

1-3/4

2410

72

42

30

57

8-3/4

4

48-3/4

2-1/4

5

9

1-3/4

2814

60

36

30

48

9-1/8

4

52-1/8

2-1/4

6

12

2

2864

72

42

30

57

9-3/4

4

52-1/2

2-1/4

6

12

2

2951

60

36

34

48

9

4

57-3/4

2-1/2

6

14

2-1/4

3077

72

42

34

57

9-3/4

4

58-3/4

2-1/2

6

14

2-1/4

3570

60

36

34

48

9-7/8

4

58-3/4

2-3/4

6

14

2-1/2

3480

72

42

34

57

10-5/8

4

59-3/8

2-3/4

6

14

2-1/2

4260

72

42

38

57

11

5

68

3-1/4

7

18

3

6100

10

15

20

25

30

40

Counter weight extends beyond arm one-half of the counter weight width, in capacities 25 Ton and Greater. Other sizes available, consult factory.

10-28

CARGO SKATES CERTEX Cargo Skates

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0802 Type 1000 R4 Wheel: Capacity: Dimension: Weight:

4 pivotal nylon wheels 1 Ton 450x340x115 mm 15 kg

1t

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0803 Type 2000 Wheel : Capacity: Dimension: Weight:

8 nylon wheels on 2 axles 2 Ton 330x240x115 mm 8 kg

2t

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0804 Type 3000 Wheel : Capacity: Dimension: Weight:

3t

10-29

12 nylon wheels on 2 axles 3 Ton 330x300x115 mm 10 kg

10

CARGO SKATES CERTEX Cargo Skates

D E T N PATE CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0805 Model VAKS 2500 Wheel: Capacity: Dimension: Weight:

2 nylon wheels with ball bearing 2.5 Ton per pcs.* 210x115x100 mm 42 kg

Delivery in carton of 2 pieces * The carrying capacity can be increased by coupling — it means 2 pcs. MODEL VAKS 2500 = 5 ton carrying capacity. Advantages: - Easy to couple the modules - The possibility of coupling will imply that the modules can be reused for smaller or bigger projects, as required - By transport over uneven surfaces, the unevenness will be equalized due to the coupling

2.5 t

10 5t

15 t

10-30

CARGO SKATES CERTEX Cargo Skates CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0806 Type 6000 Roller: Capacity: Dimension: Weight:

6 nylon rollers on 3 axles 6 Ton 260x230x100 mm 13 kg

6t

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0807 Type 12000 Rollers: Capacity: Dimension: Weight:

6 steel rollers on 3 axles 12 Ton 260x230x100 mm 27 kg

12 t

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0808 Type 3000 R Rollers:

3t

Capacity: Dimension: Weight: (with steering bar)

4 nylon rollers on 2 axles – Turnable plate 3 Ton 200x160x100 mm 13 kg

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0809 Type 6000 R

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0810 Type 12000 R

6t

Wheel: 8 nylon wheels on 2 axles – (parallel turning)

Wheel: 8 steel rollers on 2 axles – (parallel turning)

12 t

Capacity: 6 Ton Dimension: 400x250x115mm Weight: 53 kg

Capacity: 12 Ton Dimension: 400x250x115mm Weight: 59 kg

10-31

10

CARGO SKATES CERTEX Cargo Skates CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0811 Type 4000 Rollers: Capacity: Dimension: Weight:


4t

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0812 Type 8000 Rollers: Capacity: Dimension: Weight:


8t

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0813 Type 6000-2 Rollers: Capacity: Dimension: Weight:

10


6t

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0814 Type 12000-2 Rollers: Capacity: Dimension: Weight:

12t

10-32


JACKS Duff-Norton Duff-Norton Air Motor Jacks 20 to 100 Ton Models • Design prevents lowering should air supply be interrupted • Multiple jacks can be interconnected to be operated from a single control point • Integral rotary air motor driven gear train and power screw and nut design • Automatic end of stroke shut-off stops jack when limits of travel are reached Rated Load (tons)

Height in Inches (mm)

Raise in Inches (mm)


Duff-Norton Model Number

20

28 (711)

18 (457)

CX10-0694

228-R

35

26 (660)

14.375 (365)

CX10-0695

326-R

50

28 (711)

17 (432)

CX10-0696

528-CMJ

50

36 (914)

25 (635)

CX10-0697

536-CMJ

100-Sustaining 75-Lifting 100-Sustaining 75-Lifting 100-Sustaining 75-Lifting

26 (660)

13.75 (349)

CX10-0698

126-CMJ

44 (1118)

30 (762)

CX10-0699

144-CMJ

32 (813)

18 (457)

CX10-0700

132-CMJ

Duff-Norton Track Jacks 15 Ton Models: Single Acting Standard and Low Height Models • Rated load: 15 tons • Broad toe design provides enhanced load engagement • Grooved head prevents slipping • Strong, lightweight aluminum housing provides easy portability • Spring loaded pawls assure teeth-to-rack engagement • Rigid horn-type handle allows easy spotting and carrying Rated Load (tons)





15

11.5 (292)

5 (127)

CX10-0701

517-AD

15

22 (559)

12 (305)

CX10-0702

117-AD

Duff-Norton Ratchet Jacks 5 to 20 Ton Capacity • All-purpose jacks for lifting, lowering, holding and moving all types of loads. Rated Load (tons)





5

14 (356)

7.5 (191)

CX10-0703

514-MT

5

16 (406)

9.5 (241)

CX10-0704

516-MT

5

21 (533)

14.5 (368)

CX10-0705

521-MT 1022-B

10

22 (559)

12.5 (318)

CX10-0706

15-Top/7.5-Toe

22 (559)

11.5 (292)

CX10-0707

1522

15-Top/7.5-Toe

28 (711)

17.5 (445)

CX10-0708

1528

20-Top/10-Toe

28 (711)

18 (457)

CX10-0709

2028

10-33

10

JACKS Duff-Norton Duff-Norton Cable Reel Jacks 5 • • •

and 10 Ton Models 5 ton holds 15 to 60 inch (381 to 1524 mm) reels 10 ton Multiple Hook model seats up to 2-inch (50.8 mm) spindles 10 ton T-Frame up to 3-inch (76.2 mm) spindles

Rated Load (tons)





5-Top/2.5-Toe

23.25 (591)

14 (356)

CX10-0710

524-MCR

10-Top/5-Toe

38 (965)

12 (305)

CX10-0711

1022-CRA

10-Top/5-Toe

30 (762)

14 (356)

CX10-0712

1030-CRA

Duff-Norton Low Height Journal Jacks 15 to 100 Ton Models • Ideal for outdoor use and other mobile jobs • Use for powerful lifting in low-height areas

Rated Load (tons)





15

7 (178)

2.5 (64)

CX10-0713

1507

15

10 (254)

5 (127)

CX10-0714

111-C-2

25

10 (254)

5 (127)

CX10-0715

2510-C-2

35

10.375 (264)

5 (127)

CX10-0716

3510-C-3

50 100-Sustaining 75-Lifting

10.5 (267)

4.5 (114)

CX10-0717

5010-C-4

12 (305)

4 (102)

CX10-0718

100-A-12

Duff-Norton Bell Bottom Jacks

10

5 and 25 Ton Models • For a variety of lifting and holding jobs, such as construction, rigging, moving buildings, and plant maintenance

Rated Load (tons)





3.5 (89)

CX10-0719

BB510

CX10-0720

BB1012

5

9.5 (241)

10

11.5 (292)

15

14 (356)

7 (178)

CX10-0721

BB1514

20

16 (406)

8.5 (216)

CX10-0722

BB2016

25

17 (432)

9.5 (241)

CX10-0723

BB2517

10-34

HOISTS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Puller

3 Ton

Optional Anchor Sling

• Tough aluminum alloy construction for strength and durability • Hoistaloy® hardened steel link type load chain provides strength, long wear life and flexibility • Compact, lightweight, simplified construction for ease of use and service • Weatherized, automatic friction brake for positive load control • Easy operating — with one hand control • Forged steel upper and lower hooks, hardened for strength and durability • Hook latches are standard Optional Load Limiter Protection Device: Load Limiter assures protection in overload conditions. When dangerous overloads are applied to the tool by the application of excessive lever force, the Load Limiter stops additional transmission of lever forces to the tool.You may order Load Limiter as part of your new CM Puller or in a kit for easy installation on tools now in use. Optional Anchor Sling®: Anchor Sling is an upper hook extender that simplifies attachment when application or space limitation makes it impossible to pull in a straight line from hook to hook. Swiveling anchor block is securely fixed to the tool housing and the upper hook swivels through a full 360° rotation. Anchor Sling may be ordered as an option or in kit form for simple installation on models already in use. Optional Load Sentry®: Load Sentry assures positive warning of overload condition. When dangerous overloads are applied to the operating lever, the plastic covered hand grip gradually deflects to warn of the danger involved.You may order Load Sentry as part of your new CM Puller or in a kit for easy installation on tools now in use. 3/4 Ton Optional Load Sentry

11

Specifications CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Columbus McKinnon Code

Max. Capacity (Tons)

Standard Lift (Ft.)

Pull on Lever to Lift Full Load (Lbs.)

Approx. Weight (Lbs.)

Min. Distance Between Hooks (In.)

Lever Length (In.)

Hook Throat Openings (In.) 1 1/32

3/4 TON

CX11-0193

4043

3/4

5

58

16

10 3/4

21 1/4

1 1/2 TON

CX11-0194

4045

1 1/2

5

83

26

14 1/4

21 1/4

1 1/8

3 TON

CX11-0195

4047

3

5

95

38

17

21 1/4

1 7/32

6 TON

CX11-0196

4050

6

5

96

73

21 3/8

21 1/4

1 3/4

LOAD LIMITER KIT

CX11-0197

4190

3/4

—

—

4

—

—

—

CX11-0198

4191

1 1/2-6

—

—

4

—

—

—

LOAD SENTRY KIT ANCHOR SLING

CX11-0199

4096

3/4

—

—

—

—

23 3/4

—

CX11-0200

4098

1 1/2-6

—

—

—

—

23 3/4

—

CX11-0201

4071

3/4

—

—

2

—

—

—

CX11-0202

4072

1 1/2

—

—

4 3/4

—

—

—

11-1

HOISTS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Series 653

The Series 653 lever operated hoist is a high quality, rugged, steel tool for close quarter pulling, stretching, and hoisting applications. Its characteristic short handle, along with minimal lever pull effort, make this tool ideal for a broad range of applications. ¥ Impact resistant, stamped steel frame, gear case and cover for durability and light weight. ¥ Powder coated nish for added corrosion protection. ¥ Hardened steel load sharing gears. ¥ Double pawl arrangement for assured load control. ¥ Two chain guide rollers for positive chain engagement. ¥ Weston type braking system for positive load control and positioning. ¥ Simple one-handed, free chaining for fast load attachment. ¥ Hardened steel chain for strength and long wear life. ¥ Forged upper and lower hooks with heavy cast steel latches. ¥ Rubber handle grip for added operator comfort. ¥ Minimal maintenance with no special tools required. ¥ 5-year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. ¥ Metric rated. ¥ Meets ASME B30.21 - Manually Lever Operated Hoist Standard and European CE Standard. ¥ Designed and manufactured by Columbus McKinnon Corporation.

Also available with Shipyard Hooks.

Shipyard Hook Upper

Product code

11

Rated capacity (tons) (kgs)

Standard lift (ft.) (m)

Reeving

Shipyard Hook Lower

Pull Effective to lift lever full load length (lbs.) (kg) (in.) (mm)

Hook throat opening (in.) (mm)

Minimum distance between hooks (in.) (mm)

Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) (kg)

33

279

11/ 8

28.5

125/ 8

321

15

6.8

28.5

125/ 8

321

16

7.3

5310

3/ 4

5311

3/ 4

750

10

3.0

1

33

15

11

279

11/ 8

5312

3/ 4

750

15

4.6

1

33

15

11

279

11/ 8

28.5

125/ 8

321

17

7.7

5313

3/ 4

750

20

6.0

1

33

15

11

279

11/ 8

28.5

125/ 8

321

18

8.2

750

5

1.5

1

15

11

5328

1

1000

5

1.5

1

44

20

11

279

11/ 8

28.5

125/ 8

321

15

6.8

5315

11/ 2

1500

5

1.5

1

51

23

161/ 4

413

11/ 4

31.8

1413/ 16

376

27

12.2

5316

11/ 2

1500

10

3.0

1

51

23

161/ 4

413

11/ 4

31.8

1413/ 16

376

31

14.1

5317

11/ 2

1500

15

4.6

1

51

23

161/ 4

413

11/ 4

31.8

1413/ 16

376

36

16.3

5318

11/ 2

1500

20

6.0

1

51

23

161/ 4

413

11/ 4

31.8

1413/ 16

376

41

18.6

5329

2

2000

5

1.5

1

68

31

161/ 4

413

13/ 8

31.8

1413/ 16

376

27

12.2

5320

3

3000

5

1.5

1

77

35

161/ 4

413

19/ 16

39.7

1811/ 16

475

45

20.4

5321

3

3000

10

3.0

1

77

35

161/ 4

413

19/ 16

39.7

1811/ 16

475

53

24.0

Can be supplied with lifts longer than 20 ft. (6m). Measured from centerline of free chaining knob to end of lever.


11-2

HOISTS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Cyclone Hand Chain Hoists The Cyclone is a high speed, spur geared hoist that delivers maximum efficiency and requires minimum maintenance. Corrosion-resistant aluminum alloy frame construction is lightweight, yet rugged. CM Hoistaloy® load chain-equipped for flexibility, strength and durability. Low headroom and compact design make it easy to install. The hoist is equipped as standard with Load Limiter for automatic overload protection. When the hoist is excessively overloaded, Load Limiter stops the lift. The Cyclone has a fully enclosed brake requiring no lubrication. Neither extremes of temperature nor frequent stops will affect its positive load control. Latch type hooks are standard on all capacities. Latchlok® hook available as optional equipment. Exclusive Lifetime guarantee. SPECIFICATIONS

Standard hand chain drop reaches to a point 2 feet above lower hook when in its lowest position.

Army Type Trolley Hoists This compact trolley hoist features reduced headroom, side clearances and end approach which make it ideal for operation in tight spaces. Integral trolley has hardened universal tread flanged track wheels which minimize rolling friction. CM’s Internal Load Limiter™ automatically guards against damaging overloads without increasing overall dimension. Capacities range from 1/4 thru 12 tons — plain or geared trolley. Adapts to a wide range of beam adjustments. SPECIFICATIONS

11

* 1/4 thru 1 ton plain Trolley Hoist can be adapted to 4" & 5" depth—American Standard Shapes (2 5/8"-3" flange widths)—at no extra charge. † Specify exact beam size when ordering.

11-3

HOISTS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Hand Chain Hoists Low Headroom Trolley Hoists The CM Hurricane hand chain hoist is an economical, highquality, rugged unit with featur es unique to a hoist of this class. Designed with fewer parts to assur e long life and minimal maintenance, this hoist can be used to lift loads in numer ous industrial, construction and commer cial applications. ¥ Unique Brake Design —Single disc brake does not incorporate a ratchet pawls or pawl springs as on other hand chain hoists. Fewer parts mean less wear and low maintenance. Plain

Geared

¥ Unique Handwheel Cover —Handwheel cover rotates 360¡ for hoist operation Integral Trolley. in any direction. Ideal for special rigging applications. The low headroom trolley incorporates all the basic features of the standard Cyclone hoist with the integral construc¥ of Steel Construction —Frame and housings made from impact esistant, tion the trolley. A crowned tread and flanged trackare wheels minimize rollingrfriction in this rugged trolley unit. stamped steel for long life. Same Quality and Interchangeability. Powder Finish Forheadroom corrosion protection. CM¥ couples theCoated advantages of a — low trolley with all the features that make the standard Cyclone hoist an industry standard. Simple efficient design, greater interchangeability of parts and the same Lifetime guarantee also ¥ Heat Steel Gearing —All internal apply to theTreated low headroom Cyclone trolley hoist. gears and pinions are heat treated steel for high strength and long life. ¥ Bearings —High quality bushings and sealed ball bearings used thr oughout. SPECIFICATIONS ¥ Chain Guide and Stripper —Assures load chain alignment. ¥ Precision 4-Pocket Liftwheel —Fully machined for better chain fit and reduced wear.

¥ Hardened Steel Chain —Assures high strength and long wear life. ¥ High Strength Hooks and Latches —Forged upper and lower hooks with heavy duty cast steel latches.

¥ Minimal Maintenance —Easily disassembled, requiring no special tools. ¥ Meets ASME B30.16 —Overhead Hoist Standard and European CE Standard. ¥ and5-Year —Against in2materials and workmanship. * 1/2 1 ton alsoWarranty available for 4" and 5" S-Beams, defects and 1 1/2 and ton for 6" S-Beam without extra charge. † Specify exact beam size when ordering. ¥ Metric Rated. ¥ Designed and Manufactured by Columbus McKinnon Series 622 Corporation. The 622 comes equipped

with hardened load chain for flexibility, strength and long wear. Guide slots in the wheel cover guard Specifications

against hand chain slippage and jamming. Standard features load sharing gears and a lubrication Hand chain include Hand chain free Weston-type load brake. The compact designpull andtolow make ittosimple to install in confined lift headroom overhaul lift Approximate areas withRated no adjustments necessary. is available in load capacities from 1/2 through Rugged, lightProduct capacity StandardItlift rated load 1 ft. (.3 m) 10 tons. shipping weight easy to handle, the (ft.) Series 622 outstanding (lbs.) value. For(kg) use in a code weight and (tons) (kgs) (m) is an economical (lbs.) (kg)hand hoist (ft.)with (m) variety of 1commercial applications.

11

5600 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609

/2

1/ 2 1/ 2

1 1 1 2 2 2

500 500 500 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000

8 12 20 8 12 20 8 12 20

2.4 3.6 6.0 2.4 3.6 6.0 2.4 3.6 6.0

47 21 47 21 SPECIFICATIONS 47 21 66 30 66 30 66 30 71 32 71 32 71 32

Can be supplied with lifts other than those listed. * WARNING • Do not exceed working load limit. • Use only alloy chain and attachments for overhead lifting. 001 Columbus M

c

11-4

30 30 30 42 42 42 71 71 71

9.0 9.0 9.0 12.8 12.8 12.8 21.6 21.6 21.6

20 24 32 32 34 41 44 50 63

9.1 10.9 14.5 14.5 15.4 18.6 20.0 22.7 28.6

HOISTS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Electric Chain Hoists Lodestar electric chain hoists offer power, flexibility and a number of important safety features. All capacities are available in either single speed or two speed models. Heavy duty motors are rated at thirty minutes. Workings are completely enclosed and compact for low headroom. Safety features include Lodestar Protector®, a friction clutch assembly designed to stop the hoist when overloading occurs. A dual braking system — heavy duty magnetic and regenerative, plus upper and lower adjustable limit switches are additional Lodestar safety features. Snap action control station, Rated NEMA 4, carries only 115 volts and is completely sealed and weatherproofed and waterproofed. Gears receive lifetime lubrication at factory. Famous CM Hoistaloy® load chain. Latchlok® hook available as optional equipment. Comes with a Lifetime warranty. 1. When ordering use Product Code plus proper suspension code. 2. Suspensions available in swivel hook, rigid hook, low headroom trolley and motor driven trolley.

11

NOTE: 15 and 20 foot lifts are also available as standard.

11-5

HOISTS Harrington Hoists, Inc. Peerless CF Hand Chain Hoist

Harrington’s Model CF Series Hand Chain Hoist is a practical choice for efficient, trouble-free service. Rugged features include a die-cast aluminum body and high tensile heat treated main shaft, pinion and load gear. Special heat treated load chain, pre-lubricated sealed ball bearings, contribute to long service with low maintenance. All hoists are load tested and meet ANSI B30.16 & OSHA standards. SPECIFICATIONS AND DIMENSIONS WITH 10 FT. OF LIFT

11

Capacity (ton)


Harrington Code Model CF4

1/2 1 1 1/2 2 3 5

CX11-0409 CX11-0410 CX11-0411 CX11-0412 CX11-0413 CX11-0414

CF005 CF010 CF015 CF020 CF030 CF050

Lift ft.

Hand Chain Pull lb.

Over Haul Ratio

Head Room c In.

a In.

10 10 10 10 10 10

66 79 92 88 101 101

19 31 41 63 81 134

12.8 14.6 17.3 20.0 23.2 24.4

5.8 6.8 7.9 8.2 9.3 13.0

Note: Length of hand chain equals lift less 18 inches.

11-6

g In.

Net Wt. lb.

Approx. Shipping Wt. lb.

Chain Falls

1.1 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.7 1.8

24 29 41 48 64 84

26 32 43 51 68 88

1 1 1 2 2 3

HOISTS Harrington Hoists, Inc. LB Lever Hoist 1, 2, 3, 6, and 9 Ton capacity Harrington LB lever hoists combine easy operation with a compact, reliable design that easily handles the real-world demands of contractor and industrial aupplications. Examples include day-to-day maintenance, machine repair, construction, service, and manufacturing operations. You'll find every job goes easier thanks to smooth, reliable lifting and pulling actions. Compact size and easy operation make the LB lever puller the "cumalong to take along" wherever you have a load to move. 3/4,

11/2,

Many Benefits From More Features:

Capabilities To Count On:

• Take and use this hoist anywhere—including tight quarters—thanks to a compact design with low headroom.

• 5-foot lift is standard, 10-, 15- and 20-foot lifts also stocked: nonstandard lifts available as well. • Grade 100 heat-treated manganese alloy load chain resists abrasion and wear while minimizing chain weight.

• Shed weight, not strength, with rugged, all-steel construction that actually weighs less than comparable aluminum models. • Get positive braking action with Weston-style load brake incorporating two moisture-resistant brake pads with four braking surfaces. Includes two brake pawls for additional reliability.

• Forged and heat-treated alloy steel hooks open slowly without fracturing under excessive loads. • Test certificate verifies that every hoist has been factory load tested to 125% of rated capacity, in accordance with ASME B30.21 requirements.

• Enjoy protection against dirt and moisture with a totally enclosed brake mechanism. • Realize long life with machined, heat-treated, split load double reduction gears.

LB with Optional Load Limit Warning Handle

• Operate in close quarters with short, 15-degree recovery strokes, short steel handle and positive rubber grip. • Patented spring-loaded freewheel mechanism allows easy adjustment of the load chain while safeguarding against inadvertent freewheeling under load.

Options: (See pages 26-27) • Corrosion-resistant chain

11

• Load limit warning handle • Point load hook • Top hook extender • Inspection hook

11-7

HOISTS Harrington Hoists, Inc. Peerless LB Lever Hoist 3/4-3

6 TON

TON LEVER HOIST

9 TON

Specifications Capacity CERTEX Harrington Tons Cat. Ref. No. Code

Std. Lift (ft)

Pull To Lift Load lbs.

Net Weight lbs.

Headroom C Inches

b Inches

D Inches

a inches

e inches

g

s

t

u

v

w

Strands of Load Chain

3/4

CX11-0415

LB008

5

58

13

11

4 7/8

10 3/8

6

4

.92

1.39

.55

.77

3.15

2.22

1

1

CX11-0416

LB010

5

77

13.2

11

4 7/8

10 3/8

6

4

.92

1.39

.55

.77

3.15

2.22

1

1 1/2

CX11-0417

LB015

5

58

21

13 1/2

5 9/16

16 3/8

6 11/16

4 5/16

1.26

1.66

.75

1.00

3.90

2.74

1

2

CX11-0418

LB020

5

77

21.5

13 1/2

5 9/16

16 3/8

6 11/16

4 5/16

1.26

1.66

.75

1.00

3.90

2.74

1

3

CX11-0419

LB030

5

70

34

16 1/2

7

16 3/8

7 5/8

4 1/2

1.56

1.95

.96

1.32

5.00

3.54

1

6

CX11-0420

LB060

5

72

59

22 1/2

8 3/4

16 3/8

7 5/8

4 1/2

1.97

2.40

1.44

1.92

6.57

4.76

2

9

CX11-0421

LB090

5

74

92

27 3/4

11 9/64

16 3/8

7 5/8

4 1/2

2.85

3.35

1.87

2.48

9.10

6.34

3

Peerless PAL Lever Hoist

11 CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Harrington Code

Cap. (tons)

Std. Lift (ft)

CX11-0422

PAL003

1/4

5

Net Wgt. (Lbs)

Head Room A (In)

B (In)

C (In)

D (In)

E (In)

F (In)

G (In)

H (In)

J (In)

K (In)

Strands of Load Chain

5 3/4

9 1/4

8 1/2

4 3/8

6 1/8

1 9/16

2 3/16

1 5/8

15/16

15/16

1/2

1

Latches included with each hook.

11-8

HOISTS Harrington Hoists, Inc. Harrington ER and NER Electric Chain Hoists The ER and NER Electric Chain Hoists can improve efficiency in the most severe work environments. Packed with the latest technology, quality components, and superior design characteristics, these hoists will satisfy the most demanding customers. The ER hoist offers a number of features as standard that are in compliance with codes and regulations for specific applications.The NER is a high–quality, general purpose hoist. See the chart below for a detailed feature comparison.

Feature Comparisons (ER vs. NER)

*For 8 Ton and above Upper/Lower Switch is Standard.

11

11-9

HOISTS Harrington Hoists, Inc. Harrington ER and NER Electric Chain Hoists

• Standard length of power supply cable is 15´. For more information on power supply system, the Harrington distributor nearest you. • Special lengths of load chain, push-button cord or power supply cables are available upon request. • Harrington load chain is case-hardened Grade 80 chain. • Optional canvas chain containers are available. • Optional steel chain containers are available if lifting height exceeds limit of canvas chain container.

ER/NER Specifications Lifting Motor 3 Phase 60 Hz. Rated Current (amps)

11

Cap. (Tons) 1/8 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2 1 1 1 1/2 2 2 2 1/2 3 3 5


Harrington Product Code ER001H ER003S ER003H ER005L ER005S ER010L ER010S ER015S ER020L ER020S ER025S ER030L ER030S ER050L


Harrington Standard Push Button Lifting Lift Product Cord 1 Speed Code (Ft.) (Ft.) (Ft./Min.) NER001H — — 57 NER003S — — 39 NER003H — — 60 NER005L — — 15 NER005S — 7.2 30 NER010L — — 16 NER010S 10 — 29 NER015S — — 20 NER020L — — 14 NER020S — — 28 NER025S — — 23 NER030L — 8.2 16 NER030S — — 22 NER050L — — 12

11-10

Output (Hp) 0.75 0.75 1.2 0.75 1.2 1.2 2.4 2.4 2.4 4.7 4.7 4.7 6.2 4.7

@230V (208V) 4.2 4.2 5.7 4.2 5.7 5.7 10.5 10.5 10.5 18.3 18.3 18.3 25.1 18.3

@460V 2.1 2.1 2.9 2.1 2.9 2.9 5.3 5.3 5.3 9.2 9.2 9.2 12.6 9.2

Load Chain Diameter (mm) x Chain Fall Lines 5.0 x 1 5.0 x 1 6.3 x 1 6.3 x 1 6.3 x 1 8.0 x 1 8.0 x 1 10.0 x 1 10.0 x 1 10.0 x 1 11.2 x 1 12.5 x 1 12.5 x 1 11.2 x 2

Net Weight (Lbs.) 68 68 86 70 86 90 134 150 150 238 249 256 269 308

Weight for Additional One Foot of Lift (Lbs.) 0.37 0.37 0.57 0.57 0.57 0.93 0.93 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.9 2.3 2.3 4.0

HOISTS Harrington Hoists, Inc. Harrington SNER Electric Chain Hoists

Single Phase Power Reaches New Levels Of Performance Harrington's SNER Series of electric chain hoists and SMR motorized trolleys offer expanded duty, low headroom and additional capacities for those many applications where only singlephase power is available.The standard features of the populart three-phase NER/MR Series are incorporated to provide the operator with top quality and high performance. Standard Features • 1/4 - 3 Ton capacities • 115/230-1-60 reconnectible power • Low headroom • Lightweight and easy maintenance • Pull-rotor motor brake • ASME H4 classification • NEMA 3R, IP55 rating

Top Quality Hoists • 60 minute severe duty rating (fan cooled) • Unique long life chain guide • Friction clutch prevents lifting of overloads • Single chain fall through 2 Tons Applications • Machine shops • Temporary job sites • Maintenance areas

SNER Specifications

11

SNER Dimensions

11-11

HOISTS Harrington Hoists, Inc. Mini-Cat Air Hoist Introducing the Mini-Cat air Hoist The power and reliability you expect from Harrington is now avaiable in our new Mini-Cat air-powered chain hoist. With capacities of up to 500 pounds, high-speed lifting, an extremely compact and lightweight design, and an unlimited duty cycle, it's the perfect tool to take along on-site or for manufacturing applications. all the benefits you expect from an air-powered hoist, such as the extraordinary fine feathering control for precise load positioning, with the added benefit of mobility, speed, and portablilty. Don't be fooled by its small size—the Mini-Cat is no lightweight in performance, only in dimensions. Highlights at a glance Weight/Size Lightweight and compact size: Cord model with 10 feet of lift weighs 15.2 lbs. Motor Brake Reliable disc brake system High Speed Lifting 29 to 47 ft/min. with load Low Noise Levels 76 dBA@ 1 meter when lifting rated load, 82 dBA @ 1 meter when lowering rated load

Specifications Lift 10 ft standard, 131 ft maximum Air Lubrication Requirements Minimum of 10 to 15 drops per minute (2-3 cc/min) of oil Air Filtration Requirement Maximum 5 micron air filter or finer Air Suply Pressure 60 to 90 psi AH500C

Pendant Model Speeds - ft/min at 90 psi: Capacity Product UP UP DOWN DOWN (lbs.) Code Full Load No Load Full Load No Load 250 AH250P 42 (33) 55 (48) 48 (45) 43 (38) 500 AH500P 29 (18) 55 (48) 53 (51) 43 (38) Air Consumption - cfm at 90psi Capacity Product UP Full UP DOWN DOWN (lbs.) Code Load No Load Full Load No Load 250 AH250P 28 (21) 31 (24) 27 (21) 26 (20) 500 AH500P 26 (19) 31 (24) 28 (22) 26 (20) Values in parentheses for air supply at 60 psi.

AH500P

11 Cord Model Speeds - ft/min at 90 psi: Capacity Product UP UP DOWN DOWN (lbs.) Code Full Load No Load Full Load No Load 250 AH250C 47 (37) 61 (53) 51 (47) 45 (40) 500 AH500C 32 (20) 61 (53) 56 (54) 45 (40) Air Consumption - cfm at 90psi Capacity Product UP UP DOWN DOWN (lbs.) Code Full Load No Load Full Load No Load 250 AH250C 32 (24) 34 (27) 30 (24) 28 (23) 500 AH500C 29 (21) 34 (27) 32 (26) 28 (23) Values in parentheses for air supply at 60 psi.

11-12

WINCH-HOISTS Lug All Web Strap

Aluminum alloy frame Interlocking pawl system

Web strap stores on double flanged drum Easily replaceable stress link gives warning of overload

Open construction for daily visual inspection

Reversible fiberglass handle

Nylon web strap

Engineered for reliable operation •Exclusive breakable stress link signals the operator of an over load condition by breaking before the fiberglass handle breaks and/or load-carrying part of the hoist is overloaded. •Double flanged drum - prevents web strap from coming in with ratchet teeth. •Forged Hooks - with latches.

Easily replaceable stress link gives warning of overload Hot stick ring (optional) Hot stick hook latch (optional)

Positive load holding in all environments •Double interlocking pawl mechanism - No load brakes to slip or foul. Ease of operation •Self-lubricating bearings throughout housing and on the pulley assure smooth operation. •Open frame construction - for cleaning and visual inspection. Useful cost-effective options •Five hook styles - designed to meet your application requirements and work practice standards. •Models equipped with hot stick levers, rings, and hot stick latches - for remote operation using approved hot line tools.

Wind up wheel

Hot stick operating levers (optional)

TOTAL HOOK TO HOOK DISTANCE

TOTAL MAXIMUM PULLING DISTANCE

Self-lubricating bearings

1 and 1 1/2 TON CAPACITY SMALL FRAME shown with optional hot stick rings and hot stick hook latches • Hot stick rings available • Choice of hook styles

Pulley block double reeved for full capacity Forged steel latching hooks

Lug-All Web Strap Specifications

11

†Metric capacities shown are exact equivalents of U.S Domestic Ratings.

11-13

WINCH-HOISTS Lug All Cable Strap Highest quality is designed from the beginning… industrial-quality products for all applications. Self lubricating bearings

INNOVATIVE design • Aluminum alloy frame. • Exclusive drum anchor - swaged ball shank terminal locks cable securely in drum and allows for full extension of cable. (Other brands use two set screws and 2-3 wraps of cable to hold cable to drum.) • Cable end has hydraulically crimped copper sleeve. • Proprietary reversible handle - always a downward pull, switches positions in seconds. • Self-storing aircraft cable. No chains are hanging in the way or dragging on the ground. Much lighter than chain pullers. • Optional marine-grade models - developed specifically for marine or other corrosive conditions, have anodized castings, stainless steel cables, and cium plated steel shafts. • Drop forged steel hooks.

Interlocking Pawl System will not slip All cable stores on drum Reversible handle bends on overload to protect and hoist

Aluminum alloy frame - anodized on Marine models Open construction for daily visual inspection

RELIABLE OPERATION • Factory tested to 125% of rated capacity. • At average of 20% to 50% overload, handles bend to alert operator to stop immediately. • Reversible handle is designed to bend on severe overload to protect the and the hoist. Replace the handle not the winch-hoist. Call to order replacement handle. • 6000 Model - the shear pin design on two-position telescoping handle warns of overload. • Quick Release - will not function when the cable is under load. • The handle can be removed to prevent tampering with the hoist or load. • One year guarantee against defects in workmanship and/or materials.

Cable guide allows cable to move freely within guide

Crimped copper sleeve Exclusive swaged ball shank terminal 7 x 19 Highly flexible aircraft cable

These winch-hoists are intended for industrial use only and not for lifting or ing human or animal cargo.

360°Swiveling hook with latches for positive load engagement

Small Frame - 1/2 to 1-1/2 ton capacity OPTIONS • Rapid Lowering - permits release four times faster.Look for “R”on chart after model number. • Cable Return Crank - attaches directly to drum shaft for slack cable take up. • Marine Grade - aluminum parts are anodized,steel shafts are cium plated.Stainless steel cables. Add suffix “M”to model number. • Four hook options add to hoist flexibility.

11

Lug-All Cable Strap Specifications SINGLE LINE CAPACITY

DOUBLE LINE CAPACITY CAPACITY

MODEL #

1/2 ton 1/2 ton

1000-15* 115-R*

-

-

-

-

1000/455 1000/455

3/4 ton 3/4 ton

1500-25 125-R

1500/682 1500/682

67 67

12-1/2’ 12-1/2’

21’’ 21’’

1-1/8 ton 1-1/8 ton

2250-15 215-R

2250/1022 2250/1022

86 86

7-1/2’ 7-1/2’

21’’ 21’’

1-1/8 ton

2250-20

2250/1022

86

10’

21’’

1125/511

83

20’

16’’

1-1/2 ton 1-1/2 ton

3000-10 310-R

3000/1363 3000/1363

100 100

5’ 5’

21’’ 21’’

1500/682 1500/682

97 97

10’ 10’

16’’ 16’’

*without pulley block

CAPACITY HANDLE PULL IN FOR FULL LBS/METRIC LOADS (lbs.)

LIFTING DISTANCE

MIN. DISTANCE CAPACITY HANDLE PULL BETWEEN HOOKS IN FOR FULL LBS/METRIC LOADS (lbs.)

LIFTING DISTANCE

MIN. DISTANCE BETWEEN HOOKS

77 77

15’ 15’

16’’ 16’’

3/16’’ 3/16’’

16’ 16’

7 7

750/341 750/341

65 65

25’ 25’

16’’ 16’’

5/32’’ 5/32’’

26’ 26’

8-1/2 8-1/2

1125/511 1125/511

83 83

15’ 15’

16’’ 16’’

3/16’’ 3/16’’

16’ 16’

8-3/4 8-3/4

3/16’’

21’

9-1/4

7/32’’ 7/32’’

11’-6’’ 11’-6’’

9 9

†Metric capacities shown are exact equivelents of U.S Domestic Ratings.

11-14

CABLE CABLE TOTAL DIAMETER LENGTH WEIGHT (lbs.)

TROLLEYS Columbus McKinnon Corporation Series 632 Ball Bearing Trolley Revolutionary design advances make this trolley shorter, more compact and 50% lighter than conventional trolleys, yet it’s every bit as rugged. Exclusive Dial-Fit™ collars adapt to a wide range of Beams in minutes. No time consuming washer adjustment. And the Series 632 can negotiate radius curves as tight as 7 to 10 inches, depending on capacity. Includes hardened steel double-row ball bearing universal tread track-wheels. SPECIFICATIONS

Also available for beams larger than listed for wide flange beams, rails or tracks with approximately equivalent flange width.

Series 633 Ball Bearing Trolley Versatile, all-purpose trolley can be used with any hook suspended hoist. Hardened universal tread flanged track wheels are ball bearing equipped for easy rolling on American standard shapes, wide flange shapes, or patented rail. Rugged steel side plates are formed with trolley guards for added security and act as bumpers. Adapts to a wide range of beam adjustments. Trolley includes a standard hook plate. SPECIFICATIONS

11

11-15

WINCHES Thern, Inc. Spur Gear Hand Winches — Single and Double Reduction Industrial strength winches feature machine cut spur gears for accurate operation and long lasting service. Automatic brake models provide positive load control for lifting and lowering operations. Zinc and iridescent dichromate plated finish protects against corrosion. Bronze and ball bearings deliver smooth operation.Wire rope sold separately.

Model M4021PB

Thern Base Model M401 M4021 M4031 M4311 M4411


CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. — CX11-0630 CX11-0631 CX11-0632 CX11-0633

Wire Thern With Load Rating Load Rating Rope Brake 1st Layer Full Drum Diameter — 500 lb. 240 lb 3/16 in. M4021PB 1000 lb. 470 lb 3/16 in. M4031PB 1000 lb. 470 lb 3/16 in. M4311PB 2000 lb. 1200 lb 1/4 in. M4411PB 2000 lb. 1200 lb 1/4 in.

Full Drum Capacity 60 ft. 52 ft. 110 ft. 58 ft. 120 ft.

Gear Ratio — 2.85:1 2.85:1 14.7:1 14.7:1

Force To Lift 1000 Lb. — 55 lb. 55 lb. 22 lb. 22 lb.

Approx. Ship. Wt. 8 lb. 11 lb. 13 lb. 23 lb. 25 lb.

Actual drum capacities may be 25-30% less, due to nonuniform winding. Tension in the wire rope will also affect drum capacity. Weight shown is for base model, add 3 lb for brake on M4021PB and M4031PB, add 6 lb for brake on M4311PB and M4411PB.

Worm Gear Hand Winches Machine cut worm gears provide accurate operation and long lasting service. An enclosed oil bath provides continuous lubrication to minimize wear. Automatic brake models provide positive load control for lifting and lowering operations. A durable paint finish is combined with zinc and iridescent dichromate plating to protect against corrosion. Bronze and ball bearings deliver smooth operation.Winches can be field or factory converted for vertical or wall mounting.Wire rope sold separately.

Model 462PB


Thern Base Model 465 462 482

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. — CX11-0637 CX11-0638

Thern With Brake — 462PB 482B

Wire Load Rating Load Rating Rope 1st Layer Full Drum Diameter 750 lb. 370 lb 3/16 in. 1000 lb. 530 lb 3/16 in. 4000 lb. 2200 lb 3/8 in.

Full Drum Capacity 58 ft. 61 ft. 140 ft.

Gear Ratio 20:1 15:1 26:1

Force To Lift 1000 Lb. 21 lb. 34 lb. 31 lb.

Approx. Ship. Wt. 12 lb. 15 lb. 97 lb.

Actual drum capacities may be 25-30% less, due to nonuniform winding. Tension in the wire rope will also affect drum capacity. Weight shown is for base model, add 5 lb for brake on 462PB, add 10 lb for brake on 482B.

Series 4WM Worm Gear Hand Winches Machine cut worm gearing delivers accurate operation and long lasting service. Hex drive and socket handle included.Winch can also be driven with a maximum 400 rpm drill-motor. Cast aluminum gearbox and drum provide lightweight strength and durability. An enclosed oil bath provides continuous lubrication. An internal mechanical brake provides positive load control for lifting and lowering operations. Bronze and ball bearings deliver smooth operation. Wire rope sold separately.

Model 4WM2


Thern Model 4WM2 ED120BD

Wire Full Rope Drum Load Rating Load Rating Full Drum Diameter Capacity 1st Layer 2000 lb. 1200 lb. 1/4 in. 77 ft. electric drill-motor 400 rpm drive kit - 120 VAC 1-1/8" hex socket

Gear Ratio 32:1

Force To Lift 1000 Lb. 12 lb.

Approx. Ship. Wt. 43 lb. 12 lb.

Actual drum capacities may be 25-30% less, due to nonuniform winding. Tension in the wire rope will also affect drum capacity.

11 Series 4WP Worm Gear Power Winches Machine cut worm gearing delivers accurate operation and long lasting service. 115 volt single phase motor 8 foot power cord with grounded plug and pushbutton pendent control on 6 foot cord. Cast aluminum gearbox and drum provide lightweight strength and durability. An enclosed oil bath provides continuous lubrication. An internal mechanical brake provides positive load control for lifting and lowering operations. Bronze and ball bearings deliver smooth operation. Wire rope sold separately. CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX11-0641

Model 4WP2

Thern Model 4WP2

Description 115/1/60 VAC, with 6 ft pendant

Load Rating Load Rating 1st Layer Full Drum 2000 lb. 1200 lb.

Wire Rope Diameter 1/4 in.

1st Layer Line Speed 8 fpm

Full Drum Capacity 77 ft.

Approx. Ship. Wt. 83 lb.

Actual drum capacities may be 25-30% less, due to nonuniform winding. Tension in the wire rope will also affect drum capacity.

11-16

WINCHES Thern, Inc. Series 477 Helicle/Worm Gear Power Winches Helical/worm gearing delivers dependable operation. Cast aluminum construction provides lightweight strength and durability. An enclosed oil bath provides continuous lubrication. An internal mechanical brake provides positive load control for lifting and lowering operations. Ball bearings deliver smooth operation.Wire rope sold separately.

Model 4771

Actual drum capacities may be 25-30% less, due to nonuniform winding.Tension in the wire rope will also affect drum capacity. For all models except 4771, line speed is based on reated load, actual speed will vary with load weight and power supply. For Model 4771PN, ratings are at 100 psi. For Model 4771HY, ratings are at 1000 psi. Controls and hoses sold separately.

Series 5122 Portable Davit Cranes Cranes move from base to base to serve more than one lift station. Corrosion resistant finish is standard, stainless steel and galvanized models available. A quick disconnect anchor allows you to quickly attach or remove the wire rope. The boom rotates 360º and adjusts to 2 different positions for operation, or folds down for storage or transport. Spur gear hand winches include automatic brakes for positive load control.Wire rope sold separately.

Model 5122M1 with 522 pedestal base

Max. hook reach is measured from mast center to hook center with boom down.

Series 5124 Portable Davit Cranes Cranes move from base to base to serve more than one lift station. Corrosion resistant finish is standard, galvanized models available. A quick disconnect anchor allows you to quickly attach or remove the wire rope. The boom rotates 360º and telescopes to 4 different lengths. Boom height is adjustable with a ratchet and screw-jack.Wire rope and bases sold separately.

Model 5124M2 with 524 pedestal base

* Load ratings are based on two part line. Max. hook reach is measured from mast center to hook center with boom fully extended and down.

Model 548 Portable Floor Crane Collapsible crane can be quickly folded into a self-contained 16 x 17 x 57 inch unit, making it ideal for mobile maintenance crews, rental companies, contractors, and other uses where portability is important.The crane features a 4 position telescoping boom for extended reach, scratch and spark resistant wheels, and rear caster wheels for maneuverability. Loads area raised and lowered using a manually operated hydraulic jack, equipped with an overload relief valve to help prevent overload damage.

Model 548

Hook reach is measured from mast center to hook center with boom horizontal. Hook height is measured from floor level to hook center with boom fully up.

11-17

11

CLAMPS Safety Clamps, Inc. Models AVL and VL

Locking Clamp Horizontal to Vertical - 180° 1/2 through 20 Ton Rated Lift Capacities Features: * Horizontal to Vertical Lift * Self-aligning Pivoting Die – Capable of turning a single steel plate from horizon– Increased surface between load and clamp. tal to vertical to horizontal through a 180° arc. * Wide Jaw Openings * Locks Open and Closed – Wider range within rated lift capacity. – Locks open to facilitate loading and unloading clamp. * High Strength Shock-Resistant Steel – Locks closed onto material for a more secure lift. – Provides for longer clamp life. * Gripping Cams * Working Parts Enclosed – 2 through 20 ton lift capacities incorporate dual grip– Working parts remain inside the body in the “locked ping cams. closed” position and the “locked open” position. – Increases grip on load for a more secure lift. – Protects parts for longer use. Models AVL and VL CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX12-0001








1/2 TON AVL

1/2 TON VL

1 TON AVL

1 TON VL

A

0-7/8"

0-1 3/8"

0-7/8"

0-1 3/8"

B

2 3/4

2 3/4

2 3/4

2 3/4

4 1/8

4 1/8

4 1/8

4 1/8

4 5/8

4 5/8

4 5/8

4 5/8

4 5/8

4 5/8

C

6 7/8

6 7/8

6 7/8

6 3/4

9

9

9

9

11 1/4

11 1/4

11 1/4

11 1/4

11 1/4

11 1/4

D Max

11 3/4

12

11 3/4

12

16 1/4

16 1/4

16

16

18

18

18

18

18

18

E

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2

3 1/2

3 1/2

3 1/2

3 1/2

4

4

4

4

4

4

F

5 3/8

5 1/2

5 3/8

5 1/2

8

9 1/8

8

9 1/8

9 1/2

11 1/8

13

9 1/2

11 1/8

13

G

2 5/8

2 5/8

2 5/8

2 5/8

4

4

4

4

5

5

5

5

5

5

H

1 1/2

1 1/2

1 1/2

1 1/2

2 3/8

2 3/8

2 3/8

2 3/8

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 TON VL 0-1 5/8" 1 1/2-2 3/4"

3 TON VL 0-1 5/8" 1 1/2-2 3/4"

0-2 1/8"

4 TON VL 2-3 3/4" 3 3/4-5 1/2"

0-2 1/8"

6 TON VL 2-3 3/4" 3 3/4-5 1/2"

J

5/8

5/8

5/8

5/8

7/8

7/8

7/8

7/8

1

1

1

1

1

1

K

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

WT lb.

11

11

11

11

23

27

27

30

42

47

50

50

54

57



8 TON VL A

0-2 5/8"

2 1/2-4 1/2"


10 TON VL 4 1/2-6 1/2"

0-2 5/8"

2 1/2-4 1/2"

1 4 1/2-6 1/2"

1/2-3 1/8"


2 TON VL 3-5 1/4"

12

20 TON VL 5-7 1/4"

1/2-4 1/4"

4-7"

7-10" 8 3/8

B

5 1/4

5 1/4

5 1/4

5 1/4

5 1/4

5 1/4

6 1/2

6 1/2

6 1/2

8 3/8

8 3/8

C

12 7/8

12 7/8

12 7/8

12 7/8

12 7/8

12 7/8

16 3/4

16 3/4

16 3/4

23

23

23

D

22 3/8

22 3/8

22 3/8

22 3/8

22 3/8

22 3/8

27 3/4

27 3/4

27 3/4

36 3/8

36 3/8

36 3/8

E

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 7/8

4 7/8

4 7/8

5 5/8

5 5/8

5 5/8

F

10 1/2

12 3/8

14 3/8

10 1/2

12 3/8

14 3/8

12 1/4

14 3/8

16 3/8

17

20

22 5/8

G

5 3/4

5 3/4

5 3/4

5 3/4

5 3/4

5 3/4

6 3/4

6 3/4

6 3/4

8 1/4

8 1/4

8 1/4

H

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

4 1/4

4 1/4

4 1/4

J

1 1/4

1 1/4

1 1/4

1 1/4

1 1/4

1 5/8

1 5/8

1 5/8

2

2

2

K

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1 1/2

1 1/2

1 1/2

WT lb.

65

70

75

75

80

90

92

101

112

259

292

322

1 1/4

Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice.

12-1

CLAMPS Safety Clamps, Inc. Models AVL and VL with with Auxilary Lock*

*Also available with universal shackle and/or stainless gripping cam and die.

Locking Clamp Horizontal to Vertical - 180° 1/2 through 12 Ton Rated Lift Capacities * * *

*

Features: Auxiliary Lock * Gripping Cams – Provides for a double locking mechanism in the – 2 through 12 ton lift capacities incorporate dual grip“locks closed” position. ping cams. Horizontal to Vertical Lift – Increase grip on load for a more secure lift. – Capable of turning a single steel plate from horizon* Self-aligning Pivoting Die tal to vertical to horizontal through a 180º arc. – Increased surface between load and clamp. Locks Open and Closed * Working Parts Enclosed – Locks open to facilitate loading and unloading clamp. – Working parts remain inside the body in the “locked – Locks closed onto material for a more secure lift. closed” position and the “locked open” position. Wide Jaw Openings – Protects parts for longer use. Models AVL and VL with Auxilary Lock CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX12-0013







1/2 TON AVL

1/2 TON VL

1 TON AVL

1 TON VL

A

0-7/8"

0-1 3/8"

0-7/8"

0-1 3/8"

0-1 6/8"

1 1/2-2 3/4"

0-1 5/8"

1 1/2-2 3/4"

0-2 1/8"

2-3 3/4"

3 3/4-5 1/2"

0-2 1/8"

2-3 3/4"

B

2 3/4

2 3/4

2 3/4

2 3/4

4 1/8

4 1/8

4 1/8

4 1/8

4 5/8

4 5/8

4 5/8

4 5/8

4 5/8

4 5/8

C D Max

6 7/8

6 7/8

6 7/8

6 7/8

9

9

9

9

11 1/4

11 1/4

11 1/4

11 1/4

11 1/4

11 1/4 18

2 TON VL

3 TON VL

4 TON VL

6 TON VL 3 3/4-5 1/2"

11 3/4

12

11 3/4

12

16 1/4

16 1/4

16

16

18

18

18

18

18

E

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2

3 1/2

3 1/2

3 1/2

3 1/2

4

4

4

4

4

4

F

5 3/8

5 1/2

5 3/8

5 1/2

8

9 1/8

8

9 1/8

9 1/2

11 1/8

13

9 1/2

11 1/8

13

G

2 7/8

2 7/8

2 7/8

2 7/8

4 1/8

4 1/8

4 1/8

4 1/8

5

5

5

5

5

5

H

1 1/2

1 1/2

1 1/2

1 1/2

2 3/8

2 3/8

2 3/8

2 3/8

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2

J

5/8

5/8

5/8

5/8

7/8

7/8

7/8

7/8

1

1

1

1

1

1

K

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

WT lb.

11

11

11

11

23

27

27

30

42

47

50

50

54

57


12



8 TON VL


10 TON VL

12 TON VL

A

0-2 5/8"

2 1/2-4 1/2"

4 1/2-6 1/2"

0-2 5/8"

2 1/2-4 1/2"

4 1/2-6 1/2"

1/2 - 3 1/8"

3 - 5 1/4"

B

5 1/4

5 1/4

5 1/4

5 1/4

5 1/4

5 1/4

6 1/2

6 1/2

6 1/2

C D Max

12 7/8

12 7/8

12 7/8

12 7/8

12 7/8

12 7/8

16 3/4

16 3/4

16 3/4 27 3/4

5 - 7 1/4"

22 3/8

22 3/8

22 3/8

22 3/8

22 3/8

22 3/8

27 3/4

27 3/4

E

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 7/8

4 7/8

4 7/8

F

10 1/2

12 3/8

14 3/8

10 1/2

12 3/8

14 3/8

12 1/4

14 3/8

16 3/8

G

5 3/4

5 3/4

5 3/4

5 3/4

5 3/4

5 3/4

6 3/4

6 3/4

6 3/4

H

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

J

1 1/4

1 1/4

1 1/4

1 1/4

1 1/4

1 1/4

1 5/8

1 5/8

1 5/8

K

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

WT lb.

65

70

75

75

80

90

92

101

112


12-2

CLAMPS Safety Clamps, Inc. Models AVL and VL with Universal Shackle*

*Also available with auxiliary lock and/or stainless gripping cam and die.

Figure 1 The Universal Shackle permits side loading of the lifting shackle at 100 percent of rated capacity from vertical to 30 degrees, 75 percent of rated capacity between 30 and 45 degrees, and 50 percent of rated capacity between 45 degrees and 90 degrees.

Locking Clamp Horizontal to Vertical – 180° 1/2 through 12 Ton Rated Lift Capacities Features: * Universal Shackle – Allows for side loading of lifting shackle up to 90°. – The rated lift capacity is lowered as the angle of the pull increases (see figure 1). * Horizontal to Vertical Lift – Capable of turning a single steel plate from horizontal to vertical to horizontal through a 180° arc. * Locks Open and Closed – Locks open to facilitate loading and unloading clamp. – Locks closed onto material for a more secure lift. * Wide Jaw Openings – Wider range within rated lift capacity.

* Gripping Cams – 2 through 12 ton lift capacities incorporate dual gripping cams. – Increase grip on load for a more secure lift. * Self-aligning Pivoting Die – Increased surface between load and clamp. * High Strength Shock Resistant Steel – Provides for longer clamp life. * Working Parts Enclosed – Working parts remain inside the body in the “locked closed” position and the “locked open” position. – Protects parts for longer use.

12-3

12

CLAMPS Safety Clamps, Inc. Models AVL and VL with Universal Shackle

Models AVL and VL with Universal Shackle CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX12-0024






2 TON VL 0-1 5/8" 1 1/2-2 3/4"

3 TON VL 0-1 5/8" 1 1/2-2 3/4"



1/2 TON AVL

1/2 TON VL

1 TON AVL

1 TON VL

A

0-7/8"

0-1 3/8"

0-7/8"

0-1 3/8"

B

2 3/4

2 3/4

2 3/4

2 3/4

4 1/8

4 1/8

4 1/8

4 1/8

4 5/8

4 5/8

4 5/8

4 5/8

4 5/8

4 5/8

C

6 7/8

6 7/8

6 7/8

6 7/8

9

9

9

9

11 1/4

11 1/4

11 1/4

11 1/4

11 1/4

11 1/4

D Max

12 3/4

12 7/8

12 3/4

12 7/8

17 1/4

17 1/4

17 1/4

17 1/4

20

20

20

20

20

20

E

2 1/4

2 1/4

2 1/4

2 1/4

3 1/2

3 1/2

3 1/2

3 1/2

4

4

4

4

4

4

F

5 3/8

5 1/2

5 3/8

5 1/2

8

9 1/8

8

9 1/8

9 1/2

11 1/8

13

9 1/2

11 1/8

13

0-2 1/8"

4 TON VL 2-3 3/4" 3 3/4-5 1/2"

0-2 1/8"

6 TON VL 2-3 3/4" 3 3/4-5 1/2"

G

4

4

4

4

5 1/4

5 1/4

5 1/4

5 1/4

6 3/4

6 3/4

6 3/4

6 3/4

6 3/4

6 3/4

H

1 1/2

1 1/2

1 1/2

1 1/2

2 3/8

2 3/8

2 3/8

2 3/8

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2

2 1/2 1

J

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

7/8

7/8

7/8

7/8

1

1

1

1

1

K

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

1

1

1

1

1

1

WT lb.

13

13

13

13

26

30

30

33

45

50

53

53

57

60



12



A

0 - 2 5/8"

8 TON VL 2 1/2 - 4 1/2"

4 1/2 - 6 1/2"

0 - 2 5/8"

10 TON VL 2 1/2 - 4 1/2" 4 1/2 - 6 1/2"

B

5 1/4

5 1/4

5 1/4

5 1/4

5 1/4

5 1/4

6 1/2

6 1/2

6 1/2

C

12 7/8

12 7/8

12 7/8

12 7/8

12 7/8

12 7/8

16 3/4

16 3/4

16 3/4

D Max

23 3/4

23 3/4

23 3/4

23 3/4

23 3/4

23 3/4

31 1/4

31 1/4

31 1/4

1/2 - 3 1/8"

12 TON VL 3 - 5 1/4"

5 - 7 1/4"

E

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 1/2

4 7/8

4 7/8

4 7/8

F

10 1/2

12 3/8

14 3/8

10 1/2

12 3/8

14 3/8

12 1/4

14 3/8

16 3/8

G

8 1/2

8 1/2

8 1/2

8 1/2

8 1/2

8 1/2

12 1/2

12 1/2

12 1/2

H

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

3 1/4

J

1 1/4

1 1/4

1 1/4

1 1/4

1 1/4

1 1/4

1 5/8

1 5/8

1 5/8

K

1

1

1

1

1

1

1 1/2

1 1/2

1 1/2

WT lb.

68

73

78

78

83

93

95

104

115


12-4

CLAMPS J.C. Renfroe & Sons, Inc. General Information IMPORTANT: Information contained in this catalog is for the presentation of pertinent illustrative and specification data for use in the selection of suitable RENFROE® products consistent with the use intended by RENFROE®. Refer to Operator’s Manuals for information on application, operation and maintenance of each particular model or product. Photographs of products shown in this catalog which may include examples of applications are for illustrative purposes only. Please refer to the Operator’s Manuals for approved applications of RENFROE® products. OPERATOR’S MANUALS: Prior to purchase and/or use of any RENFROE® product, each purchaser and operator should read and understand fully all of the pertinent instructions and recommendations contained in the Operator’s Manuals for the particular product involved. The Operator’s Manual contain recommended application, operation and maintenance instructions for all RENFROE® products listed in this catalog. A copy of the Operator’s Manuals pertaining to each such product is attached to the product or enclosed within the shipping carton with each product. TRAINING AIDS: RENFROE® provides upon request and at no charge, training films and slides, posters, inspection kits containing coded inspection tags and maintenance inspection record forms. RENFROE® factory representatives are also available upon request at no charge to train and assist in establishing the proper use, inspection and maintenance of RENFROE® products.

INSPECTION AND REPAIR: RENFROE® Factory Representatives are available upon request to inspect RENFROE® products in use at Plant sites or such other reasonable location where such products are in use. RENFROE® products may be returned to the factory for inspection and repair in accordance with an established fee schedule. Neither operators nor maintenance personnel of the of such products should engage in any modification of any RENFROE® product for any reason. Installation of parts and Repair Kits should be effected only in accordance with instructions included within the Operator’s Manual and as furnished with each RENFROE® Repair Kit. ENGINEERING SERVICE: Our Engineering Department is ready to assist in the solution of special problems and its service is available at all times to our customers. DELAYS: J.C. RENFROE® & SONS, INC. is not liable for any delays in manufacturing or shipping caused by fire, strikes, lockouts, war, insurrections, inability to secure materials, government interference or regulations, delays in transportation, or other circumstances beyond reasonable control. RETURN OF GOODS: No goods either standard or special may be returned for credit without written consent. EXCLUSION OF WARRANTY There exists no warranties neither expressed nor implied which extend beyond the descriptions or statements contained in the face or any part hereof.

1. DO consult Operator’s Manual or RENFROE® when in doubt. RENFROE® factory representatives are available upon request at no charge to train and assist in establishing the proper use of RENFROE® products. 2. DO lock clamp closed before lifting load. NEVER lift with Lock in open or “Lock Open” position. 3. DO use safety hooks. NEVER use a hook that may release clamp. 4. DO use an adequate number of clamps to balance load. NEVER lift loads that are not balanced. 5. DO use clamps within their rated capacity. NEVER overload clamp. 6. DO inspect clamp before each lift, follow inspection and maintenance instructions and use RENFROE® replacement parts to assure proper operation of the clamp. 7. DON’T side load. NEVER lift from side with vertical clamp. 8. DON’T lift over workmen. NEVER lift over Safety Areas or personnel. 9. DON’T misuse. NEVER lift plate from bottom of plate stack. 10. DON’T rush. NEVER lift more than one plate at a time with a vertical clamp. 11. DON’T improvise. Always use correct clamp for job. NEVER lift horizontally with a vertical clamp. 12. DON’T use clamp that has been overloaded. 13. DON’T alter clamp. NEVER grind, weld or modify the clamp in any manner.

12

12-5

CLAMPS J.C. Renfroe & Sons, Inc. Model FR Vertical Lifting Locking The Model FR is a vertical lifting tool for relatively light work. It is small and easy to handle in capacities through three tons. It incorporates a “Lock Closed” feature which facilitates attaching the clamp to the plate.

Model FR

SPECIFICATIONS (in inches) CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX12-0158 CX12-0159 CX12-0160 CX12-0161 CX12-0162 CX12-0163 CX12-0164 CX12-0165 CX12-0166 CX12-0167 CX12-0168 CX12-0169 CX12-0170 CX12-0171 CX12-0172 CX12-0173 CX12-0174 CX12-0175 CX12-0176

Rated Capacity Tons

1/2

1

2

3

Plate Thickness A

B

C

Max. D

E

F

G

H

J

Weight (in pounds)

0-3/4 1/2-1 3/4-1 1/4 1-1 1/2 1 1/4- 1 3/4 0-3/4 1/2-1 3/4-1 1/4 1-1 1/2 1 1/4-1 3/4 1 1/2-2 0-1 3/4-1 1/2 1 1/4-2 1 3/4-2 1/2 0-1 1/4 3/4-1 1/2 1 1/4-2 1 3/4-2 1/2

2 13/16 2 13/16 2 13/16 2 13/16 2 13/16 3 3/16 3 3/16 3 3/16 3 3/16 3 3/16 3 3/16 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 4 3/16 4 3/16 4 3/16 4 3/16

7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 3/4 10 3/4 10 3/4 10 3/4

11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 16 3/8 16 3/8 16 3/8 16 3/8 18 3/8 18 3/8 18 3/8 18 3/8

2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 3 5/8 3 5/8 3 5/8 3 5/8 3 5/8 3 5/8 3 5/8 3 5/8

4 5/8 4 7/8 5 1/8 5 3/8 5 3/8 5 7/8 6 1/8 6 3/8 6 5/8 6 7/8 7 1/8 6 3/4 7 1/4 7 3/4 8 1/4 7 5/8 7 7/8 8 3/8 8 7/8

2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 3/16 3 3/16 3 3/16 3 3/16 3 3/16 3 3/16 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 9/16 3 9/16 3 9/16 3 9/16

1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 5/8 1 5/8 1 5/8 1 5/8 1 5/8 2 1/8 2 1/8 2 1/8 2 1/8 2 7/16 2 7/16 2 7/16 2 7/16

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4

8 8 9 10 11 14 15 15 16 17 18 23 23 23 24 30 31 32 33

SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

WARNING See Warnings in the beginning of the Section.

12

12-6

CLAMPS J.C. Renfroe & Sons, Inc. Model JP Vertical Lifting Locking

Figure 1 Model JP incorporates a pivoting shackle that permits side loading of the lifting shackle at 100 percent of rated capacity from vertical to 30 degrees, 75 percent of rated capacity between 30 and 45 degrees and 50 percent of rated capacity between 45 and 90 degrees.

Model JP

The Model JP is a vertical lifting clamp capable of turning a single plate or member from horizontal to vertical and back to horizontal through the same 90 degree arc. Permits side loading of lifting shackle up to 90 degrees by derating of clamp’s rated capacity. Refer to FIGURE 1 for derated capacities. SPECIFICATIONS (in inches) CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX12-0227 CX12-0228 CX12-0229 CX12-0230 CX12-0231 CX12-0232 CX12-0233 CX12-0234 CX12-0235 CX12-0236 CX12-0237 CX12-0238 CX12-0239 CX12-0240 CX12-0241 CX12-0242 CX12-0243 CX12-0244 CX12-0245 CX12-0246 CX12-0247 CX12-0248 CX12-0249 CX12-0250 CX12-0251

Rated Capacity Tons 1/2

1

2

4

6

8

Plate Thickness A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

0-5/8 1/2-1 3/4-1 1/4 1 1/4-1 3/4 0-3/4 1/2-1 3/4-1 1/4 1-1 1/2 1 1/2-2 0-1 3/4-1 1/2 1 1/4-2 2-2 3/4 3/16-1 1/4 1-2 2-3 3-4 1/4-1 3/8 1-2 1/8 2-3 1/8 3-4 1/8 3/8-1 1/2 1-2 1/8 2-3 1/8 3-4 1/8

2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 5/8 3 5/8 3 5/8 3 5/8 4 3/8 4 3/8 4 3/8 4 3/8 4 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8 5 3/8 5 3/8 5 3/8 5 3/8

6 1/2 6 1/2 6 1/2 6 1/2 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 9 1/2 9 1/2 9 1/2 9 1/2 11 1/2 11 1/2 11 1/2 11 1/2 12 3/8 12 3/8 12 3/8 12 3/8 12 3/4 12 3/4 12 3/4 12 3/4

12 12 12 12 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 20 1/8 20 1/8 20 1/8 20 1/8 20 7/8 20 7/8 20 7/8 20 7/8 22 5/8 22 5/8 22 5/8 22 5/8

2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4

5 5/8 6 6 1/4 6 3/4 7 7 1/4 8 8 1/4 8 3/4 8 3/4 9 1/4 9 3/4 10 1/2 9 1/4 10 11 12 10 3/4 11 1/2 12 1/2 13 1/2 12 3/8 13 14 5/8 15 5/8

3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4

2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 3 3 3 3 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 1/4

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 2 2 2

3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2

12, 16, 20, 25, 30 and 50 Ton capacities available upon request. SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.


12-7

Weight (in pounds) 12

20

40

50

72

93

12

CLAMPS J.C. Renfroe & Sons, Inc. Model JPA Vertical Lifting Locking

Model JPA

Figure 1 Model JPA incorporates a pivoting shackle that permits side loading of the lifting shackle at 100 percent of rated capacity from vertical to 30 degrees, 75 percent of rated capacity between 30 and 45 degrees and 50 percent of rated capacity between 45 and 90 degrees.

The Model JPA is a vertical lifting clamp capable of turning a single plate or member from horizontal to vertical to horizontal through a 180 degree arc. Incorporates a push button auxiliary lock. Permits side loading of lifting shackle to 90 degrees by derating of clamp’s rated capacity. Refer to FIGURE 1 for derated capacities. SPECIFICATIONS (in inches) CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

12

CX12-0252 CX12-0253 CX12-0254 CX12-0255 CX12-0256 CX12-0257 CX12-0258 CX12-0259 CX12-0260 CX12-0261 CX12-0262 CX12-0263 CX12-0264 CX12-0265 CX12-0266 CX12-0267 CX12-0268 CX12-0269 CX12-0270 CX12-0271 CX12-0272 CX12-0273 CX12-0274 CX12-0275 CX12-0276


1

2

4

6

8

Plate Thickness A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

0-5/8 1/2-1 3/4-1 1/4 1 1/4-1 3/4 0-3/4 1/2-1 3/4-1 1/4 1-1 1/2 1 1/2-2 0-1 3/4-1 1/2 1 1/4-2 2-2 3/4 3/16-1 1/4 1-2 2-3 3-4 1/4-1 3/8 1-2 1/8 2-3 1/8 3-4 1/8 3/8-1 1/2 1-2 1/8 2-3 1/8 3-4 1/8

2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 5/8 3 5/8 3 5/8 3 5/8 4 3/8 4 3/8 4 3/8 4 3/8 4 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8 5 3/8 5 3/8 5 3/8 5 3/8

6 1/2 6 1/2 6 1/2 6 1/2 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 9 1/2 9 1/2 9 1/2 9 1/2 11 1/2 11 1/2 11 1/2 11 1/2 12 3/8 12 3/8 12 3/8 12 3/8 12 3/4 12 3/4 12 3/4 12 3/4

12 12 12 12 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 20 1/8 20 1/8 20 1/8 20 1/8 20 7/8 20 7/8 20 7/8 20 7/8 22 5/8 22 5/8 22 5/8 22 5/8

2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4

5 5/8 6 6 1/4 6 3/4 7 7 1/4 8 8 1/4 8 3/4 8 3/4 9 1/4 9 3/4 10 1/2 9 1/4 10 11 12 10 3/4 11 1/2 12 1/2 13 1/2 12 3/8 13 14 5/8 15 5/8

3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4

2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 3 3 3 3 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 1/4

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 2 2 2

3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2

12, 16, 20, 25, 30 and 50 Ton capacities available upon request. SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.


12-8

Weight (in pounds) 12

20

40

50

72

93

CLAMPS J.C. Renfroe & Sons, Inc. Model HR & HDR, Horizontal Lifting Non-Locking

Model HR

Model HDR

Model HR

Model HDR

The Model HR is a horizontal lifting clamp intended to be used in pairs, set of pairs, or in a tripod arrangement for transporting steel plates horizontally. The Model HDR is similar to the Model HR except that it contains dual cam assemblies which provide two gripping surfaces. Equipped with serrated gripping cams as standard equipment, both models are available with smooth, bronze or stainless steel gripping cams to prevent marring when handling polished metals such as stainless steel, copper, aluminum, etc.

Model HR SPECIFICATIONS (in inches) CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Rated Capacity Tons

Jaw Opening A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

Weight (in pounds) each

CX12-0323 CX12-0324 CX12-0325 CX12-0326 CX12-0327 CX12-0328

1/4 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3 4

0-1 0-2 0-2 0-2 0-2 0-3

2 3/4 4 1/4 4 3/8 4 3/8 4 5/8 5 5/8

1/2 1/2 5/8 3/4 5/8 3/4

+ + + + 1 5/8 2 1/8

1 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8

3 9/16 5 5/8 5 5/8 5 5/8 5 5/8 7 1/2

4 1/16 6 1/8 6 1/4 6 3/8 7 1/4 9 5/8

3 7 7 7 7 7

3/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1/8

1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 1

3 1/2 14 19 23 24 44

SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. + NO BACKPAD ON 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, OR 1 1/2 TON MODELS.

Model HDR SPECIFICATIONS (in inches) CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Rated Capacity Tons

Jaw Opening A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L


CX12-0329 CX12-0330 CX12-0331 CX12-0332

1 1/2 3 6 8

0-2 0-2 0-2 0-3

4 3/8 4 3/8 4 5/8 5 5/8

5/8 3/4 5/8 3/4

+ + 1 5/8 2 1/8

3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4

5 5/8 5 5/8 5 5/8 7 1/2

6 1/4 6 3/8 7 1/4 9 5/8

12 12 12 12 1/4

15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16

3/4 3/4 1 5/8 1 5/8

5 5 5 5 1/4

44 48 53 84

SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. + NO BACKPAD ON 1 1/2 AND 3 TON MODELS.


12-9

12

CLAMPS J.C. Renfroe & Sons, Inc. Model WHSR Horizontal Lifting Non-Locking The Model WHSR is an adjustable, horizontal clamp intended to be used in pairs, sets of pairs, or in a tripod arrangement for transporting steel plates horizontally. In addition to incorporating two gripping cams, the jaw opening may be adjusted by the positioning of a pin in the body of the clamp. The gripping cams are spring loaded to remain in the “open” position until the load is applied. This feature permits the clamp to be easily applied and removed from the load. Normally furnished with serrated gripping surfaces, it is available with smooth faced bronze or stainless steel surfaces to prevent marring when handling polished plates.

Model WHSR

SPECIFICATIONS (in inches) CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX12-0333 CX12-0334 CX12-0335 CX12-0336 CX12-0337 CX12-0338 CX12-0339 CX12-0340 CX12-0341 CX12-0342 CX12-0343 CX12-0344 CX12-0345 CX12-0346 CX12-0347


1 1/2

3

6

8

Jaw Opening A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J


0-6 0-12 0-16 0-6 0-12 0-16 0-6 0-12 0-16 0-6 0-12 0-16 0-6 0-12 0-16

10 3/4 13 13 10 3/4 13 13 10 3/4 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13

14 3/16 23 1/8 27 3/16 14 5/16 23 1/4 27 5/16 15 1/4 23 5/16 27 13/16 18 1/16 24 13/16 28 13/16 18 1/2 24 7/8 28 7/8

5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 5/8 1 5/8 1 5/8 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 3 3 3

3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2

3 5 5 3 5 5 3 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6

1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

8 3/8 8 1/4 8 1/4 8 3/8 8 1/4 8 1/4 8 3/8 8 1/4 8 1/4 8 1/4 8 1/4 8 1/4 8 1/4 8 1/4 8 1/4

4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4

46 60 80 66 90 104 70 94 112 124 128 154 166 196 220


Model S & SA Locking, Screw

Model S

Model SA

12 Model S & SA

The Model S and SA clamps are capable of handling steel plate from the horizontal through a 180 degree arc and may be used for handling plate at rolling and forming machines. These clamps feature a spring loaded pivoting cam jaw that “cams in” when a load is applied to the lifting shackle. SPECIFICATIONS (in inches) WARNING See Warnings in the beginning of the Section.

12-10

CLAMPS J.C. Renfroe & Sons, Inc. Model DG Vertical Lifting Locking The Model DG rail clamp is used for lifting and transporting crane rails and railroad rails. Lightness of weight allows it to be hand applied and hand removed. The Model DG possesses all the features of the Model FR. All the repair parts are identical to same tonnage of the FR, except the swivel jaw has been eliminated.

Model DG

SPECIFICATIONS (in inches) CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Rated Capacity Tons

A Capacity

B C E F Max. D Std. Rail Crane Rail CX12-0382 1/2 25 12-25 LB. NONE 1 5/16 6 11/16 11 1/4 2 3/8 5 3/8 CX12-0383 1/2 50 30-50 LB. NONE 1 3/8 6 11/16 11 1/4 2 3/8 6 CX12-0384 1 132 85-155 LB. NONE 2 1/2 8 1/8 13 1/2 2 5/8 8 5/8 CX12-0385 2 105 60-155 LB. 104 & 106 LB. 2 5/8 9 16 3 5/8 9 1/8 CX12-0386 2 175 NONE 135, 171, 175 LB. 2 5/8 9 1/2 16 3 5/8 10 3/8 SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE UPON SPECIAL REQUEST.

G

H

J

Weight (in pounds)

2 1/2 2 1/2 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4

1 5/8 1 5/8 1 7/8 2 1/2 2 1/2

1/2 1/2 5/8 3/4 3/4

10 11 16 26 26

Model

Model AST & ASTL NonLocking

Model AST

Model ASTL

Model AST

Model ASTL

Both the Model AST and ASTL clamps were developed primarily for lifting, turning and stacking lightweight beams and structural shapes while a constant tension is applied to the lifting shackle. The horizontal shackle permits a beam to be lifted with the web in a near horizontal position by placing the clamp on the load with the shackle positioned over the web, and between the flanges. With a beam lying in a horizontal position, and the clamp placed with the shackle overhanging the flange, the beam can be lifted, turned 90 degrees, and raised in a vertical position. The Model ASTL includes all of the features of the Model AST plus a linkage which permits the tool to be removed remotely by setting the load down with the sling slack, then lifting the crane hook.

Model AST SPECIFICATIONS (in inches) CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Rated Capacity Tons

Plate Thickness A

Max. B

C

D

CX12-0387 1/2 0-3/4 10 3/4 6 11/16 CX12-0388 1 1/2 0-3/4 13 8 1/2 CX12-0389 3 0-1 1/2 19 1/4 12 1/2 SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

E

F

G

H

J

Weight (in pounds)

1 3/4 2 1/2 3 3/4

6 3/16 7 11

1 5/8 2 9/16 3

2 1/2 3 4 5/8

1/2 5/8 3/4

7 20 50

Model ASTL WARNING See Warnings in the beginning of the Section.

12-11

12

CLAMPS J.C. Renfroe & Sons, Inc. Model B-1 Locking The Model B-1 is a portable beam clamp that provides easy suspension of hoists from beams or girders thereby eliminating the need for nuts, bolts, shackles and so on. The Model B-1 is intended for use on the American standard or wide flange beams. This model is furnished with a fluted tool steel locking wedge which holds the clamp in place on a beam. When the load is attached to the clamp body, the tool cannot be removed from the beam.

Model B-1

SPECIFICATIONS (in inches) CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX12-0407 CX12-0408 CX12-0409 CX12-0410 CX12-0411 CX12-0412 CX12-0413 CX12-0414 CX12-0415 CX12-0416 CX12-0417 CX12-0418 CX12-0419

Rated Capacity Tons 1 3 5

8

12

Flange Width A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

Weight (in pounds)

1 1/2-4 2-6 4-12 3-6 4-12 4-8 4-14 6-12 6-17 6-24 6-12 6-17 6-24

4 21/32 5 1/4 6 3/16 6 11/16 7 11/16 9 7/16 9 13/16 11 7/16 15 1/8 15 5/16 11 15/16 15 5/16 15 13/16

6 3/4 9 1/2 18 7/8 10 1/8 18 5/8 15 21 3/8 18 3/8 26 1/4 34 3/8 19 3/8 26 7/8 34 7/8

8 3/4 8 3/4 8 3/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/4 18 5/8 18 5/8 18 5/8 18 5/8 18 5/8 18 5/8

1 9/16 1 9/16 1 9/16 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4

1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/4 2 1/4 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/2 x 4 5/8 3 1/2 x 4 5/8 3 1/2 x 4 5/8 3 1/2 x 4 5/8 3 1/2 x 4 5/8 3 1/2 x 4 5/8

5/8 5/8 5/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16

3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4

12 13 22 20 38 45 62 96 151 207 98 153 209


Model PB Locking The Model PB is similar to the Model B-1 and provides quick attachment to beams and girders and may be used in the general rigging of chain falls and hoists. The clamp hinges in two sections allowing quick installation. A fluted tool steel locking wedge applied between the clamp and the beam holds the clamp in position. The two eyes allow the clamp to be attached in the vertical or horizontal positions. The clamp is of single unit construction and fits a wide range of flange widths. Model PB

SPECIFICATIONS (in inches) CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

12

Rated Capacity Tons

Flange Width A

B

C

CX12-0420 1 2-6 7 9 CX12-0421 3 2-6 9 1/8 10 1/2 CX12-0422 5 4-8 10 1/2 13 SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

D

E

F

G

H

Weight (in pounds)

5 6 1/8 7

1 1/2 2 1/4 2 1/2

10 7/8 13 1/16 15 1/4

3/4 7/8 1

1/2 3/4 3/4

10 28 44


12-12

BLOCKS AND SHEAVES The Crosby Group, Inc. Tackle Block Warning, Use & Maintenance Information Important: For maximum safety and efficiency, tackle block systems must be properly designed, used, and maintained.You must understand the use of tackle block components in the system. These instructions provide this knowledge. Read them carefully and completely. Some parts of these instructions must use technical words and detailed explanations. NOTE: If you do not understand all words, diagrams, and definitions — DO NOT TRY TO USE A TACKLE BLOCK SYSTEM! KEEP INSTRUCTIONS FOR FUTURE USE — DO NOT THROW AWAY! General Cautions or Warnings Ratings shown in Crosby Group literature are applicable only to new or “in as new” products. Working Load Limit ratings indicate the greatest force or load a product can carry under usual environmental conditions. Shock loading and extraordinary conditions must be taken into when selecting products for use in tackle block systems. In general, the products displayed in Crosby Group literature are used as parts of a system being employed to accomplish a task. Therefore, we can only recommend within the Working Load Limits, or other stated limitations, the use of products for this purpose. The Working Load Limit or Design (Safety) Factor of each Crosby product may be affected by wear, misuse, overloading, corrosion, deformation, intentional alteration, and other use conditions. Regular inspection must be conducted to determine whether use can be continued at the catalog assigned WLL, a reduced WLL, a reduced Design (Safety) Factor, or withdrawn from service. Crosby Group products generally are intended for tension or pull. Side loading must be avoided, as it exerts additional force or loading which the product is not designed to accommodate. Always make sure the hook s the load. The latch must never the load. Welding of load ing parts or products can be hazardous. Knowledge of materials, heat treatment, and welding procedures is necessary for proper welding. Crosby Group should be consulted for information. Definitions STATIC LOAD — The load resulting from a constantly applied force or load. WORKING LOAD LIMIT — The maximum mass or force which the product is authorized to in general service when the pull is applied in-line, unless noted otherwise, with respect to the center line of the product. This term is used interchangeably with the following . 1. WLL 2. Rated Load Value 3. SWL 4. Safe Working Load 5. Resultant Safe Working Load

WORKING LOAD — The maximum mass or force which the product is authorized to in a particular service. PROOF LOAD — The average force applied in the performance of a proof test; the average force to which a product may be subjected before deformation occurs. PROOF TEST — A test applied to a product solely to determine non conforming material or manufacturing defects. ULTIMATE LOAD — The average load or force at which the product fails, or no longer s the load. SHOCK LOAD — A force that results from the rapid application of a force (such as impacting and/or jerking) or rapid movement of a static load. A shock load significantly adds to the static load. DESIGN (SAFETY) FACTOR — An industry term denoting a product’s theoretical reserve capability; usually computed by dividing the catalog Ultimate Load by the Working Load Limit. Generally expressed for blocks as a ratio of 4 to 1. TACKLE BLOCK — An assembly consisting of a sheave(s), side plates, and generally an end fitting (hook, shackle, etc.) that is used for lifting, lowering, or applying tension. Fitting Maintenance Fittings, including hooks, shackles, links, etc., may become worn and disfigured with use, resulting in nicks, gouges and sharp corners which produce additional stress conditions. Regular inspection is recommended to monitor product condition. Grinding is the recommended procedure to restore smooth surfaces. A reduction of the products original dimension of 10 percent from wear and repair is allowable in the load bearing areas. Any greater reduction may necessitate a reduced Working Load Limit. Any crack or deformation in a fitting is sufficient cause to withdraw the product from service. Selection Guide Some of the blocks shown in Crosby Group literature are named for their intended use and selection is routine. A few examples include the “Double Rig Trawl Block” used in the fishing industry, the “Well Loggers Block” used in the oil drilling industry, and the “Cargo Hoisting Block” used in the freighter boat industry. Others are more generally classified and have a variety of uses. They include snatch blocks, regular wood blocks, standard steel blocks, etc. For example, snatch blocks allow the line to be attached by opening up the block instead of threading the line through the block. This feature eliminates the use of rope guards and allows various line entrance and exit angles to change direction of the load. These angles determine the load on the block and/or the block fitting. (See “Loads on Blocks.”) Snatch blocks are intended for infrequent and intermittent use with low line speeds. A tackle block is one element of a system used to lift or drag a load. There are other elements in the system including the prime mover (hoist, winch, hand), ing structure, power available, etc. All of these elements can influence the type of tackle block required. When selecting a block for the system in your specific application, you should consider the other elements as well as the features of the blocks shown in Crosby Group literature.

13-1

13

BLOCKS AND SHEAVES The Crosby Group, Inc. Tackle Block Warning, Use & Maintenance Information

13

To select a tackle block to fit your requirements, consider the following points: 1. Are there regulations which could affect your choice of blocks, such as federal or state OSHA, elevator safety, mine safety, maritime, insurance, etc.? 2. What is the weight of the load, including any dynamics of impacts that add to load value? You must know this to determine the minimum required Working Load Limit value of the block. 3. How many parts of line are required? This can be determined given the load to be lifted and the line pull you have available. As an alternative, you could calculate the line pull required with a given number of parts of line and a given load weight. (See “How to Figure Line Parts.”) 4. What is the size of line to be used? Multiply the available line pull by the desired safety factor for wire rope to determine the minimum catalog wire rope breaking strength; consult a wire rope catalog for the corresponding grade and diameter of wire rope to match.You should also consider fatigue factors that affect wire rope life. (See “Sheave Size & Wire Rope Strength.”) 5. What is the speed of the line? This will help you determine the type of sheave bearing necessary. There are several choices of bearings suitable for different applications including: Common (Plain) Bore for very low line speeds and very infrequent use (high bearing friction). Self Lubricating Bronze Bushings for slow line speeds and infrequent use (moderate bearing friction). Bronze Bushing with pressure lubrication for slow line speeds and more frequent use at greater loads (moderate bearing friction). Anti-friction Bearings for faster line speeds and more frequent use at greater loads (minimum bearing friction). 6. What type of fitting is required for your application? The selection may depend on whether the block will be traveling or stationary.Your choices include single or multiple hooks with or without throat latches and shackles, which are the most secured load attachment.You should also decide whether the fitting should be fixed, swivel or swivel with lock. If it is a swivel fitting, then a selection of thrust bearing may be necessary. There are plain fittings with no bearings for positioning at no load, bronze bushed fittings for infrequent and moderate load swiveling, and antifriction bearing equipped fittings for frequent load swiveling. 7. How will the block be reeved and does it require a dead end becket? (See “The Reeving of Tackle Blocks.”) 8. If the block is to be a traveling block, what weight is required to overhaul the line? (See “How to Determine Overhaul Weights.”) 9. What is the fleet angle of the wire line? Line entrance and exit angles should be no more than 1 1/2°. 10. How will the block be maintained? Do conditions in your application require special maintenance considerations? (See “Tackle Block Maintenance,” and “Fitting Maintenance.”)

Tackle Block Maintenance Tackle Blocks must be regularly inspected, lubricated, and maintained for peak efficiency and extended usefulness. Their proper use and maintenance is equal in importance to other mechanical equipment. The frequency of inspection and lubrication is dependent upon frequency and periods of use, environmental conditions, and the ’s good judgment. Inspection: As a minimum, the following points should be considered: 1. Wear on pins or axles, rope grooves, side plates, bushing or bearings, and fittings (See Fitting Maintenance). Excessive wear may be a cause to replace parts or remove block from service. 2. Deformation in side plates, pins and axles, fitting attachment points, trunnions, etc. Deformation can be caused by abusive service and/or overload and may be a cause to remove block from service. 3. Misalignment or wobble in sheaves. 4. Security of nuts, bolts, and other locking methods, especially after reassembly following a tear down inspection. Original securing method should be used; e.g., staking, set screw, cotter pin, cap screw. 5. Pins retained by snap rings should be checked for missing or loose rings. 6. Sheave pin nuts should be checked for proper positioning. Pins for tapered roller bearings should be tightened to remove all end play during sheave rotation. Pins for bronze bushings and straight roller bearings should have a running clearance of .031 inch per sheave of end play and should be adjusted accordingly. 7. Hook or shackle to swivel case clearance is set at .031 to.062 at the factory. Increased clearance can result from component wear. Clearance exceeding .12 to .18 should necessitate disassembly and further inspection. 8. Deformation or corrosion of hook and nut threads. 9. Surface condition and deformation of hook (See Fitting Maintenance and ANSI B30.10.) 10. Welded side plates for weld corrosion or weld cracking. 11. Hook latch for deformation, proper fit and operation. Lubrication: The frequency of lubrication depends upon frequency and period of product use as well as environmental conditions, which are contingent upon the ’s good judgment. Assuming normal product use, the following schedule is suggested when using lithum-base grease of a medium consistency. Sheave Bearings Tapered Roller Bearings — Every 40 hours of continuous operation or every 30 days of intermittent operation. Roller Bearings — Every 24 hours of continuous operation or every 14 days of intermittent operation. Bronze Bushings — (Not Self Lubricated) — Every 8 hours of continuous operation or every 14 days of intermittent operation.

13-2

BLOCKS AND SHEAVES The Crosby Group, Inc. Tackle Block Warning, Use & Maintenance Information Hook Bearings Anti Friction — Every 14 days for frequent swiveling; every 45 days for infrequent swiveling. Bronze Thrust Bushing or No Bearing — Every 16 hours for frequent swiveling; every 21 days for infrequent swiveling. Tackle Block Maintenance also depends upon proper block selection (see “Loads on Blocks”), proper reeving (see “The Reeving of Tackle Blocks”), consideration of shock loads, side loading, and other adverse conditions. Sheave Bearing Application Information BRONZE BUSHINGS— Bronze Bushings are used primarily for sheave applications using slow line speed, moderate load, and moderate use. The performance capability of a bearing is related to the bearing pressure and the bearing surface velocity by a relationship known as true PV (Maximum Pressure Velocity Factor). The material properties of the Bronze Bushings furnished as standard in Crosby catalog sheaves are: (BP) Maximum Bearing Pressure: 4500 PSI (BV) Maximum Velocity at bearing: 1200 FPM (PV) Maximum Pressure Velocity Factor: 55000 (It should be noted that due to material property relations, the maximum BP times the maximum BV is NOT equal to the maximum PV.) Formula for Calculating Bearing Pressure: Line Pull x Angle Factor BP = Shaft Size x Hub Width Formula for Calculating Bearing Velocity: PV BV = BP Formula for Calculating Line Speed: BV (Tread Diameter + Rope Diameter) Line speed = Shaft Diameter

Line Speed = 19 x (12 + .75 ÷ 1.50 = 161.5 FPM ALLOWABLE (BV) (Shaft Dia.) Tread Dia. + Rope Size) If the application required a line speed equal to 200 FPM, then another calculation would be necessary. Trying another 14 in. sheave (stock # 4104828) under the same loading conditions, the results are as follows: BP = (4600 lbs. x 1.53) ÷ (2.75 x 2.31) = 1108 PSI BV = 55000 ÷ 1108 = 50 FPM Line speed = 50 x (12.25 + .75) ÷ 2.75 = 236 FPM ALLOWABLE COMMON (PLAIN) BORE Very slow line speed, very infrequent use, low load. ROLLER BEARING Faster line speeds, more frequent use, greater load. Refer to manufacturer’s rating. Loads on Blocks The Working Load Limit (WLL) for Crosby Group blocks indicates the maximum load that should be exerted on the block and its connecting fitting. This total load value may be different from the weight being lifted or pulled by a hoisting or hauling system. It is necessary to determine the total load being imposed on each block in the system to properly determine the rated capacity block to be used. A single sheave block used to change load line direction can be subjected to total loads greatly different from the weight being lifted or pulled. The total load value varies with the angle between the incoming and departing lines to the block. The following chart indicates the factor to be multiplied by the line pull to obtain the total load on the block.

Calculations can be made to find the maximum allowable line speed for a given total sheave load. If the required line speed is greater than the maximum allowable line speed calculated, then increase the shaft size and/or the hub width and recalculate. Continue the process until the maximum allowable line speed is equal to or exceeds the required line speed. Example Using a 14 in. sheave (Stock # 917191; refer to wire rope sheave section of General Catalog for dimensions) with a 4600 lb. line pull and an 80° angle between lines determine maximum allowable line speed. BP = (4600 lb. x 1.53) ÷ (1.50 x 1.62) = 2896 PSI (line pull) (angle factor) (Hub Width) (Shaft Size)

Example A (Calculations for determining total load on single line system.)

BV = 55000 ÷ 2896 = 19 FPM Allowable (PV Factor) (BP)

13-3

13

BLOCKS AND SHEAVES The Crosby Group, Inc. Tackle Block Warning, Use & Maintenance Information A gin pole truck lifting 1,000 lbs.

C = 500 lbs. x 2.0 = 1,000 lbs. (line pull)(Factor 0° angle) To determine total load on stationary block D: D = 500 lbs x 1.87 + 500 lbs. = 1,435 lbs. (line pull) (dead end load) (Factor 40° angle) To determine total load on block E: E = 500 lbs. x .84 = 420 lbs. (line pull) (Factor 130° angle) To determine total load on block F: F = 500 lbs. x 1.41 = 705 lbs. (line pull) (Factor 90° angle)

There is no mechanical advantage to a single part load line system, so winch line pull is equal to 1,000 lbs. or the weight being lifted. To determine total load on snatch block A: A = 1,000 lbs. x 1.81 = 1,810 lbs. (line pull) (factor 50° angle) To determine total load on toggle block B: B = 1,000 lbs. x .76 = 760 lbs. (line pull) (factor 135° angle) Example B (Calculation for determining total load value for mechanical advantage system.) Hoisting system lifting 1,000 lbs. using a traveling block. The mechanical advantage of traveling block C is 2.00 because two (2) parts of load line the 1,000 lb. Weight. (To determine single line pull for various bearing efficiency see “How to Figure Line Parts.” To Determine Line Pull: Line Pull = 1000 lbs. ÷ 2.00 = 500 lbs.

The Reeving of Tackle Blocks In reeving of tackle blocks, there are many methods. The method discussed below is referred to as “Right Angle” reeving. Please consult your rigging manual for other methods of reeving. RIGHT ANGLE REEVING In reeving a pair of tackle blocks, one of which has more than two sheaves, the hoisting rope should lead from one of the center sheaves of the upper block to prevent toppling and avoid injury to the rope. The two blocks should be placed so that the sheaves in the upper block are at right angles to those in the lower one, as shown in the following illustrations. Start reeving with the becket or dead end of the rope. Use a shackle block as the upper one of a pair and a hook block as the lower one as seen below. Sheaves in a set of blocks revolve at different rates of speed. Those nearest the lead line revolve at the highest rate of speed and wear out more rapidly. All sheaves should be kept well lubricated when in operation to reduce friction and wear.

13

Double & Double

To determine total load on traveling block C:

Triple & Double

“Right Angle” Reeving Diagram

13-4

Triple & Triple

Quadruple & Triple

BLOCKS AND SHEAVES The Crosby Group, Inc. Tackle Block Warning, Use & Maintenance Information Sheave Size & Wire Rope Strength Strength Efficiency Bending wire rope reduces its strength. To acccount for the effect of bend radius on wire rope strength when selecting a sheave, use the table below:

Ratio A 40 30 20 15 10 8 6 4 2 1

Strength Efficiency Compared to Catalog Strength in % 95 93 91 89 86 83 79 75 65 50

Relative Fatigue Bending Life =

Example To determine the extension of fatigue life for a 3/4” wire rope using a 22.5” diameter sheave versus a 12” diameter sheave: 22.5” (sheave diameter) Ratio B = = 30 3/4” (wire rope diameter) 12 (sheave diameter) Ratio B = = 16 3/4” (wire rope diameter) The relative fatigue bending life for a ratio B of 16 is 2.1 (see above Table) and ratio B of 30 is 10. 10 Relative Fatigue Bending Life = = 4.7 2.1

Sheave Diameter Ratio A = Rope Diameter

Therefore, we expect extension of fatigue life using a 22.5” diameter sheave to be 4.7 times greater than that of a 12” diameter sheave.

Example To determine the strength efficiency of 1/2” diameter wire rope using a 10” diameter sheave: 10” (sheave diameter) Ratio A = = 20 1/2”(wire rope diameter) Refer to ratio A of 20 in the table then check the column under the heading “Strength Efficiency Compared to Catalog Strength in %”…91% strength efficiency as compared to the catalog strength of wire rope.

How to Determine Overhauling Weights To determine the weight of the block or overhaul ball that is required to free fall the block, the following information is needed: size of wire rope, number of line parts, type of sheave bearing, length of crane boom, and drum friction (use 50 pounds, unless other information is available).

Fatigue Life Repeated bending and straightening of wire rope causes a cyclic change of stress called “fatiguing.” Bend radius affects wire rope fatigue life. A comparison of the relative effect of sheave diameter on wire rope fatigue life can be determined as shown below:

Ratio B 30 25 20 18 16 14 12

Relative Fatigue Bending Life (Sheave #1) Relative Fatigue Bending Life (Sheave #2)

Relative Fatigue Bending Life 10.0 6.6 3.8 2.9 2.1 1.5 1.1

Wire Rope Size (in.) 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4

Number of Line Parts 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Sheave Diameter Ratio B = Rope Diameter

13-5

Factor A - Wire Rope Weight Lbs. Per Ft., 6 x 19 IWRC .26 .35 .46 .59 .72 1.04 1.42 1.85 2.34 2.89

Factor B - Overhaul Factors Roller Bearing Sheaves 1.03 2.07 3.15 4.25 5.38 6.54 7.73 8.94 10.20 11.50

Bronze Bushed Sheaves 1.05 2.14 3.28 4.48 5.72 7.03 8.39 9.80 11.30 12.80

13

BLOCKS AND SHEAVES The Crosby Group, Inc. Tackle Block Warning, Use & Maintenance Information The Formula is: Required Block Weight = [(Boom Length x Factor A) + Drum Friction] x Factor B

Total Load to be Lifted Ratio A or B = Single Line Pull (lbs.) After calculating Ratio A or B, consult table to determine number of parts of line. Examples • To find the number of parts of line needed when weight of load and single line pull are known, and using Bronze Bushed Sheaves.

Example To determine the required block or overhaul weight using 5 parts of 7/8” diameter wire rope, a 50 ft. boom and roller bearing sheaves: Required = [(50 ft. x 1.42)+ 50 lbs.] x 5.38 = 651 lbs. Block (Boom length) | (Drum Friction) | Weight (Factor A) (Factor B) How to Figure Line Parts To help figure the number of parts of line to be used for a given load, or the line pull required for a given load, the following ratio table is provided with examples of how to use it. Ratio A Bronze Bushed Sheaves .96 1.87 2.75 3.59 4.39 5.16 5.90 6.60 7.27 7.91 8.52 9.11 9.68 10.20 10.70 11.20 11.70 12.20 12.60 13.00

13

Ratio B Anti-Friction Bearing Sheaves .98 1.94 2.88 3.81 4.71 5.60 6.47 7.32 8.16 8.98 9.79 10.60 11.40 12.10 12.90 13.60 14.30 15.00 15.70 16.40

Number of Line Parts 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Ratio A =

72,180 lbs. (load to be lifted) 9.02 = 8,000 lbs. (single line pull) (Ratio A)

Refer to ratio 9.02 in table or number nearest to it, then check column under heading “Number of Line Parts”= 12 parts of line to be used for this load. • To find the single line pull needed when weight of load and number of parts of line are known, and using antifriction bearing sheaves. 68,000 lbs. (load to be lifted) Single Line Pull = 7.32 (Ratio B of 8 part line) = 9,290 lbs.

9,290 lbs. single line pull required to lift this load on 8 parts of line. • To find the lift capacity when the parts of line and single line pull are known, and using anti-friction bearing sheaves. 10,000 lbs. (single line pull) x 4.71 (ratio B of 5 parts of line) = 47,000 lbs. (Lift Capacity) 10,000 lbs. single line pull with 5 parts of line will accommodate 47,100 lbs. lift capacity.

WARNING • A potential hazard exists when lifting or dragging heavy loads with tackle block assemblies. • Failure to design and use tackle block systems properly may cause a load to slip or fall — the result could be serious injury or death. • A tackle block system should be rigged by a qualified person as defined by ANSI/ ASME B.30. • Instruct workers to keep hands and body away from block sheaves and swivels — and away from “pinch points” where rope touches block parts or loads. • Do not side load tackle blocks. • See OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) for Personnel Hoisting for Cranes and Derricks. Only a Crosby or McKissick Hook with a PL Latch attached, and secured with the bolt, nut and cotter pin provided, may be used for any personnel hoisting. A hook with a Crosby SS-4055 Latch attached shall not be used for personnel hoisting . • Instruct workers to be alert and to wear proper safety gear in areas where loads are moved or ed with tackle block systems. • Use only genuine Crosby parts as replacement. • Read, understand, and follow these instructions to select, use and maintain tackle block systems.

13-6

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Ordering Instructions The following information should be specified: 1. Stock number (if known) 2. Sheave Size. 3. Block Number (Catalog Number). 4. Number of Sheaves. 5. Type of Bearing: (BB) Bronze Bushed, (RB) Roller, (TB) Tapered Roller. 6. Type of Hook or Shackle. 7. Wire Rope Diameter.

All crane and some construction blocks are available as shown or with swivel shackle assembly, duplex swivel hook assembly or quadruple hook assembly. Various combinations of bearing assemblies can be furnished; such as bronze bushed sheaves and swivel hooks, roller or tapered roller bearing sheaves and hook assemblies or a combination of bronze, roller or tapered roller bearings. EXAMPLE 18” 370 Triple Sheave, Roller Bearing Trunnion Style Crane Block with Roller Bearing Swivel Hook, 60 ton 1” Wire Rope Diameter.



13

13-7

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Light Champion

418 WITH HOOK

419 WITH SHACKLE

• Forged alloy heat treated hooks. • Forged steel swivel tees, yokes and shackles. • Hook and shackle assemblies on 4 1/2” through 14” sizes can be interchanged. • Can be furnished with bronze bushings or roller bearings. • Opening feature permits insertion of rope while block is suspended from gin-pole.

418 with Hook

419 with Shackle

CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Sheave Cat. Ref. Stock Diameter Bearing Cat. Ref. No. No. No. (in.) Code *3 BB CX13-0025 **3 BB CX13-0001 108038 CX13-0026 **4 1/2 BB CX13-0002 108065 CX13-0027 BB CX13-0003 108127 CX13-0028 6 RB CX13-0004 108154 CX13-0029 CX13-0005 CX13-0006 CX13-0007 CX13-0008

12

BB RB

12

BB RB

14

BB RB

14

BB RB

16

BB RB

16

BB RB BB RB BB RB

CX13-0009 169169 CX13-0034 202961 CX13-0010 199911 CX13-0035 169347 CX13-0011 108421 CX13-0036 109420 CX13-0012 108458 CX13-0037 109457 CX13-0013 194920 CX13-0038 169356 CX13-0014 199948 CX13-0039 167857 CX13-0015 108528 CX13-0040 109527 CX13-0016 108546 CX13-0041 109545 CX13-0017 199975 CX13-0042 203041 CX13-0018 200008 CX13-0043 203087 CX13-0019 108608 CX13-0044 109607 CX13-0020 108626 CX13-0045 109625 CX13-0021 200099 CX13-0046 203130 CX13-0022 200151 CX13-0047 203176 CX13-0023 108644 CX13-0048 109643 CX13-0024 108662 CX13-0049 109661

10

18 18

13

108225 108252 108323 108350

CX13-0030 CX13-0031 CX13-0032 CX13-0033

• 3” thru 18” 418 and 419 blocks have exclusive bolt retaining spring to assure no lost bolts. • Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch. • Pressure lube fittings. • Fatigue rated. • 3” - 10” feature dual rated wireline sheaves. “PATENTED IN USA”

Weight Each (lbs.) Replacement Sheave Working Wire Load CERTEX 404 419 Crosby CERTEX Crosby Rope Limit * 418 Cat. Ref. Crosby Tail with Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Size (metric with No. Stock No. No. No. No. (in.) tons) Hook Shackle Board 5/16-3/8 2 4 CX13-0062 460147 109091 2 4.5 4 2.7 CX13-0063 460147 109037 CX13-0050 102016 5/16-3/8 4 11.7 12 6.6 CX13-0064 2000232 109064 CX13-0051 102025 3/8-1/2 CX13-0065 460815 109126 CX13-0052 102098 5/8-3/4 8 26.9 27.8 15 CX13-0066 472688 109153 CX13-0053 102114

BB RB BB RB

8

404 TAIL BOARD

109224 109251 109322 109359

404 Tail Board

CX13-0054 102169 CX13-0055 102187

5/8-3/4

8

33

34

21

CX13-0067 CX13-0068

461164 473277

CX13-0056 102230 CX13-0057 102258

5/8-3/4

8

41

42

29

5/8

8

48

49

36

CX13-0069 CX13-0070 CX13-0071 CX13-0072

461805 473776 462270 474141

3/4

8

48

49

36

CX13-0073 CX13-0074

462284 474150

5/8

8

55

56

CX13-0075 CX13-0076

463625 474766

3/4

8

55

56

CX13-0077 CX13-0078

463634 474775

3/4

15

130

135

7/8

15

130

135

7/8

15

150

155

1

15

150

155


4100056 4200028 4100065 4200037 464571 475792 4104640 6000000

CX13-0058 CX13-0059 CX13-0060 CX13-0061

178890 178934 102301 102329

* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. ** Available in Bronze Bushed only. 3" and 4 1/2" have self lubricating Bronze Bushing. † Fitted with 1 1/4" I D Swivel Eye. †† May be furnished in other wire rope sizes. NOTE: When ordering, please specify: size, block number, hook or shackle, bronze bushed or roller bearing, and wire rope size.


13-8

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Snatch Blocks Super Champion

430 WITH HOOK

407 TAIL BOARD

431 WITH SHACKLE

• Drop forged, heat treated swivel hook or swivel shackle. • Hook and shackle assemblies on 8” through 14” sizes can be interchanged. • Can be furnished with bronze bushings or roller bearings. • Pressure lube fittings. • 8” thru 14” 430 and 431 blocks have exclusive bolt retaining spring to assure no lost bolts. • Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch. • Fatigue rated.

430 with Hook Sheave Diameter Bearing (in.) Code BB 8 RB BB 8 RB BB 10 RB BB 10 RB BB 12 RB BB 12 RB BB 14 RB BB 14 RB BB 18 RB BB 18 RB BB 20 RB BB 20 RB BB 24 RB BB 24 RB

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX13-0087 CX13-0088 CX13-0089 CX13-0090 CX13-0091 CX13-0092 CX13-0093 CX13-0094 CX13-0095 CX13-0096 CX13-0097 CX13-0098 CX13-0099 CX13-0100 CX13-0101 CX13-0102 CX13-0103 CX13-0104 CX13-0105 CX13-0106

Crosby Stock No. 208448 169882 120023 120041 208475 208509 120096 120112 208536 208554 120176 120194 208572 208590 120256 120274 208689 208732 119482 119491

CX13-0107 CX13-0108 CX13-0109 CX13-0110 CX13-0111 CX13-0112 CX13-0113

208787 119507 119516 208812 208858 119525 119534

431 with Shackle CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX13-0114 CX13-0115 CX13-0116 CX13-0117 CX13-0118 CX13-0119 CX13-0120 CX13-0121 CX13-0122 CX13-0123 CX13-0124 CX13-0125 CX13-0126 CX13-0127 CX13-0128 CX13-0129 CX13-0130 CX13-0131 CX13-0132 CX13-0133 CX13-0134 CX13-0135 CX13-0136 CX13-0137 CX13-0138 CX13-0139 CX13-0140 CX13-0141

407 Tail Board

Crosby Stock No. 169891 209214 121022 121040 209232 209269 121095 121111 169917 209303 121175 121193 209321 170424 121255 121273 209410 209465 119561 119570 209483 169864 119589 119598 209526 209553 119605 119614

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX13-0142 CX13-0143 CX13-0144 CX13-0145 CX13-0146 CX13-0147 CX13-0148 CX13-0149 CX13-0150 CX13-0151 CX13-0152 CX13-0153 CX13-0154 CX13-0155 CX13-0156 CX13-0157 CX13-0158 CX13-0159 CX13-0160 CX13-0161 CX13-0162 CX13-0163 CX13-0164 CX13-0165 CX13-0166 CX13-0167 CX13-0168 CX13-0169

Crosby Stock No. 184286 168017 103523 103541 184311 184348 103603 103621 184375 184393 103685 103701 184419 184437 103765 103783 184552 184605 119641 119650 184623 184650 119669 119678 184687 184721 119687 119696

Weight Each (lbs.)



430 with Hook

431 with Shackle

407 Tail Board

1

20

75

87

42

1 1/8

20

75

87

42

1

20

89

101

55

1 1/8

20

89

101

55

1

20

103

115

70

1 1/8

20

103

115

70

1

20

123

135

90

1 1/8

20

123

135

90

1

25

240

260

165

1 1/8

25

240

260

165

1 1/8

30

375

400

215

1 1/4

30

375

400

215

1 1/8

30

450

475

290

1 1/4

30

450

475

290

* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. † May be furnished in other Wire Rope sizes.

13 SEE APPLICATION AND WARNING INFORMATION

13-9

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Snatch Blocks All Alloy

416 WITH HOOK

402 TAIL BOARD

417 WITH SHACKLE

• Entire block made from heat treated alloy steel. Use of heat treated alloy gives block only 60% of the weight of blocks of comparable capacities. • Available with a bronze bushed or roller bearing sheave in the 416, 417, 402 models; 434, 435, 401 models available in bronze bushed sheave only. • Easy opening feature of “Champion” blocks retained. • Hook and shackle assemblies can be interchanged. • Pressure lube fittings. • Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch. • Fatigue rated. 416 Alloy with Hook Sheave Diameter Bearing (in.) Code BB 6 RB

417 Alloy with Shackle

402 Alloy Tail Board


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


107020 107048

CX13-0182 CX13-0183

107262 107280

CX13-0194 CX13-0195

302461 302470

3/4

12

26

27

15

416 Alloy with Hook

417 Alloy with Shackle

402 Alloy Tail Board

6

BB RB

CX13-0172 CX13-0173

193427 193472

CX13-0184 CX13-0185

168972 193757

CX13-0196 CX13-0197

179238 179283

7/8

12

26

27

15

8

BB RB

CX13-0174 CX13-0175

107100 107128

CX13-0186 CX13-0187

107342 107360

CX13-0198 CX13-0199

302489 302498

3/4

12

33

34

21

8

BB RB

CX13-0176 CX13-0177

193490 193542

CX13-0188 CX13-0189

168990 193819

CX13-0200 CX13-0201

179318 179363

7/8

12

33

34

21

10

BB RB

CX13-0178 CX13-0179

107182 107208

CX13-0190 CX13-0191

107388 107404

CX13-0202 CX13-0203

302504 302513

3/4

12

41

42

29

10

BB RB

CX13-0180 CX13-0181

193613 193677

CX13-0192 CX13-0193

193882 193935

CX13-0204 CX13-0205

179434 179498

7/8

12

41

42

29

* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. † May be furnished in other wire rope sizes.

13

Weight Each (lbs.) Working Load Limit* (metric tons)


13-10

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Snatch Blocks Light Champion Double Sheave

409 DOUBLE WITH SHACKLE

408 DOUBLE WITH HOOK

• Light champion snatch block as a double sheave block. • Drop forged swivel hook or swivel shackle. • Can be furnished with bronze bushings or roller bearings. • Opening feature permits easy insertion of wire rope in both sheaves with removal of one bolt. • Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch. • Pressure lube fittings. • Fatigue rated. 408 with Hook

Weight Each (lbs.)

409 with Shackle

Sheave Crosby Crosby Diameter Bearing CERTEX Stock CERTEX Stock (in.) Code Cat. Ref. No. No. Cat. Ref. No. No. 4 1/2 BB CX13-0206 168026 CX13-0228 194809

Wire Rope Size (in.) 3/8

Working Load Limit* (metric tons) 4

408 with Hook 18

409 with Shackle 18

4 1/2

BB

CX13-0207

104023

CX13-0229

105022

1/2

4

18

18

6

BB RB

CX13-0208 CX13-0209

194266 194319

CX13-0230 CX13-0231

194863 173831

5/8

12

45

50

6

BB RB

CX13-0210 CX13-0211

104103 104121

CX13-0232 CX13-0233

105102 105120

3/4

12

45

50

8

BB RB

CX13-0212 CX13-0213

194355 168035

CX13-0234 CX13-0235

194916 195014

5/8

12

53

58

8

BB RB

CX13-0214 CX13-0215

104185 104201

CX13-0236 CX13-0237

105184 105200

3/4

12

53

58

10

BB RB

CX13-0216 CX13-0217

194471 194532

CX13-0238 CX13-0239

195087 195149

5/8

12

70

75

10

BB RB

CX13-0218 CX13-0219

104265 104283

CX13-0240 CX13-0241

105264 105282

3/4

12

70

75

12

BB RB

CX13-0220 CX13-0221

194578 168044

CX13-0242 CX13-0243

195185 195229

5/8

12

90

95

12

BB RB

CX13-0222 CX13-0223

104345 104363

CX13-0244 CX13-0245

105344 105362

3/4

12

90

95

14

BB RB

CX13-0224 CX13-0225

194621 194649

CX13-0246 CX13-0247

195247 195265

5/8

12

100

105

14

BB RB

CX13-0226 CX13-0227

104425 104443

CX13-0248 CX13-0249

105424 105442

3/4

12

100

105

* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. † Available in Bronze Bushed Only. †† May be furnished in other Wire Rope sizes.


13-11

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Snatch Blocks Champion

406 TAIL BOARD 421 WITH SHACKLE

420 WITH HOOK

• Hooks and side plates are forged alloy steel and heat treated. • Shackles and yokes are forged and heat treated steel. • Side plates are designed to eliminate possibility of rope jamming. • Can be furnished with bronze bushings or sealed roller bearings. • Opening feature permits insertion of rope while block is suspended from gin-pole. • Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch. • Pressure lube fittings. • Fatigue rated. • Hook and shackle assemblies can be interchanged. NOTE:When ordering, please specify: Size, block number, hook or shackle, bronze bushed or roller bearing, and wire rope size.

420 with Hook Sheave Diameter Bearing (in.) Code BB 6 RB

421 with Shackle

406 Tail Board

420 with Hook

421 with Shackle

406 Tail Board


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.

110025 110052

CX13-0262 CX13-0263

110524 110551

CX13-0274 CX13-0275

103024 103042

3/4

12

40

48

24

6

BB RB

CX13-0252 CX13-0253

169374 169392

CX13-0264 CX13-0265

169481 204120

CX13-0276 CX13-0277

167973 167982

7/8

12

40

48

24

8

BB RB

CX13-0254 CX13-0255

110123 110150

CX13-0266 CX13-0267

110622 110659

CX13-0278 CX13-0279

103104 103122

3/4

15

51

57

30

8

BB RB

CX13-0256 CX13-0257

169418 169445

CX13-0268 CX13-0269

169515 204193

CX13-0280 CX13-0281

167991 168008

7/8

15

51

57

30

10

BB RB

CX13-0258 CX13-0259

204415 204442

CX13-0270 CX13-0271

169524 169542

CX13-0282 CX13-0283

184179 184213

3/4

15

63

69

42

10

BB RB

CX13-0260 CX13-0261

110221 110258

CX13-0272 CX13-0273

110720 110757

CX13-0284 CX13-0285

103186 103202

7/8

15

63

69

42

* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. † May be furnished in other wire rope sizes.

13

Weight Each (lbs.)




13-12

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Snatch Blocks C-700 Snatch Blocks

• Unique locking device permits disengagement by simply folding hook. • Formed steel side plates with capacity stamped permanently in place. • Oil impregnated bronze bushings. • Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch. Sheave Diameter & Block No.

C-700


Crosby Stock No.



Weight Each (lbs.)

6" 10611

CX13-0286

260014

2

1/2

12.00

8" 10811

CX13-0287

261013

3

5/8

18.60

Fitting

Swivel Hook Swivel Hook

* Ultimate Load is 3.5 times the Working Load Limit.

C-720 Heavy Duty Utility Snatch Block • Forged steel sheaves, bronze bushings. • Pressure lube fitting. • Drop forged steel hook. • Self-locking style. Locks with hook load. • Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch.

C-720

Sheave Diameter & Block No.


Crosby Stock No.



6" 60611

CX13-0288

280010

7

8" 60811

CX13-0289

280038

7

7/8


Fitting Swivel Hook

7/8

36.25

Swivel Hook


C-720 Toggle Block (Tail Board) • Forged Steel Sheaves, bronze bushing. • Pressure lube fitting.

C-720 TOGGLE BLOCK (TAIL BOARD)



Crosby Stock No.



6" 70610

CX13-0290

290018

7

7/8




13

13-13

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Hay Fork Pulleys

161 HF-1 WITH SWIVEL HOOK

161 HF-2 WITH SWIVEL EYE

• One piece pressed steel shells. • Edges well rounded to prevent chaffing of rope. • Forged steel eyes and hooks. • Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch. • Furnished with roller bearings. • Pressure lube fittings. • Available Painted or Zinc Plated. Painted

Zinc Plated



Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


Standard Rope Size (in.)

End Fitting

Weight Each (lbs.)

4 1/2" HF-1

CX13-0291

170022

CX13-0300

170594

1

1 1/4 MR

Swivel Hook

6

4 1/2" HF-2

CX13-0292

170086

CX13-0301

170629

1

1 1/4 MR

Swivel Eye

6

4 1/2" HF-3

CX13-0293

170148

CX13-0302

170656

1

1/2 WL

Swivel Hook

6

4 1/2" HF-4

CX13-0294

170200

CX13-0303

170683

1

1/2 WL

Swivel Eye

6

8" HF-5

CX13-0295

170264

CX13-0304

170718

2

1/2 WL

Swivel Eye

11

6" HF-11

CX13-0296

170380

CX13-0305

170745

2

1 1/2 MR

Swivel Hook

11

6" HF-12

CX13-0297

170442

CX13-0306

170763

2

1 1/2 MR

Swivel Eye

11

6" HF-13

CX13-0298

170503

CX13-0307

170781

2

5/8 WL

Swivel Hook

11

6" HF-14

CX13-0299

170567

CX13-0308

170807

2

5/8 WL

Swivel Eye

11

* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. Rope Code: MR - Manila Rope,WL - Wire Line


13

13-14

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Tong Blocks • Steel sheaves with roller bearings and pressure lubrication. • Forged steel eyes and hooks. • Easy opening feature shown available in 8” size only.

Sheave Diameter & Block No. 6" TB-1 8" TB-1 10" TB-1 12" TB-1 171


Crosby Stock No. 171012 171058 171101 171156

Working Load Limit* (tons) 1/2 1 2 1/2 2 1/2

Wire Rope Size (in.) 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4

Weight Each (lbs.) 11 12 30 35

Connection Swivel Eye Swivel Eye Swivel Eye Swivel Eye


Lay Down Blocks • Used to lay down drill pipe. • All steel construction, steel sheaves mounted on antifriction bearings, grooved for maximum of 3/4” wire line. • Hook made to fit into end of drill pipe, handy dead end becket for returning block—hooks have handle for disengagement.

Sheave Diameter & Block No. 4 1/2" 443 6" 443 443


Crosby Stock No. 171414 171432

Working Load Limit* (tons) 1/4 1/4

Wire Rope Size (in.) 1/2 3/4

Weight Each (lbs.) 12 17

Type Block Regular Regular

* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit


13

13-15

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Snatch Blocks For Wire Rope

T-940-B DROP LINK

T-941-B SELF-LOCKING

G-941-B SELF-LOCKING SWIVEL SHACKLE

• Semi-Circular guard in shell over sheave prevents wire from slipping between shell and sheave. This feature also greatly strengthens the plates in shell. • Steel sleeve over center pin gives a bearing surface of larger diameter. This sleeve is held tightly between the plates and makes the block extremely rigid. Sheave Size (in.)


Working Load Limit* (tons) 940 Drop Link

Block Size (in.)

Outside Diam.

4

4

.75

3/8

6 8

6 8

1.00 1.25

1/2 5/8

1 1/2 2 1/2

10 12

10 12

1.25 1.50

5/8 3/4

3 1/2 4 1/2

Rim Thickness

941 Self Locking

Weight Each (lbs.) 940 Drop Link

941 Self Locking

2 3

15.00 28.00

16.00 30.00

4 5

46.00 75.00

47.00 77.00

1

6.50


Iron Sheaves Block Size (in.) 4 6

Steel Sheaves

Fitting


Crosby 940-B Drop Link


Crosby 941-B Self Locking


Crosby 940-S Drop Link


Crosby 941-S Self Locking

T T

CX13-0315

863827

CX13-0319 CX13-0320

864407 864425

CX13-0329

864023

CX13-0333 CX13-0334

864602 864620

8

T

CX13-0316

863845

CX13-0321

864443

CX13-0330

864041

CX13-0335

864648

10 12 4

T T G

CX13-0317 CX13-0318

863863 863881

CX13-0322 CX13-0323 CX13-0324

864461 864489 862203

CX13-0331 CX13-0332

864069 864087

CX13-0336 CX13-0337 CX13-0338

864666 864684 862604

6

G

CX13-0325

862221

CX13-0339

862622

8

G

CX13-0326

862249

CX13-0340

862640

10 12

G G

CX13-0327 CX13-0328

862267 862285

CX13-0341 CX13-0342

862668 862686

Bearing Code: B — Self-Lubricating Bronze Bushed Iron Sheaves. S — Self-Lubricated Bronze Bushed Steel Sheave.

13


13-16

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. 380 Series Hook Blocks

13 381 - SINGLE

382 - DOUBLE

13-17

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. 380 Series Hook Blocks • Wide range of product available. • Capacity: 5 to 300 tons - Larger Models Available. • Sheave Sizes: 10” to 30”. • Wire Line Sizes: 7/16 to 1 1/4”. • All 380 Series Blocks are furnished standard with Roller Bearings. • Reeving Guides Standard - All Models. • Heavy Duty Positive Locking (PL) Latch - All Models. • Sheave lubrication through center pin - Separate lube channel to each bearing. • Sheaves fully protected by side plates. • Dual action hook (Swings and Rotates). • Design Factor of 4 to 1 (unless otherwise noted). • All 380 Series blocks, 16” and larger, are furnished with McKissick Roll-Forged™ sheaves with flame hardened grooves. OPTIONS AVAILABLE • Bronze Bushed Sheaves • Duplex Hooks • Swivel Tee and Shackle Assemblies • Sheave Shrouds • Anti Rotation - Locking Device (50 tons & larger) • Plate Steel Cheek Weights • Third party testing with Certification available upon request. Thickness (E) shown is for blocks containing cheek weights (Light Medium - LM, Medium - M, and Heavy - H). The thickness (E) for non-weighted blocks (Light - L) is measured over side plates.

Dead End Chart (For Multiple Sheave Blocks*) Dimensions (in.) Wire Rope Size (in.) 7/16 - 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4

T Thickness 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.75 1.75

U Hole Diameter 1.28 1.28 1.28 1.66 1.66 1.66 2.56 2.56

* To find Dead End Dimensions for Single Sheave blocks, refer to Crosby's General Catalog.


13

13-18

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. McKissick Series 680 Construction Blocks ✔ Wide Range of product available: • Capacity: 5 to 65 tons - Larger models available. • Sheave sizes: 6” to 24” O.D. • Wire Line Sizes: 3/8” to 1-1/4” ✔ Equipped with genuine Crosby® forged steel, Quenched and Tempered shackles that contain the patented QUIC-CHECK® markings. ✔ Design Factor of 4 to 1.

✔ Manufactured by an ISO 9001 and API Q1 Certified facility. ✔ All 680 Series Blocks are furnished standard with Bronze Bushings. ✔ All 680 blocks 16” and larger, are furnished with McKissick® Roll Forged® sheaves with flame hardened grooves. ✔ Sheaves are lubricated through center pin, with a separate lube channel to each sheave.

Options Available • • • •

Roller bearing sheaves Hanger & Bolt only models available Third party testing with certification Galvanized finish - Most models

With Hanger

Bolt Only

With Shackle

13

13-19

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. McKissick Series 680 Construction Blocks

“P” FITTING - BLOCKS WITH BOLT ONLY 5 Tons Section Only CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX13-0800 CX13-0801 CX13-0802 CX13-0803 CX13-0804 CX13-0805

McKissick Working Model Inquiry Load Limit No. of No. Stock No. (tons) Sheaves C5S6BP C5S8BP C5D6BP C5D8BP C5T6BP C5T8BP

2101000 2101002 2101010 2101012 2101020 2101022

5 5 5 5 5 5

Blocks with Bolt Only Dimensions

Sheave Diam. (in.)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

X

Weight Each (lbs.)

6 8 6 8 6 8

12.12 14.00 14.75 16.62 14.75 16.62

1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62

1.78 1.78 3.81 3.81 5.84 5.84

— — 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06

2.28 2.28 4.31 4.31 6.34 6.34

6.12 8.12 6.12 8.12 6.12 8.12

— — .63 .63 .63 .63

— — .69 .69 .69 .69

— — .84 .84 .84 .84

2.00 2.00 1.79 1.79 1.79 1.79

1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25

— — 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03

19 31 33 54 45 75

1 1 2 2 3 3

Other Sizes Available by Request.

“H” FITTING - BLOCKS WITH HANGERS 5 Tons Section Only CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX13-0806 CX13-0807 CX13-0808 CX13-0809 CX13-0810 CX13-0811

Working McKissick Inquiry Load Limit No. of Model No. Stock No. (tons) Sheaves C5S6BH C5S8BH C5D6BH C5D8BH C5T6BH C5T8BH

2102000 2102002 2102010 2102012 2102020 2102022

5 5 5 5 5 5

Blocks with Hangers - Dimensions

Sheave Diam. (in.)

A

E

F

G

H

I

L

M

N

O

P

Q

X

Weight Each (lbs.)

6 8 6 8 6 8

15.00 16.88 17.62 19.50 17.62 19.50

2.28 2.28 4.31 4.31 6.34 6.34

6.12 8.12 6.12 8.12 6.12 8.12

— — .63 .63 .63 .63

— — .69 .69 .69 .69

— — .84 .84 .84 .84

1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63

1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25

1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06

1.16 1.16 1.16 1.16 1.16 1.16

3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25

1.86 1.86 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25

— — 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03

22 34 37 58 51 81

1 1 2 2 3 3


“S” FITTING - BLOCKS WITH HANGER AND SHACKLE 5 Tons Section Only CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX13-0812 CX13-0813 CX13-0814 CX13-0815 CX13-0816 CX13-0817

Working McKissick Inquiry Load Limit No. of Model No. Stock No. (tons) Sheaves C5S6BS C5S8BS C5D6BS C5D8BS C5T6BS C5T8BS

2103000 2103002 2103010 2103012 2103020 2103022

5 5 5 5 5 5

1 1 2 2 3 3

Blocks with Hangers and Shackle - Dimensions

Sheave Diam. (in.)

A

E

F

G

H

I

S

T

U

V

W

X

Weight Each (lbs.)

6 8 6 8 6 8

18.56 20.44 21.19 23.06 21.19 23.06

2.28 2.28 4.31 4.31 6.34 6.34

6.12 8.12 6.12 8.12 6.12 8.12

— — .63 .63 .63 .63

— — .69 .69 .69 .69

— — .84 .84 .84 .84

3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81

2.56 2.56 2.56 2.56 2.56 2.56

1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14

.88 .88 .88 .88 .88 .88

.97 .97 .97 .97 .97 .97

— — 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03

25 37 40 61 54 84


13

13-20

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Manila Rope Snatch Blocks Drop Link and Self Locking

T-385-Z

T-390-Z

T-386-Z

T-391-Z

• Available with either Steel or Wood Shells. • All fittings are drop forged. • Edges of shells rounded to reduce wear and chaffing of rope.

• Sheave lubrication through pressure lube fitting in center pin. • All steel parts are Hot Dip galvanized. • Assembled with Self-Lubricated Bronze Bushing. Drop Link

Block Size (in.) Fitting

Self Locking

Wood

Steel

Wood

Steel

385 Z Galv.

390 Z Galv.

386 Z Galv.

391 Z Galv.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.

6

T

CX13-0343

724251

CX13-0347

734600

CX13-0351

729150

CX13-0355

739142

8

T

CX13-0344

724262

CX13-0348

734636

CX13-0352

729161

CX13-0356

739153

10

T

CX13-0345

724273

CX13-0349

734647

CX13-0353

729172

CX13-0357

739164

12

T

CX13-0346

724284

CX13-0350

734658

CX13-0354

729183

CX13-0358

739175

Bearing Code: Z — Self Lubricating Bronze Bushed, with Pressure Lube Fitting.

DROP LINK Sheave Size (in.)

Block Size (in.)

Outside Diameter

Rim Thickness

6

3.00

8

4.50

10 12

Weight Each (lbs.)

Diameter of Bearing

Manila Rope Size (In.)


1.13

.75

3/4-7/8

2400

7

7

1.38

.88

7/8-1

4800

12

13

5.75

1.88

1.00

1 1/4

6600

25

25

6.75

2.13

1.00

1 1/2

7600

34

29

385 Z Wood

390 Z Steel


SELF LOCKING Block Size (in.)

Sheave Size (in.)



Weight Each (lbs.)

Outside Diameter

Rim Thickness

Diameter of Bearing

386 Z Wood

391 Z Steel

6

3.00

1.13

.75

3/4-7/8

3000

8

8

8

4.50

1.38

.88

7/8-1

5000

15

15

10

5.75

1.88

1.00

1 1/4

8000

28

28

12

6.75

2.13

1.00

1 1/2

10000

34

38

13



13-21

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Gin Blocks for Manila Rope For light hoisting by Roofers and Contractors Furnished with drop forged swivel latch hooks. Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch.

T-350-C Painted

T-350-C

Block Size (in.)

Fitting


T-350-R Painted

T-350-B Painted

Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


Sheave Size (in.)

Crosby Outside Rim Bearing Stock No. Diameter Thickness Diameter




8

T

CX13-0359

710001

CX13-0363

710207

CX13-0367

710403

8.00

1.25

.75

7/8

1000

10

T

CX13-0360

710029

CX13-0364

710225

CX13-0368

710421

10.00

1.25

.88

1

1000

9.8

12

T

CX13-0361

710047

CX13-0365

710243

CX13-0369

710449

12.00

1.38

.88

1

1000

12.7

14

T

CX13-0362

710065

CX13-0366

710261

CX13-0370

710467

14.00

1.50

1.00

1

1000

20.0

* Ultimate Load is 3 times the Working Load Limit. Bearing Code: C — Common Iron, R — Roller, B — Self-Lubricating Bronze Bushed

Wood Blocks for Manila Rope

HS-21-B SINGLE (available in N & S)

N-22-B DOUBLE (available in HS & S)

Single Sheave 21 C Galv. Block Size (in.) Fitting

S-23-B TRIPLE (available in HS & N)

Double Sheave

21 B Galv.

21 R Galv.

22 C Galv.

22 B Galv.

Triple Sheave 22 R Galv.

23 B Galv.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.

23 R Galv. CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby Stock No.

CX13-0441

605232

3

HS

CX13-0371

602217

CX13-0376

603813

CX13-0391

603617

CX13-0397

602618

CX13-0402

604616

CX13-0417

604411

CX13-0426

605410

4

HS

CX13-0372

602235

CX13-0377

603831

CX13-0392

603635

CX13-0398

602636

CX13-0403

604634

CX13-0418

604439

CX13-0427

605438

5

HS

CX13-0373

602253

CX13-0378

603859

CX13-0393

603653

CX13-0399

602654

CX13-0404

604652

CX13-0419

604457

CX13-0428

605456

6

HS

CX13-0374

602271

CX13-0379

603877

CX13-0394

603671

CX13-0400

602672

CX13-0405

604670

CX13-0420

604475

CX13-0429

605474

CX13-0442

605278

8

HS

CX13-0375

602315

CX13-0380

603911

CX13-0395

603715

CX13-0401

602716

CX13-0406

604714

CX13-0430

605517

CX13-0443

605312

3

N

CX13-0381

606419

CX13-0407

606810

CX13-0431

607212

4

N

CX13-0382

606437

CX13-0408

606838

CX13-0421

606632

CX13-0432

607230

CX13-0444

607034

5

N

CX13-0383

606455

CX13-0409

606856

CX13-0422

606650

CX13-0433

607258

6

N

CX13-0384

606473

CX13-0410

606874

CX13-0423

606678

CX13-0434

607276

CX13-0445

607070

8

N

CX13-0385

606516

CX13-0411

606918

CX13-0435

607310

3

S

CX13-0386

610011

CX13-0412

611617

CX13-0436

613214

4

S

CX13-0387

610039

CX13-0413

611635

CX13-0437

613232

5

S

CX13-0388

610057

CX13-0414

611653

CX13-0438

613250

6

S

CX13-0389

610075

CX13-0415

611671

CX13-0424

611476

CX13-0439

613278

8

S

CX13-0390

610119

CX13-0416

611715

CX13-0425

611519

CX13-0440

613312

CX13-0396

606231

Bearing Code C — Common, R — Roller, B — Bronze Bushed Self Lubricating.

13

Sheave Diameter (in.)

Block Size (in.)

Outside Diam.

Rim Thickness

3

1.75

.50

4

2.25

5


Weight Each (lbs.)

Center Pin Diam.


21 Single

22 Double

23 Triple

21 Single

22 Double

23 Triple

.38

3/8

500

800

1200

1.00

1.75

2.50

.63

.38

1/2

1000

1400

1800

1.75

3.00

4.00

3.00

.75

.38

5/8

1200

1800

2400

3.25

5.60

6.50

6

3.50

1.00

.50

3/4

1800

2500

3200

5.00

8.50

11.50

8

4.75

1.13

.63

7/8-1

2800

3800

4800

9.00

14.00

21.50

* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. Note: We furnish beckets on all blocks.


13-22

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Malleable Iron Shells for Manila Rope

HS-301-B SINGLE

N-302-B DOUBLE

P-303-B TRIPLE

These blocks have Malleable Iron Shells and both outside and inside straps extend full length of shell. Ends of center pin are flush with sides of shell. Malleable Iron Blocks are standard equipment with Public Utility Companies. Single Sheave 301 B Galv. Block Size (in.) 4 6 8 4 6 8 4 6 8

Fitting HS HS HS N N N P P P

Double Sheave 302 B Galv. 302 R Galv.

301 R Galv.

Triple Sheave 303 B Galv. 303 R Galv.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.


680971 680999 681015 682639 682675 682719 691031 691077 691111

CX13-0455 CX13-0456 CX13-0457 CX13-0458

680775 680793 680819 682434


681373 681391 681417 683031 683077 683111 692637 692673 692717

CX13-0468

681177


681774 681792 681818 683433 683479 683512 694234 694270 694314

CX13-0478

681578

Bearing Code: B — Self Lubricating Bronze Bushed, R — Roller Bearing. Sheave Diameter (in.)


Weight Each (lbs.)

Block Size (in.)

Outside Diameter

Rim Thickness

Manila Rope Size (in.)

Single

Double

Triple

Single

Double

4

2.25

.63

1/2

1100

1600

2200

2.25

3.75

5.00

6

3.50

1.00

3/4

2000

3300

4000

5.50

9.25

12.50

8

4.75

1.13

1

3300

5100

7000

10.00

16.50

22.00

Triple


Double Rig Trawl Blocks • Steel sheave with flame hardened groove, for maximum wear under abrasive conditions. • Double row, permanently sealed tapered roller bearings. • Pressure lubrication throughout. • All steel construction. • Hot Dip galvanized. Sheave Dimensions (in.)

J-452 Oblong Swivel Eye



452 Galv. Crosby Stock No.


Weight Each (lbs.)

Outside Diameter

Rim Thickness

8" J-452

CX13-0479

130655

10

48

8

3.75

12" J-452

CX13-0480

130673

10

85

12

3.75

16" F-452

CX13-0481

130682

20

116

16

3.75

22" F-452

CX13-0482

130708

30

240

22

3.75



13-23

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Try Net Blocks

F-453 - 6” Round Swivel Eye

J-454- 8” Oblong Swivel Eye

F-454 - 6” Round Swivel Eye

• Forged steel swivel eyes. • Hot Dip galvanized. • 6” 453 — Pressed steel side plates with flared edges. Grooved, self-lubricating bronze bushed sheaves, with pressure lube fittings. 453 has an extra wide throat opening to allow fittings to through. • 6” 454 — Forged side plates designed to eliminate rope jamming. Wide throat opening and pressure lube fitting on sheave and eye fitting. • 8” 454 — Forged steel side plates designed to eliminate possibility of rope jamming. Furnished with sealed tapered bearings. Flame hardened forged steel sheaves for wear resistance. Sheave Dimensions (in.)

Sheave Diameter & Block No. (in.)

Bearing Type




6" F-453

Bronze Bushed

CX13-0483

769886

5

35

6

2 3/4

6" F-454

Needle Bearing

CX13-0484

2001763

5

23

6

2 3/4

8" J-454

Tapered Bearing

CX13-0485

130726

10

36

8

2 7/8



13-24

Weight Each (lbs.)

Outside Diameter

Rim Thickness

BLOCKS The Crosby Group, Inc. Improved Purse Seine Blocks • For manila rope. • Galvanized. • Sheave Size 3 1/2” x 1” x 1/2” for 3/4” manila rope. 502 C Iron Bushed Galv.

502-B

502 B Bronze Bushed Galv.



Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.

Resultant Working Load Limit* (lbs.)

Manila Rope Size (in.)

Weight Each (lbs.)

3 1/2" H-502

CX13-0486

770035

CX13-0487

770017

500

3/4

5.75

* Ultimate Load is 4 times Resultant Working Load Limit.

New Style Oval Pattern — Construction Blocks

Q-681-Z

• • • • • •

Q-682-Z

Q-683-Z

All blocks are galvanized. Sheave lubricated through pressure lube fitting in center pin. Assembled with self lubricated bronze bushing. Combines weight of regular oval blocks with strength of extra heavy oval blocks. Assembled with bolt type anchor shackle. Side plates are rounded to provide additional stiffness and reduce wear and chaffing of the rope.

— Specify Z (for Zerk fitting) when ordering by catalog number.

Q-681-Z Bronze Bushed Steel Sheaves



Block Size (in.)

Fitting


Crosby Stock. No.


Crosby Stock. No.


Crosby Stock. No.

6

Q

CX13-0488

760441

CX13-0492

760665

CX13-0496

760801

6

Q

CX13-0489

760452

CX13-0493

760676

CX13-0497

760812

8

Q

CX13-0490

760463

CX13-0494

760687

CX13-0498

760823

10

Q

CX13-0491

760474

CX13-0495

760698

CX13-0499

760834

Bearing Code: Z — Self Lubricating Bronze Bushed with Pressure Lube fitting Sheave Size (in.) Block Size (in.)

Outside Diameter

6


Weight Each (lbs.)

Rim Thickness

Diameter of Bearing

Wire Rope Size (In.)

Single

Double

Triple

Single

Double

Triple

6

1.00

.75

3/8

2 1/2

3

4

15

25

32

6

6

1.00

.75

1/2

2 1/2

3

4

16

25

32

8

8

1.25

.88

5/8

3 1/2

6

7

29

43

62

10

10

1.25

1.00

5/8

4

7

8

38

61

80

13



13-25

OVERHAUL BALLS The Crosby Group, Inc. UB500 Series Top Swiveling Overhaul Balls

S320 or S320N Eye Hook

S316A SHUR-LOC® Eye Hook

• The top swivel design on the UB500 assures the ball remains stationary if the wire line spins. • The swivel incorporates a sealed roller thrust bearing together with a grease fitting for easy lubrication. • Each ball can be equipped with the new McKissick US422 Wedge & Socket which can be easily adjusted to fit various sizes of wire rope by changing the wedge (Ensure that correct wedge is used for selected wire rope size). • Design Factor 4:1

• All hooks used on UB500 Overhaul Balls (S320, S320N & S316A) are forged from alloy steel. The S320 and S320N hooks come complete with latches. • Sizes 4 tons through 10 tons available with Crosby’s S316A “Positive Locking” SHUR-LOC® hook which may be used for lifting personnel. Meets OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g). • The S320 hook (PL latch) and the S320N hook (S4320 latch), with the proper latch attached, may be used for personnel lifting when secured with proper device (Bolt, nut and pin for the PL latch; Cotter pin for the S4320 latch). Meets OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g).

Overhaul Ball Assembly McKissick UB500

13

UB500 "E" Eye Hook

Optional US-422 Wedge & Socket Assembly

UB500 "S" SHUR-LOC®

US-422 Wire Rope Size (in.)

Model No.


Crosby Stock No.

Weight Each (lbs.)

58

3/8

US4

CX13-0575

1038499

4.6

102

7/16

US4

CX13-0576

1038503

4.6

162

1/2

US4

CX13-0577

1038508

4.6

4

201

1/2

US5

CX13-0578

1038517

8.5

1036050

7

109

9/16

US5

CX13-0579

1038526

8.5

CX13-0567

1036063

7

170

5/8

US5

CX13-0580

1038535

8.5

CX13-0568

1036077

7

210

5/8

US6

CX13-0581

1038544

9.4

1036081*

CX13-0569

1036086

7

321

3/4

US6

CX13-0582

1038533

9.4

CX13-0539

1036090*

CX13-0570

1036095

10

216

MB10T200

CX13-0540

1036099*

CX13-0571

1036108

10

260

MB10T285

CX13-0541

1036117*

CX13-0572

1036122

10

365

5/8

US6

CX13-0583

1038544

9.4

CX13-0511

MB10T350

CX13-0542

1036126*

CX13-0573

1036131

10

403

3/4

US6

CX13-0584

1038553

9.4

CX13-0512

MB10T650

CX13-0543

1036135*

CX13-0574

1036140

10

718

7/8

US8

CX13-0585

1038598

20.8

CX13-0513

MB12T150

CX13-0544

1036144*

12

216

1

US8

CX13-0586

1038607

20.8

CX13-0514

MB12T200

CX13-0545

1036153*

12

258

1 1/18

US10

CX13-0587

1038616

46.5

CX13-0515

MB12T285

CX13-0546

1036171*

12

365

1 1/4

US10

CX13-0588

1038625

46.5

CX13-0516

MB12T350

CX13-0547

1036180*

12

403

CX13-0517

MB12T650

CX13-0548

1036189*

12

718

CX13-0518

MB15T200

CX13-0549

1036198*

15

298

CX13-0519

MB15T350

CX13-0550

1036207*

15

456

CX13-0520

MB15T650

CX13-0551

1036216*

15

753

CX13-0521

MB15T1150

CX13-0552

1036225*

15

1311

5/8

US8A

CX13-0589

1038562

17.5

CX13-0522

MB30T200

CX13-0553

1036234*

20

298

3/4

US8A

CX13-0590

1038571

17.5

CX13-0523

MB20T350

CX13-0554

1036243*

20

456

7/8

US8

CX13-0591

1038598

20.8

CX13-0524

MB20T650

CX13-0555

1036252*

20

753

1

US8

CX13-0592

1038607

20.8

CX13-0525

MB20T1150

CX13-0556

1036261*

20

1311

1 1/18

US10

CX13-0593

1038616

46.5

CX13-0526

MB25T350

CX13-0557

1036270

25

533

1 1/4

US10

CX13-0594

1038625

46.5

CX13-0527

MB25T650

CX13-0558

1036279

25

865

CX13-0528

MB25T1150

CX13-0559

1036288

25

1421

CX13-0529

MB30T650

CX13-0560

1036297

30

865

CX13-0530

MB30T1150

CX13-0561

1036306

30

1421

Weight Working Load Limit Each (tons) (lbs.)


McKissick Model No.


Crosby Stock No.


Crosby Stock No.

CX13-0500

MB4T35

CX13-0531

1036000*

CX13-0562

1036005

4

CX13-0501

MB4T85

CX13-0532

1036009*

CX13-0563

1036018

4

CX13-0502

MB4T150

CX13-0533

1036027*

CX13-0564

1036032

4

CX13-0503

MB4T200

CX13-0534

1036036*

CX13-0565

1036041

CX13-0504

MB7T85

CX13-0535

1036045*

CX13-0566

CX13-0505

MB7T150

CX13-0536

1036054*

CX13-0506

MB7T200

CX13-0537

1036072*

CX13-0507

MB7T285

CX13-0538

CX13-0508

MB10T150

CX13-0509 CX13-0510

* Hook is New S-320N style. Replacement latch kit is S-4320. PL latch and S-4055 latch will not fit.

13-26

OVERHAUL BALLS The Crosby Group, Inc. UB500 Series Top Swiveling Overhaul Balls

• 4 ton through 20 ton models use New 320-N Eye Hooks Standard Crosby S-5 Thrust Bearing style swivels can not be used with UB500 Overhaul balls.



13-27



13

OVERHAUL BALLS The Crosby Group, Inc. UB500 Series Top Swiveling Overhaul Balls UB500 TOP SWIVEL OVERHAUL BALLS WITH 320 EYE HOOKS CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.

UB500 McKissick Model No.


UB500 "E" Eye Hook Crosby Stock No.


A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

CX13-0500

MB4T35

CX13-0531

1036000

2.5

20.09

17.27

7.50

1.36

1.44

1.12

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0501

MB4T85

CX13-0532

1036009

2.5

20.98

18.16

9.25

1.36

1.44

1.12

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0502

MB4T150

CX13-0533

1036027

2.5

21.98

19.16

11.25

1.36

1.44

1.12

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0503

MB4T200

CX13-0534

1036036

2.5

22.35

19.53

12.50

1.36

1.44

1.12

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0504

MB7T85

CX13-0535

1036045

3.0

23.18

20.36

9.25

1.61

1.81

1.38

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0505

MB7T150

CX13-0536

1036054

3.0

24.56

21.36

11.25

1.61

1.81

1.38

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0506

MB7T200

CX13-0537

1036072

3.0

24.89

21.71

12.50

1.61

1.81

1.38

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0507

MB7T285

CX13-0538

1036081

3.0

25.86

22.67

13.88

1.61

1.81

1.38

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0508

MB10T150

CX13-0539

1036090

4.0

31.44

27.19

11.25

2.08

2.25

1.62

2.75

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0509

MB10T200

CX13-0540

1036099

4.0

31.81

27.56

12.50

2.08

2.25

1.62

2.75

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0510

MB10T285

CX13-0541

1036117

4.0

32.75

28.50

13.88

2.08

2.25

1.62

2.75

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0511

MB10T350

CX13-0542

1036126

4.0

33.31

29.06

15.00

2.08

2.25

1.62

2.75

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0512

MB10T650

CX13-0543

1036135

4.0

34.79

30.54

17.94

2.08

2.25

1.62

2.75

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0513

MB12T150

CX13-0544

1036144

4.0

31.44

27.19

11.25

2.08

2.25

1.62

2.75

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0514

MB12T200

CX13-0545

1036153

4.0

31.81

27.56

12.50

2.08

2.25

1.62

2.75

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0515

MB12T285

CX13-0546

1036171

4.0

32.75

28.50

13.88

2.08

2.25

1.62

2.75

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0516

MB12T350

CX13-0547

1036180

4.0

33.31

29.06

15.00

2.08

2.25

1.62

2.75

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0517

MB12T650

CX13-0548

1036189

4.0

35.79

30.54

17.94

2.08

2.25

1.62

2.75

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0518

MB15T200

CX13-0549

1036198

5.0

37.59

32.59

12.50

3.02

3.00

2.38

2.38

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0519

MB15T350

CX13-0550

1036207

5.0

38.81

33.81

15.00

3.02

3.00

2.38

2.38

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0520

MB15T650

CX13-0551

1036216

5.0

40.22

35.22

17.94

3.02

3.00

2.38

2.38

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0521

MB15T1150

CX13-0552

1036225

5.0

42.22

37.22

21.62

3.02

3.00

2.38

2.38

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0522

MB20T200

CX13-0553

1036234

5.0

37.59

32.59

12.50

3.02

3.00

2.38

2.38

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0523

MB20T350

CX13-0554

1036243

5.0

38.81

33.81

15.00

3.02

3.00

2.38

2.38

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0524

MB20T650

CX13-0555

1036252

5.0

40.22

35.22

17.94

3.02

3.00

2.38

2.38

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0525

MB20T1150

CX13-0556

1036261

5.0

42.22

37.22

21.62

3.02

3.00

2.38

2.38

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0526

MB25T350

CX13-0557

1036270

6.5

47.18

40.18

15.00

3.00

3.62

3.00

3.31

2.75

1.75

1.78

CX13-0527

MB25T650

CX13-0558

1036279

6.5

49.12

42.75

17.94

3.00

3.62

3.00

3.31

2.75

1.75

1.78

CX13-0528

MB25T1150

CX13-0559

1036288

6.5

51.06

44.69

21.62

3.00

3.62

3.00

3.31

2.75

1.75

1.78

CX13-0529

MB30T650

CX13-0560

1036297

6.5

49.12

42.75

17.94

3.00

3.62

3.00

3.31

2.75

1.75

1.78

CX13-0530

MB30T1150

CX13-0561

1036306

6.5

51.06

44.69

21.62

3.00

3.62

3.00

3.31

2.75

1.75

1.78

Dimensions (in.)

UB500 TOP SWIVEL OVERHAUL BALLS WITH SUR-LOC® POSITIVE LOCKING HOOKS

13

Dimensions (in.)


UB500 McKissick Model No.


UB500 "S" SHUR-LOC¤ Crosby Stock No.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

CX13-0500

MB4T35

CX13-0562

1036005

20.66

18.18

7.50

1.87

1.15

.94

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0501

MB4T85

CX13-0563

1036018

21.55

19.05

9.25

1.87

1.15

.94

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0502

MB4T150

CX13-0564

1036032

22.55

20.05

11.25

1.87

1.15

.94

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0503

MB4T200

CX13-0565

1036041

22.92

20.42

12.50

1.87

1.15

.94

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0504

MB7T85

CX13-0566

1036050

23.90

21.30

9.25

2.11

1.66

1.16

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0505

MB7T150

CX13-0567

1036063

25.28

22.30

11.25

2.11

1.66

1.16

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0506

MB7T200

CX13-0568

1036077

25.61

22.65

12.50

2.11

1.66

1.16

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0507

MB7T285

CX13-0569

1036086

26.58

23.61

13.88

2.11

1.66

1.16

1.88

1.38

.88

1.31

CX13-0508

MB10T150

CX13-0570

1036095

31.24

27.19

11.25

2.49

2.06

1.50

2.75

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0509

MB10T200

CX13-0571

1036108

31.61

27.56

12.50

2.49

2.06

1.50

2.75

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0510

MB10T285

CX13-0572

1036122

32.55

28.50

13.88

2.49

2.06

1.50

2.75

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0511

MB10T350

CX13-0573

1036131

33.11

29.06

15.00

2.49

2.06

1.50

2.75

2.00

1.25

1.78

CX13-0512

MB10T650

CX13-0574

1036140

34.59

30.54

17.94

2.49

2.06

1.50

2.75

2.00

1.25

1.78

13-28

SHEAVES The Crosby Group, Inc. Ordering Information

McKissick sheaves come in a variety of sizes to suit your specific applications. Check the tables for the size, bearing style and price that best fits your application. For applications that require unique specifications Crosby can make minor modifications to many of the sheaves listed at a reasonable charge. We can also custom design and manufacture sheaves to your exact requirements. For special requirements or custom designed sheaves, furnish the following important information: • Wireline Size • Shaft Diameter • Weight Requirements • Hub Diameter • Bore Finished • Nominal Outside Diameter • Hub Width • Rim Width • Nominal Tread Diameter • Other Special Requirements ROLL FORGED SHEAVE FEATURES • Unique upset roll forging process provides a thicker groove section for extra strength. • Stepped Hubs are precisely centered and mechanically locked in place. • Wireline grooves on sheave diameters of 14” and larger are flamed hardened for extra wear resistance. • All sheaves have solid steel webs with holes for easy handling. • Sheave weights can be made heavier or lighter than shown to fit your specific application. • For more information ask for our special brochure describing the complete roll forging process.

13

13-29

FALL PROTECTION DBI Sala

Full Body Harness The ExoFit™ design is based on the concept of a single piece of material constructed in the shape of an “X” that wraps around you for the ultimate in no-tangle donning and comfortable security. From the moment you put it on, the ExoFit™ exceeds anything you’ve ever worn in a fall protection harness.The materials are soft and light-weight, yet extremely durable.The shoulder, hip and leg padding is built-in so it can’t slip.The breathable Drilex® lining guarantees you’ll stay dry and comfortable every day.And the quick-connect buckles are fast, efficient and totally secure!

Dri-lex® Lining It’s No Sweat! The ExoFit’s™ Dri-lex® lining hates moisture; immediately pulling it away from you so you’re always dry and comfortable.Whether you’re sweating in the heat or the cold, you’ll never feel damp! Dri-lex® has a unique three-layer knit construction that creates a built-in air chamber providing air circulation to ventilate and cool your body. Developed for sport, recreation and work shoe linings, it’s built for rugged endurance and is resistant to both odor and mildew.The moisture-wicking fabric contains a moisture and air-moving chamber between the top, hydrophobic layer and the bottom layer of hydrophilic Hydrofil® nylon.That’s a technical way to say that the side against you hates the water and the other side loves it. No matter how you define it; your comfort is guaranteed day after day; year after year.

It even has a memory! Put on the ExoFit™ Harness, adjust it, and from then on it re the adjustment.The next time you’re on the job, slip it over your shoulders like a vest, snap the three ExoFit™ buckles and you’re ready to work. It’s faster than putting on and buttoning up your shirt! The ExoFit™ Harness gives you good looks, comfort and technology from today’s recreational harnesses – parasailing, backpacking, skydiving; absolute functionality from the military; and guaranteed high standards and safety from both. It’s a perfect marriage.

Quick Connect Buckle One-handed buckle - Finally, a harness with intuitive, quick on/off buckles. It’s even color differentiated so you can always find the release levers. No more buckle fumbling, adjusting or frustration. Easily adjust, engage and disengage with only one hand. It’s the first and only quick connect buckle to meet all fall protection regulatory guidelines. To keep you safe, the ExoFit™ buckle holds, even if you accidentally depress one of the release levers. It requires an opposed-action, dual thumb and finger grip to release the buckle. Easy when you want to release it; impossible when you don’t. Down to the Details- The bright yellow SALA insert adds enough depth so adjustment straps flow through the buckle. An easy-grip tab at the end of the strap give you something solid to pull on. • Zinc plated with black e-coat finish • Tested for 4000 lbs. minimum breaking strength

• Environmentally tested - Fully tested in dirt and grime, heat, cold, humidity and salt spray. • Easily adjustable, intuitive operation, color coded

14 14-1

FALL PROTECTION DBI Sala Full Body Harnesses Vest-Style Harnesses 1107975

1108751

1108575

1109228

Back D-ring, loops for belt, quick connect buckles. Size small 1107976: Med 1107977: Lg 1107981: X-Lg

Back and shoulder D-rings, loops for belt, quick connect buckles. Size small 1108752: Med 1108753: Lg 1108754: X-Lg

Back and side D-rings, loops for belt, quick connect buckles. Size small 1108576: Med 1108577: Lg 1108581: X-Lg

Back, side and shoulder Drings, loops for belt, quick connect buckles. Size small 1109225: Med 1109229: Lg 1109226: X-Lg

Vest-Style Harnesses

Cross-Over Style Harnesses

1108525*

1108600

1108675

1108700

Front and back D-rings, loops for belt, quick connect buckles. Size small 1108526: Med 1108527: Lg 1108532: X-Lg

Front, back and side Drings, loops for belt, quick connect buckles. Size small 1108601: Med 1108602: Lg 1108606: X-Lg

Front and back D-rings, loops for belt, quick connect buckles. Size small 1108676: Med 1108677: Lg 1108682: X-Lg

Front, back and side Drings, loops for belt, quick connect buckles. Size small 1108701: Med 1108702: Lg 1108706: X-Lg

All Exofit™ harnesses equipped with back D-ring.

Inside view of harness cushioned Dri-Lex® Lining L DB AL

I PRODUCTS ME ET

O

SH

First harness to meet worldwide standards including OSHA, ANSI, CSA, CE and AS/NZS without modification.

S

ANSI Z359 COMPLIANT A AN

AR D A N SI STAN D

D

*Not available in Canada.

14 14-2

FALL PROTECTION DBI Sala Full Body Harnesses

A Perfect Fit for every body! Patent #6253874 Delta-No Tangle™ Pad The Delta Pad makes every harness easy to don and comfortable to wear, with the widest spread over your shoulders in the industry. No more irritating shoulder strap abrasion!

Waist Measurement

Harness Size

(one size fits most)

Universal

20" - 28"

3X-Small

24" - 32" 28" - 36" 32" - 40" 36" - 44" 40" - 48" 44" - 52" 48" - 56" 52" - 60"

XX-Small X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large 3X-Large

A person’s height may also affect sizing choices

Vest Style Full Body Harness With adjustable non-slip chest straps designed for comfort and stability. 1102000

1101254

1102008

1103321

• Tongue buckle leg straps • Back D-ring • Parachute buckles on lower shoulder straps • Size: Universal • Application: FA, RT Similar Model: 1106201: Reflective

• Tongue buckle leg straps • Back D-ring • Shoulder retrieval D-rings • Parachute buckles on lower shoulder straps • Size: Universal • Application: FA, RT, RC Similar Model: 1101828: with parachute buckle leg straps

• Tongue buckle leg straps • Back and side D-rings • Parachute buckles on lower shoulder straps • Size: Universal • Application: FA, RT, WP

• -thru buckle leg straps • Back D-ring • Size: Universal • Application: FA, RT Similar Models: 1103875: with side D-rings

14 14-3

FALL PROTECTION DBI Sala Full Body Harnesses

Designed for comfort Use your own body belt or try one of ours for added back and tool-carrying options.

and ease of use the absence of a chest strap and waist belt provides maximum freedom of movement.

Construction Vest Stype Full Body Harness Use your own body belt or try one of ours for added back and tool-carrying options

Cross-Over Style Full Body Harness Front D-ring provides added versatility for applications such as ladder climbing

1101643

1101655

1102010

1103270

• -thru buckle leg straps • Back D-ring • Body belt with foam back pad and side D-rings • Sizes: Large (xs-xl avail.) • Application: FA, WP, RT Similar Models:

• Tongue buckle leg straps • Back D-ring • Body belt with side D-rings • Sewn-in back pad • Sewn-in shoulder pads • Sizes: Large (xs-xl avail.) • Application: FA, WP, RT Similar Models:

• -thru buckle leg straps • Adjustable front D-ring • Back D-ring • Size: Universal • Application: FA, RT, RC Similar Models:

• -thru buckle leg straps • Adjustable front D-ring • Back and side D-rings • Size: Universal • Application: FA, WP, RT, RC Similar Models:

1105375: with non-conductive/ non-sparking hardware 1102950: with tongue buckle leg straps

1103375: with tongue buckle leg straps

1101641: small 1101642: medium 1101644: x-large

1101654: medium 1101656: x-large

14 14-4

FALL PROTECTION Miller Four Functional Equipment Categories

Fall Arrest As a general rule, it is recommended that a fall arrest system be used at working heights of four feet or more.This system consists of: • anchorage/ anchorage connector • body wear (full-body harness) • connecting device

Positioning/Restraint* A positioning/restraint system is used to hold a worker in place while allowing a hands-free work environment at elevated heights and/or restrict the worker’s movement to prevent reaching a location where a fall hazard exists. A typical positioning/restraint system consists of: • anchorage/ anchorage connector • body wear (full-body harness or body belt) • connecting device (positioning lanyard)

Suspension* Suspension systems are used widely in the window washing and painting industries and are designed to lower and a worker while allowing a hands-free work environment. A typical suspension system would include: • anchorage/anchorage connector (anchor bolt, trolley, carabiner, etc.) • body wear (full-body harness) • connecting device (workline) • suspension device

(bos’n chair) Retrieval The retrieval system is primarily used in confined space applications where workers must enter tanks, manholes, etc. and may require retrieval from above should an emergency occur. A retrieval system typically consists of: • anchorage/anchorage connector (tripod, davit) • body wear (full-body harness) • connecting device (retractable lifeline/retrieval unit)

*The positioning and suspension systems are not designed for fall arrest, and therefore a back-up fall arrest system should be used.

14 14-5

FALL PROTECTION Miller Occupation

Miller Products Occupation/Application Legend Proper selection of system components is essential to worker safety.The occupation legend is intended to serve as a guide to assist s in determining which products are best for which applications. Look for these symbols with the Miller products.

Construction

Roofing

Scaffold

Ironworker

Utility

Industrial

Warehouse

Positioning/ Restraint

Painter

Telecommunications

CSA Group Codes (Canada) Full-Body Harnesses – CSA STANDARD Z259.10-M90 Classifications: A – Fall Arresting D – Controlled Descent E – Confined Space L – Ladder Climbing P – Work Positioning This “E” classification can be added to any “A” harnesses if shoulder D-rings are added.

14 14-6

Universal

FALL PROTECTION Miller Miller ® DuraFlex ® Stretchable Harnesses Features

Feel the Difference Patented Miller DuraFlex Harnesses feature specially-formulated elastomer webbing that stretches to provide: Greater Comfort DuraFlex Harnesses conform to the shape of the worker, stretching with every movement, so there is no bunching, binding or kinking.

• Synthetic elastomer webbing stretches with the worker for maximum comfort. • Bright, stylish designs are readily visible from a distance. • Solid-colored leg straps help the wearer orient the harness for ease of donning.

Improves Safety With comfort unsured, DuraFlex Harnesses offer wider end- acceptance. And, a comfortable harness is worn properly, enhancing compliance and safety on the jobsite.

• Back strap prevents from falling out of the harness. • Injection-molded Santoprene® D-ring back pad is soft and flexible enhancing comfort.

Increases Productivity Because DuraFlex Harnesses are stretchable, the worker has greater mobility with less fatigue.

• Fall indicator/warning flag indicates that the harness has been involved in a fall and should be removed from service. • Lanyard ring allows to attach lanyard when not in use.

Miller ® DuraFlex ® E650 Series

• Labeling includes inspection tag and space for personal identification. • Available in green or orange nylon webbing, or blue polyester webbing for greater chemical resistance.

E550 Front D-ring Harness

• Stretchable webbing design • Belt loops to accommodate belts, back pads and other accessories • Front D-ring (optional)

14

E650

14-7

FALL PROTECTION Miller Miller ® DuraFlex ® Stretchable Harnesses

Harness Size / Waist Measurement [in. (mm)] Note: XXS, XS and XXL sizes available upon request. Universal

Small

Medium

Large

X-Large

U/36-52 (914-1320)

S/32-40 (813-1016)

M/36-44 (914-1117)

L/42-48 (1067-1219)

XL/44-52 (1117-1320)

Universal sizing fits a wide range of s & minimizes stock inventory. Specific sizing provides better fit but requires a broad inventory.

Miller® DuraFlex® Harness Series E650 DuraFlex Harness Model No.

Sizes

Shoulder Leg Chest Back Front Side Strap Strap Strap D-Ring D-Ring D-Rings Buckles Buckles Buckle

SubPelvic CSA Strap Special Features Group Occupations/Applications

E650

U,S,M,L,XL

Yes

Option

No

Friction

Mating

Mating

Yes

E650-4

U,S,M,L,XL

Yes

Option

No

Friction

Tongue

Mating

Yes

E650-7

U,S,M,L,XL

Yes

Option

Yes

Friction

Mating

Mating

Yes

E650-58

U,S,M,L,XL

Yes

Option

Yes

Friction

Tongue

Mating

Yes

A Lanyard ring, belt loops, fall indicator

A A,P A,P

Other Miller® DuraFlex® Harnesses DuraFlex Harness Model No.

Sizes

Shoulder Leg Chest Back Front Side Strap Strap Strap D-Ring D-Ring D-Rings Buckles Buckles Buckle

SubPelvic CSA Strap Special Features Group Occupations/Applications

E550

U,S,M,L,XL

Yes

Yes

No

Mating

Mating

–

Yes

A,D,L

E552

U,S,M,L,XL

Yes

Yes

Yes

Mating

Mating

–

Yes

A,D,L,P

E850

U,S,M,L,XL

Yes

No

No

Friction

Mating

Mating

Yes

E850-4

U,S,M,L,XL

Yes

No

No

Friction

Tongue

Mating

Yes

E850-7

U,S,M,L,XL

Yes

No

Yes

Friction

Mating

Mating

Yes

A,P

E850-58

U,S,M,L,XL

Yes

No

Yes

Friction

Tongue

Mating

Yes

A,P

Lanyard ring, fall indicator

A A

NOTE: For color/webbing selection, add one of the following suffixes to the corresponding harness model number:“-SN ” for green nylon;“-EC ” for orange nylon; or “D ” for blue polyester webbing. (Ex: E650-SN) For front D-ring option, add “FD” as a suffix to the model number. (Ex: E650FD)

Miller brand harnesses meet all applicable OSHA, ANSI and

requirements, including ANSI Z359.1

14 14-8

FALL PROTECTION Miller Miller ® Non-Stretch Harnesses

Features

Quality Workmanship Miller Non-Stretch Harnesses have been meeting market demands for fall protection body wear for over 50 years.

• Non-stretch nylon webbing is lightweight and durable • Bright yellow color makes non-stretch harnesses readily visible and easy to inspect • Back strap prevents from falling out of the harness

Miller ® Non-Stretch 650 Series • Lightweight nylon webbing

• Fall indicator/warning flag indicates that the harness has been involved in a fall and should be removed from service

• Belt loops to accommodate belts, back pads and other accessories • Front D-ring (optional)

• Lanyard ring allows to attach lanyard when not in use • Also available in polyester webbing for greater chemical resistance NOTE:To order polyester webbing, add a “D” as a suffix to the harness model number or replace the “-” with a “D”. (Ex: 650D or 850D7)

550 Front D-ring Harness

Miller brand harnesses meet all applicable OSHA, ANSI and requirements, including ANSI Z359.1

14

650

14-9

FALL PROTECTION Miller Miller ® Non-Stretch Harnesses

Harness Size / Waist Measurement [in. (mm)] Note: XXS, XS and XXL sizes available upon request. Universal

Small

Medium

Large

X-Large

U/36-52 (914-1320)

S/32-40 (813-1016)

M/36-44 (914-1117)

L/42-48 (1067-1219)

XL/44-52 (1117-1320)

Universal sizing fits a wide range of s & minimizes stock inventory. Specific sizing provides better fit but requires a broad inventory.

Miller® Non-Stretch Harnesses Harness Model No.

Sizes

Shoulder Leg Back Front Side Strap Strap D-Ring D-Ring D-Rings Buckles Buckles

Chest SubStrap Pelvic Buckle Strap

Special Features

CSA Group Occupations/Applications

650

U,S,M,L,XL Yes

Option

No

Friction

Mating

Mating

Yes

Lanyard ring, belt loops, fall indicator

A

650-3

U,S,M,L,XL Yes

Option

No

Friction

Mating

Mating

Yes

Shoulder D-rings, lanyard ring, belt loops, fall indicator

A

650-4

U,S,M,L,XL Yes

Option

No

Friction

Tongue

Mating

Yes

650-7

U,S,M,L,XL Yes

Option

Yes

Friction

Mating

Mating

Yes

650-58 U,S,M,L,XL Yes

Option

Yes

Friction

Tongue

Mating

Yes


Option

No

Friction

Tongue

Mating

Yes

Lanyard ring, belt loops, fall indicator

A A,P A,P

Shoulder D-rings, lanyard ring, belt loops, fall indicator

A

550

U,S,M,L,XL Yes

Yes

No

Mating

Mating

–

Yes

A,D

552

U,S,M,L,XL Yes

Yes

Yes

Mating

Mating

–

Yes

A,P

750

S/M,L/XL Yes

No

No

Friction

–

Mating

No

751

S/M,L/XL Yes

Option

No

–

Mating

Mating

Yes

A

850

U,S,M,L,XL Yes

No

No

Friction

Mating

Mating

Yes

A A A

Lanyard ring, fall indicator

A,D

850-3

U,S,M,L,XL Yes

Option

No

Friction

Mating

Mating

Shoulder D-rings, Yes lanyard ring, fall indicator

850-4

U,S,M,L,XL Yes

No

No

Friction

Tongue

Mating

Yes

850-7

U,S,M,L,XL Yes

No

Yes

Friction

Mating

Mating

Yes Lanyard ring, fall indicator

A,P


No

Yes

Friction

Tongue

Mating

Yes

A,P


Option

No

Friction

Tongue

Mating

Yes

Shoulder D-rings, lanyard ring, fall indicator

NOTE: For front D-ring option, add “ FD ” as a suffix to the corresponding model number. (Ex: 650FD)

14 14-10

A

FALL PROTECTION MSA Products for Construction Full Body Harnesses

Construction Vestype™ Harness with Integral Tool Belt The Construction Vestype Harness with Integral Tool Belt offers both comfort and durability. The combination of back and shoulder pads offer superior comfort when work positioning or carrying tools, and the polyester construction provides excellent durability in almost any environment. Meets applicable OSHA standards, ANSI A10.14, and ANSI Z359.1.

FP Pro™ Harness The FP Pro Harness provides comfortable protection even after long hours of use in extreme conditions due to its super lightweight features and durable webbing.The harness is available in cross-chest and vest styles, with optional hip D-rings for work positioning, and fits a wide range of body types and sizes. Colorcontrasting thigh and torso straps simplify donning. The FP Pro Harness has the following features : • Bright red polyester webbing for high visibility Available with Integral Tool Belt. • Lightweight design for increased comfort MSA Customer • Meets ANSI A10.14 and OSHA standards Service Center • CSA certified 1-800-672-2222.

FP Trades Harness P/N 10028434

Web retainer collar to keep excess webbing neat

Strong, durable, lightweight webbing Color contrasting torso & leg straps to simplify donning

Easy to use adjuster buckles

Qwik-Fit leg straps allow for easy adjustment

FP Pro Vest Syle Harness w/1 back, 2 hip D-rings (std. size) P/N 415950

FP Pro Cross-Chest Style Harness, w/1 back, 2 hip D-rings (std. size) P/N 415944

FP Trades™ Harness & Tool Belt Kit MSA FP Trades Harnesses and Occidental Leather tool belts combine the best available products on the market into one versatile, easy to order kit. The kits include a polyester Vestype harness with tool belt straps, and your choice of Leather Occidental Tool Belts or Nylon/Leather Occidental Tool Belts. Meets applicable ANSI and OSHA standards. Other features of the harness kits include: • Comfortable harness shoulder pad • Convenient harness lanyard clip FP Trades Harness Kits • Highly visible medical information card proudly feature • Single part number for simplified ordering tool belts from:

TechnaCurv™ Full Body Harness Used for fall arrest, work positioning, travel restriction, ladder climbing, rescue retrieval, and evacuation. The TechnaCurv Full Body Harness throws a curve to the ordinary harness with many new features never before seen in a full body harness: • Curvilinear Comfort System • Secure-Fit buckles • Visco-Elastic Shoulder padding • Sorbtek fabric on shoulder and sub-pelvic pads • Innovative web design • Meets ANSI Z359.1, all applicable OSHA regulations, and is CSA certified In addition to the features above, the TechnaCurv harness is designed with downward adjusting torso straps on most models to ease adjustment. This is also the first harness on the market that allows you to order exactly the options you want, and only the options you want, through our Assemble-to-Order process. All these features combine to provide you with the most comfortable, versatile, unique, and safe harness available today.

TechnaCurv Harness Vest Style P/N 10041517 TechnaCurv Harness Pullover Style P/N 10041609

14 14-11

FALL PROTECTION MSA Products for Construction Full Body Harnesses

Harness Ordering Information Construction Vest Type Harness with Integral Tool Belt Part No. 10029144 10029145 10029226

D-RINGS

Description Back STD size harness with MED belt and MED pad 1 STD size harness with LGE belt and LGE pad 1 XLG size harness with XLG belt and XLG pad 1

Hip 2 2 2

Additional sizes available.

FP Trades Harness & Tool Belt Kits Description STD Vestype Harness with XL Leather tool belt STD Vestype Harness with LGE Leather tool belt

Part No. 10028433 10028434

FP Pro Harnesses Part No. 415842 415844 415944 415946 415947 415949 415950 415952

CSA Part No. 416014 416016 416017 416019 416020 416022 416023 416025

Description Cross-Chest style, Standard size Cross-Chest style, X-Large size Cross-Chest style, Standard size Cross-Chest style, X-Large size Vest style, Standard size Vest style, X-Large size Vest style, Standard size Vest style, X-Large size

D-RINGS Back Hip 1 0 1 0 1 2 1 2 1 0 1 0 1 2 1 2

Additional sizes available.

Also available in Leather tool belt with nylon pouches.

TechnaCurv Harnesses (Part numbers for STD sizes shown) VEST STYLE WITH QUIK-FIT CHEST STRAP

Part No. 10041517 10041591 10041595 10041599 10041603 10041607 10041611 10041615

Leg Straps Qwik-Fit Tongue Buckle Tongue Buckle Tongue Buckle Tongue Buckle Tongue Buckle Tongue Buckle Secure-Fit

Shoulder Sub-pelvic Pads Pad no no no no no no yes no yes no no no yes no yes yes

PULLOVER STYLE

D-RINGS

Back Chest Hip 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 0 1 0 2 1 1 2 1 0 2 1 1 2

Part No. 10041518 10041593 10041597 10041601 10041605 10041609 10041613 10041617

Leg Straps Qwik-Fit Tongue Buckle Tongue Buckle Tongue Buckle Tongue Buckle Tongue Buckle Tongue Buckle Secure-Fit

D-RINGS

Shoulder Sub-pelvic Pads Pad no no no no no no yes no yes no no no yes no yes yes

Additional Sizes Available. MSA Customer Service Center at 1-800-672-2222 for full details. Additional configurations available through our ATO ordering system. MSA Customer Service Center at 1-800-672-2222 for full details.

14 14-12

Back Chest Hip 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 0 1 0 2 1 1 2 1 0 2 1 1 2

FALL PROTECTION Miller ® Manyard Shock-Absorbing Lanyards

Reduces Fall Arrest Forces

Manyard Deployment

With 20 years of design refinement, the "Original" Miller Manyard Shock-Absorbing Lanyards are unsured in the market. • Special woven shock-absorbing inner core reduces fall arrest forces • Heavy-duty tubular outer jacket serves as a back-up web lanyard • Unique warning flag provides visual proof that a lanyard has been involved in a fall and should be removed from service

Miller ® Manyard®II Stretchable Shock-Absorbing Lanyards

Reduces Tripping Hazard

Red core makes it readily visible should the outer jacket become damaged or worn and unfit for service.

Manyard II Shock-Absorbing Lanyards image the “Original” Manyard Lanyards, plus offer additional value-added features: • Unique stretchable design offers greater maneuverability and safety • Integral bright red core makes visual inspection easier and more reliable • Now available in green or orange nylon webbing, or blue polyester webbing for greater chemical resistance

When contracted, Manyard II Lanyards greatly reduce the chances of tripping, snagging or dragging.

231M

ff ” e-o i T “ 0% 0 1 For

216M

14 14-13

FALL PROTECTION Miller Miller ® Manyard® Shock-Absorbing Lanyards

Miller® Manyard® Shock-Absorbing Lanyards Model Number

Special Features

Standard Lanyard Length*

Locking snap hook

Warning flag

6' (1.8m)

Locking snap hook

Locking rebar hook

Warning flag

6' (1.8m)

Two

Locking snap hook

Locking rebar hooks

Warning flag

6' (1.8m)

Webbing

Two

Locking snap hook

Locking snap hooks

Warning flag

6' (1.8m)

Webbing

One

Choke-off loop

Locking snap hook

Warning flag

6' (1.8m)

Material

Number of Legs

Harness Connection

Anchorage Connection

216WLS

Webbing

One

Locking snap hook

219WRS

Webbing

One

231WRS

Webbing

232WLS 233WLS

Occupations/ Applications

Locking Rebar Hook 2-1/2" (63mm) gate opening

Locking Snap Hook 3/4" (19mm) gate opening

Miller® Manyard® II Stretchable Shock-Absorbing Lanyards Model Number Material

Number of Legs

Harness Connection

Anchorage Connection

Extended Lanyard Length*

Special Features

216M

Webbing

One Locking snap hook

Locking snap hook

219M

Webbing

One Locking snap hook

Locking rebar hook Warning flag, red core/wear indicator 6' (1.8m)

231M

Webbing

Two Locking snap hook

Locking rebar hooks Warning flag, red core/wear indicator 6' (1.8m)

232M

Webbing

Two Locking snap hook

Locking snap hooks Warning flag, red core/wear indicator 6' (1.8m)

233M

Webbing

One

Locking snap hook

Choke-off loop

Occupations/ Applications

Warning flag, red core/wear indicator 6' (1.8m)

Warning flag, red core/wear indicator 6' (1.8m) * Available in lengths from 4' (1.2m) to 10' (3m).

NOTE: For color/webbing selection, add one of the following suffixes to the corresponding lanyard model number: “-SN ” for green nylon; “-EC ” for orange nylon: or “D ” for blue polyester webbing.

Miller brand Manyard and Manyard II lanyards meet all applicable OSHA, ANSI and

14 14-14

requirements.

FALL PROTECTION MSA Products for Construction Energy-Absorbing Lanyards

Energy Absorbing lanyards are a component of a personal fall arrest system. They provide a means of connection between the back (dorsal) D-ring of full body harnesses and a qualified anchorage and anchorage connector. The energy absorber keeps fall arrest forces below ANSI and OSHA limits and deceleration distance is controlled to a maximum of 42 inches.The lanyard is available in strap, rope and wire rope configurations with a variety of snaphooks.

Dyna-Brake® Energy-Absorbing Lanyards

Part No. 501220 • 6' x adj. 1" dia. nylon rope • RL20 self-locking snaphooks

Part No. 501222 • 6' x adj. 1" wide nylon webbing • RL20 self-locking snaphooks

Part No. 501563 • 6' x adj. 1" wide polyester web twin lanyard • RL20 self-locking snaphooks

Part No. 501562 • 6' x adj. 1" wide nylon web twin lanyard • RL20 self-locking snaphooks

Ordering Information Single Leg-Adjustable Part No. Hardware 416013* RL20/HL64 501222* RL20/RL20 501235 RL20/RL20

Single Leg-Fixed Part No. Hardware 416009* RL20/ HL64 501226* RL20/RL20 501323 RL20/RL20

* SEI certified.

* SEI certified.

Single Leg-Expandable Twin Leg-Adjustable Part No. Hardware Part No. Hardware 501572* RL20/RL20 416010 RL20/2 HL64 501562 RL20/2 RL20 501564 RL20/2 RL20 10015877 RL20/2GL3100

Twin Leg-Fixed Twin Leg-Expandable Part No. Hardware Part No. Hardware 416006 RL20/2 HL64 501574 RL20/2 RL20 501561 RL20/2 RL20 501563 RL20/2 RL20

Onyx™ Shock-Absorbing Lanyards The lightest weight shock-absorbing lanyard available, the sleek, innovative Onyx™ features a strong, durable sheath. It is also bi-directional, making it even easier to train your personnel. Onyx™ Shock-Absorbing Lanyard P/N 10003020

This longer-wearing lanyard is highly visible and meets ANSI A10.14, and OSHA Regulations.

Ordering Information Nylon, Single Piece Construction, 6' Fixed Length

Part No.

Hardware

10003020 10003021 10012311 10012312 10012313

HL2000/HL2000 RL20/RL20 HL2000/(2)HL64,Twin Leg RL20/(2) HL2000,Twin Leg HL2000/(2)HL64,Twin Leg

14 14-15

FALL PROTECTION MSA Products for Construction Energy-Absorbing Lanyards

Sure-Stop™ Shock-Absorbing Lanyards • Uses a tear tape design to keep fall arrest forces below 900 lbs • Meets ANSI Z359.1, and applicable OSHA regulations, and is CSA certified • Available in single or twin-leg configurations • Clear shock-absorber cover protects labels

Sure-Stop™ Shock-Absorbing Lanyard Part No. SWL2068704LS

Ordering Information Sure-Stop Lanyards with 1-3/4-inch strap Part No. Material Harness ConnectionAnchorage Connection Length SWL2068804LS SWL2068806LS SWL2078106LS

Nylon Nylon Nylon

LS Snap LS Snap LS Snap

LS Snap LS Snap HL64

Shock-Absorbing Lanyards with 1-inch strap ShockHarness Anchorage Part No. Material Absorber Connection Connection SWL40306LI SWL4068704LS SWLP0645A*

Nylon Nylon Polyester

Sure-Stop Sure-Stop Sure-Stop

LI Snap LS Snap Sewn loop

LI Snap LS Snap (2) LI Snap

Shock-Absorbing Lanyards with 1/2-inch rope ShockHarness Anchorage Part No. Material Absorber Connection Connection SNL4048404LS SNL4048406LS

Nylon Nylon

Sure-Stop Sure-Stop

LS Snap LS Snap

LS Snap LS Snap

4' 6' 6'

Type Adjustable Adjustable Fixed

Length

Type

6' 4' 6'

Twin Leg,Adjustable Fixed Twin Leg, Fixed

Length

Type

4' 6'

Fixed Fixed

Shock-Absorbing Lanyards with 1/2-inch wire rope, vinyl-coated ShockHarness Anchorage Part No. Absorber Connection Connection Length

Type

SCL4067304LS SCL4067306LS

Fixed Fixed

Sure-Stop Sure-Stop

LS Snap LS Snap

LS Snap LS Snap

14 14-16

4' 6'

FALL PROTECTION MSA Products for Construction Self-Retracting Lanyards

Aptura™ LT12 SRL MSA has set a new standard in the mechanical fall protection market with the Aptura LT12 Self-Retracting Lanyard (SRL). Never before has the market seen such a state-of-the-art device with so many standard features. With its solid design and fast acting brake mechanism, you can be confident that the Aptura LT12 SRL will be there to protect you when you need it most. Features include: • A field-replaceable lifeline • A lightweight design starting at 2.4 lbs • A 400 pound working capacity • No annual factory recertification required • Integral load indicator Aptura • Integral swivel at SRL connector LT12 • A durable, engineered thermoplastic housing SRL • Meets ANSI A10.14,ANSI Z359.1, and all applicable Part No. OSHA standards, and is CSA certified 10042171 All these features and more combine to give you the lightest weight, most versatile SRL available on the market today.

Dyna-Lock® Self-Retracting Lanyards (SRL) Dyna-Lock® SRLs are fast-acting fall arresters that limit free-fall distance, deceleration distance, and fall arrest forces, while allowing freedom of movement. Ideal for climbing applications where vertical mobility is needed. Meets ANSI Z359.1,ANSI A10.14, and applicable OSHA standards. Capacity (working load) 20' web; 50', 70', and 95' cable Models: • Maximum: 400 lbs (181 kg) • Minimum: 75 lbs (34 kg) For 20' cable Model: • Maximum: 310 lbs (140 kg) • Minimum: 75 lbs (34 kg)

Left: 20' Wire Rope Dyna-Lock SRL, P/N 10017930 Middle: 20' Strap Dyna-Lock SRL, P/N 506615 Right: Dyna-Lock SRL, P/N 506204

Ordering Information Aptura LT12 SRLs

Ordering Information

Line Length

SRL Connection

Lifeline Connection

Field Replacement

10044227

12'

None

Sewn Loop

Yes

Galvanized Wire Rope, RL20S

506202

506204

506206

10042171

12'

None

LI Snap

Yes

Stainless Steel Wire Rope, RL20S

506203

506205

506207

Part No. Line

Dyna-Lock® SRLs

10M (30')

10044228

12'

Back D

HL2000

Yes

20' Web, Nylon, RL20S

10044229

12'

None

HL2000

Yes

Backpacker™ SRL

10044320

12'

1" Steel Carabiner

HL2000

Yes

Backpacker SRL 20' Web Dyna-Lock, Nylon, RL20S

16M (50') 22M (70')

30M (95') 506208 506209 506615

506619

14 14-17

FALL PROTECTION MSA Products for Construction Rope Grab in use P/N 415940

Rope Grabs and Vertical Lifelines

Rope Grab Unique, versatile, lightweight and affordable, the Rope Grab features: • Hands-free operation while ascending or descending. • Ultra-smooth travel action. • Cam and hinge design allows for a quick, easy installation on the rope. • Available with either polyester or polyester/ polypropylene blend rope.

Ordering Information Rope Grabs Rope Grab with Dyna-Brake® Shock-Absorbing Lanyard, 3' Length 415940 Rope Grab with 12" Fixed Nylon Lanyard 415941 Rope Grab Kit with 50' -5/8" Rope, Polyester,Anchorage Connector Strap 415942 Kit with 100' Rope 415942 Rope Grab Kit with 50' -5/8" Rope, Polyester/Polypropylene, Nylon Anchorage Connector Strap 415964 Kit with 100' Rope 415965 Rope Grab replacement Lanyard with Shock Absorber 416065 Rope Grab replacement Lanyard, 12" Strap 416066 Vertical Lifelines 5/8" Rope, Polyester, with RL20 Snaphook on one end 25'

50'

75'

100'

150'

200'

415865

415869

415870

415871

415871

415871

5/8" Rope, Polyester/Polypropylene, with Twist Lock Carabiner on one end 25'

50'

75'

100'

150'

200'

416048

416049

416050

416051

416052

416052

Horizontal Lifelines Sure-Line™ Temporary Horizontal Lifeline The Sure-Line temporary Horizontal Lifeline is a lightweight cable system that is suspended between two approved anchor points to provide worker fall protection during horizontal movement. Designed for quick and easy installation at temporary work sites, the Sure-Line system: • Includes an integral shock absorber • Available in 20 ft, 40 ft, or 60 ft lengths • Uses a 3/8”, 6X36 galvanized cable • Incorporates a combination clamp/thimble that allows for effortless tensioning of lifeline • Available in 2 models, with or without turnbuckle • Rated for up to 2 people

Ordering Information Steel Cable Horizontal Lifeline System with turnbuckle, 40 ft (12 m)

SHL2009040

Steel Cable Horizontal Lifeline System with turnbuckle, 60 ft (18 m)

SHL2009060

Iron Worker Cable Horizontal Lifeline System without turnbuckle, 40 ft (12 m) SHL2009040IW Iron Worker Cable Horizontal Lifeline System without turnbuckle, 60 ft (18 m) SHL2009060IW

Sure-Line Steel Cable System Part No. SHL2009040

Dyna-Line® Horizontal Lifelines The Dyna-Line temporary horizontal lifeline system is designed for quick and easy installation and removal from temporary job sites. The Dyna-Line is available in a single-worker or two-worker System.

Dyna-Line® Two-Worker System P/N 10013152

The Dyna-Line Lifeline is built with special features: • Spliced rope ends for a stronger t • Attachment rings on rope to prevent rollout and reduce wear on rope • Red rope for high visibility • Highly visible deployment tags to clearly indicate that the system has seen fall arrest forces • Meets all OSHA standards and ANSI A10.14 standards

The Dyna-Line Kit includes: • Lifeline (30' & 60' lengths are standard, up to 200' available by special order) • Line tensioner • 2 Snaphooks on the Single-Worker System, or 2 Carabiners on the Two-Worker System (which also includes 2 Anchorage Connector Straps) • Integral Connecting Ring(s) made of forged steel, for attachment to Personal Fall Arrest System • Handy Bucket for carrying and storage

Ordering Information Dyna-Line for Single Worker, 30-ft rope Dyna-Line for Single Worker, 60-ft rope Dyna-Line for Two Workers, 30-ft rope Dyna-Line for Two Workers, 60-ft rope

14 14-18

10013150 10013151 10013152 10013153

FALL PROTECTION DBI Sala Self Retracting Lifelines

Sealed SRL’s

Ultra-Lok® SRL’s

These SRL’s incorporate a revolutionary patented concept that separates all dynamic components, including the motor spring and brake, from foreign elements such as grease, moisture and dirt.You always know your SRL is operating at peak efficiency, without worries about what is happening inside the housing, no matter how dirty or damp your environment!

To provide maximum comfort and minimal weight, Ultra-Lok® SRL’s come with a durable glass-filled polyurethane housing, a 3/16" wire rope lifeline and aluminum side plates. For added security, Ultra-Lok® systems have an anti-ratcheting twin-disc brake system with an audio indicator to let you know it is functioning properly. 3504433

3403400 • Corrosion-resistant cast aluminum/stainless steel housing • Self-adjusting disc brake • Reserve lifeline retention system • 3/16" galvanized steel wire rope (stainless avail.) • Self-locking swivel snap hook with impact indicator • 50 ft. long • Weight = 29lbs.

• Corrosion-resistant stainless steel working components • Reserve lifeline retention system • 3/16" galvanized steel wire rope (stainless avail.) • Self-locking swivel snap hook with impact indicator • Swiveling anchorage loop to prevent twisting of lifeline • 20 ft. long • Weight = 9lbs.

Similar Models:

Similar Models:

3403401: 50 ft. stainless steel 3403500: 85 ft. galvanized 3403501: 85 ft. stainless steel 3403600: 130 ft. galvanized 3403601: 130 ft. stainless steelnon-sealed: 3400610: 175 ft. galvanized 3400611: 175 ft. stainless steel

3504434: 20 ft. stainless steel 3504430: 30 ft. galvanized 3504431: 30 ft. stainless steel 3504450: 50 ft. galvanized 3504451: 50 ft. stainless steel 3504453: 35 ft. spectra synthetic rope

3403402 • Includes all features of 3403400 • Built-in retrieval winch for raising/lowering load during emergencies • Weight = 36lbs.

Similar Models: 3403403: 50 ft. stainless steel 3403502: 85 ft. galvanized 3403503: 85 ft. stainless steel 3403602: 130 ft. galvanized 3403603: 130 ft. stainless steel

14 14-19

FALL PROTECTION DBI Sala Self Retracting Lifelines

Talon™ Web SRL’s

Ultra-Lok® Web SRL’s

Talon SRL’s are engineered for reliable protection that locks when it should; won’t lock when it shouldn’t.The extremely lightweight design (just under three pounds!) and quick-connect system gives you freedom of movement without compromising your safety.

These have the same features as the Ultra-Lok® cable type SRL’s shown on page 31, except they feature a one-inch nylon web lifeline for an even lighter weight system. 3103108

3101001 Built-in Quick Connector Series • 1" wide nylon webbing lifeline • Quick-connector handle • Self-locking swivel snap hook with impact indicator • 8 ft. long • Weight = 3.0lbs. Similar Models: 3101000: with 9503175 snap hook 3101002: with 2000523 steel carabiner (3/4" opening) 3101003: with 2000108 steel carabiner (2" opening) 3101004: with 2004339 alum. hook with eye (3/4" opening) 3101005: with 2007199 steel swiveling carabiner with eye (3/4" opening) 3101006: with 9510057 steel flat rebar hook with eye (2-1/4" opening) 3101007: with 2007153 aluminum snap hook with eye (2-1/4" opening)

3101009 Built-in Order Picker Connector Series • 1" wide nylon webbing lifeline • Order picker connector • Self-locking swivel snap hook with impact indicator • 8 ft. long • Weight = 3.3lbs. Similar Models:

Similar Models:

3103113: with 2004339 carabiner 3103107: with 9503175 self-locking snap hook 3103207: 20 ft. with 9503175 lifeline hook 3103213: 20 ft. with 2004339 carabiner 3103208: 20 ft. with 9500100 self-locking swivel snap hook

Compact Cable SRL This compact and rugged SRL is for use in harsh environments such as welding where web lifelines just won’t cut it.

3101008: with 9503175 snap hook 3101010: with 2000523 steel carabiner (3/4" opening) 3101011: with 2004339 alum. hook with eye (3/4" opening) 3101012: with 2007199 steel swiveling carabiner with eye (3/4" opening)

3506000

3101051 16 ft. Model • 1" wide nylon webbing lifeline • Swiveling anchorage loop to prevent lifeline twisting • Self-locking swivel snap hook with impact indicator • 16 ft. long • Weight = 4.7 lbs. Similar Models:

14

• Lightweight, durable glassfilled polyurethane housing with aluminum side plates • Anti-ratcheting twin disc brake with audio indicator indicating proper functioning brake • Reserve lifeline retention system • 1" wide nylon webbing lifeline • Swiveling anchorage loop to prevent twisting of lifeline • Swiveling self-locking snap hook with impact indicator • 11 ft. long • Weight = 4.2 lbs.

3101050: with 9503175 snap hook 3101052: with 2004339 alum. hook with eye (3/4" opening)

14-20

• Rugged, heavy duty (yet lightweight) cast aluminum housing • Anti-ratcheting twin disc brake • Reserve lifeline retention system • 3/16" galvanized cable • Self-locking swivel snap hook with impact indicator • 11 ft. long • Weight = 5.4 lbs.

Similar Model: 3506002: with stainless steel cable 3506001: with stainless steel cable and hook

FALL PROTECTION DBI Sala Horizontal Lifeline Systems

Sayfline™

7400520 Complete BeamSafe™ System

Horizontal Lifeline Systems Simple, Reliable, Safe!

• Two lightweight BeamSafe™ stanchions (anchors) • Zorbit™ energy absorber with turnbuckle • 20 ft. cable assembly • Fastening hardware • Standard size fits flanges 61/2" - 24" wide; up to 3/4" thick • Optional adapter fits to 26" wide; 2-1/4" thick • Instructional video

Sayfline™ horizontal systems are not only lightweight and easy to install, they are also extremely portable. Just disassemble and take to the next job. Engineered with DBI/SALA attention to quality and detail, the Sayfline™ systems will work alongside you with absolute safety and reliability. 7600502 Sayfline™ Synthetic Horizontal Lifeline System • Easily installed with no special tools or equipment • Lightweight, only 12 lbs. • Rope lifeline assembly with tensioner • Two tie-off adapters • 20 ft. long • Carrying/storage bag Similar Models:

Similar Models: 7400530: 30 ft. system 7400540: 40 ft. system 7400550: 50 ft. system 7400560: 60 ft. system

7600503: 30 ft. system 7600504: 40 ft. system 7600505: 50 ft. system 7600506: 60 ft. system 7600507: 70 ft. system 7600508: 80 ft. system 7600509: 90 ft. system 7600510: 100 ft. system

7602020 Sayfline™ Cable Horizontal Lifeline system • Cable lifeline assembly • Turnbuckle to tension • Zorbit™ energy absorber • Cable grip, • 20 ft. long Similar Models: 7602030: 30 ft. system 7602040: 40 ft. system 7602050: 50 ft. system 7602060: 60 ft. system 7602070: 70 ft. system 7602080: 80 ft. system 7602090: 90 ft. system 7602100: 100 ft. system

7401031 Zorbit™ Kits • Allows you to customize your own system safely • Zorbit™ energy absorber • 2 shackles, • 2 bolts/nuts Similar Models: 7401032: with turnbuckle 7401033: with turnbuckle, thimble and cable clips (just add your own cable)

14 14-21

FALL PROTECTION MSA Products for Construction Anchorage Connectors Carabiners P/N 506259 (7/8” aluminum) P/N 506572 (7/8” steel) P/N 506308 (2” steel) Large Hook w/ strap P/N 10002820

Anchorage Connector Strap P/N 505282 (Nylon)

PointGuard™ Anchorage Connector

NEW!

The PointGuard Anchorage Connector provides a secure point of attachment for residential and concrete construction applications. The PointGuard Anchorage Connector can be installed in seconds, and when the anchorage connector is no longer needed a worker can simply cut the protruding strap and throw it away. The PointGuard Anchorage Connector is: 3' PointGaurd Anchorage • Durable • Economical Connector with D-Ring 1 fl Polyester Webbing • Available in 2 models P/N 10042792 - 5000 pound minimum breaking strength - Residential Construction (2 variants) • Available with or without a steel D-Ring - Concrete Construction (2 variants) • Designed to comply with all applicable OSHA • Includes protective sleeve regulations as well as ANSI A10.14 and ANSI Z359.1 • A standard length of 3'

Ordering Information Wire Clasp P/N 10003207 (small 3-1/8") P/N 10003208 (medium 4-1/8") P/N 10003209 (large 5-1/2")

With D-Ring 10042792 10042794

3' PointGuard Residential Anchorage Strap 4' PointGuard Concrete Anchorage Strap BeamGlide™ D-Plate Trolley P/N 506632 P/N 506266 (zinc(removable plated steel) model) P/N 506252 (permanent model)

With Sewn Loop 10042793 10042795

MSA Permanent Roof Anchors The Permanent Roof Anchor provides a permanent attachment point for a Personal Fall Arrest System or Travel Restriction System on roofs. Easily installed without special tools, this permanent roof anchor fits all pitches of roof trusses or rafters. 2" x 4" Roof Anchor P/N 10006468


Chain Anchorage Connector P/N 10003206

Adjustable Beam Grip P/N 10003210

BeamGrip™ (pictured with swivel D-Ring and D-Ring insert) P/N 506682 (3.94" to 5.64" flange widths) P/N 415171 (5.5" to 8" flange widths) P/N 415172 (8.06" to 10.48" flange widths) P/N 415173 (10.27" to 12.8" flange widths)

Additional Anchorage Connectors Ordering Information

14

W" Wire Rope, vinyl-coated, Fixed, 5', RL20 snaphook one end, 3" O-Ring other end 505233 Shackle .5" D-Bolt Anchor 506212 Trolley End Stops (pair) 506379 D-Ring Insert for Beam Grip 506643 D-Plate w/ 8" x 8" galvanized backplate for mounting to concrete 506669 D-Plate w/ 8" x 8" anodized aluminum backplate for mounting to concrete 506672 Swivel D-Ring 506673 Bolt D-Ring with hole only 10003213 Bolt D-Ring with threaded shank 10003212

2" x 4"

2" x 6"

2" x 8"

2" x 10"

2" x 12"

10016468

10017593

10017594

10017595

10017596

Rebar Chain Assembly

NEW!

Ordering Information Rebar chain assembly, GL3100 snaphook w/2.25” (57mm) gate 10044811

P/N 10044811

Sure-Grab™ Positioning Lanyard Ordering Information Sure-Grab positioning lanyard, manual, closed body, c/w 5/8" x 6' yellow Static Kernmantle, chrome locking swivel snaphook, left-handed version

P/N SNYL537DH306

SNYL537DH306

Horizon® Rebar Anchorage for Horizon® Horizontal Lifeline System The Horizon Rebar Anchorage is designed to attach the Horizon Horizontal Lifeline System to rebar columns.The Horizon Rebar Anchorage consists of two triangular frames, eight J-bolts, eight speed nuts, and hardware to fasten the frames together. The frames are attached to the rebar column by capturing the rebar with the Jbolts, then tightening the speed nuts to secure the connection. It is designed for quick and easy installation, and to fit almost any vertical rebar column application. • Sets up in minutes

• Durable steel construction

• Versatile

Please MSA Customer Service for more information on other Horizon Horizontal Lifeline components and accessories.

Ordering Information Horizon Rebar Anchorage (includes two frames which form one anchorage, 8 J-bolts, 8 speed nuts, and hardware to fasten frames) 10018424 J-bolt replacement kit (includes 4 J-bolts and 4 speed nuts) 10018425 Intermediate for Horizon Rebar Anchorage (1 double clevis) Note:This part number must be ordered with 10018424 for a complete intermediate bracket. 10018925

14-22

FALL PROTECTION DBI Sala Anchorage Connectors DBI/SALA manufactures the industry’s widest range of anchorage connectors, combining ease of use, light weight and high strength (5000 lb. min. tensile strength). No matter what you are connecting to, DBI/SALA has a connector to get the job done and keep you safe in case of a fall.

First-Man-Up™ System A simple and easy way to anchor a fall protection device to an overhead location and beyond normal reach. 2104519 First-Man-Up™ System • 6 to 12 ft. adjustable pole (2104523) • Tie-off adapter tool (2104521) • Hook attachment (2104522) • Tie-off adapter (1003000) • Carrying bag (9511597) • Training video (5902302)

1003000 -thru Tie-off Adapter • 1-3/4" polyester strength member • 3" wide polyester wear pad • 3 ft. long (other lengths available)

Similar Models: 1003006: 6 ft. length 1002106: 6 ft. adjustable

Similar Model: 2104520: 8 to 16 ft. adjustable pole

5900550 Cable Choker • 7x19 3/8” stainless steel cable • -thru type, O-ring at one end and D-ring at the other • 4 ft. long (other lengths available)

1201390 Scaffold Choker with D-ring

Similar Model:

• 17" long • Fits 3" max. diameter structure

5900551: 6 ft. length

2101630 D-ring Anchorage Plate

1220145 Girder Grip

• Bolt or weld to structure • Two 1/2" dia. attachment holes • Stainless steel plate, cium plated forged alloy steel D-ring • Plate size 1/4"x2"x4-1/4"

• Pivoting wing-bar provides the girder lock • Finger grips in center for easy tightening • Fits .79" to 1.25" (20-32mm) diameter hole in a .25" to 1.25" (6-32mm) thick steel beam • With 5 ft. EZ Stop® II shock absorbing lanyard

Similar Models: 2101634: with raw steel

Saflok® Carabiners Carabiners and hooks are the unsung heroes of most DBI/SALA safety systems.They securely attach one component to another and offer maximum strength (at least 5000 lbs.). Designed for easy securing, they are either selfclosing/self-locking or self-locking to keep all components of your safety system firmly attached, including you!

Adjustable Width Trolley for I-Beams Designed for use with self-retracting lifelines on horizontal I-beams. 2103143 Trolley

A. 2000523

C B

• Attachable at midpoint • Minimum turn radius of 7" • Fits 3”-8” flange width and up to 11/16” thick Flat or tapered beams •Non-corrosive double-shielded wheel bearings

• 3/4" opening • 4-1/4"x2-3/8"

Similar Models:

E A

B. 2000106: 1-3/16" opening C. 2000108: 2" opening D. 2000200: stainless steel, 11/16" opening E. 2004339: aluminum, 3/4” opening

14 14-23

FALL PROTECTION DBI Sala Beam Connectors

Fixed Beam Anchor

Glyder™ Sliding Beam Anchor

The Fixed Beam Anchor is specifically designed for a fall arrest anchorage and also makes an excellent end point for the Sayfline™ Synthetic horizontal lifeline system and other similar DBI/SALA approved systems. It installs in seconds to the beam structure, with final tightening using a built-in adjustment handle.Attach it to the beam structure in any orientation or direction for added versatility.

For complete horizontal mobility, the Glyder™ Sliding Beam Anchor is designed for use with the DBI/SALA Force2™ shock absorbing lanyard (page 27) when used at your feet. Enjoy total fall protection, along with freedom of movement, as the anchor effortlessly slides across the beam on its wear pads, eliminating metal-to-metal .

14 14-24

FALL PROTECTION DBI Sala Full Body Harnesses When you are out on the roof of a residential or commercial wood frame structure, whether flat or sloped, your fall protection system needs specialized components to keep you safe and secure without causing damage. DBI/SALA’s easy-to-use, economical kits and anchorage components provide the perfect solution and meet the latest OSHA and ANSI standards. 2103672 Single-mount Sheet Metal Roof Anchor with D-ring • 22" long when flat • Nail to secure

2104168 Roof Anchor Fall Protection Kit • Rope adjuster with shock absorbing lanyard (1224005) • Delta™ harness (1103513) • 50' lifeline assembly with counterweight (1203000) • Removable roof anchor (2103673) Similar Models: 2104169: 2104173: 2104174: 2104175:

2103673 Removable/ Reusable Roof Anchor • Chain and O-ring • 25" long • Nail or bolt into place

with 2103672 roof anchor with 2104540 roof anchor with 2104541 roof anchor with 2104542 roof anchor

2104540 Detachable Roof Anchor • For open trusses, joists and rafters • Removable D-ring and clamp assemblies • Fits 2x4 roof truss, joist, rafter • Complete with flashing Similar Models: 2104541: fits 2x6 to 2x8 2104542: fits 2x10 to 2x12

7611904 Sayfline™ Roofer’s System • Delta No-Tangle™ harness with back D-ring and loops for tool belt (1103513) • 50’ 5/8" polyester/ polypropylene lifeline (1202794) • Flexible counterweight (5901583) • Rope adjuster with 3' shock absorbing lanyard (1224005) • Two reusable roof anchors (2103673) • Carrying bag Similar Model:

2103670 U-bolt Permanent Roof Anchor • Fits up to 2x8 • Complete with flashing Similar Model: 2103671: fits 2x10 to 2x12

7600202: with two roof anchors (2103673) and carrying bag ONLY

3505694 • Swiveling style roof anchor with 30 ft. Ultra-Lok® SRL (3504430) Similar Model: 3505695: with 50' Ultra-Lok® SRL (3504450)

2105683 • Metal/Wood swiveling style roof anchor • For use with 30’ or 50’ UltraLok® SRL (order separately) • D-ring for use with lifeline or lanyard

1224005 Rope Adjuster Lanyard • Rope adjuster at one end of EZ Stop® III shock absorbing lanyard lets you safely slide along a lifeline to reach a new work position and then locks onto lifeline to provide fall protection.

2103675 Standing Seam Roof Anchor • Fits 24", 30", 32", 36" spacing • 360 degree moveability • All components reusable • Installs easily without damage to roof • Order 30’ or 50’ Ultra-Lok® SRL separately

14-25

14

FALL PROTECTION DBI Sala Winch

SALALIFT® II Winch Lightweight Work & Rescue Device This second generation Salalift® winch exceeds all industry requirements, providing superior performance and exclusive technology for dependability and ease of use.

Similar Models: 8102003: 60 ft. - 1/4" stainless cable 8102009: 90 ft. - 3/16" galvanized cable 8102011: 90 ft. - 3/16" stainless cable 8102005: 120 ft. - 3/16" galvanized cable 8102007: 120 ft. - 3/16" stainless cable

14 14-26

8102001 • 6:1 gear ratio with avg. lifting speed of 12.75 ft./min. • Lightweight (35 - 37 lbs.) • Quick-mount bracket • Free-wheel mode for operator maneuverability • Overload clutch • Polyethylene housing cover • Superior corrosion resistance • Safety hook with impact indicator • Reserve lifeline • 60 ft. - 1/4" galvanized cable • Winch bag

FALL PROTECTION MSA Products for Construction Self-Retracting Lanyards

Bucket-O-Safety® Kit

Hands-Off™ NEW! Chisel Grip

Bucket-O-Safety® Kit P/N 10013102

The HandsOff Chisel Grip keeps hands away from the point of . The Hands-Off Chisel Grip is ergonomically designed to match the specific shape of the human hand for a more comfortable and firmer grip. Additional features of this modern design include: • Permits faster, safer, more accurate work. • Easy adjustment to hold a variety of chisels and stakes up to 1" in diameter. • Vibration-absorbing handle. • Easing of awkward hand positioning. • Economical. • Spark resistant.

All the Basic Safety Needs conveniently packaged in a handy 6-Gallon Bucket. Great for: • Outfitting construction crews • Safe and dry storage of PPE for work crew

The Bucket-O-Safety Contains: • FP Pro™ Vest-Style Harness • Onyx™ 6 ft Lanyard with HL2000 Snaphooks • White V-Gard® Hardhat with Staz-On® Suspension • Sound Control™ Reusable Silicone Earplugs • Sightgard® Protective Eyewear with scratch-resistant lens, adjustable temples, integrated side shields, and anti-fog coating


Ordering Information Bucket-O-Safety Kit

Hands-Off Chisel Grip, 6” Replacement Strap Assembly

10013102

10040018 10042431

14 14-27

DETECTORS MSA Products for Construction PULSAR™+ Single-Gas Detector Easy-to-Read Display

Replaceable Sensor

Water & Dust Resistance

• A backlight provides excellent contrast • Easy-to-understand display icons

• Easily replaceable, MSA-built, patented Button™ Sensors • Stainless steel, solid electrolyte construction sensors contain no liquid, eliminating the possibility of sensor leakage • Extremely small thin sensor profile provides high performance in a small package

• IP54 rating—highly water- and dust-resistant

One-Button Autocalibration

Pulsar+ Detectors with Vibrating Alarm, CO P/N 10036174 H2S P/N 10036175 O2 P/N 10036173

• Intuitive, completely automatic calibration with the press of a button • No separate, easy-to-lose accessories

Distinctive Alarm System • A triple alarm system • Piercing and distinctive audio alarm cannot be confused with other common workplace sounds • Best-in-class, super-bright LED visual alarm can be seen from all angles • Optional vibrating alarm, strong enough to be felt through heavy work clothes

• Fully adjustable warning, peak, STEL and TWA alarm levels • STEL and TWA function can be deactivated • All alarm and calibration gas value settings are protected

Durability • Designed to withstand even the harshest conditions and usage •Water resistant • Solid-state and rugged case design increase impact resistance, minimize the chance for breakage

Clip Options The PULSAR+ Single-Gas Detector is reliable, easy-to-use, and durable. With sensor options for CO, H2S and O2, this unit will provide industryleading performance and stand up to the roughest handling in the toughest environments.

Configuration

• Unique clip designs for suspender- and cell phone-style clips and lanyards keep unit attached during roughest use

Large Rubber Button • Large rubber buttons for easy operation—even with gloves • Button labels feature English text and international icons

Specifications Gas Type Range Resolution Response Time

CO 0-500 ppm 1 ppm T90<60 sec

H2S 0-200 ppm 1ppm T90<60 sec

O2 0-25%O2 0.1% O2 T90<35 sec

Pulsar+ Single-Gas Detector Ordering Information Gas Type CO H2S O2

Instrument 10036171 10036172 10036170

Instrument w/Vibrating Alarm 10036174 10036175 10036173

Pulsar™ Single-Gas Detector The MSA PULSAR Single-Gas Detector provides maintenance-free, 24-month monitoring for the detection of CO, H2S, or O2.With a unique design combined with a competitive price, it is the clear choice in single-gas detectors. For more complete information, see Bulletin 0802-18.

Features

Pulsar H2S Detector (10ppm & 25ppm) with Vibrating Alarm, P/N A-PULSAR-4-N

• The PULSAR requires no field calibration, battery or sensor replacement. • Spring and suspension attachment clips are standard—keeping the unit attached during even the roughest use.The unit can be worn inside or outside a pocket, as well as on the belt or helmet. • A long-life battery offers 33% more capacity than the competition. • A numeric display with characters 4x larger than the competition allows s to count down service life from 24 months with accuracy and confidence. • It’s designed to survive a 6-ft drop and to meet an environmental protection

rating of IP54 to help ensure that the unit will be virtually impervious to water and dust ingress. • Because the PULSAR Single-Gas Detector has a built-in gas-delivery adapter, no easy-to-misplace accessories are needed to conduct gas-response tests. • Newly designed, MSA-built, stainless steel sensors with solid electrolyte construction contain no liquid, eliminating the possibility of sensor leakage. • A triple alarm system, complete with audio, vibrating, and visual alarms leaves no doubt for the in an alarm situation.

PULSAR Single-Gas Detector Assemble-To-Order System Select instrument options and mark them in the boxes to the right. 1 2 3 4 5 6

= = = = = =

CO without vibrating alarm CO with vibrating alarm H2S without vibrating alarm H2S with vibrating alarm O2 without vibrating alarm O2 with vibrating alarm

A B C D E F G

= = = = = = =

CO CO CO CO CO CO CO

L M N O

= = = =

H2S 10 ppm & 15 ppm H2S 10 ppm & 20 ppm H2S 10 ppm & 25 ppm H2S 15 ppm & 25 ppm

W = X =

O2 19.5 % & 18.0 % O2 22.5 % & 19.5 %

Your Model Part Number Please write in numbers and letters from selections

A-PULSAR -

14 14-28

25 ppm & 100 ppm 30 ppm & 60 ppm 35 ppm & 100 ppm 35 ppm & 400 ppm 50 ppm & 200 ppm 100 ppm & 300 ppm 150 ppm & 200 ppm

-

above in appropriate boxes and your Safety Products Distributor to place your order.

DETECTORS MSA Products for Construction

Approvals The Orion Multigas Detector has been designed to meet intrinsic safety testing requirements in certain hazardous atmospheres. The Orion Multigas Detector has been approved by UL and cUL for use in Class I, Division I, Groups A, B, C, and D.

Deluxe 4-gas, datalog Deluxe 4-gas Deluxe 3-gas H2S Deluxe 3-gas CO Industrial 4-gas Industrial 4-gas, less jacket Industrial 3-gas H2S Industrial 3-gas CO Economy 4-gas, NiMH Economy 4-gas Economy 3-gas H2S Economy 3-gas CO

• • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • •

H 2S

CO

Orion Multigas Detector Kits

O 2

The Orion Multigas Detector is a low-cost, reliable, and easy-to-use portable instrument for detecting the presence of O2, H2S, CO and combustible gas. It will stand up to the roughest handling in even the toughest environments.


LE L

Orion™ Deluxe Four-Gas Detector Kit, P/N 10025932

• • • • • • • • •

•

Ni M & HB Ch att arg er y er Al ka lin eB Ca att lib er y rat ion In ter Ca p na lP um 10 ft p Lin e 1f tP ro be Or an ge Co Ca rd lib ur aC rat ase ion Bla K ck it Ec on Bo om ot yC ase

Orion® Multigas Detector

Part No.

• • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • •

• • • •

• • • •

• • • • • • • •

• • • •

10030399 10025932 10025935 10025938 10025931 10030420 10025934 10025937 10030398 10025930 10025933 10025936

Features • One-button calibration • Long-life battery • Carbon-filled-nylon case

• Tough,durable construction • Built-in pump • TIM ® System compatibility

• Large, easy-to-read display • Durable sensors • Link™ Software

Solaris™ Multigas Detector

• World-Class Alarm System—Triple alarm system with high intensity LED visual alarms that are visible from all angles. Audible alarm is typically measured in excess of 100 dB! The Solaris Multigas Detector is an affordable, durable, reliable, easy-to-use portable instrument for detecting the presence of O2, H2S, CO and combustible gas. It is designed to withstand rough handling in harsh environments. Ergonomically designed, it provides the best value in its class. At a low, competitive cost, it provides state-of-the-art engineering and the best and biggest array of features on the market while weighing under 8 ounces and having dimensions of 4V"H x 2 V" W x 1 W" D. • Lightweight design—does not interfere with their range of motion and is comfortable enough to be worn all day long. • Rugged Construction—rubberized armor that helps to absorb impact if the unit is accidentally dropped and IP 65 rating provides superior protection against liquid and dust ingress • Ultimate Flexibility— easily configured by the to detect up to four gases simultaneously. s can also easily modify most instrument functionsand operating and set-up parameters

Ordering Information P/N

• Versatile Display—backlighting provides exceptional contrast, making it easy to read in low-light conditions and from a variety of angles. All gas concentrations are displayed simultaneously.

4-gas instrument 3-gas (LEL, O2, CO) 3-gas (LEL, O2, H2S) 2-gas (LEL, O2)

• Simple Calibration—auto calibration feature greatly simplifies calibration and reduces training needs.


• Long-Life Battery—rechargeable lithium ion battery provides 14+ hours of continuous operation and outperforms other battery technologies in extreme environmental conditions.

10048147 10048149 10048212 10048214

Industrial Kits (includes calibration kit)

• TIM® System Compatibility—allows s to automatically calibrate their instruments and track calibration records. • Optional Sampling Pump—optional powered sampling pump is contained within the sampling probe accessory.The pump probe can be used with up to 50 feet of tubing for remote sampling applications and includes an extensive filtering s


14-29

10048148 10048150 10048211 10048213

Standard Kits (includes datalogging option)


• Outstanding Warranty—two-year, all-inclusive.

Description

Basic Kits

10049293 10049294 10049295 10049296

Deluxe Kits (includes calibration kit, datalogging, and sampling pump)

10049297 10049298 10049299 10049300

14

INDEX Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division. . . . . . . . 6-16; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23–6-29; 6-40—6-41

Aircraft Cable, Vinyl Coated

Bridon American Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 –1-30 BRILUBE® Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45—5-46

7 x 7 Galvanized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 7 x 19 Galvanized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Galvanized Vinyl Coated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20 Stainless, Type 304 Vinyl Coated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

Barrel Hooks Other Hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Basket Type Chain Sling Single & Double Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Beams Beam Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25

Bell Bottom Jacks Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34

Binding Chain, Grade 70 Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39

Blocks Construction Blocks, New Style Oval Pattern . . . . . . . 13-25 Double Rig Trawl Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23 Gin Blocks for Manila Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22 Hay Fork Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 Hook Blocks, 380 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17; 13-18 Improved Purse Seine Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-25 Lay Down Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 Light Champion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 Malleable Iron Shells for Manila Rope. . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23 Snatch Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9–13-13; 13-16; 13-21 Toggle Block, Tail Board, C-720. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Tong Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 Try Net Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-24 Wood Blocks for Manila Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22

Blocks and Sheaves Tackle Block Warning, Use & Maintenance . . . . . 13-1–13-6

Bolt Type Shackles Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5

Boomer Chains Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36

Braided Roundslings Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Braided Slings Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23–2-25

Bridle Slings, Multi-Legged Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

Bull Towing Chains Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36

Cable Bands Wire Rope Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

Cable Hoists Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14

Cable Reel Jacks Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34

Caldwell Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24–10-26 Carbon Chain Binding Chain, Grade 70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39 Boomer or Load Binder Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36 Bull Towing Chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36 Chain Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34 Chain Tiedown Calculation Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37 Definitions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38 High Test Chain, Grade 43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39 High Test Tiedown Chain, Grade 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35 Proof Coil Chain, Grade 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38 Proof Coil, Grade 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37; 6-38 Transport Tiedown Chain, Grade 70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35 Winch Line Tail Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36

Carbon Chain Attachments Clevis Grab Hooks, Grade 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40 Clevis Slip Hooks, Grade 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40 Cold Shuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43 Connecting Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41 Double Clevis, Mid-Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42 Lap Link Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43 Quick Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42 Repair Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

Cargo Control Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Recommended Operating Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Synthetic Cargo Tiedowns and Hardware . . . . . . . . 7-1; 7-3 Tarps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Tiedown Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Truck Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Cargo Skates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29–10-32

Cargo Slings, Wide Body Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

Chain Connector Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31

CERTEX operates a Quality Management System which has been designed to meet with the requirements of ISO 9001-2000. Please note that items of wire and fiber rope, chain products, their associated fittings and hardware, when purchased as separate components and not specifically requested to be inspected and tested, or when they have not been incorporated into lifting devices or assemblies by our organization are classed as “Bought Out Finished” or “Factored” items and that some of these articles may not have been purchased from ISO 9001-2000 ed organizations.

INDEX-1

Index

INDEX Chain Sling Fittings

Index

Clevis Type Foundry Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28 Clevis Type Grab Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27 Clevis Type Sling Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Clevlok® Sling Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 Cradle Grab® Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 Eye Type Foundry Hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28 Eye Type Grab Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27 Eye Type Sling Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Foundry Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 Grab Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 Kuplers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 Kuplok® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 Latch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 Latchlok® Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Load Pins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 Master Kuplinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 Master Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 Metal Identification Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29 Oblong Master Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 Pear-Shaped Master Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 Plate Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19; 6-29 Quad. Master Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 Safety Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30–6-32 Safety Hooks, Clevis Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32 Safety Hooks, Eye Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30 S Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Sling Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20; 6-21 Welded Coupling Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 Weld-On Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33

Welded Adjustable Double Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Welded Adjustable Single Loop Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Welded Adjustable Single Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Welded Double Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Welded Quadruple Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Welded Single Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Welded Triple Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Chain Swivels Swivels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27

Chain Tiedown Calculation Guide Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

C-Hooks Ordering Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

Clamps General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5 Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-11; 12-12 Locking Screw-Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-10 Non-Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-9; 12-10 Vertical and Horizontal Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1—12-12

Clevis Assemblies Field Installable Terminations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

Clevis Grab Hooks Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40

Clevis Type Foundry Hooks Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

Clevis Type Grab Hooks Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

Clevis Type Sling Hooks

Chain Slings Adjustable Double Chain Sling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Adjustable Double Loop Chain Sling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Adjustable Single Chain Sling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Adjustable Single Loop Chain Sling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Bail-Type Magnet Chain Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Basket Type Chain Sling Single & Double. . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Calculating Chain Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Chain Sling Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Double Chain Sling Type D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Endless Basket Chain Sling Single & Double . . . . . . . . 6-15 Endless Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 General Information - Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Grade 80 Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Kuplex II Safety Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Magnet Chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Mechanical Adjustable Double Loop Slings . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Mechanical Adjustable Double Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Mechanical Adjustable Single Loop Slings . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Mechanical Adjustable Single Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Mechanical Double Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Mechanical Quadruple Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Mechanical Single Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Mechanical Triple Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Recommended Chain Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Single Chain Sling Type S & C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Standard Triple Branch Magnet Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Types of Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Welded Adjustable Double Loop Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

Clevlok© Sling Hooks Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20

Coil Lifters Model 82-RC - Close Stacking “C” Hook. . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Cold Shuts Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

Columbus McKinnon Corporation . . . . . . . . . 6-19–6-22; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42–6-43; 6-48–6-49 Connecting Links Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41

Construction Blocks Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19; 13-20; 13-25

Construction Harnesses Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1–14-4; 14-7–14-12

Coupling Link Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

Cradle Grab® Hook Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

Crosby Group, Inc. . . . . . . . 4-1–4-19; 5-1–5-8; 5-11–5-37; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24–7-33; 10-1–10-21; 13-1–13-29 Double Chain Sling Type D Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Double Clevis, Mid-Link Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42

INDEX-2

INDEX Double Rig Trawl Blocks

Forged Chain Shackles

Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23

Duff Norton

Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

Forged Shackles

Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34

Electric Chain Hoists

Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Foundry Hooks

Hoists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5; 11-9–11-11

End Fittings Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13

Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 Eye Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

Full Body Harnesses Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1–14-4; 14-7–14-12

Endless Basket Chain Sling Single & Double Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Endless Chain Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Endless Roundslings Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

Endless Slings Fiber Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

ESCO® Swaging Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26–4-27 Esmet, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20–4-21

Extra Heavy Wire Rope Thimbles Wire Rope Thimbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

Eye Bolts Eye Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Pad Eyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Regular Nut Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Screw Eye Bolts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Shoulder Nut Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 Shoulder Nut Ring Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Shoulder Type Machinery Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Warnings and Application Instructions . . . . . . . 10-14–10-15

Eye Hooks Hoist Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5; 5-6

Eye Nuts Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1–14-27

Fiber Rope Constructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2–9-6 Rope Working Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Standard Marine and Industrial Rope Products . . . . . . . 9-1 Types of Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4

Fiber Rope Attachments Shackle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Fiber Rope Slings Adjustable, 4-Leg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Adjustable Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Endless Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Eye/Eye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Field Installable Terminations Clevis Assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20; 4-21 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

Gas Detector Single Gas Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-28 Multi Gas Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-29

Gin Blocks for Manila Rope Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22

Grab Hooks Eye Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

Grab Link Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18

Grips Wire Rope Grips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38–5-44

Guidelines For The Rigger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8–2-15 Guide to Roundsling Terminology Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Gunnebo-Johnson Corp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30–6-33 Hand Chain Hoists Hoists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3; 11-4; 11-6

Hand Swaging Tools

Nicopress®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

Hardware Slings, Single Leg Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

Harrington Hoists Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6–11-12

High Performance Wire Rope

Constructex® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30 Diamond Blue High Strength Anchor Lines. . . . . . . . . . 1-28 Dyform® -18 Rotation Resistant Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 Dyform® -34LR Low Rotation Rotation Wire Rope . . . . 1-26 Dyform® -XL Low Rotation Rotation Wire Rope . . . . . . 1-26 Dyform® -MAX Low Rotation Rotation Wire Rope . . . . 1-26 Dyform-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29 Riser Tensioner Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28

Hoist Hooks Basic Machining and Thread Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Eye Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5; 5-6 Shank Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3; 5-4 Swivel Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Warnings and Application Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 SHUR-LOC hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Hoist Rings UNC Threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Warnings and Application Instructions . . . . . . . . 10-9–10-11

INDEX-3

Index

INDEX Hoists

Index

Load Binders

Army Type Trolley Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Cable Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14 Electric Chain Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5; 11-9–11-11 Hand Chain Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3; 11-4; 11-6 Harrington Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6–11-12 Lever Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1–11-2; 11-7–11-8 Puller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Ratchet Lever Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1–11-2; 11-7–11-8 Strap Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13

Hook Blocks Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17; 13-18

Binder Less Links and Hooks, R-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 Drop Forged Load Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49 Lever Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45; 6-47–6-48 Load Binder Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44 Midget Load Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47 Ratchet Type Load Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46; 6-49 Standard Lever Type Load Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45 Warnings and Application Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44 LoadFast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1–7-5 Cargo Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1– 7-6

Load Pins & Spirol® Pins Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

Hook Latches Alloy Hook Latch Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Crosby Latch Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Crosby S-4320 Latch Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Positive Locking Flapper Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Warnings and Application Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14; 5-16; 5-18

Jacks Air Motor Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Bell Bottom Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 Cable Reel Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 Low Height Journal Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 Ratchet Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Track Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33

Loos & Co. Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Low Height Journal Jacks Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34

Low Rotation Wire Rope Dyform®-34LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 Dyform®-35LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27

Lubrication & Preservation Wire Rope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9–1-11

Lug All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13–11-14 Magnet Chains Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

Jaw End Swivels Swivels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 J.C. Renfroe & Sons, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5–12-12 Klein Tools, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38–5-40

Kuplers Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

Kuplex II Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Kuplok® Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

Malleable Iron Shells for Manila Rope Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23

Marine Slings Hardware Disconnect Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 Standard Web Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22

Master Kuplinks Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

Master Link Crosby A-342. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

Lap Link Connectors Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

Master Ring Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

Latch Assemblies Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

Metal Identification Tags Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

Latchlok® Hook Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19

Midget Load Binder Load Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47

Lay Down Blocks Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15

Lever Hoists Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1–11-2; 11-7–11-8

Lever Type Load Binder Load Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45; 6-48

Lewis Mfg. Co.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41–5-44 Lifeline Fall Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-17–14-21

Lineman’s Strap Hoists Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13

Load Balancing Slings Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

Mid Links, Double Clevis Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42 Miller Products, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5–14-10 Morse-Starrett Products Co. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29–4-33 MSA Products . . . . . . . . 14-11–14-12; 14-15–14-18;14-22; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-27–14-29

NEWCO Manufacturing Company, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9–5-10; 5-30 Nicopress® Hand Swaging Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24; 4-25

INDEX-4

INDEX Oblong Master Link

Rope Safety

Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

Oneway®

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2; 9-3

Round Reverse Eye Hooks

Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

Other Hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

Roundslings

Open Swage Socket Swage Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

Overhaul Balls Top Swiveling Overhaul Balls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-26–13-28

Pad Eyes Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20

Parallel-Jaw Grips Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

Pear-Shaped Master Link Chain Sling Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18; 6-27

Peerless CF Hand Chain Hoist Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6

Pipe Handling Model PC - “Tea Cup” Pipe Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

Plate Hook Chain Sling Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19; 6-29

Basic Sling Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Braided Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Endless Roundslings Sideseam and Tubular Types . . . . 8-7 Environmental Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Eye/Eye Type Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Multileg and Hardware Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 Polyester Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Rated Capacity Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 Recommended Operating Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Roundsling Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Roundsling Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Roundsling Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Roundsling Terminology Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Tow Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Safety Clamps, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1–12-4

Safety Hooks Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30–6-32

Polyester Roundslings Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Positive Locking Flapper Latch

Samson Nylite™ Spool, Shield, Shackle Fiber Rope Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Hook Latches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Poured Sockets, 1-Part Slings

Samson Ocean Systems, Inc. Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26

Proof Coil Chain, Grade 30

Screw Eye Bolts Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18

Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38

Puller Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Purse Seine Blocks Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-25

Quad. Master Assemblies Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

Quick Link Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42

Shackles Alloy Bolt Type Anchor Shackle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Alloy Screw Pin Anchor Shackle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Bolt Type Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5; 10-6 Forged Chain Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Forged Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 “Wide Body” Sling Saver Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8

Shank Hooks Hoist Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3; 5-4

Ratchet Jacks Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33

Ratchet Lever Hoists Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1–11-2; 11-7–11-8

Ratchet Type Load Binder

Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-29 S Hook Chain Sling Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19; 6-28

Shoulder Nut Eye Bolts

Load Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46

Repair Link

Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17

Shoulder Nut Ring Bolts

Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

Retractable Lifelines

Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20

Shoulder Type Machinery Eye Bolts

Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-17; 14-19–14-20

Retractable Webbing Lanyard

Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16

Single Chain Sling Type S & C

Fall Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-17; 14-20

Roof Anchor Kits

Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Sliding Choker Hooks

Fall Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-22; 14-25

Rope Lanyards

Other Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9; 5-110

Sliding Latch Type Choker Hooks

Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-15

Other Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10; 5-14

INDEX-5

Index

INDEX Sling Hitches

Swivels

Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Sling Hooks

Index

Eye Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

Sling Hook With Latch Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

Chain Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Equipped with Tapered Roller Thrust Bearing . . . 5-25; 5-26 Jaw End Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Regular Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27; 5-31

Synthetic Sling Fittings Shackles and Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24

Sling Hook Without Latch Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

Synthetic Sling Fittings Accessories Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25

Sling Saver® Web Sling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26

Tackle Block Warning, Use & Maintenance Information Blocks and Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

Slip-Thru Thimble Wire Rope Thimbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

Tea Cup Pipe Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

Snake Grips Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42

Snap Hooks Other Hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9–13-13; 13-16; 13-21

Telemetry Load Indicators Radio-Safe Telemetry Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Radio-Safe Telemetry Shackles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23

Terminator™ Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Socket Compound Spelter Socket Resin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Thern, Inc. Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-16; 11-17

Sorting Hooks Other Hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Spelter Socket Resin

Thimbles Wire Rope Thimbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29; 5-30

Socket Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15–4-17

Spelter Sockets

Tiedown Assemblies Cargo Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

General Guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9–4-12 Grooved Closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Grooved Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Spur Gear Hand Winches, Single & Double Reduction Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-16

Stainless Steel “Aircraft” Cable 6 x 19, type 304 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 6 x 36, type 304 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 7 x 7, type 304 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 7 x 19, type 304 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 7 x 19, type 316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Cable-Laid Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

Strap Hoists

Toggle Block Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

Tong Blocks Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15

Top Swiveling Overhaul Balls Overhaul Balls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-26–13-28

Tow Slings Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Track Jacks Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33

Transport Chain Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39

Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13

Swage Sockets

Transport Tiedown Chain Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39

Closed Swage Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 Open Swage Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

Swage Sockets, 1-Part Slings Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

Swaging Sleeves

Triple Branch Magnet Chains Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15

Truck Winches Cargo Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Copper Oval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 Copper Stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 ESCO® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26; 4-27 Stainless Steel Oval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 Tin Plated Copper Oval for Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

Swivel Hooks Hoist Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Try Net Blocks Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-24

Turnbuckles Eye & Eye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32; 5-35 Hook & Eye. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32; 5-34 Hook & Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32; 5-33 Jaw & Eye. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32; 5-36 Jaw & Jaw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32; 5-37

INDEX-6

INDEX U-Bolt Clips

Welded Quadruple Chain Slings

Wire Rope Clips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

UNC Threads

Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

Welded Single Chain Slings

Hoist Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Universal-Fit Harness Family

Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Welded Triple Chain Slings

Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-19

Wear Pads & Sleeves Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

Webbing Lanyards Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-28

Web Connector Connecting to Conventional Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28

Web Slings Basic Sling Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8; 7-9 Bridle Slings, Multi-Legged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Cargo Slings, Wide Body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Chain Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31 End Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Endless Type V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17; 7-18 Eye & Eye Type III & IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15; 7-16 Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14; 7-20 Hardware Slings, Single Leg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Load Balancing Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Marine Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 Oneway® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Rated Capacity Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Recommended Operating Practices for Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10; 7-11 Reversed Eye-Type VI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 Sling Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Syntehtic Sling Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27; 7-30 Synthetic Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28; 7-33 Wear Pads & Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Web Sling Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 Web Sling Terminology Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Wheel Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

Web Sling Shackle Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28; 7-29

Web Sling System

Sling Saver® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26–7-27

Wedge Sockets The Terminator™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Warnings and Application Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6; 4-7

Welded Adjustable Double Loop Slings Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

Welded Adjustable Double Slings Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

Welded Adjustable Single Loop Slings Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Welded Adjustable Single Slings Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

Welded Double Chain Slings Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Wheel Nets Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

Wide Body Sling Saver Shackles Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8

Winches Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-16

Winch Line Tail Chain Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36

Wire Mesh Slings Sling Length Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Sling Width Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Wire Rope 6 x 7 Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 6 x 19 Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 6 x 37 Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 8 x 19 Rotation Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 19 x 7 Rotation Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 “Aircraft” Cable, Galvanized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Design and Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1; 1-2 General Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13–1-20 High Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29; 1-30 High Performance Low Rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25–1-27 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7; 1-8 Installation, Operation and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . 1-3–1-6 Lubrication & Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3–1-6 Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7; 1-8 Rotation Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Stainless Steel “Aircraft” Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18; 1-19 Vinyl Coated Aircraft Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

Wire Rope Clips Crosby G-450 Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Fist Grip® Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Fistgrip Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Stainless Steel SS-450 “316” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 U-Bolt Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Wire Rope Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28–4-33 Wire Rope Grips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38–5-44 Wire Rope Hoist Hoists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14 Wire Rope Lubrication

BRILUBE® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45; 5-46

INDEX-7

Index

INDEX Wire Rope Slings

Index

Braided Slings, 4-Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Braided Slings, 6-Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Braided Slings, 8-Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1–2-7 Guidelines For The Rigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8–2-14 Inspection & Removal Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Mechanical Splice, 1-Part Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16–2-21 Mechanical Splice, Cable Laid Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Poured Sockets, 1-Part Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Swage Sockets, 1-Part Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

Wire Rope Thimbles Casing and Choker Thimbles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 Extra Heavy Wire Rope Thimbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Slip-Thru Thimble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 Solid Wire Rope Thimbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 Wire Rope Thimbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

Wood Blocks for Manila Rope Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22

Worm Gear Hand Winches Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-16

X-Series Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43

XS-Series Grip Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44

Yale Cordage Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

INDEX-8

CERTEX Locations Worldwide Belgium Brussels

Leeuwarden Oldenzaal Rotterdam

Dubai

New Zealand

Dubai

Helsinki Kaarina

Ashburton Auckland Christchurch Dunedin Invercargill Napier Nelson New Plymouth Rotorua Tauranga Timaru Wellington West Auckland Whangerei

Norway

Denmark Aalborg Hvidovre Vejen Vojens

Estonia Tallinn

Finland

Clermont-Ferrand Paris Toulouse

Bremerhaven Dusseldorf Fuerth Hartmannsdorf Mannheim Saarbrucken

Bergen Kristiansund Oslo Stavanger Trondheim

People’s Republic of China Guangzhou

Philippines Manilla

Hong Kong Hong Kong

Puerto Rico

Indonesia

San Juan Ponce

Jakarta

Italy Bologna Catania Milan Rome Turin Venice

Russia Ivanovo Moscow

Singapore Singapore

Sweden

Vilnius

Göteborg Jönköping Malmö Stockholm Sundsvall Varburg

Netherlands

United Kingdom

Groningen Ijmuiden

Basildon

Lativia Riga

Lithuania

Aberdeen

Birmingham Bristol Cardiff Doncaster Erith Gateshead Glasgow Gloucester Great Yarmouth Inverbervie Redruth Retford Southhampton St. Helens Wakefield

United States of America Atlanta, GA Bakersfield, CA Birmingham, AL Brunswick, GA Charlotte, NC Chattanooga, TN Clearwater, FL Decatur, AL Ft. Lauderdale, FL Graham, TX Greensboro, NC Hennessey, OK Hobbs, NM Houma, LA Houston, TX Jackson, MS Jacsonville, FL Lafayette, LA Lindsay, OK Mobile, AL Morgan City, LA New Orleans, LA Odessa, TX Oklahoma City, OK Orlando, FL Pampa, TX Phoenix, AZ Santa Fe Springs, CA Tucson, AZ Tulsa, OK Ventura, CA West Monroe, LA West Palm Beach, FL Woodward, OK

(rigging) Certex.pdf 3z733k

Overview 3e4r5l

More details w3441

Related Documents 3m3m1z

What Is Rigging ( Rigging Definition ) 6l1h6g

Rigging Notes v3k21

Rigging Book 213t6

(rigging) Certex.pdf 3z733k

Rigging Book.pdf 30311x

Panduan Rigging 6r5t7

More Documents from "Mo'tasem Serdaneh" 5g3c34

Chapter 1 - Introduction To Corrosion.ppt 6ik3z

Inertia Calculator 384j73

Api_510_final_exam_question_bank[1] 695c36

Gm Case Study 424j4w

Gradeability Grade V Angle f6p25

(rigging) Certex.pdf 3z733k